(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "State record North Carolina"

Digitized by tine Internet Arciiive 

in 2010 witii funding from 

NCSU Libraries 



littp://www.arcliive.org/details/staterecordnortli1974nort 



North 
Carolina 
State 
University Bulletin 



NDERGRADmTE CATALOG 1975-1977 



a 






m 



''*^'^",*%'5!»yn^ 





%: 



it 






nik. 





\ 



NORTH CAROLINA STATE UNIVERSITY BULLETIN 
VOL. 74 DECEMBER 1974 NUMBER 4 

Published four times a year in February, June. August and December by North Carolina State 
University, Department of Admissions, Peele Hall, P.O. Box 5126, Raleigh, N.C. 27607. Second class 
postage paid at Raleigh, N.C. 27611. 

Maxine F. Shane, University Catalog Editor; Joseph S. Hancock, Assistant Director, Publications; 
Hardy D. Berry, Director, Information Services. Photography by North Carolina State University 
Visual Aids. Published by North Carolina State University Graphics. Cover by Bill Ballard. 




North Carolina State University 

Raleigh, North Carolina 



Undergraduate Catalog 

1975-77 



THE UNIVERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA 



Sixteen Constituent Institutions 

William Clyde Friday, B.S.. LL.B., LL.D., President 

Raymond Howard Dawson, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Vice President — Academic Affairs 

, Vice President — Student Services and Special Programs 

L. Felix Joyner, A.B., Vice President — Finance 

John L. Sanders, A.B., J.D., Vice President — Planning 

George Eldridge Bair, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Director of Educational Television 

James L. Jenkins Jr., A.B., Assistant to the President 

Edgar Walton Jones, B.S.. M.S., Ph.D., Associate Vice President — Research and 

Public Service 
John P. Kennedy Jr., S.B., B.A., M.A., J.D., Secretary of the University 
Arnold Kimsey King, A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Assistant to the President 
Roscoe D. McMillan Jr., B.S., Assistant to the President for Governmental Affairs 
Richard H. Robinson Jr., A.B., LL.B., Assistant to the President 
J. Lem Stokes II, A.B., M.Div., Ph.D., Associate Vice President — Academic 

Affairs 
Robert W. Williams, A.B., M.A., Ph.D., Associate Vice President — Academic 

Affairs 



The University of North Carolina was chartered in 1789 and opened its doors to 
students at its Chapel Hill campus in 1795. Throughout most of its history, it has 
been governed by a Board of Trustees chosen by the Legislature and presided over 
by the Governor. During the period 1917-1972, the Board consisted of one hundred 
elected members and a varying number of ex-officio members. 

By act of the General Assembly of 1931, without change of name, it was merged 
with The North Carolina Collie for Women at Greensboro and The North Carolina 
State College of Agriculture and Engineering at Raleigh to form a multicampus 
institution designated The University of North Carolina. 

In 1963 the General Assembly changed the name of the campus at Chapel Hill 
to The University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and that at Greensboro to The 
University of North Carolina at Greensboro and, in 1965, the name of the campus 
at Raleigh was changed to North Carolina State University at Raleigh. 

Charlotte College was added as The University of North Carolina at Charlotte in 
1965, and, in 1969, Asheville-Biltmore College and Wilmington College became 
The University of North Carolina at Asheville and The University of North Caro- 
lina at Wilmington respectively. 

A revision of the North Carolina State Constitution adopted in November 1970 
included the following: "The General Assembly shall maintain a public system of 
higher education, comprising The University of North Carolina and such other insti- 
tutions of higher education as the General Assembly may deem wise. The General 
Assembly shall provide for the selection of trustees of The University of North 
Carolina. . . ." In slightly different langfuage, this provision had been in the Con- 
stitution since 1868. 

On October 30, 1971, the General Assembly in special session merged, without 
changing their names, the remaining 10 state-supported senior institutions into the 
University as follows: Appalachian State University, East Carolina University, 
Elizabeth City State University, Fayetteville State University, North Carolina 
Agricultural and Technical State University, North Carolina Central University, 
North Carolina School of the Arts, Pembroke State University, Western Carolina 
University, and Winston-Salem State University. This merger, which resulted in a 



statewide multicanipus university of 16 constituent institutions, became effective on 
July 1, 1972. 

The constitutionally authorized Board of Trustees was designated the Board of 
Governors, and the number was reduced to 32 members elected by the General 
Assembly, with authority to choose their own chairman and other officers. The 
Board is "responsible for the general determination, control, supervision, manage- 
ment, and governance of all affairs of the constituent institutions." Each constituent 
institution, however, has its own board of trustees of 13 members, eight of whom 
are appointed by the Board of Governors, four by the Governor, and one of whom, 
the elected president of the student body, serves ex officio. The principal powers of 
each institutional board are exercised under a delegation from the Board of Gov- 
ernors. 

Each institution has its own faculty and student body, and each is headed by a 
chancellor as its chief administrative officer. Unified general policy and appropriate 
allocation of function are effected by the Board of Governors and by the President 
with the assistance of other administrative officers of the University. The General 
Administration office is located in Chapel Hill. 

The chancellors of the constituent institutions are responsible to the President as 
the chief administrative and executive officer of The University of North Carolina. 



North Carolina State University 

Administration and Offices 



Chancellor 

John T. Caldwell 
Provost and Vice Chancellor 

Nash N. Win stead 
Assistant Provosts 
Murray S. Downs 
Lawrence Clark 
University Extension 

William L. Turner, Vice Chan- 
cellor, Extension mid Pub- 
lic Se)~ince 
Research 

Earl G. Droessler, Vice Prov- 
ost and Dean for Research 
International Programs 

Jackson A. Rigney, Dean 
Graduate School 

R. James Peeler, Acting Vice 
Provost and Dean 
Business Affairs 

John D. Wright, Vice Chan- 
cellor, Finance and 
Business 
Foundations and Development 

Rudolph Pate, Vice Chancellor 
Information Services 

Hardy D. Berry, Director 
School of Agriculture and Life 
Sciences 

J. E. Legates, Dean 
Edward W. Glazener, Asso- 
ciate Dean and Director, 
Academic Affairs 
George Hyatt Jr., Associate 
Dean and Director, Ag. 
Extension Service 
J. C. Williamson Jr., Associate 
Dean and Director, 
Research 
School of Design 

Claude McKinney, Dean 
School of Education 
Carl J. Dolce, Dea7i 
William Maxwell Jr., Asso- 
ciate Dean 
School of Engineering 

Ralph E. Fadum, Dean 
Robert G. Carson Jr., Asso- 
ciate Dean, Academic 
Affairs 
Henry B. Smith, Associate 
Dean, Research and Grad- 
uate Programs 
John R. Canada, Assistant 
Dean, Extension 
School of Forest Resources 
Eric L. Ellwood, Dean 
LeRoyC. Saylor, Associate 
Dean 



School of Liberal Arts 

Robert O. Tilman, Dean 
William B. Toole, Associate 
Dean 
School of Physical and 
Mathematical Sciences 
Arthur C. Menius, Dean 
Jasper D. Memory, Associate 
Dean 
School of Textiles 

David W. Chaney, Dean 

M. R. Shaw, Assistant Dean, 

Research 
M. L. Robinson, Academic 
Coordinator 
Library 

Isaac T. Littleton, Director 
Student Affairs Division 
Banks C. Talley, Vice 

Chancellor 
Henry Bowers, Associate 

Dean 
Gerald G. Hawkins, Associate 

Dean 
Kenneth D. Raab, Associate 

Dean 
Lyle B. Rogers, Associate 
Dean 
Admissions 

Anna P. Keller, Director 
Student Activities 

John A. Poole, Dean, Student 
Development 
Music Activities 

J. Perry Watson, Director 
Student Affairs Research 

Thomas H. Stafford, Asst. to 
Dean, Planyiing and 
Research 
University Student Center 
Henry Bowers, Director 
Career Planning and Placement 
Center 

Raymond E. Tew, Director 
Counseling Center 

Robert K White, Director 
Financial Aid 

Carl 0. Eycke, Director 
Registration and Records 

James H. Bundy, Registrar 
Student Health Programs 
Carolyn S. Jessup, Director 
Alumni Affairs 

Bryce C. Younts, Director 
Athletics 

Willis R. Casey, Director 
Physical Plant 

J. McCree Smith, Director 
Student Supply Store 

Mark H. Wheless, Goieral 
Manager 



CONTENTS 



North Carolina State University 7 

Programs of Study 9 

Admissions 14 

Registration 18 

Tuition and Fees 19 

Financial Aid 20 

Student Housing 22 

Academic Regulations 24 

Special Programs 31 

The D. H. Hill Library 31 

General Information 32 

Student Activities 35 

University Calendar 39 

Schools and Programs of Study 43 

Agriculture and Life Sciences 45 

Design 89 

Education 95 

Engineering Ill 

Forest Resources 137 

Liberal Arts 151 

Physical and Mathematical Sciences 165 

Textiles 181 

University Studies 191 

Military Education and Training 191 

Graduate School 193 

Centralized Computational Resources 193 

University Extension 194 

Course Descriptions 197 

Administration and Faculty 391 

Administrative Council 391 

Board of Trustees 391 

Board of Governors 392 

Teaching and Professional Faculty 393 

University Disruptions Policy and Procedures 463 

Index 467 

Campus Map 



Nortli Carolina State University 

North Carolina State University is a large and complex state university, one of 
the major state universities of the nation. 

It shares the distinctive character of Land-Grant state universities nationally — 
broad academic offerings, extensive public involvement, national and international 
activities, and large-scale extension and research programs. 

State was founded as a Land-Grant state university under terms of the famed 
federal Morrill Act of 1862 which provided for public land endowments to support 
a college in each state. 

The Land-Grant heritage of fulfilling three major functions — research, extension 
and academic affairs — is reflected in the large dimensions of these functions at 
North Carolina State University. 

The rich and varied academic program of the University is comprised of some 90 
bachelors of arts and science programs, 68 master's degree fields and 45 doctoral 
degrees. 

Its research activities span a broad spectrum of about 700 scientific, technologic 
and scholarly endeavors, with a budget of over $20 million annually. 

Extension programs of the University are similarly diverse and include urban 
affairs, marine sciences, environmental protection, engineering industrial and 
textiles extension, agricultural extension and many others. 

The annual University budget is about $83 million. The University has 4,600 
employees. There are 1,621 faculty and professional staff and 174 adjunct and 
federal agency faculty including 974 graduate faculty. 

There are 120 campus buildings with an estimated value of about $150,000,000. 

The central campus is 596 acres, though the University has 88,000 acres, 
including one research and endowment forest of 78,000 acres. Research forms; 
biology and ecology sites; genetics, horticulture, and floriculture nurseries; and 
Carter Stadium areas near the main campus comprise about 2,500 acres. 

North Carolina State University is one of the three Research Triangle Univer- 
sities along with Duke University and the University of North Carolina at Chapel 
Hill. In the 30-mile triangle formed by the three Universities is the 5,000-acre 
Research Triangle Park, the Research Triangle Institute, a Universities' subsidiary, 
and the Triangle Universities Computation Center, a central facility for the exten- 
sive computing centers of the institutions. 

The University's total enrollment is about 15,750. There are about 12,801 
undergraduates, 2,635 graduate students and about 315 other students. Students 
at N. C. State come from all 50 states and some 50 other countries. The inter- 
national enrollment is a distinctive feature of the institution since its 477 inter- 
national students give it a decidedly cosmopolitan aura. 

North Carolina State University is organized in eight schools and the Graduate 
School. The eight schools are Agriculture and Life Sciences, Design, Education, 
Engineering, Forest Resources, Liberal Arts, Physical and Mathematical Sciences 
and Textiles. In addition, a complex of divisions and programs provide for a wide 
range of special programs in academic affairs, research and extension. 



State is one of 118 recognized members of the National Association of State 
Universities and Land-Grant Colleges. It is also a member of the American Council 
on Education, the College Entrance Examination Board, the Council of Graduate 
Schools in the United States, the National Commission on Accrediting, and the 
Southern Association of Colleges and Schools. 

The University is accredited by national and regional accrediting agencies 
applicable to the University and its numerous professional fields. 

In the fall of 1974, 71 percent of the entering freshmen were in the top one- 
quarter of their high school graduating classes. A total of 95.9 percent were in the 
top half of their classes. About 82 percent of all applicants were accepted. The 
average combined SAT score for the entering freshmen in 1974 was 1026. 

Typically, the ratio of men and women students on the campus, including all 
graduate students and special students, is about three to one. In the fall of 1974, 
the Registrar's Office listed 11,657 male and 4,094 female students. 

About one-third of the total student body consists of new students each fall. 
There were more than 5,158 in the semester this catalog was prepared. These 
include 2,821 freshmen, 720 transfer students, more than 442 special and 
unclassified students, and about 911 students who entered for graduate studies. 

State has been heavily oriented to scientific and technological areas, illustrated 
by the designation of its schools. However, in the decade of the 1960's the rapid 
rise of the School of Liberal Arts and the quality of faculties in social sciences 
and humanities has given the University a typical major university character. 

The largest schools are engineering and liberal arts. Liberal arts has an enroll- 
ment of 3,780 and engineering, 3,303. 

The University off"ers 2,300 courses, giving students the opportunity to con- 
centrate in a broad range of studies. The new multi-disciplinary program in liberal 
arts peimits students to design their owti courses of study. The Division of Uni- 
versity Studies offers coiuses of special interest to all students— courses dealing 
with environmental and ecological problems, the world armament problem, and 
the world population crisis. 



PROGRAMS OF STUDY 



About 2,300 different coiuses are taught at North Carohna State University. 
These range from basic courses for freshmen to high level courses available onlv to 
graduate students working on Ph.D. degrees. The importance of this number of 
courses to students is that they constitute a wide range of curricula, that is, "fields 
of study" or majors, such as history, chemical engineering, business or conserva- 
tion. Equally important, the courses can be combined in special cases to form 
entirely "new" majors or specializations of the student's particular interest. This 
is the case with a program in Liberal Arts called Multidisciplinary Studies. 

N. C. State offers about 90 rather clearly defined undergraduate programs of 
study. In addition it offers options in many fields, such as the science, business or 
technology options in a number of agricultural fields. 

The following is a listing of the majors offered at N. C. State as degree pro- 
grams, specialized curricula, or options. 

Agriculture 



Agricultural Economics 
Agronomy 
Animal Science 
Biological and Agricultural 

Engineering 
Crop Science 
Horticultuial Science 
PestManagement for Crop 

Protection 

Poultry Science 

Soil Science 
Business and Economics 

Economics 

Accounting 

Business Management 
Biological Sciences 

Biological Sciences (General) 

Biochemistrv 

Botanv 

Entomology 

Fisheries and Marine Biology 

Microbiology 

Wildlife Biology 

Zoology 
Design 

Architectuie 

Environmental Design 

Landscape Architecture 

Product Design 

Visual Design 



Education (incl. teacher certification) 

Agricultural 

English 

French 

Industrial Ai'ts 

Mathematics 

Science (biology, chemistry, 

earth science & physics) 
Secondary Education 
Social Studies 

(economics, history, 

politics & sociology) 

Spanish 

Speech-Communication 

Technical 

Vocational and Industrial 
Engineering 
Aerospace 
Chemical 
Civil 

Construction 
Electrical 

Engineering Science and Mechanics 
Engineering Operations 
Furniture Manufacturing and 

Management 
Industrial 
Materials 
Mechanical 
Nuclear 



Forestry and Wood Sciences 

Forestry 

Pulp and Paper Science and 
Technology 

Wood Science and Technology 
Food Science 

Food Science 

Nutrition 
Humanities 

English and American Literature 

French Language and Literature 

History 

Philosophy 

Spanish Language and Literature 

Writing - Editing 
Individualized Programs 

Individualized Study Program 
(Agriculture and Life Sciences) 

Multidisciplinary Studies 
(Liberal Arts) 
Mathematics and Related Sciences 

Mathematics 

Computer Science 

Statistics 
Physical Sciences 

Chemistry 

Geology 

Meteorology 

Physics 

Agricultural Institute 

This two-year program requires high school graduation and a letter of recom- 
mendation. The program does not carry transferable college credit as an Associate 
of Applied Science degree is awarded. Fields of study are: 



Medical and Veterinary Sciences 

Medical Technology 

Pre-dental 

Pre-medical 

Pre-veterinary 
Psychology 

Psychology 

Experimental Psychology 

Human Resources Development 
Recreation and Natural Resources 

Conservation 

Natural Resource Recreation Mgmt. 

Recreation and Park Administration 
Social Sciences 

Pohtics 

Sociology 

Rural Sociology 

Criminal Justice 

Social Work 
Speech 

Speech-Communication 
Textiles 

Textile Chemistry 

Textile Technology 



Agricultural Equipment 

Technology 
Field Crops Technology 
Flower and Nursery Crops 

Technology 
Food Processing, Distribution and 

Service 
General Agriculture 



Livestock Management and Technology 

(Dairy and Animal 
Husbandry Options) 
Pest Control 

(Agricultural, Urban and 

Industrial Options) 
Soil Management 
Turfgrass Management 



10 



UNDERGRADUATE DEGREES AND OPTIONS LEADING TO DEGREES 

Bachelor's degrees of: 



Design 



environmental design in architecture; environmental design in 
landscape architecture; and environmental design in product 
design (including option in visual design). 



Bachelor of Science degrees in: 

Agriculture and Life Sciences 

(Business) agricultural economics; animal science; horticultural science; 

and poultry science. 

(Science) agricultuial economics; animal science; biological and agri- 

cultural engineering; biological sciences (including options in 
biochemistry, microbiology, and nutrition); botany; conserva- 
tion; crop science; entomology; food science; horticultural 
science; medical technology; pest management for crop pro- 
tection; pre-veterinary option; poultry science; rural sociology 
(including option in criminal justice); soil science; wildlife 
biology; and zoology (including options in pre-dental and 
pre-medical; fisheries and marine biology). 

(Technology) agronomy; animal science; biological and agricultural engineer- 
ing; food science; horticultural science; and poultry science. 

Individualized Study Program in Agriculture and Life Sciences. 

Education agricultural education; industrial arts education; mathematics 

education; science education (including biology, chemistry, earth 
science, and physics); secondary education option; technical 
education; and vocational and industrial education. 

Engineering aerospace engineering; chemical engineering; civil engineering; 

construction option; electrical engineering; engineering science 
and mechanics; engineering operations; furniture manufactur- 
ing and management; industrial engineering; materials engi- 
neering; mechanical engineering; and nuclear engineering. 

Forest Resources forestry; conservation; natural resource recreation management; 
pulp and paper science and technology; recreation and park 
administration; and wood science and technology. 



11 



Liberal Arts economics; English; history; philosophy and politics. 



Physical and Mathematical Sciences 

chemistry; computer science; geology; mathematics; meteorol- 
ogy; physics; and statistics. 

Textiles textile chemistry; and textile technology. 

Bachelor of Arts degrees in: 

Education psychology (including options in experimental; human resource 

development). 

Liberal Arts accounting; business management; economics; English (in- 

cluding options in teacher education; writing-editing); French 
(including option in teacher education); history; multi- 
disciplinary major in liberal arts; philosophy; politics (includ- 
ing option in criminal justice); social studies education option 
(in economics, history, politics, or sociology); sociology (in- 
cluding option in criminal justice); Spanish (including option 
in teacher education); and speech -communication (including 
option in teacher education). 

Physical and Mathematical Sciences 
geology 

Professional degrees (fifth year) in: 

chemical engineering; civil engineering; electrical engineering; 
industrial engineering; materids engineering; mechanical engi- 
neering; and nuclear engineering. 

GRADUATE DEGREES 

Master's degrees of: 

adult and community college education, agricultural education, 
agriculture, architecture, biological and agricultural engineering, 
biomathematics, chemical engineering, civil engineering, cur- 
riculum and instruction, economics, educational administration 
and supervision, electrical engineering, engineering science and 



12 



mechanics, forestry, guidance and personnel sei-vices, industrial 
arts education, industrial engineering, landscape architecture 
hte sciences, mathematics education, mechanical engineering 
occupational education, product design, public afFairs, recreation 
resources, sociology, science education, special education, statis- 
tics, technology for international development, textile tech- 
nology, urban design, vocational industrial education, wildlife 
biology, wood and paper science. 

Master of Arts programs in: 

economics, English, history, and politics. 
Master of Arts programs in: 

adult and community college education, agricultural education, 
agricultural economics, animal science, applied mathematics! 
biochemistry, biological and agricultural engineering, biomath- 
ematics, botany, chemical engineering, chemistry, civil engineer- 
ing, crop science, cuiriculum and instruction,' ecology, educa- 
tional administration and supervision, electrical engineering, 
engineering science and mechanics, entomology, food science^ 
forestry, genetics, geology, guidance and personnel services! 
horticultural science, industrial arts education, industrial engi- 
neering, marine sciences, materials engineering, mathematics, 
mathematics education, mechanical engineering, microbiology,' 
nuclear engineering, nutrition, occupational education, opera- 
tions research, physics, physiofogy, plant pathology, poultry sci- 
ence, psychology, recreation resources administration, rural 
sociology, science education, soil science, special education, sta- 
tistics, textile chemistry, textile technology, vocational industrial 
education, wildlife biology, wood and paper science, and zool- 
ogy- 
Doctor of Philosophy programs in: 

animal science, applied mathematics, biochemistry, biological 
and agricultural engineering, bfomathematics, botany, chemical 
engineering, chemistry, civil engineering, crop science, econom- 
ics, electrical engineering, engineering science and mechanics, 
entomofogy, fiber and polymer science, food science, forestry,' 
genetics, horticultural science, industrial engineering, marine 
sciences, materials engineering, mathematics, mathematics edu- 
cation, mechanical engineering, microbiology, nuclear engineer- 
ing nutrition, operations research, physics, physiology, plant 
pathology, science education, sociology, soil science, statistics, 
wood and paper science, and zoology. 



13 



Doctor of Education programs in: 

adult and community college education, curriculum and in- 
struction, educational administration and supervision, guidance 
and personnel services, industrial arts education, and occupational 

education. 

Consult the Graduate Catalog for further information on graduate programs and 
admissions procedures. 



Admissions 

Applicants for admission to the University should apply to the Director of 
Admissions bv May 1 for the fall semester and by December 1 for the spring 
semester. School of Design applications should be submitted by January 1. Each 
applicant must complete and application form which may be obtained from high 
school counselors or by writing: 

Director of Admissions 

Box 5126 

North Carolina State University 

Raleigh, North Carolina 27607 
Located in Peele Hall, the Admissions Office is open Monday through Friday 
except holidays. 

A nonrefundable $10 fee must accompany the completed application when it is 
submitted to the Director of Admissions. Students of all races are equally welcome 
at the University. 

FRESHMAN ADMISSION 

Applicants normally should be graduates of an accredited high school and have 
the recommendation of the principal or counselor. Non-graduates should usually 
have a high school equivalency certificate, the minimum high school mathematics 
preparation, and present other evidence of maturity and ability to deal effectively 
with college work. 

Prospective students should have the following high school credits (courses): 

English — 4 years 

History^2 years 

Mathematics — 2 years of algebra; 1 year of geometry; advanced algebra and 
trigonometry is recommended for some programs 

Science — 2 years, preferably biology, chemistry or physics 

Foreign Languages — 2 years required for Liberal Arts School only. 

Information the University needs for admissions purposes includes: the high 
school record showing grades through the junior year, a listing of courses in 
progress in the senior year, a rank in the class based on at least three years of high 
school study, scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), and the field of study 
or curriculum preferred. 



14 



In addition to adequate high school preparation, appHcants must have a fresh- , 
man Predicted Grade Average (PGA) of at least 1.6 in order to be admitted. This 
PGA is computed using a formula which takes into consideration the student's 
class rank in his or her graduating class and scores on the SAT (generally the 
SAT's should be no less than 800). The rank in class carries greater weight in this 
prediction than do the SAT scores. A 1.6 grade average is the equivalent of a 
"C"-minus average on a grading scale where a 4.0 is an "A" and a 2.0 is a "C". 

Applicants are accepted on either junior or senior SAT scores, although senior 
year scores are generally recommended, especially if the applicant is also applying 
for financial aid. An interview is not required and does not weigh in the admis- 
sions decision. 

North Carohna State University does not have a specific early decision plan for 
prospective students now in high school. All applications are acted upon as soon 
as complete admission credentials are received. 

Two-year Agricultural Institute 

Requirements for admission to the Agricultural Institute, a two-year terminal 
program, include graduation fi-om an accredited high school or successful com- 
pletion of the high school equivalency examination administered by the State 
Department of Public Instruction. The application should include a copy of the 
high school record or a letter indicating the applicant has passed the equivalency 
examination, and a letter of recommendation. Each application is reviewed and 
evaluated by the Institute Director. SAT scores are not required. 

Freshman Class Profile 

Who makes up the student body at North Carolina State University? Fifty-five 
percent of the freshmen who entered in September, 1974, were in the top fifth 
of their high school graduating class; 85.1 percent, in the top two-fifths. High 
school performance is the best predictor of success in college; however, applicants 
who do well on the SAT exams and have "low" high school ranks should not be 
discouraged from applying for admission. Although 8.6 percent of the N. C. State 
freshmen in the fall of 1974 ranked in the bottom 50 percent of their high school 
classes, it is difficult to meet admissions requirements if one is in the bottom half. 
In 1974-75, the freshman class at N. C. State had average SAT scores of 482, 
Verbal and 544, Mathematics. 

Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), Achievement Tests, Advanced Placement 

Scholastic Aptitude Test — Applicants for admission as freshmen must take the 
College Entrance Examination Board Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) and request 
that their scores be sent directly fi-om the Board to North Carolina State Univer- 
sity (Code No. — R5496). Information booklets and application forms may be 
obtained fi-om school counselors or by writing: 

College Entrance Examination Board 

Box 592 

Princeton, New Jersey 08540 



15 



Achievement Tests — Achievement Test scores are not used in the admissions 
decision; however, freshmen who take the English and Math Level I Achievement 
Tests will receive more accurate placement in the beginning English and math 
courses. The Biology Achievement Test is especially important for students 
entering biological sciences. The January test date is considered the best time for 
taking these tests. 

Advanced Placement — A student may qualify for advanced placement by one 
or more of the following means: 1) by passing a proficiency examination adminis- 
tered by a teaching department; 2) by attaining a suflFicient predicted grade in 
Enghsh (PGE) which is based on the SAT Verbal score and either the high school 
record or the CEEB English Achievement score; 3) by attaining a sufficient 
predicted grade in mathematics (PGM) which is based on the SAT Mathematics 
score and either the high school record or the CEEB Mathematics achievement 
score; 4) by meeting a specific minimuin score on certain of the CEEB Advanced 
Placement Program (APP) examinations; and 5) by attaining at least a minimum 
score on certain of the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) tests. 

OUT-OF-STATE STUDENTS 

Undergraduate applicants fi-om outside North Carolina must generally meet 
higher standards than required of N. C. residents before admission will be granted 
North Carolina State University is limited to accepting not more than 15 percent 
of total undergraduate admissions fi-om outside the State. 

TRANSFER STUDENTS 

North Carolina State University welcomes transfer applicants; and in recent 
years, more than 25 percent of our graduates started their college programs at 
other institutions. 

All transfer applicants must have an overall "C" average on all college-level 
work taken at accredited institutions and must be eligible to return to the last 
institution regularly attended. At least 28 semester hours of "C" work are required, 
or the applicant must meet freshman admissions requirements. Applications of 
students from non-accredited institutions are reviewed by the Admissions 
Committee. 

Work completed at technical institutes is generally not considered college level; 
however, afi:er enrolling at North Carolina State UnivCTsity, students from such 
institutes may take comprehensive examinations in courses in which they feel 
previous training qualifies them for advanced placement. 

If admitted, the prospective transfer student's record will be further evaluated 
to determine the amount of credit that can be transferred and applied toward 
degree requirements at N. C. State. This evaluation will be approved by the dean 
of the school in which the student wishes to enroll. Transcripts are not evaluated 
however until the applicant has been admitted. A nonrefundable $2 transcript 
evaluation fee, payable to North Carolina State University, is charged for this 



16 



ADDITIONAL CLASSIFICATIONS 

Unclassified Students— An unclassified student is one who has been approved 
for admission to a specific school and is earning college credit but has not chosen 
a specific curriculum. They must meet the same admissions requirements as 
regialar students. If, at a later date, an unclassified student wishes to change to 
regular status, credits must be evaluated for his or her chosen curriculum. 

Special Students— The special student classification is primarily designed for 
students 18 years of age or older who are employed in the Raleigh area, including 
homemakers and other mature individuals interested in college courses for special 
reasons, but who do not desire to work toward a degree at North Carolina State 
University. The usual college admissions requirements may be waived for quali- 
fied special students, but regular rules of scholarship apply after admission. A 
maximum of seven hours per semester may be taken by "special" students. 

Special student applications should be made through the Division of Continu- 
ing Education, Room 134, 1911 Building. If special students wish to change to 
regular status at a later date, they must make regular application through the 
Admissions Department and meet the same admissions requirements as otha: 
degree candidates. 

Auditors — New students desiring admission as auditors should also apply 
through the Division of Continuing Education. Auditors receive no college credit; 
however, they are expected to attend classes regularly. Auditor participation in 
class discussion and in examinations is optional with the instructor. 

USAFI CREDITS, COLLEGE LEVEL EXAMINATION PROGRAM 

USAFI — College level courses offered by accredited institutions and made 
available to military personnel through the United States Armed Forces Institute 
will be considered for transfer credit if a grade of "C" or better has been earned 
and if the courses are applicable to the student's curriculum. A transcript must be 
sent to the Director of Admissions directly from the institution oflFering the course. 

College Level Examination Program — CLEP primarily serves non-traditional 
students who have acquired knowledge through University extension courses, 
educational television, non-credit adult education programs, on-the-job training, 
and independent study by enabling them to demonstrate their knowledge and 
receive college credit on the basis of examinations. 

There are two types of examinations. General Examinations and the Subject 
Examinations. Although only a limited amount of credit is given for the General 
Examinations, most Subject Examinations are accepted for credit. The examma- 
tions are given at N. C. State during the third week of each month, and candidates 
should register three weeks before the test date. 

For further information write or telephone the Counseling Center, North Caro- 
hna State University, Box 5505, 210 Peele Hall, Raleigh, N. C. 27607; (919) 
737-2424. 

GRADUATE STUDENTS 

All students working toward graduate degrees or who are taking courses for 



17 



graduate credit which are to apply ultimately to a graduate degree are enrolled 
in the Graduate School. Procedures and policies governing graduate admission 
are outlined in a special catalog issued by the Graduate School. For a copy 
of the Graduate School catalog contact: 

Dean of the Graduate School 

104 Peele Hall 

North Carolina State University 

Raleigh, North Carolina 27607 

READMISSIONS 

See readmissions procedures, page 28. 

Registration 

Preregistration — To preregister a student meets with his or her adviser to 
discuss an academic program and to select courses for the next semester. The 
courses selected bv each student are processed through the computer which 
assigns a day and an hour for each course requested. During the registration 
period at the beginning of each semester, the student obtains a completed class 
schedule. Schedule of Courses booklets are available for everv semester and they 
contain all necessary instructions for completing preregistration. To be preregis- 
tered, a student must submit a Preregistration Schedule Request form to the 
Office of Registration and Records during the specified preregistration period. 

Registration — Registration consists of three steps: 1) paying tuition and fees — 
preferably by mail, 2) completing registration forms, and 3) obtaining class 
schedules. Students who register late must follow late registration instructions and 
pay the required late fees. Instructions for completing registration and late 
registration are issued each semester and summer session. 

Each student is expected to complete registration in person. Under no circum- 
stances is a preregistered student considered officially registered until such time 
as the student has picked up a class schedule and completed the registration 
forms. 

INTER INSTITUTIONAL REGISTRATION 

A regularly enrolled full-time degree student at North Carolina State University 
may take course work at one of the Raleigh colleges, at the University of North 
Carolina at Chapel Hill, at the University of North Carolina at Greensboro or at 
Duke University. Interinstitutional registration forms and all registration pro- 
cedures are available from Registration and Records. 

SCHEDULE CHANGES— DROPS AND ADDS 

Courses may be added during the first week of a regular semester; coiu"ses may 
be dropped up until two weeks past mid-semester without grades for these courses 
appearing on the student's permanent academic record. After that time no courses 
may be dropped. If a student is enrolled for only one course and wishes to drop it, 
the procedure is that of withdrawal fiom the University. 



18 



Tuition and Fees 

North Carolina Resident— $243.75 per semester ($165 tuition plus $78.75 

fees) 
Nonresident — $1,016.75 per semester ($938 tuition plus $78.75 fees) 
A statement of tuition and fees is mailed to each preregistered student around 
30-40 days before the beginning of any semester. The statement must be returned 
with full payment or complete financial assistance information by the due date 
appearing on the statement. Normally the due date is approximately one week 
before classes begin. Fees are the same for both residents and nonresidents and are 
required of all regularly enrolled students. Nonresident students are required to pay 
an additional $773.00 per semester for tuition. A few non-preregistered students 
pay their tuition and fees at registration. 

ESTIMATED ANNUAL UNDERGRADUATE EXPENSES 



Tuition and fees — N. C. Resident 

(Nonresident) 
Room Rent 
Board (estimated) 
Books and Supplies (estimated) 
Other Personal Expenses (estimated) 

Total— N. C. Resident 

(Nonresident) 

NOTE: All charges are subject to change without notice. 



Expenses Other Than Tuition and Fees 

Application Fee — A nonrefundable fee of $10 must accompany each application 
for admission. Transfer students must pay an additional $2 ($12 total) as a 
transcript evaluation fee. 

Room Rent — New incoming students receive a room application card with pay- 
ment instructions in the letter of acceptance. Continuing students are pro- 
vided a card with instructions at their residence hall rooms. 

Roard — Meals are paid for individually at the various dining facilities available 
both on and near the campus. 

Rooks and Supplies — Books and supplies are usually purchased during the first 
week of classes often directly from the Students Supply Store. 

Personal Expense — Personal expenses vary widely among students but the yearly 
estimate of $400 is based on what students have told us they spend on these 
items. 



Fall Semester 


Spring Semester 


Year 


$ 243.75 


$ 243.75 


$ 487.50 


( 1,016.75) 


( 1,016.75) 


( 2,033.50) 


160.00 


160.00 


320.00 


387.50 


387.50 


775.00 


75.00 


75.00 


150.00 


200.00 


200.00 


400.00 


$1,066.25 


$1,066.25 


$2,132.50 


($1,839.25) 


($1,839.25) 


($3,678.50) 



19 



REFUND POLICY 

A student who officially withdraws from school during the first two weeks of 
classes will receive a tuition and fees refund of the full amount paid less a registra- 
tion fee. The withheld registration fee amounts to $15 the first week and $25 
the second week. After the two week period, no refunds will be made. 

In some instances circumstances justih' the waiving of rules regarding refunds. 
.An example might be withdrawal fi-om the Universitv because of sickness. Stu- 
dents have the privilege of appeal to the Refund and Fees Committee when thev 
feel special consideration is merited. Applications for such appeals mav be 
obtained fi-om the Office of Business Affairs or the Division of Student .Affairs. 

.\n itemization of required fees and other detailed information concerning ex- 
penses or related data can be obtained by contacting the Office of Business Affairs, 
P. O. Box 5067, Raleigh, North Carolina 27607 (Phone 919—737-2986). 

RESIDENCE STATL S FOR TUITION PA\^IENT 

To be considered for in-state tuition the applicant must have maintained a legal 
domicile for 12 months prior to classification or reclassification as a resident. In 
order to be eligible for such classification, the indixidual must establish that his or 
her presence in the State during such 12 month period was for purposes of main- 
taining a bona fide domicile rather than for purposes of mere temporarv residence 
incident to enrollment in an institution of higher education. Further 1) if the 
parents (or court-appointed legal guardian) of the individual seeking resident 
classification are (is) bona fide domiciliaries of this State, this fact shall be prima 
facie evidence of domiciliarv status of the indixidual applicant and 2) if such 
parents or guardian are not bona fide domiciliaries of this State, this fact shall be 
prima facie evidence of non-domiciliary status of the individual. 

No person shall lose in-state resident status by serving in the armed forces 
outside of the State of North Carolina 

Questions concerning residencv should be addressed to the Director of Admis- 
sions. University regulations concerning the classification of students bv residence, 
for purposes of applicable tuition differentials, are in A Manual to Assist the 
Public Higher Ejiucation Institutions of North Carolina in the Matter of Student 
Residence Classification for Tuition Purposes. Copies are available at the Admis- 
sions Office, 112 Peele Hall. 



Financial Aid 

Entering students may gain consideration for all tvpes of assistance, except 
initial consideration for the James M. Johnston Scholarships, by obtaining Parents' 
Confidential Statement forms fi-om their high school, having their parents complete 
the forms and submitting them to the College Scholarship Serxice in Princeton, 
Nexv Jersey, preferably before Februarv 1 of the vear of expected fall enrollment. 
The Financial .\id Office at North Carolina State University receives from Col- 
lege Scholarship Service a copy of the Parents* Confidential Statement and a 



20 



financial need analysis report for each applicant. These data aid in determining 
the amoimt of assistance offered bv the University- 
Awards are made to applicants on the basis of financial need, good citizenship 
and admission to the University. These awards usually offer combinations of 
scholarship or grant, loan and/or work-study job, depending upon the degree of 
need. Aid is available on a non-discriminatory basis to all qualifying students. 

Upperclassmen must apply for financial aid each year, preferably by February 1. 
Continuing students must have a satisfactory record of achievement and citizen- 
ship. 

SCHOLARSHIPS 

Scholarship awards are competitive and are given to those applicants who most 
nearly meet the selection criteria specified by each scholarship. In addition to high 
academic potential and achievement, good character and financial need, many 
awards have curricular, geographic or other restrictions or preference specifications. 

GRANTS 

Basic Educational Opportunity Grants — The Education Amendments of 1972 
authorized the Basic Educational Opportunity Grants. This program is expected to 
provide awards of up to $1,400 for each undergraduate year. The grant cannot 
exceed the need of the student nor can it be for more than 50 percent of the actual 
cost of attendance at the institution the student is attending. A special application 
is required and may be obtained fi-om high school counselors, post offices or 
financial aid offices. 

Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants — Supplemental Educational Op- 
portunity Grants compose one of the federally funded financial aid programs that 
contributes to the aid resources of the University. Supplemental Educational 
Opportunity Grants are restricted to student fi-om relatively low-income families, 
and may range from $200 to $1,500 depending upon the family income. They must 
be matched in at least equal amounts by other aid, usually long-term loans or work- 
study jobs. Like scholarships. Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants are 
gift assistance, not to be repaid. 

ATHLETIC AWARDS 

Athletic awards are made upon the recommendation of the Athletic Department 
to athletes who meet established qualifications. A full athletic award provides 
tuition, fees, room, meals, books and supplies and $15 per month for laundry and 
dry cleaning. Awards are available in all sports. 

LOANS 

National Direct Student Loans — In this federal program students who have been 
accepted for enrollment or currently enrolled students taking at least half-time 
course loads and able to demonstrate financial need may borrow a maximum of 
$5,000 for undergraduate study, with a limit of $2,500 during the first two years. 



21 



Graduate students may borrow up to a maximum of $10,000 (including under- 
graduiite loans). The repayment and interest period begins nine months after a 
student ends his studies. The loans bear interest at the rate of three percent per 
year and the repayment may be extended oyer a 10-\'ear period, proyided the 
payments are no less than $30 per month. Preceding graduation or other discon- 
tinuation of studies, borrowers in this program are expected to have exit interviews 
with the loan officer in the Office of Business Affairs to establish a repayment 
schedule. 

Loans on essentially the same terms as the "Xationol Direct Student Loan are 
made from the various University loan funds. 

Guaranteed Student Loans — Under the Guaranteed Student Loan Program, stu- 
dents are eligible to apply for loans up to $2,500 for a single year with an aggre- 
gate of $7,500 for undergraduate students and $10,000 for graduate and profes- 
sional students (including undergraduate loans). These loans are made bv private 
lenders in the state of the student's residence. Procedures are different in each 
state. In North Carolina most loans are made through College Foundation, Inc., an 
agency insured by the State Education Assistance Authority. For College Founda- 
tion applications and information about loans available to students from othei- 
states consult the Financial Aid Office in Peele Hall. 

Emergency Loans — Small short-term loans are available to meet unexpected 
expenses. These loans must be repaid in 30 to 60 days and are not extended 
bevond the end of a term or graduation. 

COLLEGE WORK STUDY 

The federalK' supported work study progriim provides jobs for students enrolled 
on at least a half-time basis who iue in need of the earnings to piusue a course of 
study. During the academic year, employment under the Work Study Program 
is mostUon Ciimpus. 

PART-TIME EMPLOYMENT 

The Financial .Aid Office operates an employment service for all students desir- 
ing part-time work while attending school. Jobs are available on and off campus 
and are not necessarily based on financial need. A list of cunent job openings is 
available at the Financial .Aid Office. 



Student Housing 

North Carolina State University furnishes housing for approximately 6,330 
students. The University operates 16 residence halls which hoase 4,089 men and 
1,461 women students. In addition, 300 apartments are available for married 
students and 12 University-owned fraternity houses accommodate 480 fraternity 
members. 



22 



RESIDENCE HALLS 

The residence halls are operated to provide opportunities through a variety of 
group living experiences which will complement and expand the residents' educa- 
tional experiences. Each hall is staffed with selected students, both graduate and 
undergraduate, who are responsible directly to professionally trained people in 
their area and to the Director of Residence Life. Staff members are available to 
help students initiate programs and activities and to advise and assist residents in 
any way possible. 

Living arrangements in buildings var\". Six high-rise buildings are arranged in 
suites of four or five rooms sharing a bath; the other buildings have a center 
corridor with rooms opening on to it. Rooms are furnished but residents must 
provide bed linen, pillows and towels. (See page 32 for linen and blanket rental.) 

To be eligible for University housing one must enroll as a regular full-time 
student (an undergraduate must carry a minimum of 12 credit hours per semester). 

Room Rentals and Reservations — .\11 rooms rent for 8160 per semester; this rate 
is subject to change on a year to year basis. Reservation cards are mailed with the 
letter of acceptance for admission to the University. These reservation cards and 
the check for the rent must be returned to the Office of Business Affairs in accord- 
ance with the dates established b\ the Housing Rental OflRce before room assign- 
ments can be made. 

Refund of Room Rent — If a room reservation is cancelled at the Residence Life 
Office, Leazar Hall, in person or in writing on or before julv 1 for fell semester 
and December 15 for spring semester (the date of cancellation is the date notifica- 
tion is received by that office), the rent paid will be refunded less a $10 reserxa- 
tion fee, which is nonrefundable if a student is eligible to register. Between Jul\" 1 
(for fall semester) and the last da\- to withdraw with tuition refund, no refund will 
be made for an\- reason other than failure to register or official withdrawal fi-om 
the Universit\ . During these times and for the above stated reasons, the rent paid 
w ill be refunded less the $10 reservation fee and a prorated daily charge from the 
first da\- of classes until the room is \acated. Students who fail to notify the 
Residence Life Office and who fail to check in and secure their keys on or before 
5 p.m. the first day of classes will ha\e their reservation cancelled without refund. 

HOUSING FOR MARRIED STUDENTS 

The University operates 300 apartments (McKimmon \'illage) for married stu- 
dents. The rental is $55.00 for an efficiency; $66.00 for a one-bedroom; and $77.00 
for a two-bedroom, including w-ater onlv (gas is included in efficiency units). 
This rate is subject to change on a year to year basis. Information on availability 
and applications should be requested from the Department of Residence Life, 
Box 5072, Raleigh, N. C. 27607. 

Raleigh has numerous privately owned apartments and houses available for 
rent to uni\ersity students. A partial listing is located in the Housing Rental 
Office. Xo listing is published because of the rapid turnover. 

The Uni\ersit\' does not operate a trailer parking aiea; however, privately 
owned parks are axailable w ithin a reasonable distance of the campus. 



23 



FRATERNITIES 

Seventeen of the 18 social fraternities chartered bv the University maintain a 
chapter house. Twelve of the houses are located on Fraternity Row, a University 
owned project; the remaining five are located throughout the immediate com- 
munity. Presently plans are being made for construction of sorority houses on 
Fraternity Row. 

Rental fees vary in fraternity houses de[:>ending upon the individual chapter, 
but are approximately the same as the residence hall rates. 

Academic Regulations 

CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS 

Regular degree students are classified at the beginning of each semester and 
summer session. The required number of hours of each classification is: 

Classification Semester Hours of Earned Credit 

Freshmiin (FR) Less than 28 

Sophomore (SO) 28 or more, but less than 60 

Junior (jR) 60 or more, but less than 92 

Senior (SR) 92 or more 

Agricultural Institute students are designated as first (01) year if they have 
earned less than 28 semester credits and second (02) year if they have earned 
28 or more semester credits. 

Unclassified students are those working for college credit, but not enrolled in a 
degree-granting program. Admission as an unclassified student requires the dean's 
recommendation in the school in which the student wishes to enroll. Unclassified 
students must meet the same entrance requirements as regular degree students 
and must meet the same academic requirements to continue. 

Special undergraduate students in the various schools are non-degree candidates 
carrying seven hours (two courses) or less in a semester. Speciiil undergraduates 
must meet the same academic requirements as regular degree students in order 
to continue during a semester. Special students on the graduate level are non- 
degree candidates who aie limited in the number of hoius they may earn in this 
cliissification. 

SEMESTER COURSE LOAD AND SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS 

The University considers a minimum full-time semester load as 12 credit hours 
for undergraduates and nine credit hoius for graduate students. The maximum 
load for a semester is 21 credit houis for undergraduates and 15 credit hours for 
graduate students. To carry more than the maximum, a student must consult his 
adviser and obtain the approval of his dean or director of instruction. Permission 
is granted only under extenuating circumstances. 

For a regular summer session, a student must have the same approviil if he 
carries more than seven credit hoius. 



24 



Freshmen English — ENG 111 and 112 are required in all curricula and must be 
scheduled in successive semesters until completed satisfactorily. Those students 
who qualify for advanced placement on the basis of previous academic record and 
perfoiTnance on the College Board Scholastic Aptitude Test will be given an oppor- 
tunity to enroll in ENG 112H. Satisfactory completion of the couise carries six 
horns of credit (three hours of credit for ENG 111 "by examination"). The writing 
laboratory (ENG 200) may not be used to satisfy freshman English requirement. 

Physical Education Requirements — Physical education is required of under- 
graduate students. The duration of required participation varies from a minimum 
of one veai" (two semesters) to a maximum of two years (four semesters). The 
duration of the requirement is determined by the Physical Education Department. 
Exceptions to the requirement are granted on the basis of the university physician's 
recommendation. 

ACADEMIC ACHIEVEMENT MEASURES 

Effective fall 1974 North Carolina State University began using a new grading 
system for measuring undergraduate academic achievement. Letter grade achieve- 
ments and quality points are: 

Grades Definition Quality Points Per Credit Hour 

A Excellent 4 

B Good .3 

C SatisfactoiY 2 

NC No Credit 

S Satisfactory (Grade for 

Credit-only coiuse) 
U Unsatisfactory (No credit 

grade for Credit-only 

course) 
IN Incomplete 

LA Temporarily Late 

AU Audit 

NR No Recognition Given for Audit 

Explanation of Letter Grades 

No Credit (NC). The instructor reports to the Registrar that the student is not 
to receive course credit. 

Satisfactory (S). A permanent passing grade used for certain courses approved 
by the Provost in which A, B, and C are not used; for example, introductory 
survey courses, research problems, seminars, or special topics. 

Unsatisfactory (U). The instructor reports to the Registrar that the student is 
not to receive course credit for a credit-only course for which the passing grade 
would be Satisfactory (S). 

Incomplete (IN). This is a temporary grade. At the discretion of the instructor, 
a student may be given an Incomplete (IN) grade for work not completed because 



25 



of a serious interruption in his work not caused by his own neghgence. An IN 
grade must be made up by the end of the next semester the student is in residence 
unless the instructor or teaching department involved is not able to allow the 
make-up. In the latter case, the instructor or teaching department will notifv the 
student and Registration and Records when the IN grade must be made up. The 
student must not register again for the course while the IN grade stands. Any IN 
grade not removed by the end of the next regular semester in residence or during 
the period specified by the instructor or teaching department will automatically 
become a No Credit (NC) grade and will count as a course attempted. 

In the case of a graduating student who has received an IN the following pro- 
decures apply: 

1. If the course is needed for graduation, the student will not be allowed to 
graduate until the work has been made up. 

2. If the course is not needed, the school dean or director of instruction must, 
in writing to Registration and Records, give permission for the IN to be 
extended. He should also establish a time limit for completion of the 
course. 

Late (LA). This is a temporary grade used only when grades cannot be re- 
ported by the instructor or the teaching department on time. 

QUALITY POINT AVERAGE 

The number of credit hours officially attempted in a semester or summer 
session (for which a report of A, B, C, NC is received) is divided into the total 
number of quality points earned i (see chart, page 25) to arrive at the Quality 
Point Average (QPA). The Quality Point Average of work attempted will be 
computed to three decimal points and used solely for class ranking and academic 
recognition. 

For example, if a student takes 17 credit hours, earning an A in two 3-credit 
courses, a B in one 3-credit course and one 2-credit course, a C in a 3-credit 
course and a NC in a 2-credit course, the quality point average would be: 



6 (credits of A) x 4 (quality points per credit hour) = 24 

5 (credits of B) x 3 (quality points per credit hour) = 15 

3 (credits of C) x 2 (quality points per credit hour) = 6 

2 (credits of NC) x (quality points per credit hour) = 

45 
The total number of quality points earned (45) divided by the number of credit 
hours attempted (17) equals the grade point average, in this aise 2.647. 

Semester Dean's List — Any full-time undergraduate student who earns a semes- 
ter average of 3.0 or better on 12 or more hours of course work for which quality 
points are earned is pliK-ed on the semester Dean's List. This achievement is noted 
on the student's grade report and permanent academic record. 

Class Rank — A student's ranking in his class will be determined on the basis of 
the Quality Point Average and will he indicated on his permanent academic record 
upon graduation. 



26 



GRADE REPORTS 

At the end of each semester or summer session Registration and Records issues 
a grade report showing all grades earned during that grading period. 

At registration students will be asked to complete an address form giving a 
mailing address to which grade reports and other University correspondence will 
be mailed. Students have the choice of having their grade reports sent to their 
parents or guardians. However, students may elect to have their grade reports 
sent directly to themselves. 

Change of Name or Address — It is the student's responsibilitv to inform Regis- 
tration and Records of any changes in name or address. Failure to do this may 
prevent prompt delivery of important University correspondence. Also, news 
stories about Dean's List students are sent to N. C. newspapers based on home- 
town information furnished Registration and Records. 

ACADEMIC RETENTION -SUSPENSION RULES 

In order to determine an undergraduate student's eligibility to continue at the 
University, credit hours passed are divided bv the credit hours attempted to deter- 
mine the percentage of hours passed for each regular semester and summer session. 
This quotient is also determined on a cumulative basis. When an undergraduate 
attempts 28 or more credit hours at North Carolina State L^niversitv, he will be 
suspended at the end of that semester or summer session, or any semester or sum- 
mer session thereafter, if he fails to pass 50 percent of the cumulative hours 
attempted. However, no student will be suspended at the end of a semester in 
which he has passed 50 percent or more of the hours attempted during that 
semester. A suspended student is eligible to attend the summer sessions from 
N. C. State and/or take approved correspondence courses from N. C. State to 
improve his academic standing. He is eligible for readmission when he raises his 
percentage of cumulative hours passed to 50 percent of the cumulative hours 
attempted. There is no limit on the number of summer school periods open to a 
student trying to earn readmission. 

Students who were suspended prior to fall 1974 under the constant quality 
point deficit system may be allowed to continue by one of the following ways: 

1. By having passed 50 percent of all hours attempted with a C or better 
in accordance with the new Retention-Suspension rules. 

2. By appeal to the Admissions Committee as outlined below. 

Suspended students who have had a break in residency must file a re-admis- 
sions application in addition to a letter of petition. 

Appeal of Suspension — The Admissions Committee will consider petitions fi-om 
susj^ended students when there are extenuating circumstances. A letter of petition 
should be written by the student to the Admissions Committee stating: 

a. The reason for his academic difficultv, and 

b. The reasons why he believes he can now be successful in meeting the 
University's academic standards and complete all degree requirements 
within a reasonable length of time. 

c. The address to which he wishes the Committee's decision sent. 



27 



WITHDRWVAL FROM THE UNIVERSITY 

If a regularly enrolled degree student wishes to withdraw from the University 
(dropping iUl courses) during a semester or summer session, he initiates the 
official withdrawal process at the Counseling Center. 

Determination of grades and the entry on the permanent academic record for a 
student withdrawing during a semester depend upon his reasons for withdrawal 
and the time of withdrawal in the semester. A student who discontinues attendance 
in all classes without officially withdrawing will receixe all SC grades. 

A student who withdraws after the first two weeks of classes of a semester will 
receive no refund of tuition and fees, except in unusual cases approved by the 
Refund Committee. .\11 courses dropped prior to the second week after mid- 
semester in a semester will not appear on the permanent academic record. 

Withdrawal fi-om a semester constitutes a break in the student's residence, and, 
if the student plans to return, he must file a readmission form even though he 
may have preregistered for the ne.xt academic period. 

READMISSION OF FORMER AND SUSPENDED STUDENTS 

A former student returning is one who a) was not in attendance during the fall 
or spring semester prior to applying for readmission or b) withdrew from the 
University during a fall or spring semester. .All former students returning, both 
graduates and undergraduates, must apply for readmission to the Readmissions 
Office, Registration and Records, P.O. Box 5126, Raleigh, N. C. 27607 at lea.st 30 
days prior to the date of desired enrollment. 

A student who receives a bachelor's degree must apply for admission to the 
Graduate School or for readmission as an unclassified or professional student. An 
undergraduate working toward a second degree must reapply only if there has 
been a break in residence. Otherwise, only a curriculum change form indicating 
the desired second major must be submitted to Registration and Records. 

Preregistration alone is not sufficient to enable the student to be readmitted. 

Regulations 

1. A student who was eligible to continue at X. C. State at the time of his 
leaving is eligible to return (except as indicated immediately below). Students in 
this category need only complete a readmission form. 

a. A student who was eligible to continue at the time of his leaving but 
who has subsequently taken work at another institution and earned 
less than a C average on such work must complete a readmission 
form and write a letter of petition to the Admissions Committee. 

b. A student eligible to continue at the time of his leaving who has 
subsequently taken correspondence and/or extension work at X. C. 
State and earned grades which resulted in suspension must complete 
a readmission form and write a letter of petition to the .Admissions 
Committee. 

2. Suspended Students. For conditions of suspension, see Academic Retention- 
Suspension Rules, page 27. For readmission, follow procedures outlined under 
"Appeal of Suspension." 



28 



REPEATING COURSES 

A student who repeats a course, regardless of the grade previously made, will 
have both grades counted in his cumulative quality point average. An under- 
graduate student is allowed as many semester hours as are appropriate in one's 
ciuriculum for courses: 1) titled seminar, special problems, special topics, inde- 
pendent studv or research (usually numbered 490^99 or 590-599) 2) covering 
topics different from those studied when the courses were taken previously. How- 
ever, for anv courses other than one that satisfies these conditions, if a student 
repeats and passes the course both times, the semester hours will be counted 
onl\' once toward the number of hours required for graduation. 

The adviser's approval is required for a student to repeat any course previously 
passed. Approval should not be given when a student wishes to repeat a course 
alreadv passed with a grade of A or B. Nor should it be given when: 1) a student 
wishes to repeat a lower division course that he has passed with a grade of C 
or better after having successfully completed an advanced course covering the 
same material or 2) a student wishes to repeat a lower level course that he has 
passed with a C or better which is a prerequisite for an advanced course that he 
had alreadv successfullv completed. 

CREDIT-ONLY COLTISES 

Each undergraduate student has the option to coiuit toward graduation require- 
ments a maximum of 12 semester hours in the category of "credit-only" courses 
(exclusive of courses which departments or instructors choose to grade on a 
Satisfactor\'-Unsatisfactorv basis with the approval of the Provost's Office). The 
student mav select as "credit-only " any course offered bv the University except 
those in Military Science and Aerospace Studies. Selected courses must be in- 
cluded under the free elective category of the specific curriculum in which the 
student is enrolled. He will be responsible for attendance, assignments, and 
examinations. 

The student's performance in a "credit-only" course will be reported as S 
(Satisfactory grade for credit-only course) or U (no credit grade for credit-only 
course) and will not affect his qualitv point average. An S allows the course credit 
to be coimted toward the student's graduation requirements. "Credit-onlv " work 
mav drop a student below 12 hours of course work for which quality points are 
earned and thus make him ineligible for semester Dean's List. 

AUDITS 

A student wishing to audit a course must have the approval of his adviser and of 
the department offering the course. Participation in class discussion and in exami- 
nations is optional with the instructor. Auditors receive no course credit; however, 
they are expected to attend classes regularlv. 

A student who has taken a course for audit may, with his adviser's approval, 
enroll in the course for credit during a subsequent semester or summer session. 



29 



CREDIT BY EXAMINATION 

A currently registered undergraduate student (degree, unclassified, or special) 
desiring to take an examination for course credit in lieu of enrolling or reenrolling 
for a course must initiate a request with his adviser (except when a teaching 
department initiates group testing of beginning students for placement purposes 
and grants credit). If the adviser approves, the student arranges for the examina- 
tion with the department offering the course. The department may administer 
the examination in any manner pertinent to the materials of the course. The 
academic standards for credit by examination will be commensurate with the 
academic standards for the course. 

If the student performs satisfactorily on the examination, the instructor will 
notify Registration and Records on a late grade report form (pink) by stating, 
"Credit by Examination". The appropriate number of credit hours is entered on 
the student's permanent academic record and he is issued a grade report. Credits 
earned in this manner are considered in the same way as transfer credits and are 
not used in the computation of the student's quality point average. Registration 
and Records will post course credit to the permanent academic record only if the 
student is currently registered unless the student is a graduating senior and this is 
the only course required for graduation. If the student does not exhibit satisfactory 
performance, no action beyond notifying the student is required. 

CURRICULUM CHANGE 

To initiate a curriculum change, a student secures a Curriculum Change Form 
from the office of his dean or director of instruction, obtains the required signa- 
tures, and files the completed form with Registration and Records, preferably by 
the end of the preregistration period. 

From the standpoint of advising, preregistration, and dropping courses, the 
student is considered to be in the new curriculum as soon as the Curriculum 
Change Form is completed and filed with Registration and Records, and his 
records are transferred to his new department. 

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 

A student is scholastically eligible for graduation when he has satisfied all the 
specific requirements of his department, his school and the University. 

Individual departments and/or schools may determine their own limits, if any, 
of credit hours for off-campus classes and/or correspondence courses. 

A transfer student, to be eligible for a bachelor's degree, normally must earn at 
least 24 of his last 30 hours of credit in residence at N. C. State; however, indi- 
vidual departments and/or schools may waive this guideline and determine their 
own residency requirements for a bachelor's degree. 

Graduation with high honors requires a cumulative Quality Point Average of 
3.5 or higher; with honors, 3.0-3.499. 

Students satisfactorily completing the requirements for more than one bachelor's 
degree may, upon the recommendation of their deans, be awarded two bachelor's 
degrees at the same or at different commencement exercises. To earn two degrees 



30 



the student registers in one school or department and, with the cooperation of the 
second school or department, works out his program to cover the requirements for 
both. The student must file an approved Curriculum Change form labeled "Second 
Degree" with Registration and Records. 

Students anticipating graduating must file an Application for Degree with 
Registration and Records the semester prior to such anticipated graduation. Forms 
are available in any academic departmental office or in Registration and Records. 

Presence at graduation exercises is required except when permission for 
graduation in absentia is granted. Request forms are available from Registration 
and Records. 

TRANSCRIPTS OF ACADEMIC RECORD 

A transcript is an exact copy of a student's permanent academic record at the 
time it is issued. Each student is entitled to one free official transcript of his 
record. A fee of one dollar is charged for each additional transcript. 

No official transcript may be issued to or for a student who is indebted to the 
University until such indebtedness has been paid or satisfactorily adjusted. 

Official transcripts are released only upon the written request of the student 
to Registration and Records, Box 5126, Raleigh, N. C. 27607. 

Special Programs 

HONORS PROGRAMS 

Honors Programs are designed to provide individualized programs of study for 
promising young scholars. The Schools of Agriculture and Life Sciences, Engineer- 
ing, Forest Resources, Liberal Arts, Physical and Mathematical Sciences, and 
Textiles have separate plans built around honors courses, supervised research, 
and special seminars. Students who demonstrate exceptional ability and achieve- 
ment during their freshman or sophomore year are eligible to participate. Infor- 
mation is available from faculty advisers and from the office of the dean of each 
school. 

COOPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAMS 

The Schools of Engineering, Forest Resources, Liberal Arts, Physical and 
Mathematical Sciences and I'extiles offer an optional five-year plan under which 
students may alternate semesters of work in their professional field with on-campus 
study during the sophomore and junior years. Students who want to participate 
in a co-op program should discuss the possibilities with their faculty advisers. 

The D. H. Hill Library 

The D. H. Hill Library's book and bound journal collection totals almost 700,000 
volumes and is particularly strong in the biological and physical sciences, in 



31 



engineering, agriculture, and forestry. The arts, humanities, and social sciences 
are also well represented. The library regularly receives more than 6,500 maga- 
zines, journals, and other periodical publications. 

Three special collections form on-campiis branches of the Hill Library — the 
Burhngton Textiles Library in Nelson Hall containing holdings in textile tech- 
nology and textile chemistry; the Harrye B. Lyons Design Library in Brooks Hall 
containing holdings in architecture, landscape architectiue, and product design; 
and the Forest Resources Library and reading room in Biltmore Hall. 

The library's collections are open to all students and faculty for over 100 hours 
per week. 



General Information 

FOOD SERVICE 

Food Service is provided at the University Student Center, the University 
Student Center Annex and in six campus snack bars. The average cost of food for 
the academic year is estimated to be $775. 

AUTOMOBILES 

Every student desiring to park on campus is required to register his vehicle(s) 
with the Traffic Records Office and pay a registration fee. A booklet of regulations 
is published and distributed each fall. 

No student may register or acquire parking permits for a vehicle not owned by 
himself, his spouse, a parent, or a guardian. The Chancellor shall have authority 
to establish the number of vehicles which any student may register and operate 
pursuant to these regulations. Unless increased by the Chancellor, the number of 
said vehicles shall be one. 

LAUNDRY 

The University operates a laundry and dry cleaning fecility on campus at 
reasonable prices. Branch offices are located in the residence halls for the con- 
venience of the students. 

LINEN AND BLANKET RENTAL 

The linen service provides for the initial issues of two sheets, one pillow case, 
and three towels. The student may exchange his linen weekly at a cost of $30 per 
year. Pillows may be rented for $L50 per year. A regular blanket rents for $5 per 
year, and the N. C. State monogrammed blanket rents for $7. These services are 
available to both on- and off-campus students. Application forms for these services 
will be mailed to each student. 

Refunds under the linen rental plan are computed on a semester basis. During 
a semester, refunds will be computed at a charge rate of $1 for each week the plan 
has been in use, plus a $4 service charge until $15 is exhausted. Refunds are not 
available for the weeks a student fails to exchange linen. 



32 



HEALTH 

North Carolina State University seeks to safeguard the health of the student 
in every way possible. The University maintains a 60-bed infirmary which is open 
24 hours a day. The infirmary is fully staffed by physicians, nurses and auxiliary 
personnel. Infirmary features include an up-to-date first-aid department and an 
x-ray department. 

The University physicians observe daily office hours at the infirmary in the 
mornings and afternoons. In addition, they are on call at all times. A registered 
nurse is on duty day and night. Students have free access to the infirmary at all 
times except when closed during holiday periods. 

In case of accident or serious illness, parents or guardians will be notified. This 
notice will be made by the attending physician unless expressly forbidden by the 
student. No operation is performed upon a student under 18 years of age, except 
in an extreme emergency, without parental permission. 

The medical fee paid by each student provides for infirmary service, general 
medical treatment and the services of nurses. It does not provide for surgical 
operations, outside hospital care, or the services of dentists or other specialists. 
Special students and others who have not paid the health fee are not entitled to 
use the Student Health Service. 

Before the student enters N. C. State, he or she should have a complete, 
thorough examination by the family physician. Any abnormality should be noted 
and all defects corrected in order to prevent unnecessary loss of time while the 
student is in college. If the examination is not made before entrance, the student 
will be given a physical examination at the University, for which a fee is charged. 
Blanks for the physical examination may be obtained from the Office of Admis- 
sions. 

The infirmary does not offer its services to dependents of students. Married 
students are encouraged to enroll in the Student Government Health and Accident 
Insurance Group Policy which covers dependents. 

ACCIDENT AND HEALTH INSURANCE 

The University offers annually a plan of student accident and health insurance. 
The insurance covers the surgical, accident, and hospital needs of the student, as a 
supplement to the services offered through the infirmary. Each year complete 
information will be made available to students before school opens. 

Foreign students are required to enroll in the accident and health insurance 
plan provided through the University or to have similar coverage under other 
insurance plans or arrangements with their sponsors. 

ORIENTATION 

During the month of June, an orientation program is held for fi-eshmen entering 
N. C. State for the first time in the fall semester. Freshmen are expected to attend 
the two-day program that corresponds with their major field of study. In the event 
an entering freshman cannot attend the summer program in June, a "late" orienta- 
tion is held in August just prior to the beginning of fall semester. 



33 



Transfer students who are entering \. C. State for the first time in the fall 
semester are encouraged to attend the Transfer Student Orientation Program held 
on registration day. 

Special orientation sessions are held for students who enter in the spring 
semester or either summer school session. 

In addition, the Office of Student Development sponsors an optional orienta- 
tion program for black students during the fall semester. 

COUNSELING 

The Counseling Center helps students with problems of adjustment to college 
life and vocational and curricular choice as well iis any other problems a student 
might wish to discuss. The center administers aptitude and interest tests and 
maintains a file of occupational information to help guide students in career 
selection. The center offers psychiatric evaluation and marriage counseling, pro- 
vided bv part-time specialists who augment the center staff. Students may come 
to the center on their own accord, or thev may be referred by teachers, advisers 
or other members of the Universitv staff. 

FACULTY ADVISERS 

At North Carolina State University the primary responsibility for planning an 
academic program and meeting graduation requirements rests with the student. 
In order that information and assistance be available when needed, each regular 
degree student is assigned to a facult\' adxiser who is usually in the student's 
major field of studv. 

School and department coordinators of advising, deans, directors of instruction, 
department heads, and members of the facultv keep office hours and expect 
students to consult them indi\iduallv whenever necessary. 

FOREIGN STUDENT AND STUDY ABROAD ADVISING 

The foreign student and studv abroad adviser ofiFers assistance to foreign stu- 
dents and facultv with visas, passports, currencv permits, tax information, and 
medical, personal and social problems. 

All foreign students are required to take an International Student Orientation 
course (ISO-100) to acquaint them with University procedures and the practiciJ 
problems of living in the United States. 

Any student desiring information on travel and study abroad may use the facili- 
ties of this office. International Student ID Cards may be purchased bv qualifying 
full-time students. 

CAREER PLANNING AND PLACEMENT CENTER 

The Career Planning and Placement. Center offers assistance to all students 
at North Carolina State University at all degree levels. Service is available on a 
year round basis. Advice on the relationship of personal career goals to various 
programs of study and assistance in the identification of individual aptitudes 



34 



and abilities affecting career potential are available. Aptitude and interest testing 
is a Counseling Center service to which students are often referred in the initial 
stages of their career planning. Students are urged to take advantage of the career 
planning service in the early years on campus. 

This office arranges and coordinates job interviews between students and 
employer representatives. Seniors are urged to use this placement service for 
intei^viewing with potential employers. The staff also recommends contacts with 
employers not scheduled to visit the campus, and will advise students of job 
opportunities given to the center by mail or telephone. 

COOPERATING RALEIGH COLLEGES 

Cooperating Raleigh Colleges is a consortium, or voluntary organization, com- 
prised of North Carolina State University, Meredith College, Peace College, St. 
Augustine's College, St. Mary's College and Shaw University. The organization 
promotes interinstitutional cooperation and cooperative educational activities 
among the six institutions. Agreements provide the opportunity for any student to 
enroll at another institution for a course or courses not offered on one's home 
campus. 

Student Activities 

North Carolina State University makes every effort to provide the student with 
surroundings which are pleasant and conducive to intellectual growth. Respecting 
the student as an individual, the University assures him or her the maximum of 
personal liberty within the limits necessary for orderly progression of class work. 
In return, the student is expected to pay serious attention to his or her purpose in 
attending this Universitv and to observe rules of conduct consistent with maturity. 
Through the various services and activities identified with everyday life on campus, 
as well as through the several extracurricular organizations and functions, the stu- 
dent at N. C. State has an opportunity for acquiring experience in group 
leadership and communitv living which mav serve one well in one's professional 
career. 

STUDENT BODY GOVERNMENT AND STUDENT JUDICIAL SYSTEM 

When a student enters North Carolina State University, they become a member 
of a self-governing community. Legislative, executive and judicial authority, inso- 
far as student affairs are concerned, rest with the student bodv government which 
operates within the framework of over-all University administration. The student 
body government members and judicial department members are elected in 
campus-wide elections. 

During each registration period, students are asked to sign either an honor code 
pledge or a recognition of academic integrity statement. These statements reflect 
the emphasis that N. C. State student government places upon academic integrity. 



35 



CLUBS AND SOCIETIES 

Honorary — Honorary societies at N. C. State are Golden Chain, senior leader- 
ship; Blue Kev, junior leadership; Thirty and Three, sophomore leaderrfiip; Plii 
Eta Sigma, men's freshman scholarship; Alpha Lambda Delta, women's freshman 
scholarship; and Phi Kappa Phi, junior, and senior and graduate students scholai- 
ship. 

Professional and Technical — Each school at N. C. State sponsors or supervises 
a large number of professioniil iuid technical societies and clubs. Students in every 
area of instruction are encouraged to join with their fellow students in pursuing 
their common interests. Manv of these organizations contribute greatly to the 
student's professional and social growth. 

Social Fraternities and Sororities — Eighteen national social fraternities have 
chapters at State. 

The social fraternities at N. C. State are Alpha Gamma Rho, Alpha Phi .\lpha, 
Delta Sigma Phi, FarmHouse, Kappa Alpha, Kappa Sigma, Lambda Chi Alpha, 
Phi Kappa Tau, Pi Kappa Alpha, Pi Kappa Phi, Sigma Alpha Epsilon, Sigma 
Alpha Mu, Sigma Chi, Sigma Nu, Sigma Phi Epsilon, Sigma Pi, Tau Kappa 
Epsilon and Theta Chi. 

State also has two national social sororities, Sigma Kappa and Alpha Delta Pi. 

STUDENT PUBLICATIONS 

A variety of publications, both general and school-sponsored, are edited and 
managed by student officers, with faculty members serving as advisers. A student 
may gain journalistic experience and training in writing, editing or management 
by working on these publications. 

The three general publications. The Agrorneck, WKNC-FM, and the Techni- 
cian, are supported in large part by a publication fee included in each student's 
fees. 

The Agromeck is the University yearbook, providing a record of the senior 
class and of the principal events of the school vear. The yearbook recalls in pictures 
the varied activities of the student lx)dv through the vear, and is published for the 
entire student body. 

The Technician is the student newspaper issued three mornings a week. 

Although it is not a publication in the strictest sense of the word, WKNC-FM 
serves the same hmction through a different medium. It offers op|X)rtunities for 
extracurricula training in broadcasting techniques as well as training in adminis- 
tration and program planning. 

Each student receives a copy of the current handbook, which contains detailed 
information about student organiziitions, activities, and policies. 

Several of the schools have their own publications issued under the general 
supervision of the particular school and dealing with material of special interest 
to students in that school. These publicatioas and the school thev represent in- 
clude Agri-Life, .Agriculture and Life Sciences; the Pi-\'c-Tum, Forest Resources; 
The Southern Engineer, Engineering; The Textile Forum, Textiles; The Publica- 



36 



tions of the School of Design; and Tlie Scientist, Physical and Mathematical 
Sciences. 

ATHLETICS 

North Carohna State University offers a variety of athletic activities. In addition 
to voluntary programs of intramural and intercollegiate sports, freshmen and 
sophomores are required to take two to four semesters of physical education. 
Juniors and seniors take physical education as an elective. 

Intercollegiate — The Department of Athletics conducts the University's inter- 
collegiate athletics program involving 14 vaisity sports. 

The athletics program is administered by the Athletics Director with the 
Athletics Council, made of seven faculty, three alumni and three students, func- 
tioning to exercise institutional responsibility and control of the intercollegiate 
athletics program. The program is self-suff^icient and is operated through gate 
receipts and student fees. Athletics grants-in-aid are provided through the North 
Carohna State Student Aid Association (Wolfpack Club). 

The University facilities include double-decker Carter Stadium, featuring 
41,000 sideline seats, Reynolds Coliseum holding 12,000 for basketball, and Doak 
Field having 3,800 seats for baseball. A nine-lane tartan track and a 2,200 seat 
swimming stadium, with a twenty-five yard by twenty-five meter pool, are also 
available. 

Intramurals — The University maintains a program of intramural sports which 
is administered by the Department of Physical Education. Intramural activities 
are divided into three basic programs: traditional sports, sports clubs, and annual 
events. 

In the traditional sports program individual and team sports are offered to both 
men and women with participation being voluntary. Competition is divided into 
four divisions: 1) residence halls 2) fraternity 3) open and 4) women. Thirteen 
sports are offered in the residence hall and fi-aternity divisions, while 11 sports 
are offered in the open division. In the women's division competition is offered in 
13 different activities. 

MUSICAL ORGANIZATIONS 

Since the early days of North Carolina State, musical organizations have played 
an important part in campus life presenting concerts, furnishing music for official 
university functions and performing at athletic events. The combined membership 
of these organizations constitutes the largest voluntary student organization on 
campus. Students may join the bands, choral organizations, orchestras, and pipes 
and drums by reporting for an audition at the time and location indicated in the 
orientation schedule. Rehearsals are arranged to avoid conflicts with study time 
or classes. Membership in all musical organizations is open to any regularly en- 
rolled student. 

Bands — The Symphonic Band, the Fanfare Band, the Brasschoir Band and the 
Maixhing Band make up the four divisions of the N. C. State bands. Each band 
serves a specific purpose and assignments are made according to individual 



37 



interests and abilities. The Symphonic, Fanfere and Brasschoir Bands are concert 
organizations, with the Symphonic Band having the most rigid requirements. 

Choral Groups— The two divisions of the N. C. State Choral program are the 
\'arsit\' Men's Glee Club and the University Choir. Placement in these organizations 
is according to individual abihties and interest. The Varsity Men's Glee Club is by 
history and tradition the prime choral group on campus and maintains the higher 
entrance requirements. The X'arsitv and the Choir present several concerts each 
year, both on and off the campus as well as making radio and television appear- 
ances, recordings, tours and providing small ensembles for special occasions. For 
those interested in additional study of singing techniques, a X'oice Guild is ofifered. 

Orchestras — A wide range of orchestral music is read and performed. Placement 
in the North Carolina State University Symphony Orchestra is according to 
individual interest and ability. Several concerts are presented each year on and 
oflF campus providing an opjx)rtunity to coordinate musical efforts with professional 
musicians, recognized locally and nationally. Provisions are made for those with an 
interest in string quartet and other small ensemble experience. 

NCS Pipes and Drums — The newest musical organization at \. C. State is a 
highland bagpipe group. Students learn an instrument known to many of North 
Carohna's early settlers and represent the university through a unique and 
distinctive medium. The organization performs at university and community 
functions. Pipes and drums are provided. No piping experience is necessary. 

Musician-in -Residence — N. C. State established this special chair in the Depart- 
ment of Music to facilitate the University's cultural development. Internationally 
known performers are appointed to the Musician- in-Residence position on a 
rotating basis. 

THOMPSON THEATRE 

Thompson Theatre is student oriented and maintained. Each production has 
opportunities for new student talent and "old theater hands." Each production is 
open to new actors and technical crew and staflFs. Technical interest is required 
in scenic, costume and lighting design. 

The theater itself was conceived and built as an experimental theater. Removable 
wall and ceiling panels allow flexibility. Seating can be intimate for arena and 
proscenium productions or large groups can be accommodated for pageant and 
spectacle. 

The studio is a small version of the main theater seating about 80 people. It is 
available to all state students for production of experimental plays with minimal 
supervision. About six show dates per year are available with those involved in the 
directing workshop having first priority. Studio use is approved by the theater 
executive committee. 

University Players is an honorary organization composed of students who have 
gained recognition in the theater. The club assumes responsibility for many 
aspects of the working theater from budget to production. It sponsors a banquet 
and Hammy awards for outstanding theater work. 



38 



UNIVERSITY STUDENT CENTER 

The new University Student Center houses the major student organizations: 
Student Government, the Technician, WKNC-FM/WPAK, the Agromeck, the 
Inter-Residence Council, the Inter-Fraternitv Council and the University Student 
Center Actixdty Board. It provides reading lounges, galleries, a newsstand and TV 
lounge, meeting rooms, a cafeteria on the top floor, a delicatessen and snack bar on 
the first floor, an ice cream bar, ballroom, games room and 816-seat theater. 

In the Thompson building the Center also operates one of the best equipped 
craft shops in the Southeast. It ofiiers a wide variety of crafts, including ceramics, 
photography, weaving, woodworking, and textile printing. Both opportunities for 
instruction and individual work are available. 

The University Student Center Annex in the Erdahl-Cloyd Wing of the D. H. 
Hill Library houses a snack bar, barbershop, bifliards room and newsstand. 

The University Student Center sponsors a wide variety of programs including 
amateur and professional theatrical productions, pop and classical concerts, lectures, 
films, art shows, dances, international fairs, volunteer services and instruction in a 
wide variety of crafts. 

The Coordinator of Religious Afiairs is housed in the University Student 
Center. He sponsors, in cooperation with the YMCA and various chaplains assigned 
to the University, a wide range of activities fi-om chapel services and seminars to 
multi-media productions. 



University Calendar 



SPRING SEMESTER, 1975 



January 13 


Mon. 


January 14 


Tues. 


January 15 


Wed. 


January 22 


Wed. 


January 29 


Wed. 



March 7 



Fri. 



March 17 


Mon. 


March 21 


Fri. 


March 31 


Mon. 


May 2 


Fri. 


May 3-4 


Sat. -Sun. 


May 5-14 


Mon.-Sat. 




Mon.-Wed 


May 17 


Sat. 



All students complete registration 

Change day (late registration, drop/add) 

First dav of classes 

Last day to add a couise 

Last day to withdraw (or drop a course) 

with refund 

Mid-term reports due; spring vacation 

begins (10 p.m.) 

Classes resume (8 a.m.) 

Last day to drop ,a course without a grade 

Holiday 

Last day of classes 

Reading days 

Final examinations 
Commencement 



* The calendar is tentative, subject to approval or change by the Board of Trustees. 



39 



SUMMER SESSIONS, 1975 

First Session 



May 20 


Tues. 


Mav21 


Wed. 


May 26 


Men. 


June 6 


Fri. 


June 24 


Tues. 


June 25 


Wed. 


Second Session 




June 30 


Men. 


July 1 


Tues. 


July 4 


Fri. 


July 7 


Mon. 


July 18 


Fri. 


August 5 


Tues. 


August 6 


Wed. 


FALL SEMESTER, 


1975 


August 25 


Mon. 


August 26 


Tues. 


August 27 


Wed. 


September 1 


Mon. 


September 3 


Wed. 


September 10 


Wed. 


October 17 


Fri. 


October 31 


Fri. 


November 26 


Wed. 


December 1 


Mon. 


December 5 


Fri. 


December 6-7 


Sat. -Sun. 


December 8-17 


Mon. -Sat. 




Mon.-Wed. 



Registration day 

First day of classes 

Last day to register; last dav to withdraw 

(or drop a course) with a refund 

Last day to drop a course without a grade 

Last day of classes 

Final examinations 



Registration day 

First day of classes 

Holiday 

Last dav to register; last day to withdraw 

(or drop a course) with a refund 

Last day to drop a course without a grade 

Last day of classes 

Final examinations 



All students complete registration 

Change dav (late registration, drop/add) 

First day of classes 

Holiday 

Last day to add a course 

Last day to withdiaw (or drop a coiu'se) 

with a refund 

Mid-term reports due 

Last day to drop a course without a grade 

Thanksgiving vacation begins (1 p.m.) 

Classes resume (8 a.m.) 

Last day of classes 

Reading days 

Final examinations 



SPRING SEMESTER, 1976 



January 12 


Mon. 


januarv 13 


Tues. 


January 14 


Wed. 



All students complete registration 
Change day (late registration, drop/add) 
First dav of classes 



40 



January 21 
January 28 

March 5 



Wed. 
Wed. 

Fri. 



March 15 


Mon. 


March 19 


Fri. 


April 19 


Mon. 


April 30 


Fri. 


May 1-2 


Sat. -Sun. 


May 3-12 


Mon.-Sat. 




Mon.-Wed, 


May 15 


Sat. 


SUMMER SESSIONS, 1976 


First Session 




May 18 


Tues. 


May 19 


Wed. 


May 24 


Mon. 


June 4 


Fri. 


June 22 


Tues. 


June 23 


Wed. 


Second Session 




June 28 


Mon. 


June 29 


Tues. 


July 2 


Fri. 


July 5 


Mon. 


July 16 


Fri. 


August 3 


Tues. 


August 4 


Wed. 


FALL SEMESTER, 


1976 


August 30 


Mon. 


August 31 


Tues. 


September 1 


Wed. 


September 6 


Mon. 


September 8 


Wed. 


September 15 


Wed. 



Last day to add a course 

Last day to withdraw (or drop a course) 

with a refund 

Mid-term reports due; spring vacation 

begins (10 p.m.) 

Classes resume (8 a.m.) 

Last day to drop a course without a grade 

Holiday 

Last day of classes 

Reading days 

Final examinations 
Commencement 



Registration day 

First day of classes 

Last day to register; last day to withdraw 

(or drop a course) with a refund 

Last day to drop a course without a grade 

Last day of classes 

Final examinations 



Registration day 

First day of classes 

Last day to register; last day to withdraw 

(or drop a course) with a refund 

Holiday 

Last day to drop a course without a grade 

Last day of classes 

Final examinations 



All students complete registration 

Change day (late registration, drop/add) 

First day of classes 

Hohday 

Last day to add a course 

Last day to withdraw (or drop a course) 

with a refund 



41 



October 22 


Fri. 


November 5 


Fri. 


November 24 


Wed. 


November 29 


Mon. 


December 10 


Fri. 


December 11-12 


Sat.-Sun. 


December 13-22 


M on-Sat. 




Mon. -Wed. 



Mid-term reports due 

Last day to drop a course without a grade 

Thanksgiving vacation begins (1 p.m.) 

Classes resume (8 a.m.) 

Last day of classes 

Reading days 

Final examinations 



SPRING SEMESTER, 1977 

January 10 Mon. Opening Day (counseling, advising, 

new student orientation, etc.) 

January 10 Mon. All students complete registration 

January 11 Tues. Change day (late registration, drop/add) 

January 12 Wed. First day of classes 

January 19 Wed. Last day to add a course 

January 26 Wed. Last day to withdraw (or drop a course) 

with a refund 

Maich 4 Fri. Mid-term reports due; spring vacation 

begins (10 p.m.) 

March 14 Mon. Classes resume (8 a.m.) 

March 18 Fri. Last day to drop a course without a grade 

April 11 Mon. Holiday 

April 29 Fri. Last day of classes 

April 30-May 1 Sat.-Sun. Reading days 

May 2-11 Mon.-Sat. Final examinations 

Mon. -Wed. 

May 14 Sat. Commencement 



42 



SCHOOLS AND 
PROGRAMS OF STUDY 

There are eight major undergraduate academic divisions at North Carolina State 
University. These are the Schools of Agriculture and Life Sciences, Design, Educa- 
tion, Engineering, Forest Resources, Liberal Arts, Physical and Mathematical Sci- 
ences and Textiles. The programs of study are outlined by school. Information con- 
cerning specific courses is given in the section of the catalog on course descriptions. 

In addition to information about the schools, this section contains descriptions of 
the military training program (ROTC), the Graduate School, Continuing Education 
and Summer Sessions. 

Throughout the programs of study given in this section, departmental codes, 
course numbers and course titles are used. The key to the departmental code follows. 
This key will aid in locating individual courses in the course description section. 



Code 


Name 


AC &ALS 


Agriculture and Life Sciences 




(General Courses) 


ACC 


Accounting 


ANS 


Animal Science 


ANT 


Anthropology 


ARC 


Architecture 


ART 


Art 


AS 


Aerospace Studies (ROTC) 


BAE 


Biological and Agricultural 




Engineering 


BCH 


Biochemistry 


BMA 


Biomathematics 


DO 


Botany 


BS 


Biological Sciences 


CE 


Civil Engfineering 


CH 


Chemistry 


CHE 


Chemical Engineering 


CS 


Crop Science 


CSC 


Computer Science 


DN 


Design 


E 


Engineering (General Courses) 


EC 


Economics 


ED 


Education (General Courses)* 


EE 


Electrical Engineering 


EH 


Engineering Honors 


ENG 


English 


ENT 


Entomology 


EO 


Engineering Operations 


ESM 


Engineering Science and 




Mechanics 


FOR 


Forest Resources** 


FS 


Food Science 


GN 


Genetics 


GRK 


Greek 


GY 


Geology 


HI 


History 


HS 


Horticultural Science 


LA 


Industrial Arts 


IE 


Industrial Engineering 


ISO 


International Student 




Orientation 


LA 


Liberal Arts 


LAR 


Landscape Architecture 


LAT 


Latin 


MA 


Mathematics 



MAE 


Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 


MAS 


Marine Sciences 




MAT 


Materials Engineering 




MB 


Microbiology 




MLE 


English (Foreign Students) 




MLF 


French 




MLG 


German 




MLI 


Italian 




MLR 


Russian 




MLS 


Spanish 




MS 


Military Science (ROTC) 




MUS 


Music 




MY 


Meteorology 




NE 


Nuclear Engineering 




NTR 


Nutrition 




OR 


Operations Research 




OY 


Physical Oceanography 




PD 


Product Design 




PE 


Physical Education 




PHI 


Philosophy 




PHY 


Physiologry 




PMS 


Physical and Mathematical 
Sciences (General Course) 




PC 


Poultry Science 




PP 


Plant Pathology 




PS 


Politics 




PSY 


Psychology 




PY 


Physics 




REL 


Religion 




RRA 


Recreation Resources 
Administration 




SOC 


Sociology 




SP 


Speech 




SSC 


Soil Science 




ST 


Statistics 




T 


Textiles (General Courses) 




TC 


Textile Chemistry 




TOX 


Toxicology 




TX 


Textile Technology 




UD 


Urban Design 




UNI 


University Studies 




VET 


Veterinary Science 




WPS 
ZO 


Wood and Paper Science 

and Technology 
Zoology 





*This includes courses offered by all departmeits and programs within the School of Education 
except industrial arts and psychology which are coded separately. 
** Tliis includes conservation and forestry. 



43 




^. 



'.^^atii 



-i-l^>^<^-* 






'<»■" . 




■J^' 






w^A 



r-*.-|Pj|j_ yfjj 



AGRICULTURE AND 
LIFE SCIENCES 

Patterson Hall 

J. E. Legates, Dean 

E. W. Glazener, Associate Dean and Director of Academic Affairs 

Modern agriculture is a complex industry built on the principles of science and 
business. The basic sciences are the foundations for modem agricultural technology. 
These sciences applied to understanding the functions of living material offer a 
background as preparation for a professional agriculturist, environmentalist, or as 
a preparatory program for the medical and health related sciences. Likewise, the 
principles of economics and sociology provide background preparation for agri- 
cultural business management and public service aspects of society. 

The objects of the academic program are: 

1) To provide an opportunity for a broad university education. 

2) To provide a variety of learning experiences. 

3) To offer a choice of specialization, sufficient for initial employment. 

4) To provide background for graduate or professional programs. 

A high percentage of all the gainfully employed persons in the United States are 
engaged in operations directly or indirectly related to food and fiber. For example, 
the food industry ranges from those who produce the food, supply material to the 
producer, and process the finished product to those who sell the products to the 
consumer. Hundreds of distinct occupations are represented in modern agriculture 
and biology. About 30 percent of the graduates elect to continue their education in 
graduate and professional schools. 

STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

Students in the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences have ample opportunities 
to take part in broadening extracurricular activities. Most departments have stu- 
dent organizations which provide professional as well as social experience. Repre- 
sentatives of these clubs form the Agri-Life Council. This council is the student 
organization representing the school. Student tours provide an opportunity to see 
firsthand the application of classroom principles. In addition, students representing 
agronomy, animal science, horticultural science, food science, poultry science and 
soil science compete regionally and nationally in a number of activities providing 
student members a chance to learn by travel as well as by participation. 

CURRICULA OFFERINGS AND REQUIREMENTS 

A freshman enrolling in agriculture and life sciences has a common core of 
courses the first year, courses that are appropriate in all curricula. This method 
allows the student time to study various programs before selecting a curricula. In 
addition to the basic courses in English, biology, and physical and social sciences, 
the student selects a major in a department, an interdisciplinary program or an 
individualized course plan. 

Departmental majors are offered in three general curricula as follows: 

Science — agricultural economics, animal science, biological and agfricultural 
engineering (joint program with the School of Engineering), botany, crop science, 
entomology, food science, horticultural science, medical technology, poultry science, 
rural sociology, soil science, wildlife biology and zoology. Premedical sciences are 
offered in this curriculum. 

Business — emphasis on economics, combination programs in technology in 
animal science, horticultural science, poultry science and soil science. 



45 



Technology — biological and agricultural engineering, animal science, food sci- 
ence, horticultural science and poultry science. 

Interdepartmental and Interdisciplinary Programs — These curricula offer the 
opportunity to select broad curriculum majors that involve two or more departments 
or schools: 

Biological Sciences — A curriculum with emphasis on biological and physical 
sciences, especially designed for graduate or professional courses requiring a 
biology background. 

Conservation — A curriculum Qoncentrating on the use, preservation and improve- 
ment of natural resources. Administered jointly by the School of Agriculture and 
Life Sciences and the School of Forest Resources. 

Pest Management (for Crop Protection) — A curriculum with emphasis on the 
application of chemical and biological principles in the control of plant diseases, 
insects and weeds. The curriculum is administered by the Departments of Crop 
Science, Entomology, Horticultural Science and Plant Pathology. 

Agronomy — A technical curriculum dealing with the fundamentals of crop pro- 
duction and soil management. The curriculum is administered by the Departments 
of Crop Science and Soil Science. 

Individualized Study Program — A curriculum planned by the student with the 
assistance of a faculty advisory committee. 

In addition to these cited curricula, a number of arrangements are available that 
provide the student an opportunity to select areas of course concentration. 

HONORS PROGRAM 

The School of Agriculture and Life Sciences has a comprehensive Honors Pro- 
gram for qualified freshmen and sophomores interested in participating in seminar 
discussion programs on broad topics. These sessions are led by outstanding 
professors. 

Qualified juniors and seniors have an opportunity to participate in an indepen- 
dent research program. Faculty direction is provided on an individual basis to each 
student. The student has the opportunity to select his project. 

INTERNATIONAL ASPECTS 

An International Seminar is offered to interested students. In addition, an Inter- 
national Option, requiring modern language and 12 semester hours of appropriate 
courses in the social sciences, is available for students enrolled in any curricula. 

DEGREES 

The Bachelor of Science degree is conferred upon the satisfactory completion of 
one of the curricula in this school. 

The degrees of Master of Science, Master of Agriculture and Master of Life 
Sciences are offered in the various departments in the school. 

The Doctor of Philosophy degree is offered in the following subject areas: animal 
science, biochemistry, biological and agricultural engineering, botany, crop science, 
economics, entomology, food science, genetics, horticultural science, marine sci- 
ences, microbiology, nutrition, physiology, plant pathology, sociology, soil science, 
and zoology. 

Further information on graduate offerings may be found in the Graduate School 
Catalog. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Broad and fascinating opportunities in business, industry, education and govern- 
ment are open to graduates of this school. Some of the areas in which graduates 
are employed are as follows: 

Business and Industry — banking and credit, insurance, farm management, coop- 
eratives, land appraisal, marketing, transportation, food chains, food processing 



46 



and distribution, machinery and equipment, chemicals, fertilizer, feed manufactur- 
ing, seed improvement. 

Communications — writing, reporting, radio, television, newspapers, magazines, 
advertising, publications. 

Conservation — soil, water, range, forest, fish, wildlife parks, recreation. 

Education — high school and college instruction in agriculture, biology, agri- 
cultvu'al extension, governmental and industrial agencies. 

Farming and Ranching (agricultural production) — general livestock, field crops, 
fruits, vegetables, poultry, ornamentals. 

Preprofessional and Graduate Preparation — premedical programs for training 
for medical, dental and veterinary colleges; graduate programs. 

/2esearc/i— production, marketing, engineering, processing, biological sciences, 
conservation, organizational structure, group behavior. 

Services— inspection and regulation, production field service, health services, 
environmental quality, product standards, grading, agricultural technology and 
consulting. 

A placement office, part of the University Career Planning and Placement Center, 
is maintained to assist graduates in career development and placement. 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

The curricula in the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences have a common 
freshman year with the exception of the science program in biological and agri- 
cultural engineering. For the science curricula in biological and agricultural engi- 
neering freshman year, see freshman year in the School of Engineering. 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ALS 103 Introductory Topics in ALS 1 ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

BS 100 General Biology or CH 101 MA 112 Analytic Geometry and 

General Chemistry I 4 Calculus A 4 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 or 

Social Science and Humanities Elective 3 MA 114 Topics in Modern Mathematics .... 3 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry* 4 Social Science and Humanities Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 CH 101 General Chemistry I or CH 107 

(Military Science or Air Science may Principles of Chemistry 

be elected) or 

— Science Elective 4 

16 Physical Education 1 

(Military Science or Air Science may 
be elected) 

14-16 



Does not contribute to the 130 semester hoiu^s required in the biological sciences curriculum. 



CURRICULA IN AGRICULTURE AND LIFE SCIENCES ° 

Science, business and technology are three curricula offered in this school. All 
departments offer the science curriculum. Several departments offer the choice of 
either science or technology. In addition, several departments are participating in 
interdisciplinary programs. 

A business curriculum is offered in agricultural economics. Combinations in busi- 
ness and technology are offered in animal science, horticultural science and poultry 
science Double majors between agricultural economics and other subject areas may 
be arranged. 

All the curricula have a core of required courses on a school basis. Courses pecul- 
iar to a specific department are listed under the departmental requirements. Listed 
on the following pages are the required courses by curriculum on a school basis. 



* Group A includes the physical and biological sciences; Group B, economics and business manage- 
ment; Group C, applied science and technology; Group D, social sciences and humanities. 



47 



Science 

Credits 
ALS 103 Introductory Topics in ALS .... 1 

Languages (IS Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

Electives (English or Modern Language) .. 6 

Social Sciences and Humanities 
<il Credits) 

Electives from Group D 21 

Physical and Biological Sciences 
(28-32 Credits) 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

Biological Sciences Elective 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

or 
CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 



MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus A 4 

or 
MA 114 Topics in Modern Mathematics .. 3 
PY 221 College Physics 5 

or 
PY 211, PY 212 General Physics 8 

Electives (60-«i Credits) 

Restricted Electives from Group A 22-26 

Departmental Requirements and 

Electives 26 

Free Electives 12 

Subtotal 126 

Physical Education 4 

Total Hours for Graduation .130* 



Business 



Accounting: Credits 

ACC 260 Accounting I — Concepts 

of Financial Reporting 3 

ACC 261 Accounting II — Financial 

Information Systems 3 

ACC 262 Managerial Uses of Cost Data . 3 
ACC 360 Financial Reporting TTieory 

& Practice I 3 

ACC 361 Financial Reporting Theory 

& Practice II 3 

ACC 362 Production Cost Analysis 

& Control 3 

ACC 460 Specialized Financial 

Reporting Theory & 

Practice 3 

ACC 464 Income Taxation 3 

ACC 466 Examination of Financial 

Statements 3 

ACC 468 Professional Accountancy 

Resume 3 

Production: 

EC 303 Farm Management 3 

EC 325 Industrial Management 3 

EC 551 Agricultural Production 

Economics 3 



Marketing: 

EC 311 Agricultural Markets 3 

EC 313 Marketing Methods 3 

EC 521 Markets and Trade 3 

Finance: 

EC 304 Financial Institutions 3 

EC 415 Farm Appraisal and Finance . . 3 

EC 420 Corporation Finance 3 

Personnel: 

EC 326 Personnel Management 3 

EC 332 Industrial Relations 3 

EC 431 Labor Economics 3 

Business Management: 

EC 310 Economics of the Firm 3 

EC 525 Management Policy and 

Decision Making 3 

Electives: 

EC 301 Production and Prices 3 

EC 302 Aggregate Economic Analysis: 

Theory and Policy 3 

Group B Courses 



Students in the business curriculum complete a minimum of 24 semester hours 
in Group B courses. One course is required in the areas of accounting, production, 
marketing, finance and personnel. In addition, three courses are elected from 
Group B course offerings. 



Technology 

Credits 

ALS 103 Introductory Topics in ALS .... 1 

Languages (12 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

SP 231 Expository Speaking 3 

Electives (English or Modern Language) . . 3 



Social Sciences and Humanities 
(il Credits) 

Electives from Group D 21 

Physical and Biological Sciences 
(S2-SS Credits) 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

Biological Sciences Elective 4 



48 



CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

or 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus A 4 

or 

MA 114 Topics in Modern Mathematics . 3 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

SSC 200 Soil Science 4 



Electives (59-60 Credits) 

Restricted Electives from Groups 

A, B or C 20-21 

Departmental Requirements and 

Electives 27 

Free Electives 12 



Subtotal 126 

Physical Education 4 



Total Hours for Graduation 130** 



** All curricula require the completion of one course in literature. 

ELECTIVES 

The following lists provide typical courses that are elected from the four block 
groupings — A, B, C and D. Additional courses may be selected by checking with 
the office of the Director of Academic Affairs. 

Group A 



PHYSICAL SCIENCES: 

Bi och em, istry: 

BCH 351 Elementary Biochemistry 
BCH 452 Experimental Biochemistry 



Chemistry: 

CH 107 
CH 220 
CH 221 
CH 223 
CH 315 
CH 331 



Principles of Chemistry 
Introductory Organic Chemistry 
Organic Chemistry I 
Organic Chemistry II 
Quantitative Analysis 
Introductory Physical Chemistry 



Computer Science: 

CSC 102 Programming Concepts 
CSC 111 Algorithmic Langruages I 
CSC 112 Basic Computer Organization 
and Assembly Language 

Geosciences: 

GY 120 Physical Geology 

GY 208 Environmental Physical Geology 

MY 386 Climate Near the Ground 

Mathematics: 

Must use one or the other of the following 
tviro sequences: MA 111, 112, 212 or MA 102, 
201, 202 

MA 102 Analytic Geometry and 
Calculus I 



MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 
MA 112 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus A 
MA 114 Topics in Modern Mathematics 
MA 201 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus II 
MA 202 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus III 
MA 212 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus B 
MA 301 Applied Differential Equations I 

Meteorology: 

MY 411 Introductory Meteorology 



Physics: 

PY 223 
PY 407 



Astronomy 

Introduction to Modern Physics 



Soil Science: 

SSC 200 
SSC 511 
SSC 520 
SSC 522 



Soil Science 

Soil Physics 

Soil and Plant Analysis 

Soil Chemistry 



Statistics: 

ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 
ST 361 Introduction to Statistics for 
Engineers 



BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES: 

Animal Science: 

ANS (FS, NTR) 301 Nutrition and Man 
ANS 401 Reproductive Physiology 
ANS 405 Lactation 

ANS (NTR, PO) 415 Comparative Nutrition 
ANS (PHY) 502 Reproductive Physiology 
of Vertebrates 

Biological and Agricultural Engineering: 

BAE 303 Energy Conversion in Biological 
Systems 



Botany : 

BO 200 Plant Life 

BO (ZO) 360 I ntroduction to Ecology 

BO 400 Plant Diversity 

BO (CS) 402 Economic Botany 

BO 403 Systematic Botany 

BO (ZO) 414 Cell Biology 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 

BO 480 Air Pollution Biology 

Entomology : 

ENT 201 Insects and Man 



49 



ENT 301 Introduction to Forest Insects 

ENT 312 Introduction to Exionomic Insects 

ENT 502 Insect Diversity 

ENT 503 Functional Systems of Insects 

ENT 550 Fundamentals of Insect Control 

ENT 562 Agricultural Entomology 



ENT (ZO) 582 



Medical and Veterinary 
Entomology 



Food Science: 

FS (ANS. NTR) 301 Nutrition and Man 

FS 402 Food Chemistry 

FS (MB) 405 Food Microbiology 

FS (MB) 506 Advanced Food Microbiology 

Genetics: 

GN 504 Human Genetics 

GN (ZO) 532 Biological Effects of 

Radiations 
GN (ZO) 540 Evolution 

Microbiology: 

MB 401 General Microbiology 

MB (FS) 405 Food Microbiology 

MB (FS) 506 Advanced Food Microbiology 

MB 514 Microbial Metabolism 

MB 571 Virology 



Nutrition: 

NTR (ANS, FS) 301 
NTR (ANS, PO) 415 



Nutrition and Man 

Comparative 

Nutrition 



PP (FOR) 318 Forest Pathology 
PP 500 Plant Disease Control 

Poultry Science: 

PO fVET) 401 Poultry Diseases 

PO 405 Avian Physiology 

PO (ANS, NTR) 415 Comparative 

Nutrition 
PO (ZO) 524 Comparative Endocrinology 

Veterinary Science: 
VET (PO) 401 Poultry Diseases 

Zoology: 

ZO 201 Animal Life 

ZO 202 Invertebrate Zoology 

ZO 203 Vertebrate Zoology 

ZO 315 General Parasitology 

ZO 323 Comparative Anatomy 

ZO 345 Histology 

ZO (BO) 360 Introduction to Ecology 

ZO 361 Vertebrate Embryology 

ZO (BO) 414 Cell Biology 

ZO 420 Fishery Science 

ZO 421 Vertebrate Physiology 

ZO 441 Ichthyology 

ZO (PO) 524 Comparative Endocrinology 

ZO (GN) 532 Biological Effects of 

Radiations 
ZO (GN) 540 Evolution 
ZO (ENT) 582 Medical and Veterinaiy 
Entomology 



Plant Pathology: 

PP 315 Plant Diseases 



Group B 

ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS MANAGEMENT: 



conomica: 


ACC 


260 


ACC 


261 


ACC 


262 


ACC 


360 


ACC 


361 


ACC 


362 


ACC 


460 


ACC 


464 


ACC 


466 


ACC 


468 


EC 301 


EC 302 



Accounting I — Concepts 

Financial Reporting 

Accounting II — Financial 

Information Systems 

Managerial Uses of Cost Data 

Financial Reporting Theory & 

Practice I 

Financial Reporting Theory & 

Practice II 

Production Cost Analysis & 

Control 

Specialized Financial Reporting 

and Practice 

Income Taxation 

Examination of Financial 

Statements 

Professional Accountancy 

Resume 
Production and Prices 
Aggregate Economic Analysis: 
Theory and Policy 



Farm Management 
Financial Institutions 
Business Law I 
Business Law II 
Economics of the Firm 
Agricultural Markets 
Marketing Methods 
Introduction to Mrthods of 
Economic Analysis 
Industrial Management 
Personnel Management 
Industrial Relations 
Farm Appraisal and Finance 
Corporation Finance 
Agricultural Price Analysis 
Labor Economics 
Economic Development 



Mathematics: 
MA 122 Mathematics of Finance and 



EC 


303 


EC 


304 


EC 


307 


EC 


308 


EC 


310 


EC 


311 


EC 


313 


EC 


317 


EC 


325 


EC 


326 


EC 


332 


EC 


415 


EC 


420 


EC 


430 


EC 


431 


EC 


440 



Elementary Statistics 



Group C 

APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY: 



Agricultural Communications: 



AC 311 



Communications Methods and 
Media 



AnimcU Science: 

ANS 200 Introduction to Animal Science 
ANS 204 Livestock Feeds and Feeding 



50 



ANS 302 Selecting Dairy and Meat 

Animals 
ANS 308 Advanced Selection Dairy and 

Meat Animals 
ANS 402 Beef Cattle Management 
ANS 403 Swine Management 
ANS 404 Dairy Cattle Management 
ANS 406 Sheep Management 
ANS (FS) 409 Meat and Meat Products 
ANS 410 Horse Management 
ANS 411 Breeding and Improvement of 

Domestic Animals 
ANS (VET) 505 Diseases of Farm Animals 
ANS (GN) 508 Genetics of Animal 
Improvement 

Biological and Agricultural Engineering: 

BAE 211 Farm Machinery 

BAE (SCO 321 Irrigation, Terracing and 

Erosion Control 
BAE (FS) 331 Food Engineering 
BAE 322 Farm Structures 
BAE 341 Farm Electrifications and 

Utilities 
BAE 411 Farm Power and Machinery 
BAE 433 Crop Preservations and 

Processing 



Crop Science: 

CS 211 Crop Science 

CS 311 Field Crop Production 

CS 312 Pastures and Forage Crops 

CS 315 Turf Management 

CS 413 Plant Breeding 

CS 414 Weed Science 

CS (SSC) 462 Soil-Crop Management 

Systems 
CS 511 Tobacco Technology 
CS 513 Physiological Aspects of Crop 

Production 
CS (HS) 514 Principles and Methods in 
Weed Science 

Food Science: 

FS (BAE) 331 Food Engineering 



FS (PO) 404 Poultry Products 

FS (ANS) 409 Meat and Meat Products 

Genetics: 

GN (ANS) 508 Genetics of Animal 

I nqjrovement 
GN (PO) 520 Poultry Breeding 

Horticultural Science: 

HS 201 Principles of Horticulture 

HS 301 Plant Propagation 

HS 342 Landscape Horticulture 

HS 421 Fruit Production 

HS 432 Vegetable Production 

HS 441, 442 Floriculture I and II 

Poultry Science: 

PO 201 Poultry Science and Production 
PO 301 Evaluation of Live Poultry 
PO 351 Grading and Evaluation of 

Poultry Products 
PO 402 Commercial Poultry Enterprises 
PO (FS) 404 Poultry Products 
PO (GN) 520 Poultry Breeding 

Soil Science: 

SSC 205 Soils as a Natural Resource 
SSC (BAE) 321 Irrigation, Terracing and 

Erosion Control 
SSC 341 Soil Fertility and Fertilizers 
SSC 352 Soil Classification 
SSC 461 Soil and Water Conservation 
SSC (CS) 462 Soil-Crop Management 

Systems 
SSC 472 Forest Soils 

Veterinary Science: 

VET (ANS) 505 Diseases of Farm Animals 

Zoology: 

ZO 212 Basic Anatomy and Physiology 
ZO 221 Conservation of Natural Resources 



Group D 

SOCIAL SCIENCES AND HUMANITIES: 

The student is required to complete 21 semester hours of Group D courses in all 
degree programs. Not more than six semester hours are to come from one depart- 
ment. It is strongly recommended that the student be exposed to courses in each of 
the major course areas outlined below, although the final selection is with the student 
and his adviser. 



AREA-I 

Anthropology: 

All courses 

Economics: 

EC 201 Economics I 

EC 202 Economics II 

EC 212 Economics of Agriculture 

EC (HI) 370 The Rise of Industrialism 

EC (HI) 371 Evolution of the American 

Economy 

EC 401 Economic Analysis for Nonmajors 

EC 410 Public Finance 



EC 413 Competition, Monopoly and 

Public Policy 
EC 422 Investments and Portfolio 

Management 
EC 435 Urban Economics 
EC 436 Environmental Economics 
EC 442 Evolution of Economic Ideas 
EC 448 International Economics 
EC 475 Comparative Economic Systems 

Psychology, Sociology: 
All courses 



51 



AREA-II 

History, Politics. Social Studies. University English: 
Studies: Literature courses only 

All courses Modem Language. Music: 
AREA— III Courses numbered 200 and above 

^^. Philosophy. Religion: 

Courses that relate to the appreciation and ■^" courses 

history of art 

Adult and Community College Education 

(See Education.) 

The adult and community college education faculty offers instruction primarily 
at the graduate level. The department is jointly administered by the Schools of 
Agriculture and Life Sciences and Education. For details, see Education, pages 95- 
96. 

Agronomy 

Students may earn a Bachelor of Science degree under the technology curriculum 
of Agriculture and Life Sciences with a major in agronomy. The agronomy option 
is administered jointly by the Departments of Crop Science and Soil Science. For 
fiirther information, see crop science, page 64, or soil science, page 81. 

TYPICAL CURRICULUM IN AGRONOMY 

TECHNOLOGY PROGR.\M 
For the freshman year, see page 47. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Credits 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

CS 211 Crop Science 4 Group A. B, or C Elective 3 

OS 214 Crop Science Laboratory 1 Group D Electives 6 

SP 231 Expository Speaking 3 Physical Education 2 

Free Electives 6 — 



JUNIOR YEAR 
Credits 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 SSC 342 Soil Fertility Laboratory 1 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry ... 4 SSC 352 Soil Classification 4 

CS 312 Pastures and Forage Crops 3 Literature Elective 3 

PP 315 Plant Diseases 3 Group D Electives 3 

PY 221 College Physics 5 — 

SSC 341 Soil Fertility and Fertilizers 3 33 

SENIOR YEAR 
Credits 

CS 411 Environmental Aspects of SSC 492 Senior Seminar in Soil Science 1 

Crop Production 2 or 

CS 413 Plant Breeding 2 CS 490 Senior Seminar in Crop Science 

CS 414 Weed Science 3 Group A, B. or C Electives 7-8 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 Free Electives 6 

SSC (CS) 462 Soil-Crop Management Group D Electives 6 



^sy stems 



33-34 
Total Hours for Graduation 130 



52 



Animal Science 

Polk Hall 

Professor I. D. Porterfield, Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: E. R. Barrick, A. J. Clawson, E. J. Eisen, L. Goode, J. M. Leatherwood, 
J. G. Lecce, J. E. Legates, B. T. McDaniel, R. D. Mochrie, A, H. Rakes, H. A. 
Ramsey, O. W. Robison, H. A. Schneider, L. C. Ulberg; Adjunct Professor: J. A. 
Santolucito; Professors Emeriti: C. D. Grinnells, F. H. Smith, H. A- Stewart, 
G. H. Wise; Associate Professors: E. V. Caruolo, D. G. Davenport, E. U. Dillard, 
R. W. Harvey, W. L. Johnson, E. E. Jones, J. J. McNeill, R. M. Myers, J. C. Wilk; 
Assistant Professor: B. H. Johnson; Adjunct Assistant Professors: B. D. 
Harrington, R. B. Leidy; Assistant Professor Emeritus: J. L. Moore; Associate 
Members of the Faculty: G. Matrone, S. B. Tove (Biochemistry); C. H. Hill 
(Poultry Science); E. G. Batte, D. J. Moncol (Veterinary Science) 

EXTENSION 

Professor A. V. Allen, In Charge, Animal Husbandry Extension 
Professor M. E. Senger, In Charge, Dairy Husbandry Extension 
Associate Professor D. G. Spruill, In Charge, Stvine Husbandry Extension 
Professors: R. F. Behlow, T. C. Blalock, J. S. Buchanan, G. Hyatt Jr., G. S. Parsons, 
J. W. Patterson, J. R. Woodard; Associate Professors: J. R. Jones, F. N. Knott, 
F. D. Sargent, C. M. Stanislaw, D. P. Wesen; Assistant Professors: K R. But- 
cher, G. B. Creed, T. M. Leonard; Assistant Professor Emeritus: R. R. Rich; 
Extension Specialists: E. B. Shankle II, H. W. Webster III, G. R. Griffin; 
Extension Specialist Emeritus: J. A. Arey 

Undergraduate students study subjects related to various phases of animal 
industry. Training is provided in nutrition, physiology, breeding and disease and 
there are opportunities for the application of basic scientific training in the hus- 
bandry areas. Options for course selection by each student make it possible for 
those with varjung backgrounds and wide-ranging interests to become involved 
in stimulating and rewarding training. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Opportunities for animal science majors include farm, dairy and livestock man- 
agement careers, jobs as fieldmen for breed association and livestock organizations, 
agricultural extension, education work in business and industries serving agri- 
culture, meat grading, agricultural communications in animal science, feed manu- 
facturing, sales work in feeds and equipment, marketing dairy cattle and dairy 
products, and supervising livestock and farm loans with banks and lending agencies. 
Many students in veterinary science obtain degrees in animal science as well. 
Students may elect graduate study, after which they will find opportunities in 
teaching, research and development. See pages 12-14 for graduate degrees offered. 

UNDERGRADUATE CLURICULUM 

The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in animal science may be obtained 
under any of the three curricula offered in Agriculture and Life Sciences. For the 
basic requirements and freshman year see page 47. 



53 



CURRICULA IN ANIMAL SCIENCE 

BUSINESS PROGRAM 

This curriculum provides a background in business with a technical knowledge 
of animal science. The program requires the completion of courses in the technology 
curriculum, page 48, and the economic and business courses as outlined on page 
50. 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

See typical curriculum on pages 54-55. Departmental requirements are indicated 
by asterisks. In addition, the student needs a minimum of nine credits from: 

ANS 401 Reproductive Physiology 3 ANS (NTR. PO) 415 Comparative 

ANS 405 Lactation 3 Nutrition 3 

ANS 411 Breeding and Improvement of ANS (VET) 505 Diseases of Farm 

Domestic Animals 3 Animals 3 

TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM 

See typical curriculum on page 55. Departmental requirements are indicated by 
asterisks. In addition, the student needs a minimum of nine credits from: 

ANS 401 Reproductive Physiology 3 ANS (NTR, PO) 415 Comparative 

ANS 405 Lactation 3 Nutrition 3 

ANS 411 Breeding and Improvement of ANS (VET) 505 Diseases of Farm 

Domestic Animals 3 Animals 3 

Also, a minimum of five credits from the following courses: 

ANS 302 Selecting Dairy and Meat ANS 404 Dairy Cattle Management 3 

Animals 2 ANS 406 Sheep Management 3 

ANS 402 Beef Cattle Management 3 ANS 410 Horse Management 3 

ANS 403 Swine Management 3 

TYPICAL CURRICULUM IN ANIMAL SCIENCE 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

For the freshman year see page 47. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semeeier Credits Spring Semester Credits 

*ANS 200 Introduction to Animal ANS 204 Livestock Feeds and 

Science 4 Feeding 3 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry ... 4 

or or 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

SP 231 Expository Speaking 3 PY 221 College Physics 5 

Group A Elective 3 Social Science and Humanities Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 Physical Education 1 

Physical Education 1 

18 



16 



The student's choice of CH 220 or CH 221 is dependent upon his previous completion of either 
CH 103. General Chemistry II, or CH 107, Principles of Chemistry. 

JUNIOR YEAR 
FcUl Semester Credits 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 ENG 205 Studies of Great Works of 

or Literature 3 

Group A Elective 4 Social Science and Humanities Elective 3 

*GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

ANS (NTR, PO) 415 Comparative 16 

Nutrition 3 



54 



Spring Semester Credits 

ANS 409 Meats and Meat Products 3 

BCH 351 Elementary Biochemistry 3 

*ZO 421 Vertebrate Physiology 3 



ANS 402 Beef Cattle Management 3 

Free Elective 3 



15 



Fall Semester 

ANS 411 Breeding and Improvement 

of Domestic Animals 3 

ANS (VET) 505 Diseases of Farm 

Animals 3 

Animal Science Elective 3 

Social Science and Humanities Elective 3 

Free Electives 6 



18 



SENIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Sem,ester Credits 
ANS 401 Reproductive Physiology 3 



Departmental requirements. 



ANS 403 Swine Management 3 

*ANS 490 Animal Science Seminar 1 

*MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

Social Science and Humanities Elective 6 

17 
Total Hours for Graduation 130 



T\TICAL CURRICULUM IN ANIMAL SCIENCE 



TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM 

For the freshman year, see page 47. 



Fall Semester 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



*ANS 200 Introduction to Animal 

Science 4 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

SP 231 Expository Speaking 3 

Social Science and Humanities Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 



Credits 



*ANS 204 Livestock Feeds and 

Feeding 3 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry .. 4 

Social Science and Humanities Elective .... 3 

Physical Education 1 



15 



16 



Fall Sem,ester 
ANS (VET) 505 



Diseases of Farm 

Animals 3 

Studies in Great Works of 

Literature 3 

Vertebrate Physiology 3 

The Principles of Genetics 3 

Free Elective 4 



JUNIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 

ANS 302 



ENG 


205 


*ZO 


421 


*GN 


411 



Credits 



Selecting Dairy and Meat 

Animals 2 

ANS 402 Beef Cattle Management 3 

CS 312 Pasture and Forage Crops 3 

SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

Social Science and Humanities Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 



18 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

ANS 308 Advanced Selection Dairy 

and Meat Animals 1 

ANS 410 Horse Management 3 

ANS 411 Breeding and Improvement 

of Domestic Animals 3 

Social Science and Humanities Electives .... 6 

Free Electives 5-6 



18-19 



* Departmental Electives. 



Spring Semester Cr-edits 

ANS 401 Reproductive Physiology 3 

ANS 403 Swine Management 3 

ANS (FS) 409 Meat and Meat Products . . 3 

*ANS 490 Animal Science Seminar 1 

Group A, B or C Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 



Total Hours for Graduation 



16 
130 



55 



Biochemistry 

Polk Hall 

Professor G. Matrone, Head of the Department 

Professors: F. B. Armstrong, H. R. Horton, J. S. Kahn, I. S. Longmuir, A. R. Main, 
S. B. Tove; Associate Professors: J. A. Knopp, E. C. Sisler; Assistant Professor: 
E. C. Theil; Associate Members of the Faculty: E. E. Jones (Animal Science), 
J. Bordner, L. W. Aurand (Food Science), W. P. Tucker (Chemistry) 

The Department of Biochemistry offers instruction at the undergraduate and 
graduate levels. Undergraduate courses provide students from a number of curricula 
with a fundamental background in biochemistry. 

The graduate program trains scientists for research and teaching careers in 
biochemistry and related fields. For graduate degrees offered, see pages 12-14. 

Biochemistry is jointly administered by the Schools of Agriculture and Life 
Sciences and Physical and Mathematical Sciences. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The undergraduate curriculum leads to the B.S. degree in the biological sciences 
with an option in biochemistry. See below and page 49. 

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES CURRICULUM 



BIOCHEMISTRY EMPHASIS 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester 
CH 101 



Credits 



MA 102 



General Chemistry 4 

Analytic Geometry & Calculus I 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



CH 107 
MA 201 



Principles of Chemistry 4 

Analytic Geometry & Calculus II 



MA 112 Analytic Geomrtry & Calculus A . . 4 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 

ALS 103 Introductory Topics in ALS 1 

Group D Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 



MA 212 Analytic Geometry & Calculus B .3-4 

ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

Physical Education 1 



15-16 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fcdl Semester 



Credits 



CH 221 
MA 202 



Organic Chemistry I 4 

Analytic Geometry & Calculus III 



MA 114 Topics in Modern Math 3-4 

Modern Foreign Language 3 

ZO 201 Animal Life 4 

Physical Education 1 



15-16 



Spring Semester Credits 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 

Modern Foreign Language 3 

Group D Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 

15 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



MA 301 Applied Differential Equations I . . 3 
CH 428 Qualitative Organic Analysis 

or 

CH 315 Quantitative Analysis 3-4 

PY 211 General Physics 

or 

PY 205 General Physics 4 

BO (ZO) 360 Introduction to Ecology 4 

Group D Elective 3 



17-18 



Spring Sem,e8ter Credits 

BCH 351 Elementary Biochemistry 3 

CH 431 Physical Chemistry I 

or 
CH 331 Introductory Physical 

Chemistry 3-4 

PY 212 General Physics 

or 

PY 208 General Physics 4 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

GN 412 Elementary Genetics Laboratory . . 1 
Group D Elective 3 



56 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BCH 452 Experimental Biochemistry 3 MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

CH 433 Physical Chemistry II ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 

or or 

Free Elective 3 CSC 111 Algorithmic Languages I 

BO 421 Plant Physiology or 

or Mathematics Elective 2-3 

ZO 421 Vertebrate Physiology Group D. Electives 6 

or Free Electives 6 

ZO (BO) 414 Cell Biology 3-4 

Group D Elective 3 18-19 



Free Elective 3-4 



Total Hours for Graduation 130 



15-17 



Biological and Agricultural Engineering 

(Also see Engineering.) 
David S. Weaver Laboratories 
Professor F. J. Hassler, Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: H. D. Bowen, J. W. Dickens (USDA), J. N. Fore, D. H. Howells, B. K. 
Huang, E. G. Humphries, W. H. Johnson, G. J. Kriz, C. W. Suggs, E. H. Wiser; 
Professors Emeriti: G. W. Giles, J. W. Weaver, Jr.; Associate Professors: G. 

B. Blum, Jr., E. L. Howell, W. F. McClure, R. P. Rohrbach, R. W. Skaggs, 
R. S. Sowell, T. B. Whitaker (USDA), J. H. Young; Assistant Professors: 

C. F. Abrams, Jr., G. R. Baughman, M. R. Overcash, D. H. Willits, Jr.; Asso- 
ciate Members of the Faculty: D. D. Hamann, V. A. Jones (Food Science) 

EXTENSION 

Associate Professor: F. J. Humenik, Associate Head in Charge of Extension 

Professor Emeritus: H. M. Ellis; Associate Professors: E. O. Beasley, L. B. 
Driggers, J. W. Glover, W. C. Warrick, R. W. Watkins; Associate Professor 
Emeritus: J. C. Ferguson; Assistant Professors: J. C. Barker, R. E. Sneed 

Biological and agricultural engineering students train to deal with problems of 
agriculture that are engineering in nature. Scientific and engineering principles 
are applied to the conservation and utilization of water and soil, the development 
of power and labor-saving devices for all phases of agricultural production, the 
design of structures and equipment for housing and handling livestock and field 
products, and the processing and marketing of farm products. 

Two curricula are offered, technology and science, which are explained below. 
Science graduates receive a B.S. in biological and agricultural engineering. Tech- 
nology students receive the B.S. in agriculture. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Persons in the science curriculum are qualified for positions in design, develop- 
ment and research in public institutions and in industry, and for teaching and 
extension work in institutions of higher education. This curriculum, accredited 
by the Engineering Council for Professional Development, also provides adequate 
training for post-graduate work leading to advanced degrees. For information on 
graduate study, see pages 12-14. 

Those trained in agricultural engineering technology are qualified for positions 
in sales and service of agricultural equipment such as farm machinery, irrigation 



57 



systems, etc.; as county agents or farmers; and for farm advisory work with such 
organizations as electric power companies. 

CURRICULUM IN BIOLOGICAL AND AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

The science curriculum develops young people capable of engineering leadership 
in agriculture. Emphasis is placed on basic science courses such as mathematics, 
physics, mechanics, biology, soils, and thermodynamics, which provide a sound 
background for engineering and agricultural technology. Courses are directed to 
those methods of thought and techniques whereby science can be applied with 
understanding and judgment to engineering situations related to agricultural 
operations. 

Since biological and agricultural engineering involves two distinct technical 
fields — agriculture and engineering — the science curriculum is a joint responsibility 
of Agriculture and Life Sciences and Engineering and is so administered. Under- 
graduate students in this curriculum may officially enroll in either school; duplicate 
undergraduate records are maintained in both schools. 

For the program in agricultural engineering science, refer to the freshman year 
in the School of Engineering and the typical curriculum in Engineering, pages 116- 
117. 

CURRICULUM IN BIOLOGICAL AND AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM 

The technology curriculum is for those who wish to work at the applied level in 
the agribusiness complex. Graduates are equipped to apply to the farm the new 
technology as developed and revealed by the professional agricultural engineer. 
The courses are presented and directed toward the solution of consumer problems 
with emphasis on the techniques employed. 

Listed below are the departmental requirements in the technology program and 
a typical curriculum. 

TYPICAL CURRICULUM IN AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 
TECHNOLOGY 

For the freshman year see page 47. (Students enrolled in agricultural engi- 
neering technology are required to take MA 112 instead of MA 114.) 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

*BAE 211 Farm Machinery 4 *BAE 341 Farm Electrification & 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 Utilities 3 

PY 211 General Physics** 4 Biological Science Elective 4 

SP 231 Expository Speaking 3 PY 212 General Physics 4 

Physical Education 1 SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

— Physical Education 1 



16 



16 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

*BAE (FS) 331 Food Engineering 3 *BAE 303 Energy Conversion in 

*E 101 Engineering Graphics I 2 Biological Systems 2 

Social Science & Humanities Electives 6 *BAE 321 Irrigation, Terracing & 

English Elective (literature) 3 Erosion Control 3 

Free Elective 3 Free Elective 3 

— Social Science & Humanities Elective 6 

17 Group A, B. or C Elective 3 

17 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

*BAE 433 Crop Preservation *BAE 332 Farm Structures 3 

& Processing 3 *BAE 411 Farm Power & Machinery 3 

Free Elective 3 Free Electives 3 

Group A, B, or C Electives 9 Group A, B, or C Electives 6 

Social Science & Humanities Elective 3 — 

— 15 

^^ Total Hours for Graduation 130 



* Departmental requirements totaling 26 credits. 
** PY 211, 212 will be taken in place of PY 221 as shown in the agricultural technology curriculum. 
These three additional credits are Group A electives required by the department. 

Biological Sciences 

Gardner Hall 

Professor J. L. Apple, Assistant Director of Academic Affairs and Research for the 
Biological Sciences 

Professor C. F. Lytle, Teaching Coordinator and Major Adviser 

The biolo^cal sciences curriculum is an interdepartmental program leading to a 
B.S. degree and designed for students desiring a comprehensive rather than a 
narrowly specialized education in the biological sciences. It is especially suitable 
for students preparing for graduate study in a specialized field of biology, for 
students planning to teach high school biology, and for students preparing for 
careers in business or industry. 

Experience indicates one of the best preparations for graduate study in biology is 
a broad training in the basic biological sciences supplemented with a strong 
background in the physical and mathematical sciences. The biological sciences 
curriculum incorporates these features and provides the student with maximum 
flexibility and options for graduate specialization. 

Students may concentrate on a specific field in the biological sciences curriculum 
by selecting appropriate free and restricted elective courses in consultation with 
their advisers. Such programs within the biological sciences curriculum are avail- 
able to provide options in biochemistry, microbiology, nutrition. Courses may be 
selected from the School of Education to provide a concentration in biology and 
teaching. 

TYPICAL PROGRAMS IN THE BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES CURRICULUM 

GENERAL 

For freshman year see page 47. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MA 212 Analytic Geometry & Calculus B . 3 ZO 201 Animal Life 4 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 Social Sciences & Humanities (Group D) 

Social Sciences & Humanities (Group D) Elective 3 

Electives 6 Free Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 

15 15 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

PY 211 General Physics 4 PY 212 General Physics 4 

BO (ZO) 360 Introduction to Ecology 3 BCH 351 Elementary Biochemistry 3 



59 



Modern (foreign) Language 3 

Group D Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 



16 



GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

GN 412 Elementary Genetics Lab 1 

Modern (foreign) Language 3 

Group D Elective 3 



17 



Fall Semester 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 
or 
*ZO 421 Vertebrate Physiology 



SENIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

Free Electives 9 

Restricted Elective 3 



*BO (ZO) 414 Cell Biology 3-4 

Group D Elective 3 

Restricted Electives 10 



Total Hours for Graduation 



16 
130 



16-17 
* Students electing ZO 421 or BO (ZO) 414 must also take ZO 415 or BCH 452. 



BIOCHEMISTRY EMPHASIS 

For a typical curriculum in the biological sciences, biochemistry emphasis, see 
pages 56-57. 

MICROBIOLOGY EMPHASIS 



For freshman year see page 4' 



Fall Semester 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 



BO 200 Plant Life 4 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

MA 112 or 102 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus I or B 4 

Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 



16 



ZO 201 Animal Life 4 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

MA 212 or 201 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus B or II 3-4 

Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 



15-16 



Fall Semester 



BO (ZO) 360 Introduction to Ecology .... 4 

*BO (ZO) 414 Cell Biology 3 

PY 211 General Physics 4 

BCH 351 Elementary Biochemistry 3 

Elective 3 



17 



JUNIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester Credits 

GN 411, 412 The Principles of Genetics. 



Elementary Genetics Labora- 
tory 4 

MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

PY 212 General Physics 4 

BCH 452 Experimental Biochemistry 3 

Elective 3 



18 



•Students electing ZO 421 or BO (ZO) 414 must elect either ZO 415 or BCH 452. 



Fall Semester 



MB 501 Advanced Microbiology 3 

Electives 14 



SENIOR YEAR 
Credits Snring Semester 
3 MB 514 Microbiology Metabolism 



Credits 



MB 571 Virology 3 

MB 551 Immunology and Serology 
or 

MB 521 Microbial Ecology 1-2 

Electives 10-11 



Total Hours for Graduation 



14-16 
..130 



60 



NUTRITION EMPHASIS 
For freshman year see page 47. 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



Modern (foreign) Language 3 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry i 4 

MA 212 Analytic Geomerty & 

Calculus B 
or 
MA 201 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus II 3-4 

Physical Education 1 



Modern (foreign) Language 3 

ZO 201 Animal Life 4 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

BCH 351 Elementary Biochemistry 3 

Physical Education 1 



15 



15-16 



Fall Semester 



JUNIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 



PY 211 General Physics 4 

*BO (ZO) 414 Cell Biology 3 

NTR (ANS, PO) 415 Comparative 

Nutrition 3 

Group D Electives 6 

16 

* Students electing ZO 421 or BO (ZO) 414 must also elect either ZO 415 or BCH 452. 



PY 212 General Physics 4 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

GN 412 Elementary Genetics Laboratory . . 1 

MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

Group D Electives 6 



18 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



BCH 452 Experimental Biochemistry 3 

NTR (ANS) 416 Quantitative Nutrition ..3-4 

NTR 490 Nutrition Seminar 1 

Group D Electives 3 

Free Electives 3 

Restrictive Electives (BO (ZO) 360 

recommended) 4 



Spring Semester Credits 

Restrictive Elective 4 

Group D Electives 3 

Free Electives 9 

NTR 490 Nutrition Seminar 1 



Total Hours for Graduation 



17 
.130 



17-18 



Botany 

Gardner Hall 

Professor G. R. Noggle, Head of the Department 

Professors: A. W. Cooper (on leave), R. J. Downs, J. W. Hardin, W. W. Heck 
(USDA), H. Seltmann (USDA), J. R. Troyer; Professors Emeriti: D. B. 
Anderson, H. T. Scofield, B. W. Wells, L. A. \\Tiitford; Adjunct Professor: 
A. Krochmal; Associate Professors: C. E. Anderson, U. Blum, R. C. Fites, 
R. L. Mott, H. E. Pattee (USDA), E. D. Seneca; Adjunct Associate Professor: 
D. W. DeJong; Assistant Professors: J. F. Reynolds, J. M. Stucky, C. G. Van 
Dyke, A. M. Witherspoon, T. E. Wynn; Adjunct Assistant Professor: G. M. 
Jividen; Instructor: L. M. Stroud; Associate Members of the Faculty: J. S. 
Kahn (Biochemistry), D. H. Timothy (Crop Science), D. E. Moreland (USDA 
Crop Science), B. W. Smith (Genetics), M. M. Goodman (Statistics), R. J. 
Thomas (Wood and Paper Science), B. J. Copeland (Zoology) 

This instructional program provides classroom, laboratory, and field experience 
in the major areas of plant science. Undergraduates majoring in botany are given a 
broad background in the humanities and physical sciences and are encouraged to 



61 



participate in independent study the senior year. Majors are prepared for advanced 
study in botany and other biological fields, as well as in the applied plant sciences 
such as horticulture, crop science, resource management and environmental 
biology. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Many majors continue with graduate studies; see pages 12-14. There is need for 
such persons for teaching positions in community and junior colleges, colleges and 
universities, for research positions in federal and state government laboratories 
and in private industry. 

Recent federal and state legislation has created a need for botanists in environ- 
mental quality studies. Persons with a Bachelor of Science degree may work in 
air and water quality control progi-ams, in air pollution and in environmental 
impact studies. Field botanists and naturalists are needed in park systems and 
nature programs. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in botany is offered under the 
science curriculum of the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. The freshman 
year program is shown on page 47. Other basic requirements are on pages 47-52. 

The Bachelor of Science degree with double concentration — one in economics, 
English, history, philosophy, politics and another in botany — is available in the 
School of Liberal Arts. See pages 152-153 for details. 

TYPICAL CURRICULUM IN BOTANY 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Credits 

BO 403 Systematic Botany 4 SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 ZO 201 Animal Life 4 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 Physical Education 2 

Language Electives 6 

Social Science and Humanities Elective .... 3 31 

JUNIOR YEAR 
Credits 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 PY 221 College Physics 5 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry . . 4 Science Elective 4 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 Electives 8 

GN 412 Elementary Genetics Laboratory ..1 — 

Social Science and Humanities Electives . . . 6 ^ 35 

SENIOR YEAR 
Credits 

BO (ZO) 360 Introduction to Ecology 4 Electives 16 

BO 400 Plant Diversity 4 — 

MB 401 General Microbiology 4 34 

Social Science and Humanities Electives ... 6 rJ,^^^^ Hours for Graduation 130 



Conservation 

(Also see Forest Resources.) 
Williams, Gardner and Biltmore Halls 

M. G. Cook, Major Adviser, School of Agriculture and Life Sciences 
L. C. Saylor, Major Adviser, School of Forest Resources 



62 



Conservation is the wise use, perpetuation, or improvement of natural resources, 
without waste, for the long-time benefit of society. This baccalaureate degree pro- 
gram is offered jointly by the Schools of Agriculture and Life Sciences and Forest 
Resources. Faculty members in botany, entomology, forestry, plant pathology, 
recreation, soil science and wildlife are directly involved in various aspects of 
education in conservation. 

Rapid urbanization and industrialization concomitant with population growth 
and changes in lifestyles are bringing increased pressures on the use of land for 
providing food, water, fiber, wood and pleasure. These trends present challenges to 
resource managers who must be well trained in the basic concepts of several 
disciplines in order to apply a conservation philosophy to many of our current 
natural resource problems. 

CURRICULUM 

Students may enroll in either Agriculture and Life Sciences or Forest Resources, 
depending on their primary area of interest in conservation. The freshman common 
core of courses for either school is acceptable. All students take a prescribed core 
of subjects in conservation; specialty areas are developed through the use of 
electives. Students desiring an education with more professional emphasis may 
combine the conservation curriculum with another curriculum, e.g., forestry, soil 
science, zoology, to obtain a second degree. 

TYPICAL CURRICULUM IN CONSERVATION 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

For the freshman year, see page 47. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 ZO 221 Conservation of Natural 

GY 120 Physical Geology 2 Resources 3 

GY 110 Physical Geology Lab 1 SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 English Elective 3 

English Elective 3 Social Sciences — Humanities Electives 6 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 

15 17 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ZO (BO) 360 Introduction to Ecology 4 ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 3 

RRA 241 Recreation Resource PY 221 College Physics 5 

Relationships 3 Social Sciences — Humanities Elective 3 

Social Sciences — Humanities Electives 6 Conservation Elective 3 

Conservation Elective 3 Biolopcal Sciences Elective 3 

16 17 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ZO 353 Wildlife Management 3 FOR 472 Renewable Resource 

Conservation Elective 3 Management 3 

Biological Sciences Elective 3 Conservation Elective 3 

Free Electives 8 Biological Sciences Elective 3 

— Free Electives 6 



17 



15 
Total Hours for Graduation 128 



Elective courses may be used for emphasizing subject areas in communications, 
soils, wildlife biology, education and others. 



63 



Crop Science 

Williams Hall 

Professor P. A. Miller, Acting Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: C. A. Brim (USDA), D. S. Chamblee, J. F. Chaplin (USDA), W. K. 
Collins, W. A. Cope (USDA), D. A. Emery, D. U. Gerstel, W. C. Gregory, H. D. 
Gross, P. H. Harvey (on leave), G. L. Jones, K. R. Keller, J. A. Lee (USDA), 
W. M. Lewis, T. J. Mann, R. P. Moore, D. E. Moreland (USDA), L. L. Phillips, 
J. C. Rice, D. L. Thompson (USDA), D. H. Timothy, J. B. Weber, E. A. Werns- 
man, J. A. Weybrew, A. D. Worsham; Adjunct Professor: W. E. Wessling; Pro- 
fessor Emeritus: G. K. Middleton; Associate Professors: J. C. Burns 
(USDA), T. H. Busbice (USDA), F. T. Corbin, W. T. Fike Jr., W. B. Gilbert, 
G. R. Gwynn (USDA), R. C. Long, C. F. Murphy, R. P. Patterson; Assistant 
Professors: J. W. Schrader, C. F. Tester (USDA), W. W. Weeks, J. C. Wynne; 
Instructor: C. Collins; Associate Members of the Faculty: E. C. Sisler (Bio- 
chemistry), T. J. Sheets (Entomology, Horticultural Science) 

EXTENSION 

Professor: G. L. Jones, In Charge of Agronomy Extension 

Professors: C. T. Blake, S. H. Dobson, S. N. Hawks Jr., F. W. McLaughlin, A. 
Perry; Professors Emeriti: R. R. Bennett, A. D. Stuart; Associate Professors: 
J. G. Clapp Jr., H. D. Coble, W. G. Tommey; Assistant Professors: E. L. Kim- 
brough, E. G. Krenzer Jr., G. A. Sullivan; Assistant Professor Emeritus: R. H. 
C rouse 

The increase in human populations, the continuing evolution of pests and diseases, 
the challenge of new natural and artificial environments and the decrease of farm- 
land are all critical current world issues. 

This department's curricula was designed to give the crop science major an 
awareness and a sense of personal involvement in these issues. The student receives 
a working knowledge of the fundamental principles of plant science which tend to 
shape modem crop production practices. He is trained in the economics of various 
crop management procedures which may influence long-range investments. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

With cash crops returning nearly one billion dollars to the annual farm income of 
North Carolina, the opportunities within the state for crop science graduates in 
county extension programs, in farm management, as salesmen of seed and agricul- 
tural chemicals and in the several governmental agencies remain good. Demand 
for qualified students in national and international concerns is increasing. 

For crop science graduate programs, see pages 12-14. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in crop science is offered under 
the science curricula of the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. The science 
curriculum follows. 

Students may also earn a Bachelor of Science under the technology curriculum 
with a major in agronomy. The agronomy option is administered jointly by the 
Departments of Crop Science and Soil Science. For that curriculum, see page 52. 

The Departments of Crop Science, Entomology, Horticultural Science and Plant 
Pathology offer a joint undergraduate major in pest management (for crop protect- 
ion). See pages 75-77 for details. 



64 



CURRICULUM IN CROP SCIENCE 

For the freshman year and basic requirements, see pages 47-52. 



SCIENCE PROGRAM 

Physical and Biological Sciences 

Credits 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus A 4 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 

Group A, B, & C Courses 
(21, credits) 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

GN 412 Elementary Genetics Laboratory .. 1 
MA 114 Topics in Modern Math 

or 
MA 212 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus B 3 

MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

PP 315 Plant Diseases 3 

Electives in A, B, or C Courses 2 



Departmental Requirements and 
Electives (27 credits) 

Credits 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 

CS 211 Crop Science 4 

CS 214 Crop Science Lab 1 

CS 312 Pastures and Forage Crops 3 

CS 4 14 Weed Science 3 

CS 490 Senior Seminar in Crop Science ... 1 
ENT 312 Introduction to E^conomic 

Insects 3 

SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

Soil Science Electives 3 

Elective 1 

Total Hours for Graduation 130 



Dairy Science 

(See Animal Science, pages 53-55.) 

Economics and Business 

Patterson Hall 

Professor W. D. Toussaint, Head of the Department 

Professor B. M. Olsen, Assistant Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: A. J. Bartley, A. J. Coutu, E. W. Erickson, D. M. Hoover, L. A. Ihnen, 
G. D. Irwin (USDA), P. R. Johnson, R. A. King, G. A. Mathia, E. C. Pasour Jr., 
R. A. Schrimper, J. A. Seagraves, R. L. Simmons, J. G. Sutherland (USDA), 
C. B. Turner, J. C. Williamson Jr.; Adjunct Professor: D. R. Dixon; Professors 
Emeriti: E. W. Swanson, T. W. Wood; Associate Professors: D. S. Ball, J. B. 
Bullock, G. A. Carlson, J. S. Chappell, M. M. El-Kammash, R. M. Fearn, B. L. 
Gardner, H. C. Gilliam Jr. (USDA), C. W. Harrell Jr., D. N. Hyman, T. Johnson, 
C. P. Jones, E. W. Jones, F. A. Mangum Jr., R. J. Peeler Jr., R. K. Perrin, J. C. 
Poindexter Jr., R. E. Sylla, J. W. Wilson; Assistant Professors: L. E. Danielson, 
L. M. Ennis Jr., A. R. Gallant, T. J. Grennes, J. S. Lapp, R. B. McBurney Jr., 
M. B. McElroy, L. B. Perkinson (USDA), W. P. Pinna; Assistant Professors 
Emeriti: J. C. Matthews Jr., O. G. Thompson; Instructors: A. M. Beals Jr., 
W. W. Brooks, S. K. Happel, M. R. Hilliard, M. T. Holcomb, D. M. Holmes, J. M. 
Jeffreys, S. K. Palmer; Special Lecturer: W. P. Windham; Associate Members 
of the Faculty: D. L. Holley (Forestry), W. D. Cooper (Textile Technology) 

EXTENSION 

Professor F. D. Sobering, In Charge Extension Economics 

Professors: R. C. Brooks, G. L. Capel, D. G. Harwood Jr., T. E. Nichols Jr., E. A. 
Proctor, C. R. Pugh, W. L. Turner, C. R. Weathers, R. C. Wells; Associate Pro- 



65 



fessors: J. G. Allgood, R. S. Boal, R. D. Dahle, L. H. Hammond, H. A. Homme, 
J. E. Ikerd, H. L. Liner, D. F. Neuman, P. S. Stone; Assistant Professor: J. E. 
Easley Jr.; Assistant Professors Emeriti: E. M. Stallings, R. P. Uzzle; Instructor: 
D. C. Pardue 

Agricultural economics, leading to a B.S. degree, is one of several fields of 
specialization offered by the Department of Economics and Business. The department 
is administered jointly by the Schools of Agriculture and Life Sciences and Liberal 
Arts. For information on fields of economics and business other than agricultural eco- 
nomics see Liberal Arts, pages 153-156. 

The department's general objectives in agricultural economics are: 1) To train 
students in the fundamentals of business organization and to make sound decisions 
in organizing and managing farms and other agricultural businesses; 2) To 
instruct students in economic theory which may be used as a basis for understand- 
ing the relationship of agriculture to other parts of the economy and for the 
evaluation of agricultural policy and economic changes which affect agriculture; 
3) To train graduate students in advanced economic theory and research tech- 
niques. For a list of graduate degrees, see pages 12-14. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The growing number of companies processing and manufacturing agricultural 
products has created an increasing demand for people trained in agricultural 
economics. Opportunities include employment by companies handling farm supplies, 
such as feed, fertilizer and equipment; general marketing and processing firms; 
agricultural cooperatives; professional farm management agencies, and various 
credit agencies. 

Many graduates are employed in research and educational work by various 
agencies of the Federal and state governments. These include the Agricultural 
Extension Service, the Agricultural Experiment Station, the State Department of 
Agriculture and other agencies of the United States Department of Agriculture. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULA 

The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in economics and business may 
be obtained in either the science curriculum or the business curriculum. Students must 
meet all basic University requirements and Agriculture and Life Sciences require- 
ments. The science program is for those desiring a strong background in the physical 
and biological sciences or preparation for graduate work. The business program is 
for students who have career interests in agriculturally-related businesses. 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

For the basic requirements in the science cuiTiculum, see page 48. 



Departmental Requirements 
(26 credits) 

EC 301 Production and Prices 3 

EC 302 Aggregate Economic Analysis: 

Theory and Policy 'A 

ACC 260 Accounting 1 — Concepts of 

Financial Reporting 3 

Production elective 3 

EC 303 Farm Management 
EC 325 Industrial Management 
EC 551 Agricultural Production 
Economics 

Marketing elective 3 

EC 311 Agricultural Markets 
EC 313 Marketing Methods 
EC 521 Markets and Trade 



Finance elective 

EC 304 Financial Institutions 

EC 415 Farm Appraisal and Finance 

EC 420 Corporation Finance 



Group A. B and C Requirements* 

(5i Credits) 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry .. 
M.^ 112 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus A 

MA 212 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus B 

ST 311 Introduction to Statistics .... 



66 



EC 317 Introduction to Methods of 

Economic Analysis 
Chemistry, Physics and biological 

science requirements 21 

Group A electives 13 

Group A or B or C electives 6 

Policy elective 3 

EC 413 Competition, Monopoly and 
Public Policy 



EC 533 Agricultural Policy 
Electives in support of major 5 

Group D Requirements* 
(gl credits) 

EC 212 Economics of Ag^culture 3 

EC 202 Economics II 3 

Group D electives 16 



* Group A includes the physical and biologrical sciences; Group B, economics and business manage- 
ment; Group C, applied science and technology; Group D, social sciences and humanities. 



BUSINESS PROGRAM 

A typical curriculum in the agricultural economics business program follows on 
pages 67-68. It details credit hours of required courses and electives from Group A 
(physical and biological sciences), Group C (applied science and technology) and 
Group D (social sciences and humanities). Group B (economics and business man- 
agement) and departmental requirements are as follows: 



Departmental and Group B Requirements 
(50 credits) 

EC 301 Production and Prices 3 

EC 302 Aggrregate Economic Analysis: 

Theory and Policy 3 

ACC 260 Accounting I — Concepts of 

Financial Reporting 3 

ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 3 

or 
EC 317 Introduction to Ekionomic Analysis 

Production elective 3 

EC 303 Farm Management 
EC 325 Industrial Management 
EC 551 Agricultural Production 
Economics 

Marketing elective 3 

EC 311 Agricultural Markets 
EC 313 Marketing Methods 
EC 521 Markets and Trade 



Finance elective 3 

EC 304 Financial Institutions 

EC 415 Farm Appraisal and Finance 

EC 420 Corporation Finance 
Personnel elective 3 

EC 326 Personnel Management 

EC 332 Industrial Relations 

EC 431 Labor Economics 
Policy elective 3 

EC 413 Competition, Monopoly and 
Public Policy 
or 

EC 533 Agricultural Policy 

Group B electives 3 

Other electives in support of major 20 



A typical business program in economics follows, however, there is flexibility in 
the agricultural economics major. Approximately 25 percent of the student's total 
course work is selected by the student in consultation with the major adviser. This 
flexibility permits each student to develop a strong background in business and 
economics and at the same time concentrate in a supporting area of major interest 
such as conservation, crops and soils, livestock and poultry, or processing of 
agricultural products. It also facilitates the fulfilling of the requirements for a major 
in other departments at the same time the degree in agricultural economics is being 
earned 

TYPICAL CURRICULUM IN AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS 



BUSINESS PROGRAM 

For the freshman year see page 47. 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 
Credits 



*EC 212 Economics of Agriculture 3 

*EC 202 Economics II 3 

ACC 260 Accounting I — Conc^ts of 

Financial Reporting 3 

*PY 221 College Physics 5 

*SP 231 Expository Speaking 3 



English elective 3 

Biological sciences elective 4 

Social sciences and humanities electives ... 6 

Physical Education 2 



32 



67 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Credits 

EC 301 Production and Prices 3 Social sciences and humanities electives .... 3 

EC 302 Aggregate Economic Analysis .... 3 Departmental electives 7 

ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 3 Elective 4 

Business elective (production) 3 — 

Business elective (marketing) 3 34 

Physical. Biology or Technical electives .... 5 

SENIOR YEAR 

Credits 

Business elective (finance) 3 Electives 8 

Business elective (personnel) 3 — 

Business electives 9 33 

Economic policy elective 3 

Departmental electives 7 



Total Hours for Graduation 



* These courses and those listed in the freshman year make up the business program required 
courses in languages, social sciences and humanities and physical and biological sciences. For 
business electives, see page 50. 



Entomology 

Gardner Hall 

Professor Kenneth L. Knight, Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: R. C. Axtell, C. H. Brett, W. V. Campbell, W. C. Dauterman, M. H. 
Farrier, F. E. Guthrie, Ernest Hodgson, W. J. Mistric Jr., H. H. Neunzig, R. L. 
Rabb, T. J. Sheets, C. F. Smith, D. A. Young Jr.; Adjunct Professors: J. R. Fouts, 
L. M. Russell; Professor Emeritus: T. B. Mitchell; Associate Professors: J. R. 
Bradley Jr., W. M. Brooks, H. B. Moore Jr., G. C. Rock, C. G. Wright, R. T. 
Yamamoto; Adjunct Associate Professor: A. L. Chasson; Assistant Professor: 
R. E. Stinner; Associate McTuber of the Facidty: D. S. Grosch 

EXTENSION 

Professor: G. T. Weekman, Specialist-in-Charge 

Professors: R. L. Robertson, H. E. Scott, F. E. Whitfield; Professor Emeritus: 
G. D. Jones; Associate Professor: J. M. Falter; Assistant Professors: J. R. Baker, 
R. C. Hillmann, K. A. Sorensen, J. Van Duyn 

The entomology curriculum offers broad training at the undergraduate and 
graduate levels (see pages 12-14) in basic biology and related sciences, particular- 
ly as they relate to the study of insects. In addition, a course in insect control tech- 
nology is offered at the undergraduate level for non-majors. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Research positions are available in many universities as well as with federal 
and state government and private industry. The need for college teachers is also 
great. Other opportunities include development, production, control and sales 
positions in the pesticide field, consultative positions in pest management, and 
regulatory and extension positions with state and federal agencies. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in entomology is offered under the 
science curriculum of the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. Students are 



68 



encouraged to major in biological sciences and devote their electives to entomology 
courses. For the joint undergraduate major in pest management (for crop protection) 
see pages 75-77. 

TYPICAL CURRICULUM IN ENTOMOLOGY 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

For the freshman year and basic requirements, see pages 47-52. 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 

or 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

Literature Elective 3 

SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

or 

*GY 120 Physical Geology 2 

Group D Elective 3 

Advised Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 



Credits 



Spring Semester 

*ENT 312 Introduction to Economic 

Insects 3 

English or Modern Language Elec 3 

Group D Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 

Advised Elective 4 

Physical Education 1 



17 



16-18 



Fall Semester 



PY 221 College Physics 5 

*CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry .. 4 

*ZO 421 Vertebrate Physiology 3 

Group D Elective 3 



15 



JUNIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester Credits 
BCH 351 Elementary Biochemistry 3 



*ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 3 

*GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

Group D Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 



15 



Fall Semester 



*ENT 502 Insect Diversity 4 

*ENT (ZO) 401 Bibliographic Research 

in Biology 1 

Group D Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 

Advised Electives 6 



17 



SENIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 

*ENT 503 



Credits 



Functional Systems 

of Insects 4 

*BO (ZO) 360 Introduction to Ecology .... 4 

Free Elective 3 

Advised Electives 6 

17 

Total Hours for Graduation 130 



* Group A courses and departmental requirements and electives. 

Food Science 

Schaub Food Science Building 

Professor W. M. Roberts, Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: L. W. Aurand, T. A. Bell (USDA), T. N. Blumer, H. B. Craig, J. L. 
Etchells, M. W. Hoover, A. E. Purcell (USDA), M. L. Speck, H. E. Swaisgood, 
F. G. Warren; Professor Emeritus: I. D. Jones; Associate Professors: H. R. Ball 
Jr., D. E. Carroll Jr., H. P. Fleming (USDA), S. E. Gilliland, D. D. Hamann, 
A. P. Hansen, V. A. Jones, W. M. Walter Jr. (USDA), N. B. Webb; Assistant 
Professors: D. M. Adams Jr., G. G. Giddings, B. R. Johnson; Adjunct Assistant 
Professor: W. Y. Cobb; Instructor: L. G. Turner 



69 



EXTENSION 

Professors: J. A. Christian, E. Cofer, M. E. Gregor>', N. C. Miller Jr., F. B. 
Thomas; Associate Professors: M. K. Head, F. R. Tarver Jr.; Assistant Professor: 
M. K. Hill; Speciaiists: R. E. Carawan, T. M. Miller 

The Department of Food Science provides undergraduate and graduate programs 
for the application and coordination of the physical and biological sciences, eco- 
nomics and engineering to the development, processing, packaging, quality control, 
distribution and utilization of foods. 

The department maintains modern fully equipped laboratories for teaching and 
research in food microbiology and fermentation, food chemistry, food engineering 
and dairy, fruit, meat, poultry, seafood and vegetable products. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Increasing consumer demands for greater varieties and quantities of highly 
nutritious and convenience foods of uniformly high quality create many varied 
career opportunities in the food and allied industries. 

Food industries career opportunities are: management, research and develop- 
ment, process supervision, quality control, procurement, distribution, sales and 
merchandising. Positions include sales and services in allied industries, consulting 
and trade association activities and promotional and educational services. 

Food Science graduates hold teaching, research and extension positions with 
colleges and universities. Governmental agencies employ food scientists whose 
work is directed toward research, regulatory control and the development of food 
standards. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in food science is offered under 
the science or technology curriculum of the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. 
For gi'aduate degrees offered, see pages 12-14. 

CURRICULA IN FOOD SCIENCE 

SCIENCE PROGR.AM 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ALS 103 Introductory Topics ALS 1 MA 112 Analytic Geometry and 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 Calculus A 4 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

Social Science and Humanities Elective .... 3 BS 100 General Biology 4 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education I 

16 16 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MA 212 Analytic Geometry CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

and Calculus B 3 PY 212 General Physics 4 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

*FS 201 Food Science and Technology .... 3 Literature Elective 3 

PY 211 General Physics 4 Physical Education 1 

Social Science and Humanities Elective .... 3 — 

Physical Education 1 16 

18 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



*FS (BAE) 331 Food Engineering 3 

*FS 402 Food Chemistry 3 

*FS (MB) 405 Food Microbiology 3 

Language Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 



15 



Spring Semester Credits 

Food Science Elective 3 

Group A Electives 6 

Social Science and Humanities Electives .... 6 

Free Elective 3 



18 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



Food Science Electives 6 

Group A Elective 2 

Social Science and Humanities Electives ... 6 

Free Electives 3 



Spring Semester Credits 

Food Science Electives 5 

Group A Electives 3 

Social Science and Humanities Elective .... 3 

Free Elective 3 



Departmental requirements. 



17 



14 
Total Hours For Graduation 130 



TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Credits 



Fall Semester 

ALS 103 Introductory Topics ALS 1 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

Social Science and Humanities Elective .... 3 

Physical Education 1 



16 



Spring Semester 
MA 112 



Credits 



Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus A 4 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 
or 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

Physical Education 1 



16 



Fall Semester 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 



MA 114 Topics in Modern Mathematics ... 3 
CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 

or 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry . . 4 

*FS 201 Food Science and Technology .... 3 

Social Science and Humanities Electives ... 6 

Physical Education 1 



Credits 



CH 223 Organic Chemist ly II 



or 



CH 315 Quantitative Analysis 4 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

Literature Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 



17 



17 



Fall Semester 



JUNIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 



*FS (BAE) 331 Food Engineering 3 

*FS 402 Food Chemistry 3 

*FS (MB) 405 Food Microbiology 3 

Social Science and Humanities Elective .... 3 

Free Elective 3 



Credits 



Food Science Elective 3 

SP 231 Expository Speaking 3 

Social Science and Humanities Elective .... 3 

Group A, B, or C Electives 6 

Free Elective 3 



15 



18 



Fall Semester 

Food Science Electives 6 

Social Science and Humanities Elective .... 3 

Group A, B, or C Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 



SENIOR YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Food Science Electives 6 

Social Science and Humanities Elective .... 3 

Group A, B, or C Electives 4 

Free Elective 3 



15 



16 



Departmental requirements. 



Total Hours for Graduation 130 



71 



Genetics 

Gardner Hall 

Professor D. F. Matzinger, Acting Head of the Department 

Professors: D. S. Grosch, W. D. Hanson, C. S. Levings III, T. J. Mann, L. E. Mettler, 
R. H. Moll, T. Mukai, G. Namkoong (USFS), H. E. Schaffer, B. W. Smith, S. G. 
Stephens, A. C. Triantaphyllou; Adjunct Professor: H. V. Mailing; Professor 
Emeritus: C. H. Bostian; Associate Professors: L. G. Burk (USD A), W. E. Kloos, 
C. W. Stuber (USDA); Assistant Professor: W. H. McKenzie; Associate Geneti- 
cist: M. P. Gregory; Associate Members of the Faculty: E. U. Dillard, E. J. 
Eisen, J. E. Legates, B. T. McDaniel, O. W. Robison (Animal Science); F. B. 
Armstrong (Biochemistry and Microbiology); C. A. Brim (USDA), J. F. Chaplin 
(USDA), W. A. Cope (USDA), D. A. Emery, D. U. Gerstel, W. C. Gr^ory, G. R. 
Gwynn (USDA), P. H. Harvey, J. A. Lee (USDA), P. A. Miller, C. F. Murphy, 
L. L. Phillips, C. F. Tester (USDA), D. L. Thompson (USDA), D. H. Timothy, 
E. A. Wernsman (Crop Science); C. C. Cockerham, M. M. Goodman, J. O. 
Rawlings (Statistics); J. W. Duffield, T. O. Perry, L. C. Saylor, B. J. Zobel 
(Forestry); F. D. Cochran, G. J. Galletta, F. L. Haynes Jr., (Horticultural 
Science); J. L. Apple, T. T. Herbert, N. T. Powell (Plant Pathology); D. M. 
Briggs, E. W. Glazener, G. A. Martin (Poultry Science) 

The genetics faculty offers instruction at advanced undergraduate and graduate 
levels. The undergraduate courses are designed to support other departments, 
giving students a background in genetics. The graduate program is designed to 
train scientists for research and teaching careers in basic genetics and in its 
application in plant and animal breeding. For graduate degrees offered, see pages 
12-14. 

CURRICULUM 

Since there is no genetics baccalaureate program, undergraduates are encouraged 
to pursue a biological sciences program. 



Horticultural Science 

Kilgore Hall 

Professor J. W. Strobel, Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: W. E. Ballinger, F. D. Cochran, F. E. Correll, G. J. Galletta, F. L, 
Haynes Jr., R. A. Larson, R. L. Lower, C. H. Miller, P. V. Nelson; Research 
Professor: D. T. Pope; Adjunct Professor: R. L. Sawyer; Professors Emeriti: 
M. E. Gardner, J. M. Jenkins Jr., G. O. Randall; Associate Professors: T. F. 
Cannon, W. R. Henderson, T. R. Konsler, T. J. Monaco, W. B. Nesbitt, C. R. 
Unrath, D. C. Zeiger; Assistant Professors: L. K, Hammett, D. M. Pharr, R. M. 
Southall; Instructor: V. H. Underwood; Associate Members of the Faculty: R. J. 
Downs (Botany); T. J. Sheets (Entomology, Crop Science); R. H. Moll (Genet- 
ics); R. Aycock (Plant Pathology); R. J. Volk (Soils) 

EXTENSION 

Professor A.. A. Banadyga, In Charge 

Professors: M. H. Kolbe, J. W. Love, W. A. Skroch; Professors Emeriti: H. M. 
Covington, J. H. Harris; Associate Professors: J. F. Brooks, G. R. Hughes, C. M. 
Mainland, W. W. Reid, H. J. Smith; Assistant Professors: M. A. Cohen, D. C. 
Sanders, J. H. Wilson Jr. 



72 



Undergraduate programs in horticultural science offer broad training in physical 
and biological sciences and business and a sound cultural background. Students can 
concentrate studies in the areas of fruit and vegetable crops, floriculture, nurser> 
management, or landscape horticulture. They are prepared for either graduate 
study (see pages 12-14) or for diverse professional service. 

North Carolina's varied climatic conditions make possible the production of a 
wide variety of horticultural crops on a commercial scale, as well as in parks and 
gardens. These crops now represent an important segment of N. C. agriculture with 
further expansion to be realized with the development of adapted varieties, 
mechanization and intensification of cultural practices, improvement of handling 
and marketing methods and the development of the food processing industry. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Horticulture graduates fill positions in production, processing, sales and service. 
Among these are county extension agents; vocational agricultural teachers; land- 
scaping and landscape contracting; farm operators; orchard, nursery, greenhouse 
and flower shop managers; research, production and promotional specialists with 
commercial seed, floral, fertilizer, chemical and food companies; inspectors and 
quality control technologists; USDA specialists and as leaders in other phases of 
agricultural and industrial developments. The student may also prepare for a 
career in research, teaching, extension, etc. in horticulture. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in horticultural science can be 
earned in one of the three curricula — business, science, or technology — offered by 
the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. Under these curricula, specialized 
training is offered in fruit and vegetable crops, and in floriculture, ornamental 
horticulture (nursery management), and landscape horticulture. (There is also a 
joint undergraduate major in pest management for crop protection; see pages 75-77.) 

For the freshman year and basic requirements, see pages 47-52. 

For the business curriculum see page 48. Twenty four credit hours of business 
courses are substituted for an equal number of hours in the technology curriculum. 

T\TICAL CURRICULA IN HORTICULTURAL SCIENCE 

SCIENCE PROGRAiM 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 
Credits 
FV* OH* F* FV* OH* F* 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 4 4 Social Science and Humanities 

CH 103 General Chemistry II . 4 4 4 Electives 9 

CH 220 Introductory Organic SSC 200 Soil Science 4 4 4 

Chemistry 4 4 4 HS 201 Principles of 

HS 211, 212 Ornamental Horticulture 3 3 3 

Plants 6 6 Physical Education 2 2 2 

HS 301 Plant Propagation 3 3 — — — 

PY 221 College Physics 5 5 5 35 35 35 

JUNIOR YEAR 
Credit 8 
FV* OH* F* FV* OH* F* 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 4 4 PP 315 Plant Diseases 3 3 3 

ENT 312 Introduction to Social Science and Humanities 

Economic Insects ... 3 3 3 Electives 3 

GN 411 The Principles of SSC 341 Soil Fertility and 

Genetics 3 3 3 Fertilizers 3 3 

GN 412 Elementary Genetics Free Electives 6 6 6 

Laboratory 11 1 — — — 

MB 401 General Microbiology .444 33 33 33 

Modern Language or English 

Elective 6 6 6 



73 



SENIOR YEAR 



Credits 
FV* OH* 



F* 



HS 411 Nursery Management 

HS 4 21 Fruit Production 3 

HS 432 Vegetable Production . . 3 
HS 411, 442 Floriculture I, II . . 

HS 471 Arboriculture 

HS 491 Senior Seminai- in 

Horticultural Science . . 1 
HS (FS) 562 Post-Harvest 

Physiology 3 



FT* OH* F* 
Social Science and Humanities 

Electives 3 15 15 

Advised Electives 12 3 3 

Free Electives 6 6 6 

31 31 31 

Total Hours for Graduation 130 



*FV — Fruits and Vegetables, OH — Ornamental and Landscape Horticulture, F — Floriculture 



TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM 



BO 


200 


CH 


103 


EC 


201 


HS 


211, 


HS 


301 


FY 


221 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Credits 
FV* OH* 



Plant Life 4 4 

General Chemistry II . . 4 4 

Economics I 3 3 

212 Ornamental 

Plants 6 

Plant Propagation 3 3 

College Physics 5 5 



F* 

4 
4 
3 

6 
3 
5 



FV' 



SP 231 Expository Speaking ... 3 
Social Science and Humanities 

Electives 6 

SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

Physical Education 2 



34 



OH* 
3 



FV* 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 

EC 212 Economics of 

Agriculture 3 

ENT 312 Introduction to 

Economic Insects .... 3 

GN 411 The Principles of 

Genetics 3 

GN 412 Elementary Genetics 

Laboratory 1 

HS 414 Residential Land- 
scaping 



JUNIOR YEAR 
Credits 
OH* F* FV* 

4 4 Modern Language or English 

Elective 3 

3 3 PP 315 Plant Diseases 3 

SOC 202 Principles of 

3 3 Sociology 3 

SSC 341 Soil Fertility and 

3 3 Fertilizers 3 

Free Elective 6 

1 1 — 

32 
4 



33 32 



SENIOR YEAR 



FV* 
HS 411 Nursery Management .. 

HS 421 Fruit Production 3 

HS 432 Vegetable Production . . 3 
HS 441. 442 Floriculture I, II . 

HS 471 Arboriculture 

HS 491 Senior Seminar in 

Horticultural Science . . 1 
HS (FS) 562 Post-Harvest 

Physiology 3 

Modem Language or English 

Elective 



Credits 

OH* 

3 



FV* OH* F* 
Social Science and Humanities - 

Electives 6 6 

Departmental Elective 14 8 11 

Technical Elective 3 3 3 

Free Elective 6 6 6 

33 33 33 

Total Hours for Graduation 130 



*FV — Fruits and Vegetables 
OH — Ornamental and landscape Horticulture 
F — Floriculture 



Medical Technology 

Gardner Hall 

G. C. Miller, Major Adviser 



North Carolina State University has two parallel programs in medical technology. 
One is a four-year curriculum with a Bachelor of Science in zoology followed by a 
year of training in a hospital laboratory school. 



74 



The second program is designed to be completed in four calendar years. The 
student takes a prescribed curriculum for three years at North Carolina State 
University. The fourth year consists of a 12-month course in medical technology at 
the University of North Carolina in Chapel Hill or other approved institutions. 
Upon completion, a Bachelor of Science degree w^ill be granted from N. C. State 
and a certificate in medical technology from the approved institution. (See zoology, 
pages 84-87.) 



Microbiology 

Gardner Hall 

Professor 3. B. Evans, Head of the Department 

Professors: W. J. Dobrogosz, G. H. Elkan, P. B. Hamilton, J. J. Perry; Adjunct 
Associate Professors: R. E. Kanich, J. J. Tulis; Assistant Professor: E. C. Hayes 
III, G. H. Luginbuhl; Associate Members of the Faculty: J. G. Lecce, J. J. McNeill 
(Animal Science); F. B. Armstrong (Biochemistry); J. L. Etchells, M. L. Speck 
(Food Science); W. E. Kloos (Genetics); A. G. Wollum II (Soil Science) 

The microbiology program provides basic preparation for professional micro- 
biologists, a microbiology background for students in other sciences, and an aware- 
ness of the microbial world as it relates to our daily lives for non-science majors. 

Microbiology is concerned with the growth and development, physiology, classi- 
fication, ecology, genetics and other aspects of the life processes of an array of tiny, 
generally single-celled, organisms. These organisms may serve as model systems 
for elucidation of fundamental processes that are common to all living cells. 

Most of the major discoveries that have produced the spectacular advances in 
biology during the past decade have resulted from studies of microbial systems. 
Future developments in environmental quality, production of food and fuel, and 
human health, will rely heavily on understanding microbial processes. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Microbiologists are employed in research laboratories, diagnostic and control 
laboratories, teaching, and technical sales and service positions. 

CURRICULUM 

There is no microbiology undergraduate major, so students with a primary 
interest in microbiology are advised to take the biological sciences curriculum (see 
pages 59-61) and to devote their electives to biochemistry, chemistry, mathematics 
and microbiology. Generally as few as 12 credits in microbiology may be recom- 
mended. However, if a student does not plan to go beyond the Bachelor of Science 
level, and desires to qualify for registration or a civil service position as a micro- 
biologist, 20 credits in microbiology should be taken. 

For graduate degree programs, see pages 12-14. 



Pest Management (for Crop Protection) 

Gardner, Kilgore and Williams Halls 

D. A. Emery, Major Adviser, Department of Crop Science 

K. L. Knight, Major Adviser, Department of Entomology 

T. J. Monaco, Major Adviser, Department of H orticultural Science 

L. T. Lucas, Major Adviser, Department of Plant Pathology 



75 



The major in pest management (for crop protection) is an interdepartmental 
program involving crop science, entomology, horticultural science and plant 
pathology. 

Students in pest management for crop protection receive training in the concepts 
of controlling crop pests in an ecologically sound manner. Crop losses from diseases, 
insects, nematodes and weeds annually run into the billions of dollars in the United 
States. Environmental concerns dictate that control efforts against these organisms 
must be integrated into a total crop production management program on a systems 
approach basis. A high degree of flexibility in electives permits the student either 
to become generally proficient across the field or to develop an area of strengfth 
against a particular class of pest organisms. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Opportunities basically involve improving farm efficiency to meet our ever- 
growing need for food and fiber. Current federal and state statutes require a high 
degree of expertise in the accomplishment of pest control. Completion of the training 
provided by this curriculum qualifies the graduate for positions as county extension 
agents, as federal and state regulatory agents, as technicians in scientific research 
organizations, as pest control specialists in agribusiness concerns, and as custom 
pest management operators. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in pest management (for crop 
protection) is offered under the agricultural science curriculum of the School of 
Agriculture and Life Sciences. 

For the freshman year and basic i-equirements see pages 47-52. 

TYPICAL CURRICULUM IN PEST MANAGEMENT 

For the freshman year see page 47. 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

Literature Elective 3 

Group D Elective 3 

Advised Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 



18 



Spring Semester Credits 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

or 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

English or Modern Language Elective 3 

CS 211 Crop Science 4 

Group D Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 



18 



Fail Semester 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chem 4 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

PP 315 Plant Diseases 3 

Group D Elective 3 



15 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BCH 351 Elementary Biochemistry 3 

BO (ZO) 360 Introduction to Ecology 4 

ENT 312 Introduction to Economic 

Insects 3 

Group D Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 



16 

SENIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ENT 550 Fundamentals of Insect Control . 3 PP 500 Plant Disease Control 3 

CS 414 Weed Science 3 CS(HS)514 Principles and Methods 

Group D Elective 3 i„ ^^^^ Science 3 



76 



Advised Electives 5 BS 495 Special Topics in Biology 3 

Free Elective 3 BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 

— Free Elective 3 

17 — 

16 

Total Hours for Graduation 130 

Plant Pathology 

Gardner Hall 

Professor R. Aycock, Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: J. L. Apple, K. R. Barker, C. N. Clayton, E. B. Cowling, E. Echandi, 
G. V. Gooding Jr., T. T. Hebert, C. S. Hodges Jr. (USES), G. B. Lucas, R. D. 
Milholland, L. W. Nielsen, N. T. Powell, J. P. Ross (USDA), J. N. Sasser, H. W. 
Spurr Jr. (USDA), D. L. Strider, H. H. Triantaphyllou, N. N. Winstead; Profes- 
sors Emeriti: D. E. Ellis, C. J. Nusbaum, F. L. Wellman; Adjunct Professor: 
G. H. Hepting; Associate Professors: M. K. Beute, L. F. Grand, A. S. Heagle 
(USDA), S. F. Jenkins Jr., K. J. Leonard (USDA), M. P. Levi, L. T. Lucas, C. E. 
Main, R. A. Reinert (USDA), R. E. Welty (USDA); Adjuyict Associate Professors: 
E. R. French, J. W. Koenigs, E. G. Kuhlman; Assistant Professors: D. M. Ben- 
son, N. S. Henderson, C. G. Van Dyke; Adjunct Assistant Professor: N. A. Lapp; 
Associate Member of the Faculty: C. B. Davey (Forestry) 

EXTENSION 

Associate Professor H. E. Duncan, In Charge 

Professors: F. A. Todd, J. C. Wells; Professor Emeritus: H. R. Garriss; Associate 
Professor: C. W. Averre III; Assistant Professors: R. K Jones, P. B. Shoemaker, 
J. H. Wilson Jr. 

Undergraduate instruction in plant pathology is designed to provide introductory 
and advanced courses on the nature and control of plant diseases to students major- 
ing in crop science, horticultural science, pest management, agricultural education 
and forestry. It can also provide fundamental training necessary for graduate study 
in plant pathology. 

The Department of Plant Pathology cooperates in training pest management 
majors, but does not offer an undergraduate major in plant pathology. For graduate 
degrees offered, see pages 12-14. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Employment in research, extension and teaching is available to graduates with 
advanced degrees in plant pathology. Research openings are with the U. S. Depart- 
ment of Agriculture, state experiment stations and in industry. The rapid develop- 
ment of agricultural chemicals and other methods for disease control offers numer- 
ous opportunities. See pest management (for crop protection), pages 75-77. 

Poultry Science 

Scott Hall 

Professor R. E. Cook, Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: H. L. Bumgardner, W. E. Donaldson, E. W. Glazener, P. B. Hamilton, 
C. H. Hill; Professor Emeritus: C. W. Barber; Associate Professors: C. R. Park- 



77 



hurst, J. P. Thaxton, J. B. Ward; Adjunct Associate Professor: T. B. Dameron Jr.; 
Associate Professors Emeriti: W. L. Blow, F. W. Cook; Assistant Professors: 
D. M. Briggs, F. W. Edens, J. D. Garlich, G. W. Morgan Jr., W. R. Prince; Asso- 
ciate Members of the Faxnilty: W. M. Colwell, D. G. Simmons ( Veterinarj^ Science) 

EXTENSION 

Professor W. C. Mills Jr., In Charge 

Professors: W. G. Andrews, J. R. Harris, G. A. Martin, T. B. Morris; Professor 
Emeritus: C. F. Parrish; Assistant Professor: M. H. Gehle; Instructor: J. R. 
West; Extension Specialist : C. E. Brewer 

The Department of Poultry Science provides instruction in the principles of 
poultry' husbandry and in such related fields as nutrition, physiology, genetics and 
patholog>'. 

Through teaching, research and extension the department serves students, 
poultrjTTien and allied industries. Poultry production has increased rapidly during 
the last two decades. Poultry ranks second in Xorth Carolina as a source of 
agricultural income. North Carolina ranks fourth nationally in the production of 
poultry products; the climatic and economic conditions in the State provide a sound 
base for continued expansion. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The change from small farm operations to large commercial poultry' enterprises 
has created more specialized positions than there are available poultiy graduates. 
Off-the-farm operations in activities such as processing and distribution offer new 
job opportunities. The allied industries — feed, equipment, financing and di-ugs — 
need more employees trained in poultry science. Graduates hold positions as man- 
agers and field representatives for businesses identified with or serving the poultry 
industry. Graduates are also employed in communication and public relations and 
as teachers and extension and research specialists. Some graduates have their own 
poultry business. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

Students desiring the Bachelor of Science degree with a major in poultry science 
may choose any of three curricula offered by Agriculture and Life Sciences. (For 
graduate degrees, see pages 12-14.) One may obtain a double major in certain other 
curricula through careful use of electives and/or summer school attendance. The 
student should consult the undergraduate advisers in the departments concerned. 

For the freshman year and basic requirements see pages 47-52. 

POULTRY SCIENCE CURRICULUM 

BUSINESS PROGRAM 

This curriculum is for students desiring a background related to the operation and 
management of business firms on a sound economic basis. The general requirements 
for the business program are listed on page 48. In addition, there are 26 hours of 
departmental requirements. These requirements include the poultry courses listed 
in the science curriculum below. PO (ZO) 524, Comparative Endocrinology, is not 
required. Additions are PO 301, Evaluation of Live Poultiy, and PO 402, Com- 
mercial Poultry Enterprises. CH 103, General Chemistry II, may be substituted for 
CH 107, Principles of Chemistry. Should this substitution be made, the student is 



78 



required to take CH 220, Introductory Organic Chemistry, instead of CH 221, 
Organic Chemistry I. 

TYPICAL CURRICULUM IN POULTRY SCIENCE 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

This curriculum is for the student interested in the basic biological and physical 
sciences. The student is better prepared for advanced study in various disciplines 
such as genetics, nutrition, physiology, and pathology. Several preveterinary stu- 
dents are currently enrolled in the curriculum. 

For the freshman year, see page 47. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 PY 211, 212 General Physics 8 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 Social Science and Humanities Electives ... 9 

English Elective 3 Physical Education 2 

PO 201 Poultry Science and Production ... 4 

PY 221 College Physics 5 31 or 34 



JUNIOR YEAR 
Credits 



CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

PO 405 Avian Physiology 4 

Group A Elective 4 

Group B or C Elective 3 



Social Science and Humanities Electives ... 6 
Free Electives 6 



SENIOR YEAR 
Credits 



PO (VET) 401 Poultry Diseases 4 

PO (FS) 404 Poultry Products 3 

PO (ANS, NTR) 415 Comparative 

Nutrition 3 

PO 490 Poultry Seminar 1 

PO (GN) 520 Poultry Breeding 3 

PO (ZO) 524 Comparative Endocrinology . . 4 



Group A Elective (If PY 212 is 

not taken) 4 or 8 

Group B or C Elective 3 

Free Electives 6 



Total Hours for Graduation 



31 or 35 

130 



TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM 

This is a more genet-alized program of study as the curriculum offers a greater 
selection of courses in the applied science and technology areas. The sophomore and 
junior years are the same as for the science curriculum as modified by the changes 
noted in Group A and departmental requirements for the business curriculum. The 
Group D courses required in all programs are indicated on page 51. 



SENIOR YEAR 
Credits 



PO (VET) 401 Poultry Diseases 4 

PO (FS) 404 Poultry Products 3 

PO (ANS. NTR) 415 Comparative 

Nutrition 3 

PO 490 Poultry Seminar 1 

PO (GN) 520 Poultry Breeding 3 



Group A Elective 4 

Group A, B or C Electives 7 or 11 

Free Electives 6 



Total Hours for Graduation 130 



79 



Preniedical Sciences 

Gardner Hall 

Premedical, predental and preveterinary cun-icula are offered in the School of 
Agriculture and Life Sciences. Requirements for all the premedical sciences are 
similar. Requirements may be met either through the science curriculum or the 
biological sciences curriculum. A number of students are accepted each year in 
leading medical colleges; several have received outstanding scholarships. 

For further details on the preveterinary cui'riculum, see veterinary science, 
pages 82-83. 

For the premedical and predental details, see zoology, pages 84-87, and the bio- 
logical sciences curriculum, pages 59-61. 



Sociology and Anthropology 

(Also see Liberal Ai'ts.) 
1911 Building 
Professor S. C. Mayo, Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: L. W. Drabick, C. P. Marsh, G. C. McCann, H. D. Raw^ls, J. N. Young; 
Professor Emeritus: C. H. Hamilton; Associate Professors: R. C. Brisson, W. B. 
Clifford II, A. C. Davis, C. V. Mercer, R. L. Moxley, R. D. Mustian, M. M. 
Sawhney, E. M. Suval, O. Uzzell; Adjunct Associate Professors: \V. J. Buffaloe, 
R. L. Rollins Jr.; Assistant Professors: C. G. Dawson, G. L. Faulkner, T. M. 
Hyman, K. D. Kim, G. S. Nickerson, J. G. Peck, L. J. Rhoades, I. E. Russell, 
D. J. Steffensmeier, P. L. Tobin, M. L. Walek, J. M. Wallace, R. C. Wimberley; 
Adjunct Assistant Professor: J. L. Franklin; Visiting Assistant Professor: H. L. 
Adkins 

EXTENSION 

Associate Professor J. N. Collins, In Charge of Community Development 

Professor: J. D. George; Professor Emeritus: J. W. Crawford; Associate Professors: 
T. N. Hobgood Jr., P. P. Thompson, M. E. Voland; Assistant Professors: J. A. 
Christenson, V. E. Hamilton, C. E. Lewis 

This department aims to teach students the principles and techniques for 
understanding human group behavior. More specifically the department seeks: 
1) to train students to become leaders in organizing groups and communities and 
in administering their programs; 2) to qualify exceptional students on the under- 
graduate and graduate levels for sociological research, teaching and extension work; 
3) to solve problems in human group relations through scientific research; and 4) to 
extend research results to the people of the State. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in sociology is offered under the 
science curriculum of the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. Majors in this 
department are offered an option in criminal justice and a concentration in social work. 

For graduate degrees, see pages 12-14. 



80 



CURRICULUM IN RURAL SOCIOLOGY 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

For the freshman year and basic requirements see pages 47-52 

Group A Courses (26 credits) 
GN 411 Principles of Genetics 



GN 301 Genetics in Human Affairs 3 

GY 120 Physical Geology 3 

ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 3 

Electives* 17 

Departmental Requirements and Electives 
(26 credits) 

ANT 252 Cultural Anthropology 3 



SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 3 

SOC 301 Human Behavior 3 

SOC 341 Rural Societj^U.S. A 3 

SOC 342 Rural Societies Around the 

World 3 

SOC 411 Community Relationships 3 

SOC 416 Research Methods 3 

Electives 8 

Total Hours for Graduation 130 



Six credits may be elected from Groups B and C; additional electives from Group D. 



Soil Science 

Williams Hall 

Professor C. B. McCants, Head of the Department 

Professors: S. W. Buol, M. G. Cook, R. B. Daniels (USDA), J. W. Fitts, W. A. 
Jackson, G. L. Jones, E. J. Kamprath, R. J. Volk, S. B. Weed, W. G. Woltz, W. W. 
Woodhouse Jr.; Extension Professors: J. V. Baird, J. A. Phillips; Adjunct Pro- 
fessors: L. J. Metz, C. G. Wells; Professors Emeriti: W. V. Bartholomew, J. F. 
Lutz; Associate Professors: G. R. Burns (USDA), D. K. Cassel, F. R. Cox, G. A. 
Cummings, E. E. Gamble (USDA), J. W. Gilliam, R. E. McCollum, P. A. Sanchez, 
A. G. Wollum II; Associate Professors Emeriti: W. D. Lee, A. Mehlich, J. R. 
Piland, W. H. Rankin; Assistant Professors: B. L. Carlile, C. K. Martin, G. S. 
Miner, G. C. Naderman, C. D. Raper Jr., J. F. Shelton, C. D. Sopher; Extension 
Assistant Professor: L. E. Aull; Adjunct Assistant Professor: D. W. Eaddy; 
Associate Members of the Faculty: R. W. Skaggs (Biological and Agricultural 
Engineering); E. D. Seneca (Botany); J. B. Weber (Crop Science); C. B. Davey 
(Forestry) 

The Department of Soil Science trains students in frmdamentals of soils, develops 
an understanding and appreciation of soils as a resource, and presents principles 
of soil management and utilization for both farm and non-agricultural purposes. 
Soils constitute ofte of the largest capital investments in farming and proper soil 
management is essential for efficient production. Future world food needs will 
require people conversant in soil resources and use of fertilizers. Soil properties 
are important considerations in urban-suburban planning and development. Also, 
knowledge of soil and its interactions with potential pollutants are useful in con- 
serving environmental quality. Therefore, the demand for people trained in soils by 
agribusiness and educational, research, service, planning-development, and con- 
servation-related agencies should continue to be great. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Soil science graduates fill positions of leadership and service in agricultural, 
conservation and resource planning work. Among these are opportunities as farm 
operators and managers, county agricultural extension agents and employees of 



81 



other public advisor>' agencies, Soil Conservation Service and other conservation- 
related agencies concerned with soil resources, and as technical representatives and 
salesmen in fertilizer companies and other agri-business. 

Provision is made for students wishing a more thorough training in biological 
sciences, chemistry, mathematics, and physics leading to graduate study. (For 
graduate degrees, see pages 12-14.) Students with advanced degrees have wide 
opportunities in teaching, research, service and extension with state, federal and 
private educational and research institutions and agencies. Also, there are in- 
creasing opportunities in support of agribusiness. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The Bachelor of Science degree may be obtained in the Department of Soil 
Science under any of three curricula — science, technologj^ or conservation. For the 
basic requirements and freshman year, see pages 47-52. The conservation curriculum 
is shown on pages 62-63. The agronomy curriculum is on page 52. 

TITICAL CURRICULUM IN SOIL SCIENCE 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Credits 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 GY 110 Physical Geography Laboratory ... 1 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 Group D Electives 3 

MA 112, 212 Analytic Geometry and Free Elective 3 

Calculus A, B 7 Physical Education 2 

English Elective 3 — 

SSC 200 Soil Science 4 33 

GY 120 Physical Geography 2 

JUNIOR YEAR 
Credits ^ 

Chemistry Elective 8 SSC 352 Soil Classification 4 

English Elective 3 Group D Electives 6 

PY 211, 212 General Physics 8 — 

SSC 341 Soil Fertility and Fertilizers 3 33 

SSC 342 Soil Fertility Laboratory 1 

SENIOR YEAR 
Credits 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 Free Electives 9 

SSC 461 Soil and Water Conservation .... 3 — 

SSC 462 Soil-Crop Management Systems ..3 34 

SSC 492 Senior Seminar in Soil Science 1 ^otal Hours for Graduation 130 

Departnrjental Electives 8 

Group D Elective 6 



Veterinary Science 

Grinnells Animal Health Laboratory 

Professor T. M. Curtin, Head of the Department 

Professors: E. G. Batte, W. M. Colwell; Associate Professors: D. J. Moncol, D. G. 
Simmons; Associate Members of the Faculty: R. F. Behlow, G. B. Creed (Animal 
Science); J. R. Harris (Poultry Science); K. E. Muse (Zoology) 

The veterinary science faculty offers instruction at advanced undergraduate and 
graduate levels. Courses are designed to support other departments of the institu- 
tion, giving students a background in animal health, poultry health and laboratory 
animal care. 



82 



PREVETERINARY CURRICULUM 

Veterinary science department faculty serve as advisers to students enrolled in 
the preveterinary curriculum. Dr. E. W. Glazener, Director of Academic Affairs, 
serves as secretary of the N. C. Veterinary Certification Committee. 

A preveterinary curriculum is offered under the science curriculum of Agriculture 
and Life Sciences as part of the North Carolina Veterinary Medical Education 
Program. After satisfactory completion of the preveterinary curriculum, North 
Carolina resident students are certified as eligible to seek admission to Auburn 
University, the University of Georgia, Ohio State University, Oklahoma State Uni- 
versity, Tuskegee Institute and other colleges of veterinary medicine in which the 
State may enter into agreements through the Southern Regional Education Board 
or other contracts for veterinary students to attend at in-state tuition rates. 

Preveterinary students work toward a Bachelor of Science degree in a discipline 
of their choice while fulfilling requirements of the preveterinaiy program. If a 
student is accepted in a college of veterinary medicine before completion of his or 
her undergraduate degree, some course credits may be transferred from the 
veterinary program back to N. C. State and applied toward completion of the 
Bachelor of Science degree. Arrangements for this procedure should be made with 
degree-granting department prior to entering veterinary college. 

The courses listed below are minimum requirements for all students applying 
for entrance into veterinary college under the Southern Regional Education Board 
contract. A grade of C or better on each course and an overall grade point average 
of 2.7 on required courses are minimum requirements for certification by the North 
Carolina Certification Committee. 



Lcmgucige 

(11 -H credits) Credits 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

SP 231 Expository Speaking 3 

Advised English Elective 0-3 

BS 495 Special Topics in Biology 2 

Social Sciences and Humanities 
(12-15 credits) 

PS 201 The American Governmental 

System 3 

Advised 200-Level History Elective 3 

Additional Group D Electives 6-9 

Physical and Biological Sciences 
(51 credits) 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 



BCH 351 Elementary Biochemistry 3 

BCH 352 Elementary Biochemistry 

Laboratory 1 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus A 4 

MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

PY 211 General Physics 4 

PY 212 General Physics 4 

ZO 323 Comparative Anatomy 4 

Applied Science and Technology 
(11 credits) 

ANS 200 Introduction to Animal Science . . 4 

ANS 204 Livestock Feeds and Feeding .... 3 

or 
ANS (NTR, PO) 415 Comparative 

Nutrition 3 

PO 201 Poultry Science and Production ... 4 



Preveterinary students should work closely with their advisers since these course 
requirements are subject to change at any time by contracting veterinary collies. 

CURRICULUM 

There is no program leading to the Bachelor of Veterinary Science degree. Mem- 
bers of the veterinary science faculty serve as advisers to undergraduates enrolled 
in the preveterinary curriculum. 

Presently there is also no graduate program leading to advanced degrees in 
veterinary science. Faculty members serve on graduate committees and act as 
major professors for students seeking graduate deg^rees in certain other disciplines. 



83 



Zoology 

Gardner Hall 

Professor D. E. Davis, Head of the Department 

Professors: F. S. Barkalow Jr., R. Harkenia, W. W. Hassler, J. E. Hobbie, C. F. 
Lytle, B. S. Martof, G. C. Miller, T. L. Quay, J. F. Roberts, D. E. Smith; Adjunct 
Professors: T. R. Rice, J. G. Vandenberg, P. N. Witt; Professor Emeritus: B. 
B. Brandt; Associate Professors: P. C. Bradbury, M. T. Huish (USDI); 
Adjunct Associate Professor: D. A. Wolfe; Assistant Professors: G. T. Barthal- 
mus, P. D. Doerr, W. C. Grant, J. M. Miller, K. E. Muse, G. B. Pardue (USDI), 
G. G. Shaw, J. M. Whitsett II, T. G. Wolcott; Adjunct Assistant Professors: G. R. 
Huntsman, G. W. Thayer; Instructor: N. A. Mercando; Associate Members of 
the Faculty: B. J. Copeland (Botany, Sea Grant Program), D. S. Grosch, 
L. E. Mettler (Genetics); D. W. Hayne (Statistics) 

The Department of Zoology provides undergraduate and graduate instruction in 
specialized biological sciences areas. Undergraduates study all levels of biological 
organization ft-om the molecular to the community. Zoology majors are adequately 
prepared for graduate work in zoology and related fields of sciences. For graduate 
degrees, see pages 12-14. Participation in supei'vised programs of research is strongly 
encouraged. Basic training is also available for students planning to enter dentistry, 
medicine and veterinary medicine and allied health sciences, such as medical 
technology'. Ecology is emphasized, including wildlife, fisheries, conservation, para- 
sitology and marine science. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Students may continue with graduate research work leading to advanced degrees 
in zoology and wildlife. However, numerous employment opportunities are available 
for Bachelor of Science graduates. Majors are qualified for positions in the medical 
sciences, various government agencies and private industries. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULA 

The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in zoology, wildlife biology or 
medical technology is offered under the science curriculum of the School of Agri- 
culture and Life Sciences. Within these majors a student may specialize depending 
upon interest and ability. 

The zoology sequence prepares students for graduate school while the premedical, 
predental and preveterinary options prepare students for entrance into these 
respective professional schools. Certain professional schools have specific require- 
ments which differ slightly from the zoology cuiTiculum. Students should consult 
catalogs of specific professional schools to ensure completion of any special re- 
quirements. 

Other options include the fisheries and marine science program and the medical 
technology program outlined below. The clinical year for the medical technology 
program is taken at an affiliated hospital. Students are advised, especially in their 
junior and sernor years, by faculty in their specialty. 

Basic requirements are listed in the science curriculum on page 48. 

TYPICAL CURRICULUM IN ZOOLOGY 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

For the freshman year see page 47. 



84 



Fall Semester 

CH 103 General Chemistiy II 



CH 107 Principles of Chemistiy 4 

Language Elective 3 

Social Science and Humanities Elective .... 3 

Group A Elective 3 

ZO 202 Invertebrate Zoology 4 

Physical Education 1 



18 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

or 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry* . 4 

Language Elective 3 

Social Science and Humanities Elective .... 3 

ZO 203 Vertebrate Zoology 4 

or 
ZO 323 Comparative Anatomy 

Physical Education 1 



15 



Fall Semester 

CH 223 Organic Chemistiy II 4 



BCH 351 Elementary Biochemistiy* 3 

PY 211 General Physics 4 

Social Science and Humanities Elective .... 3 

Advised Elective 4 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester Credits 

PY 212 General Physics 4 

Social Science and Humanities Elective . . 3 

**ZO 361 Vertebrate Embryology 4 

**ZO (BO) 360 Introduction to Ecology ... 4 

Elective 3 



14 or 15 



18 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spriyig Semester Credits 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 Advised Electives 15 

**GN 412 Elementary Genetics Lab 1 — 

Social Science and Humanities Elect 3 15 

**ZO (BO) 414 Cell Biology 3 ^otal Hours for Graduation 130 

or 

ZO 421 Vertebrate Physiology 3 

**ZO 415 Cellular & Animal Physiology 

Laboratory 2 

Electives 6 

18 

* Introductory Organic Chemistry, CH 220, and Elementaiy Biochemistry, BCH 351, may be used as 
alternates to CH 221, 223. 
** Suggested departmental electives. 

riPICAL CURRICULUM IN WILDLIFE BIOLOGY 



SCIENCE PROGRAM 

For the freshman year see page 47. 

For the sophomore year see the typical curriculum in zoology, page 85. (Take 
CH 103; CH 220.) 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 Botany Elective 4 

PY 221 College Physics 5 *ENT (BS) 410 Biology of Insects 3 

Social Science and Humanities Elective 3 Social Science and Humanities Elective ... 6 

BCH 351 Elementary Biochemistiy 3 — 

ZO 221 Conservation of Natural 17 

Resources 3 

18 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester 

*ZO (BO) 360 Introduction to Ecology .... 4 *GN 411 

*ZO 415 Cellular & Animal Physiology *ST 311 



Credits 

The Principles of Genetics 3 

Introduction to Statistics 3 



85 



Laboratory 2 Electives 10 

*ZO 420 Fishery Science 3 — 

ZO 421 Vertebrate Physiology 3 16 

ZO 553 Principles of Wildlife Science 3 ^^.^jj Hours for Graduation 130 

Electives 3 

18 



* Suggested departmental electives. 

TYPICAL CURRICULUM IN MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

Two programs are available in medical technology. The first is a four-year collegi- 
ate curriculum with a Bachelor of Science degree in zoology- (see above) followed by 
a year of training in any hospital clinical laboratory approved by the American 
Medical Association. The second program is designed to be completed in four 
calendar years. The student takes the prescribed curriculum for three years at 
North Carolina State University and a fourth year (12 months) of clinical training 
at an affiliated hospital. Successful completion of this program qualifies the student 
for a Bachelor of Science degree in medical technology- from N. C. State. Acceptance 
by the clinical laboratorj' is competitive and students in either program outlined 
above must apply for clinical training. After completion of either program the 
student is eligible to take the national examination of the Board of Registry of 
Medical Technologists. 

For the ft-eshman year see page 47. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 Language or English Elective 3 

Language or English Elective 3 CH 315 Quantitative Analysis 4 

Social Science and Humanities Elective .... 3 PY 221 College Physics 5 

ZO 201 Animal Life 4 Social Science and Humanities Elective .... 3 

Elective 3 Physical Education 1 

Physical Education 1 

_ 16 
18 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

or or 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry .. 4 BCH 351 Biochemistry 3 

Social Science and Humanities Elective .... 3 Social Science and Humanities Elective .... 6 

Advised Elective 3 ZO 421 Vertebrate Physiology 3 

ZO 212 Basic Anatomy and Physiology or 

or ZO (BO) 414 Cell Biology 3 

ZO 323 Comparative Anatomy 4 ZO 415 Cellular & Animal Physiology 

Elective 4 Laboratory 2 

— MB 401 General Microbiology 4 



18 



18-19 

Credit Hours Through Junior Year 100 



SENIOR YEAR 



A 12-month course in medical technology is to be taken at an affiliated hospital 
clinical laboratory. 



Hours 



Microbiology 10.0 Chemistry 8-5 

Bacteriology Nuclear Medicine 1.5 

Mycobacteriology Hematology 7.5 

Mycology 
Parasitology 



86 



Urinalysis 2.5 Histology 1.5 

Blood Bank 3.5 Coagrulation 1.5 

Serology 3.5 



For curricula in conservation see pages 62-63. 

OPTIONS IN ZOOLOGY CURRICULUM 

Students desiring to emphasize certain areas within zoology may choose an 
option: 

PREMEDICAL OR PREDENTAL CURRICULUM IN ZOOLOGY 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

General Physics 8 Organic Chemistry I, II 8 

Comparative Anatomy 4 Quantitative Analysis 4 

Genetics 4 Embryology 4 

Physiology 5-8 Total Hours for Graduation 130 

FISHERIES AND MARINE SCIENCE OPTION IN ZOOLOGY 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

Physiology 5 Fishery Science 3 

Limnology 4 Economic Insects 3 

Ecology 4 Advised Electives 4 

Ichthyology 4 Total Hours for Graduation 130 



Agricultural Institute 

Patterson Hall 

J. E. Legates, Dean of Agriculture and Life Sciences 

E. W. Glazener, Associate Dean and Director of Academic Affairs 

H. B. Craig. Associate Director of Academic Affairs and Director of the Agricultural 
Institute 

The Agricultural Institute is a two-year, terminal academic program which 
provides training in agriculture and related areas. It is part of Agriculture and 
Life Sciences at North Carolina State University. This program was begun in 1959 
and was funded by legislative appropriation. 

Its objective is to train those desiring a comprehensive education in agriculture 
and agribusiness. 

Individuals with Institute training command attractive salaries, assume a more 
prominent role of leadership and become a distinct asset to various segments of 
agricultural society. They make significant contributions to their community, state 
and nation by being involved in the world's most vital industry. 

The instructional programs are organized and conducted as a part of the over-all 
resident instruction program for Agriculture and Life Sciences. The Institute is 
an addition to and not a substitute for, the School's regular degree granting pro- 
gram. However, the faculty in residence for the four-year programs are responsible 
for organizing and teaching courses offered by the Institute. 

People with training similar to that of the Institute are in demand by agricul- 
tural industries. As demand changes, courses will be evaluated and alterations 
will be made accordingly. Such a re-evaluation also aids the technical manpower 
needs of agricultural industry. 



87 



OPPORTUNITIES 

Rapid technical advancement has been important in changing agriculture from a 
small production industry to the nation's largest industr>^ Closely associated 
with production agriculture are those areas related to recreation and beautification 
such as turfgrass management, flowers and ornamental plants. Increased produc- 
tion and consumer demand for convenience type foods have stimulated the food 
processing industry, in turn increasing food distribution requirements. 

Today's complex agriculture requires a larger work force. This work force must 
be able to deal with a vast array of problems and opportunities and Institute 
graduates can assume responsible positions in the total agricultural industry. Some 
career examples are: farm and herd managers, research technicians, salesmen, 
retail farm supply and equipment outlet managers, golf course superintendents, 
nursery managers, agricultural pest control specialists, quality control technicians, 
food service supervisors and others. More job opportunities than graduates make 
salaries attractive. 

The School maintains a Placement Office to assist graduates in finding employ- 
ment. 

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS 

Any individual who has received a diploma from an accredited high school or has 
passed the high school equivalency examination administered by the State Depart- 
ment of Public Instruction is eligible for admission consideration. Each application 
will be reviewed and evaluated by the Institute director. 

For additional information wi-ite: Director, Agricultural Institute, 107 Patterson 
Hall, Raleigh, N. C. 27607. 

PROGRAMS OF STUDY 

Graduates of the Agricultural Institute are awarded the Associate in Applied 
Agriculture degree. The 10 programs of study are: Agricultural Equipment Tech- 
nology; Agricultural Pest Control; Field Crops Technology; Flower and Nursery 
Crops Technology; Food Processing, Distribution and Service; General Agriculture; 
Livestock Management and Technology (animal husbandry option and dairy hus- 
bandry option); Soil Management; and Turfgrass Management. 



88 



DESIGN 

Brooks Hall 

C. E. McKinney, Dean 

H. K, Zschau, Librarian 

The School of Design in its brief history since 1948, has established a role as an 
innovative educational institution in broad fields of design. While the designer's 
traditional role is understood, that of giving meaningful form to the environment, 
the School gives attention to the larger responsibility of design, the art of humaniz- 
ing the environment. The context in which the designer works involves issues that 
are social, economic, political, and behavioral. The designer must be capable of 
engaging these issues as well as mastering the issues that are internal to a 
particular design discipline. The School seeks to develop the designer's perception, 
knowledge, skills, and analytical and problem-solving abilities. While the School 
cultivates the integrity of the individual, it emphasizes individual creative expres- 
sion, and it encourages the student to develop a capability and temperament for 
teamwork. 

The School of Design is intended to act as an educational center which unifies the 
different design professions in the fundamental knowledge and methods which they 
share; its further intention is the education of designers who will be competent 
within the specific demands and limitations of a particular field of design. 

In all of the professional fields where studies are now established in the School, 
the methods and values which are common to all designers are separated only by 
the study of the application of the work in a single profession. Many classes 
throughout the curricula will include students in these professional fields, and for 
all students the course of study is similar during the first two years in order 
that, having become more familiar with the whole scope of activity in design, they 
may then select the design profession in which they are most interested. From one's 
first day in class to one's last, the student is asked to design and is counseled to 
become a responsible designer in the broadest sense. 

CURRICULA AND DEGREES 

The School of Design offers undergraduate instruction in architecture, landscape 
architecture, and product design with a visual design option, leading to a Bachelor 
of Environmental Design degree. 

Graduate studies are also offered in four distinct fields — architecture, urban 
design, landscape architecture, and product design. See the Graduate Catalog for 
information on the masters programs. 



The Common Foundation In Basic Design 

Professor D. R. Stuart, Program Director 

Professor: J. H. Cox; Associate Professors: G. L. Bireline Jr., F. Eichenberger, 
R. W. Musselwhite 

The Basic Design Program has its foundation in the student's utilization of 
previous development. This program offers the learner a range of diverse experi- 
ences gained through active participation in the academic community as a whole, 
as well as those courses offered within the School of Design. The student achieves, 
through the development of physical form, an expression of the complex values and 
meanings of our society. 



89 



BASIC DESIGN CI RRICl LI M 

FIRST YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

DN 101 Environmental Design I 3 DN 102 Environmental Design II 3 

DN 111 Perception and Communication I . 3 DN 112 Perception and Communication II . 3 

DN 121 History of Design I 3 DN 122 History of Design II 3 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

Mathematics* 3 or 4 Mathematics* 3 or 4 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 



16 or 17 16 or 17 

SECOND YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

DN 201 Environmental Design III 4 DN 202 Environmental Design IV 4 

DN 211 Visual Communication I 2 DN 212 Visual Communication II 2 

Required Science Elective** 4 Required Science Elective** 4 

Electives*** 6 Electives*** 6 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 

17 17 



* Excluding credit for MA 111, must include one calculus course. 
** Selected from natural, physical or biological sciences, but not to include math or computer science. 
*** Thirty-six credit hours of electives which will be divided into three equal groups of 12 hours each: 

a. Social science/humanities group. 

b. Advised group — selected by student with adviser's approval to develop an area of concentration 
outside his major. 

c. Unrestricted group. 



Architecture 

Brooks Hall 

Dean C. E. McKinney, Acting Program Director 

Professors: R. P. Burns Jr., H. Sanoff, V. Shogren; Professors Emeritus: H. H. 
Harris, H. L. Kamphoefher; Associate Professors: P. Batchelor, R. H. Clark, 
G. J. P. Reuer; Assistant Professors: A. J, Aho, D. W. Barnes Jr., E. P. 
Brantly, S. Kanda, E. W. Taylor 

Architecture finds itself at a critical stage in its historical development. The 
architect's traditional problem of giving meaningful form to man's physical environ- 
ment remains his chief concern, but this task has been vastly complicated by the 
forces of accelerating world urbanization and the technological revolution which is 
rapidly altering every facet of contemporary life. Social upheaval in the cities, 
ruthless violation of our landscape and natural resources, congestion and decay of 
our urban centers, obsolescence and inefficiency at ever>' level of our transportation 
systems, the tendency toward giantism and anonjinity in all of man's institutions — 
these are but a few elements in the complex condition of modern society with which 
the architect is confronted. The Architecture program attempts to prepare individ- 
uals with an understanding of man and his cultural context, with a commitment 
to the ordering of the physical environment, and with the tools for accomplishing 
these objectives. 

The curriculum in architecture, while providing a broad basic structure common 
to all students, encourages individual diversity through a major elective program 
of in-depth study in one of several design-related fields leading to expanded back- 
ground in social and cultural factors, programming and analytic methods, tech- 
nological issues, urban affairs, visual studies, management and operations, eco- 
nomics or natural systems. Through interdisciplinary studies in the School and 
University and through the use of outside consultants, the interdependence of the 
architect with related professionals is strongly emphasized. The desigrn studio is a 



90 



working laboratory in which analysis and synthesis become real and meaningful 
activities to the students. 

Considering the changing requirements in the field of architecture and the 
increasing complexity of tasks facing today's architect, a six-year, two-degree cur- 
riculum has been established with studies organized into two-year cycles. See 
page 90 for the introductory two-year program. The junior and senior years mark 
the formal introduction to architectural studies and leads to the nonprofessional 
degree of Bachelor of Environmental Design. See the Graduate Catalog for infor- 
mation on the masters program. 

For students not advancing to graduate studies, the four-year undergraduate 
curriculum is designed as a terminal program qualifying graduates to enter archi- 
tecture at an intermediate level or related fields outside of architecture. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The growth in urban development, with resulting building construction, affords 
many opportunities for design practice in private architectural offices. State law 
now requires the graduate architect to work not less than three years in the offices 
of registered architects and then to pass a written examination given by the North 
Carolina Board of Architecture before individual professional practice is permitted. 
The architecture graduate is also qualified for positions in public agencies, develop- 
ment organizations, building research, and teaching. 

ARCHITECTURE CURRICULUM 

See page 90 for first and second year curriculum. 

THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS 
Credits 

ARC 400 Intermediate Architectural Professional Options** 10 

Design (Series)* 16 Electives*** 24 

Structures 12 — 

62 
Total Hours for the Bachelor of Environmental Design in Architecture — 129 



* Four semesters at four credit hours per semester required in ARC 400 or equivalent 
** To be selected from professional options offered in the School of Design or other equivalent 

courses offered in the University. Must include ARC 331, 332. 
*** Thirty-six credit hours of electives which will be divided into three equal groups of 12 hours each: 

a. Social science/humanities group. 

b. Advised group — selected by student with adviser's approval to develop an area of concentra- 
tion outside his major. 

c. Unrestricted group. 



Landscape Architecture 

Brooks Hall 

Professor R. R. Wilkinson, Program Director 

Professor Emeritus: E. G. Thurlow; Associate Professor: R. T. Hester Jr.; 
Assistant Professors: G. F. Gumz, J. Randle; Associate Member of the Depart- 
ment: T. O. Perry 

Landscape Architecture is the profession concerned with design and development 
of man-made features on the land and enhancement of the visual landscape. There 
are approximately 8,000 practicing landscape architects in the United States whose 
activities range from site planning for urban complexes, community design, park 
and open space design, campus planning, and development of regional land man- 
agement systems. The U. S. Forest Service, National Park Service, city planning, state 
and local parks agencies, and private design offices are major employment sources. 



91 



Types of work range from program development studies to detailed projects. 

The Landscape Architecture faculty is concerned with preparing students for 
professional careers. In addition, the faculty is committed to establishing a strong 
educational and intellectual base for each student so that he may continue to learn 
and grow throughout his life. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Graduates of the program gain employment with private offices practicing all 
phases of landscape architecture. Others seek employment with public agencies such 
as state park departments, community planning offices, and environmental protec- 
tion agencies. Over the past several years, there have been at least five opportuni- 
ties for each graduate. Many stay in North Carolina and participate in the rapid 
expansion of the profession and its involvement in the development of the State. 

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE CURRICULUM 

See page 90 for first and second year curriculum. 

THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS 

Credits 

LAR 400 Intermediate Landscape Path Electives 12 

Architectural Design (Series) ...16 Social Sciences and Humanities (in 

Land Technology— LAR 410. 411. 412 addition to DN 121 & "122) 6 

+ 3 additional credits 12 Free Electives 6 

Professional Options" 10 — 

62 

Total Hours for the Bachelor of Environmental Design in Landscape Architecture — 129 



* Professional options to be selected from professional options in the School of Design or other 
equivalent courses within the University and to include ARC 441, Design Methods. 



Product Design 

Brooks Hall 

Associate Professor V. M. Foote, Program Director 

Associate Professors: D. A. Masterton, T. Takano; Assistant Professor: A. V. Cooke 

Upon completion of the basic design requirements, the student selecting the 
product design program must elect as a major area of concentration the product 
or visual design option. The product or industrial design option is concerned with 
all the human aspects of machine-made products and their relationship to the 
environment. The designer is responsible for the product's human engineering, 
safety, shape, color, texture, maintenance, and cost. Product design or industrial 
design deals with consumer products as well as industrial products. In order to 
achieve these ends, it is necessary for the designer to involve himself in three major 
design and research activities: 1) Man's behavior; 2) The man-product-machine 
relationship; 3) The product itself. 

Some areas of investigation include furniture, housewares, appliances, trans- 
portation, machine tools, farm equipment, medical electronic instilments, and 
recreational support equipment. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The product designer has three choices for employment: a manufacturing com- 
pany, an independent design office, or a governmental agency. 



92 



PRODUCT DESIGN CURRICULUM 

See page 90 for first and second year curriculum. 

THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS 

Credits 

PD 400 Intermediate Product Design Professional Options*** 16 

(Series)* 16 Electives**** 24 

Product Design Technology** 6 — 

62 

Total Hours for the Bachelor of Environmental Design in Product Design — 129 



* Four semesters at four credit hours per semester required in PD 400 or equivalent. 
** To be elected from departmental offerings or equivalent courses within the University. 
*** To be selected from professional options offered in the School of Design or appropriate courses 
offered in the University. Must include four semesters of PD 490, Intermediate Special Projects 
(Series), as well as PD 421, 422, and 431. 
*** Thirty-six credit hours of electives which will be divided into three equal groups of 12 hours each: 

a. Social science/humanities group. 

b. Advised group of electives selected by student with adviser's approval to develop an area of 
concentration outside his major. 

c. Unrestricted group. 



VISUAL DESIGN OPTION 

The new science of communication media has created a demand for people with 
operational knowledge of the various forms of visual communication. One set of 
these demands has to do with people able to carry out activities which have come 
to be known as visual design. 

The history of visual design is one of separate skills and crafts which have now 
merged into a cohesive field of study. Such activities are: 

a. Book, pamphlet, and brochure design (publishing, typography, printing, 
etc.). 

b. Package design. 

c. Signing and symbol creation (indesical and iconic indications). 

d. Advertising design (newspapers, magazines, cinema, TV). 

e. Education and commercial exhibition and display design, 
f Photography. 

g. Development of techniques for analyzing visual character and its rela- 
tion to social and behavioral functions in the urban environment. 

h. Problem-solving approaches; exploration of visual means for solving 
socially defined problems. 

Working through a broad range of visual creative experience, the student will 
develop an understanding of elements and principles of visual organization common 
to all visual communication. Upon receiving his undergraduate degfree the student 
would be prepared to enter the professional field or be in a position to enter 
graduate schools for continued study in specific areas. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The Visual Design option leads to varied careers, including the design of pack- 
aging, displays, exhibition, and products of presentation and communication. 



93 



VISUAL DESIGN OPTION CURRICULUM 

See page 90 for first and second year curriculum. 

THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS 
Credits 

PD 440 Intermediate Visual Design Professional Options*** 16 

(Series)* 16 Electives**** 24 

Product Design Technology** 6 — 

62 

Total Hours for the Bachelor of Environmental Design in Product Design with Visual Design Option 
— 129 



* Four semesters at four credit hours per semester required in PD 440 or equivalent. 
** To be elected from departmental offerings or equivalent courses within the University. 
*** To be selected from professional options offered in the School of Design or appropriate courses 
offered in the University. Must include four semesters of PD 490, Intermediate Special Projects 
Series, as well as PD 421, 422, and 431. 
**** Thirty-six credit hours of electives which will be divided into three equal groups of 12 hours each: 

a. Social science/humanities group. 

b. Advised group of electives selected by student with adviser's approval to develop an area of 
concentration outside his major. 

c. Unrestricted group. 



94 



EDUCATION 

PoeHall 

C. J. Dolce, Dean 

W. Maxwell Jr., Associate Dean 

The School of Education is concerned with the problems of human development 
from both the psychological and educational perspectives. With emphases upon the 
preparation of secondary and post secondary school teachers, counsellors and 
administrators, and psychologists, the school seeks students who are dedicated to 
the improvement of mankind through education and service and who are sensitive 
to the complexity of the teaching/learning processes. 

The School is composed of the Division of Education; Departments of Adult and 
Community College Education, Agricultural Education, Industrial and Technical 
Education, Mathematics and Science Education, Guidance and Personnel Services 
and Psychology; the Industrial Arts section; and the Division of Occupational 
Education. The School also houses a major national research center: the Center 
for Occupational Education. 

Undergraduate degree programs are offered in agricultural education, industrial 
arts education, vocational industrial education, technical education, mathematics 
education, secondary education, science education and psychology. 

Graduate degree programs are offered in adult and community college education, 
agricultural education, curriculum and instruction, educational administration and 
supervision, guidance and personnel services, industrial arts education, mathematics 
education, occupational education, psychology, science education, special education, 
vocational industrial education. 

Graduates of the undergraduate programs in education receive a Bachelor of 
Science degree in education and normally qualify for a Grade "A" Certificate to 
teach in their chosen fields. Graduates of the undergraduate program in psychology 
receive a Bachelor of Arts in psychology degree. Graduate programs confer the 
Master of Science or Master of Education degrees, and the Doctor of Philosophy or 
Doctor of Education degrees. 

Professional education courses are provided for those students enrolled in the 
School of Liberal Arts who wish to become teachers of English, social studies, 
modern foreign languages, and speech communication. Students enrolled in Agri- 
culture and Life Sciences and the sciences or mathematics departments may double- 
major in the School of Education toward obtaining the North Carolina teacher's 
certificate. 

The modern School of Education building includes a cuiTiculum materials 
center, industrial arts laboratories, science laboratories, psychology' laboratories, 
as well as the latest developments in teaching technology. A computer facility, an 
insti-uctional materials production center, child play and observation rooms, 
guidance and testing laboratories, and an adult learning laboratory are in Poe Hall. 



Adult and Comniuiiity College Education 

(Also see Agriculture and Life Sciences.) 

Poe Hall and Ricks Hall 

Professor E. J. Boone, Head of the Department 

TEACHING, RESEARCH AND EXTENSION 

Professors: M. Burt, M. Knowles, C. Trent; Extension Professor: J. D. George; 
Adjunct Professor: B. E. Fountain Jr.; Associate Professors: W. L. Carpenter, 



95 



W. L. Gragg, G. E. Parsons, R. W. Shearon; Extension Associate Professors: 
C. Black, M. Brown, E. E. White; Assistant Professors: J. C. Glass Jr., K B. 
Segner III; Extension Assistant Professor: D. M. Jenkins; Adjunct Assistant 
Professor: C. J. Law Jr. 

The adult and community college education faculty offers instruction at advanced 
undergraduate and graduate levels. Advanced undergraduate courses are designed 
to support other departments of the institution, giving students a background in 
adult and community collie education. The department does not have a program 
leading to a bachelor's degree. 

The graduate program is designed to increase the professional competence of 
adult and community college educators in developing and administering adult 
and community college education programs and in conducting scholarly research 
in the field. For graduate degrees, see pages 12-14 and the Graduate Catalog. 



Agricultural Education 

PoeHall 

Professor: J. K. Coster; Professor Emeritiis: J. B. Kirkland; Associate Professors: 
C. D. Bryant, T. R. Miller 

Agricultural education, in its broadest sense, encompasses areas of study which 
will enable one to participate effectively in planning, promoting and initiating 
programs in education in agriculture. 

The department offers a progi-am leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. Pro- 
grams are designed for the teachers of vocational agriculture in the secondary 
schools, technical institutes and community colleges. For details of the master's 
degree programs (for degrees offered, see pages 12-14) consult the Graduate Catalog. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The demand for agricultural education teachers exceeds present supply. 
Graduates who obtain certification in the Bachelor's degree program generally 
have a choice of positions in the Carolinas and Virginia and throughout the nation. 

AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

MA 11 1 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 Mathematics Elective 3 

BS 100 General Biology 4 Poultry Science or Animal Science Elective . 4 

Plant Science Elective* 3-4 History Elective 3 

ED 102 Objectives in Agricultural Agricultural Elective 3-4 

Education 1 Physical Education 1 

Physical Education 1 



16-17 



17-18 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

EC 201 Economics I 3 EC 212 Economics of Agriculture 3 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

BAE 211 Farm Machinery 4 ED 313 Contemporary Vocational 

Agricultural Elective 3-4 Agriculture 3 

Physical Education 1 Agricultural Specialty*** 3-4 

— Physical Education 1 



15-16 



14-15 



96 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ED 344 School and Society 3 SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 3 Literature Elective 3 

PSY 376 Human Growth and Develop- PSY 304 Educational P^chology 3 

ment 3 Agricultural Specialty*** 3-4 

Free Elective 3 Speech Elective 3 

"A" Elective in Agriculture** 3-4 ED 490 Senior Seminar in Agricultural 

— Education 1 



15-16 



17-18 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ED 411 Student Teaching in Agriculture . . 8 Humanity Electives**** 6 

ED 412 Teaching Adults 2 Agricultural Specialty*** 3 

ED 413 Planning Educational Programs ... 2 Political Science Elective 3 

SOC 416 Research Methods 3 Free Electives 6 

15 18 

Minimum Hours Required for Graduation 127 



* Includes courses in crop science, horticulture or forestry. 
** Course to be selected from "A" elective in agriculture in area of specialization. 
*** Courses to be in specialty area of at least 12 semester hours. 
**** Humanities electives from philosophy, religion, art or music. 



Curriculum and Instruction 

Curriculum and Instruction is a graduate program designed to prepare directors 
of instruction/curriculum-specialists and researchers in curriculum development 
and in the teaching/learning processes relating to the student's teaching field. For 
a list of graduate degrees see pages 12-14 and consult the Graduate Catalog. 



Division of Education 

Associate Professor B. M. Parramore, Program Coordinator 

Adjunct Professor: T. L. Roundtree; Associate Professors: L. J. Betts, S. D. Ivie, 
P. J. Rust, T. N. Walters; Assistant Professors: C. W. Harper Jr., H. E. Munn Jr.; 
Teaching Technician: J. R. Gibson 

The Division of Education offers foundation and general education courses 
required by all teacher education programs. The Division of Education also offers 
the general Secondary Education degree which is described below. 

SECONDARY EDUCATION 

The program in Secondary Education is designed to fulfill several objectives: 
Newly admitted students, who are undecided as to which particular professional 
teacher preparation program they wish to enroll in, are able to select the secondary 
education program until they have decided upon a particular curriculum. Students 
who do not desire to teach, but who are interested in education as a field of study 
enroll in this option. Students who wish to prepare for teaching in newly developing 
fields for which no teacher preparation programs have been developed may also 
select this program. Those students interested in preparing to be teachers of 



97 



English, Spanish, French, speech communication and social studies who wish a 
degree in education may enroll in the secondary education program. 

The basic curriculum provides a relatively large number of free electives. This 
allows for the development of a particular specialty in depth, depending upon the 
student interests. Students in English, social studies, Spanish, French and speech 
communication education follow basically the same programs of study as those 
enrolled in the School of Liberal Arts. 

OPPORTLNITIES 

Students earning a degree in this program have, generally, the same options as 
graduates of related programs: teaching in secondary schools, graduate study, or 
employment in governmental and private agencies involved in formal or non-formal 
education. 

SECONDARY EDUCATION CURRICULUM 



Fall Semester 



ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 

MA 111 Algebra & Trigonometry 4 

History 3 

Social Science 3 

Physical Education 1 



14 



FUESHMAN YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester Credits 
ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 



MA 112 Analytic Geometiy and 

Calculus A 4 

History 3 

Social Science 3 

PSY 200 Introduction to Psychology 3 

Physical Education 1 



17 



Fall Semester 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



Literature 3 

Natural Science 3-5 

Speech 3 

PHI 205 Problems & Types of 

Philosophy 3 

Social Science 3 

Physical Education 1 



16-18 



Credits 



Literatu le 3 

Natural Science 3-5 

ED 205 Introduction to Teaching 

Humanities & Social Studies 3 

Electives 3 

Social Science 3 

Physical Education 1 



16-18 



Fall Semester 



JUNIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 



PSY 304 Educational Psychology 3 

ED 344 School & Society 3 

Natural Science 3-5 

Electives 3 

Social Science 3 



15-li 



Credits 



PSY 376 Human Growth and 

Development 3 

ED (SOC) 318 Introduction to the 

Sociology of Education 3 

Electives 6 

Social Science 3 



15 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



PSY 370 Psychology of Personality 

& Adjustment 3 

ED 483 An Introduction to Instructional 

Media 3 

ED (PHI) 304 Philosophy of Education 3 

Electives 6 



15 



Spring Semester Credits 

ED 496 Senior Seminar in Education 3 

ED 420 Principles of Guidance 3 

ED 440 Vocational Education 2 

Electives 6 



Total Hours Required for Graduation 



14 

124-128 



98 



Educational Administration and Supervision 

Professor C. J. Dolce, Program Coordinator 

Adjunct Professor: A. C. Phillips; Associate Professor: W. Maxwell; Assistant 
Professor: D. R. Kniefel 

There is no undergraduate program in this field. Graduate programs are individu- 
ally designed by the student in consultation with the program staff (for degrees, 
see pages 12-14). These programs prepare the student for a variety of administrative 
or supervisory or policy-making roles: school principal, superintendent, Federal or 
state agency associate, or work with private or public educational research or 
service organizations. For fiirther information consult the Graduate Catalog. 



Guidance and Personnel Services 

PoeHall 

ProfessorW. E. Hopke, HeadoftheDepartmetit 

Professor Emeritus: C. G. Morehead; Associate Professor: B. C. Talley Jr.; Assis- 
tant Professors: L. K Jones, J. G. McVay; Adjunct Assistant Professors: M. A. 
Connors, Jr., R. H. Massengill, C. L. Quinn 

The department offers work leading to graduate degrees (see pages 12-14) with 
a major in guidance and personnel services (or counselor education). The degrees 
are designed to prepare individuals for guidance and personnel positions at various 
levels in elementary and secondary schools, junior and community colleges, trade 
and technical schools and institutes, and other institutions of higher education. For 
further information consult the Graduate Catalog. 



Industrial Arts Education 

PoeHall 

Associate Professor T. B. Young, Program Coordinator 

Professors Eyneriti: I. Hostetler, D. W. Olson; Associate Professor: G. E. Baker; 
Assistant Professor: R. T. Troxler 

Industrial arts comprises that area of education which concerns itself with 
materials, processes and products of industry, including the graphical presentation 
of these. It is concerned with a study of changes made in materials to make them 
more useful and with problems related to these changes. 

The industrial arts education curriculum performs the function of preparing 
teachers and supervisors of industrial arts for secondaiy schools. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The graduates of the industrial arts program find opportunities for employment 
in the public schools. For graduate degrees offered see pages 12-14 and consult the 
Graduate Catalog. 



99 



INDUSTRIAL ARTS EDICATION CURRICULUM 



Fall Semester 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

lA 100 Introduction to Industrial Arts .... 1 
I A 102 Fundamentals of Materials & 

Processes 4 

MA 111 Algebra & Trigonometry 4 

Physical Education 1 



16 



FRESHMAN YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester Credits 
ENG 112 Conr^osition & Reading 3 



Drafting 4 

Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus A 4 

The American Governmental 

System 3 

Physical Education 1 



lA 105 
MA 112 



PS 201 



15 



Fall Semester 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

lA 209 Wood Processing 4 

PY 21 1 General Physics 4 

SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 3 

PSY 200 Introduction to Psychology 3 

Physical Education 1 



19 



Credits 

EC 201 Economics I 3 

lA 210 Metal Technology 4 

PY 212 General Physics 4 

Speech Elective 3 

Elective* 3 

Physical Education 1 



18 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 



I A 205 Industrial Arts Design 3 

lA 312 Electricity-Electronics 4 

lA 484 School Shop Planning and 

Equipment Selection 3 

PSY 304 Educational Psychology 3 

Electives* 6 



Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ED 344 School & Society 3 

ED 482 Curriculum Problems in 

I ndustrial Arts 2 

I A 304 General Shop Organization 2 

lA 306 Graphic Arts 4 

lA 315 General Ceramics 3 



19 



Literature Elective 3 



17 



Fall Semester 



ED 420 
ED 422 

ED 444 

ED 483 

PSY 476 



Principles of Guidance 3 

Methods of Teaching Industrial 

Subjects 3 

Student Teaching in Industrial 

Subjects 8 

An Introduction to Instructional 

Media 3 

Adolescent Psychology 2 



19 



SENIOR YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester Credits 

H istory Elective 3 

lA 465 Independent Study in Industrial 

Arts 3 

I A 480 Modei-n Industries 3 

Electives* 9 



18 
Total Hours for Graduation 134 



To provide depth of experience in one or two areas of Industrial Arts, nine additional hours are 
required in one area and/or six additional hours in one and three in another. 



Industrial and Technical Education 

PoeHall 

Professor D. M. Hanson, Head of the Department 

Professor Emeritus: J. T. Nerden; Associate Professor: F. S. Smith; Assistant 
Professor: T. C. Shore Jr.; Instructor: W. M. Parker 

The Department of Industrial and Technical Education offers curricula to prepare 
teachers, supervisors and administrators for the public schools, area vocational 
schools, community colleges and technical institutes. Complete four-year curricula 



100 



in vocational industrial education and technical education lead to the Bachelor of 
Science in education. The curricula are planned to provide students with broad 
cultural and professional backgi-ounds to parallel occupational experience. 

The department offers graduate degrees (see pages 12-14). For further information 
consult the Graduate Catalog. 

VOCATIONAL INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION 

The curriculum in vocational industrial education is designed to prepare voca- 
tional teachers for the secondary schools, area vocational schools and post-secondary 
school vocational programs. Upon satisfactory completion of the curriculum the 
graduate is qualified to teach in any of the aforementioned vocational areas. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Graduates of the vocational industrial education curriculum have a wide selection 
of employment opportunities. The rapid growth of the vocational programs in the 
secondary schools in all fields has created an urgent demand for vocational teachers. 
A student may qualify for teaching positions in introduction to industrial educa- 
tion, trade preparatory training and industrial cooperative training in these fast- 
growing programs in the secondary schools. Other opportunities include teaching 
in the area vocational schools, in industry and in the post-secondary schools. 

VOCATIONAL INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION CLIRRICULUM 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



ED 100 Introduction to Industrial 

Education 2 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

MA 111 Algebra & Trigonometry 3-4 

or 
MA 115 I ntroduction to Contemporary 
Mathematics 

CH 111 Foundations of Chemistry 4 

Physical Education 1 



History Elective 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

MA 122 Math of Finance & Elementary 

Statistics or Mathematics 

Elective 3-4 

Drafting Elective 3-4 

Physical Education 1 



14-15 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



PY 221 College Physics or 4-5 

Physics Elective 

Speech Elective 3 

PS 201 The American Governmental 

System 3 

Physical Education 1 

E lectives 6 



17-18 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 3 

EC 201 Economics I 3 

ED 305 Analysis of Technical Education 

Programs & Course Construction . . 3 
ED 327 History & Philosophy of 

Industrial and Technical 

Education 3 

PE 280 Emergency Medical Care & 

First Aid 2 

Physical Education 1 

Elective 3 



18 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ED 344 School & Society 3 PSY 376 Human Growth and 

IE 355 Occupational Safety and Health ... 3 Development 3 

ED 421 Principles and Practices in ED 428 Organization of Related Study 

Industrial Cooperative Training . . 3 Materials 3 

or or 

ED 405 Industrial and Technical ED 405 Industrial and Technical 

Education Shop and Education Shop and Laboratory 

Laboratory Planning 3 Planning 3 



101 



PSY 304 Educational Psychology 3 

ED 420 Principles of Guidance 3 

E lecti ve 3 

18 



ED 440 Vocational Education 2 

ED 422 Methods of Teaching Industrial 

Subjects 3 

ED 483 An Introduction to Instructional 

Media 3 

Elective 4 



Fall Semester 

ED 444 Student Teaching in 



Industrial Subjects 
ED 457 Organization and Management 

of Youth Club Activities 3 

ED 496 Senior Seminar in Education 3 



18 

SENIOR YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Economics Elective 3 

Sociology Elective 3 

English Elective 3 

Elective 6 



14 



15 

Hours Required for Graduation 128 



Eighteen hours of electives must be selected in accordance with the student's area of specialization 
and with the approval of the adviser. Remaining hours may be taken ftx)m free electives. 

TECHNICAL EDUCATION 

The curriculum in technical education is oriented toward preparing instructors 
within a wide range of teaching technologies and is closely coordinated with 
existing engineering curricula. A student enrolling in the technical education 
curriculum may specialize to some extent in areas related to interest and/or 
previous work experience. Admission to the technical education curriculum is 
limited to students demonstrating proficiency in a given applied technology, i.e., 
electrical, electronics, mechanical, etc. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Employment opportunities for technical education graduates include teaching in the 
expanding community college complex, technical institutes, area vocational schools 
and within industry as instructors and coordinators of training programs. The 
growth of technical education in the nation and the large number of new technical 
education facilities being constructed will require an increasing number of 
instructors to stafif teaching positions. 

TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM** 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

ED 100 Introduction to Industrial 

Education 2 

ENG 11 1 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

Physical Education 1 



14 



EC 201 Economics I 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

MA 102 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus I 4 

PS 201 The American Governmental 

System 3 

Physical Eklucation 1 



14 



Fall Semester 



E 101 Engineering Graphics I 2 

English Elective 3 

MA 201 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus II 4 

PY 205 General Physicsor 

PY 211 General Physics 4 

Physical Education 1 



14 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester Credits 
PSY 200 Introduction to Psychology 3 



PY 208 General Physicsor 

PY 212 General Physics 4 

Electives** 6 

Physical Education 1 



14 



102 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ED 327 History & Philosophy of ED 305 Analysis of Technical Education 

Industrial & Technical Education . 3 Programs & Course Construction . 3 

PSY 304 Educational Psychology 3 SOC 401 Human Relations in Industrial 

SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 3 Society 3 

Electives** 6 Electives** 9 

15 15 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ED 405 Industrial & Technical Education ED 444 Student Teaching in Industrial 

Shop and Laboratory Planning .... 3 Subjects 8 

ED 422 Methods of Teaching Industrial Electives** 7 

Subjects 3 — 

Electives** 9 15 



15 



Total Hours Required for Graduation 116 



* Student wrill be expected to demonstrate proficiency in the applied technology of his choice — may 
be fulfilled by technical institute training or selected courses in addition to those required for the 
d^ree. 
** Minimum of 27 hours of elective courses must be selected from engineering, engineering sciences, 
physical sciences, etc., in accordance with the students' area of specialization and with the 
approval of the adviser. Remaining hours may be taken from free electives. 



Mathematics and Science Education 

Poe Hall 

Professor K. E. Speece, Head of the Department 

Professors: N. D. Anderson, L. M. Clark; Associate Professors: J. R. Kolb, H. A. 
Shannon; Assistant Professors: W. M. Waters Jr., L. W. Watson; Adjunct 
Assistant Professors: E. G. Blakeway, R. R. Jones, C. M. Meek 

The Department of Mathematics and Science Education offers a program for 
preparing undergraduate students as teachers of mathematics and science. The 
programs are designed to provide a broad background in the natural sciences, 
social sciences and humanities; depth in mathematics or an area of science; and 
the development of professional competencies needed by teachers entering the 
schools of today. The depth of preparation will enable students to pursue a program 
of graduate studies, see pages 12-14 and the Graduate Catalog. 

OPPORTLNITIES 

The demand for qualified mathematics and science teachers in our schools and 
colleges provides opportunities for mathematics and science education graduates. 
Developments in the schools and in our society accentuate the importance of 
preparation and competence in teaching, and this is reflected in increased salaries, 
opportunities for graduate study, and professional advancement. 

MATHEMATICS EDUCATION CURRICULUM 

FRESHMAN YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

PHI 201 Logic 3 MA 201 Analytic Geometry & 

MA 122 Mathematics of Finance & Calculus II 4 

Elementary Statistics 4 History Elective 3 



103 



MA 102 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus I 4 

Physical Education 1 

ED 101 Orientation 



15 



Humanities-Social Science Elective+ 2-3 

CSC 111 Algorithmic Language 1 

or 
CSC 101 Introduction to Programming .... 3 
Physical Education 1 



SOPHOMORE \'EAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



Mathematics* 4 

Science** 4 

Speech Elective 3 

Literature Elective 3 

Humanities-Social Science Elective* 3 

Physical Education 1 



18 



Mathematics* 3-4 

Science** 4 

ST 371 Introduction to Probability & 

Statistics 4 

ED 203 I ntroduction to Teaching 

Mathematics of Science 3 

Physical Education 1 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



Spring Semester 



ED 101 Orientation 

MA 403 Introduction to Modern Algebra . . 3 

ED 344 School & Society 3 

Mathematics Elective 3 

Supporting Elective*** 3 

Humanities-Social Science Elective* 3 



15 



ED 101 

MA 408 



15-16 



Credits 




PSY 304 
MA 433 



Orientation 

Foundations of Euclidean 

Geometry 3 

Educational Psychology 3 

History of Mathematics 3 

Supporting Elective*** 3 

Humanities-Social Science Elective* 3 

Elective 3 



18 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



ED 496 
ED 495 



ED 4 70 



Senior Seminar in Education** . . 
Senior Seminar in Mathematics 

& Science Education** 

Methods of Teaching 

Mathematics** 

Student Teaching in 

Mathematics** 

Developing & Selecting Teaching 
Materials in Mathematics** 



Spring Semester Credits 

Mathematics Elective 3 

Supporting Elective*** 3 

Humanities-Social Science Elective* 3 

E lectives 6 



Total Hours for Graduation 



15 
.129 



* One of these sequences can be followed: MA 231, 202; MA 202, 405. 
** Science must be two-semester sequence in chemistry or physics. 

'** Supporting electives must be an approved sequence in science, mathematics, con^uter science, 
statistics, economics, philosophy, history of science, sociology, or psychology. 

* TTie humanities/social sciences electives must be chosen so that six hours are in humanities and 
nine hours are in the social sciences. Humanities include: philosophy, religion, literature, fine 
arts, history and foreign language. Social sciences include: economics, sociology, anthropology, 
political science, psychology and geogr^hy. 

** These courses are taken as a block in the professional semester. 



SCIENCE EDUCATION CURRICULUM 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition & Reading 

MA 102 Analytic Geometry* MA 201 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus I* 4 Calculus II* 

or or 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry & MA 212 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus A 4 Calculus B 



Credits 
3 



104 



CH 101 General Chemistry 1 4 

Humanities-Social Sciences** 3 

Physical Kducation 1 

ED 101 Orientation 



15 



CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

or 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry II * 4 

Biological Science Elective 4 

Physical Education 1 



Fall Semester 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



16 



Credits 



PY 211 General Physics*** 4 

Speech Elective 3 

Required Science 3 

Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 

Humanities-Social Science** 3 



17 



PY 212 General Physics*** 4 

ED 203 Introduction to Teaching 

Mathematics and Science 3 

Humanities & Social Science** 3 

Physical Education 1 

Required Science**** 6 



17 



Fall Semester 

PSY 304 Educational Psychology 3 

Humanities-Social Science** 3 

Required Science**** 7 

HI 321 Ancient & Medieval Science 3 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ED 344 School & Society 3 

Humanities-Social Science** 3 

Required Science**** 7 

E lective 3 



HI 322 Rise of Modern Science 3 

or 
PHI 405 Philosophy of Science 3 

16 



16 



Fall Semester 



ED 475 Methods of Teaching 

Science***** 3 

ED 476 Student Teaching in 

Science***** 8 

ED 477 Instructional Materials in 

Science 2 

ED 495 Senior Seminar in Mathematics 
and 

Science Education***** 3 

ED 496 Senior Seminar in 

Education***** 1 



17 



SENIOR YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Humanities-Social Science** 6 

3 Elective 3 

Required Science**** 4 



13 
Total Hours for Graduation 127 



* Required of those specializing in chemistry or physics. 
** To be selected as follows from the humanities and social sciences: 
One course in history (3) 
One course in literature (3) 
Two additional courses from any of the following humanities: 

fine arts, foreign language, history, literature, philosophy, religion (6) 
Three courses from any of the following social sciences: 

anthropology, economics, geography, political science, sociology, psychology (9) 
*** Students may elect to take PY 205, PY 208 or PY 201, 202, 203 in lieu of PY 211, 212. 
**** Students are required to take a minimum of 27 semester hours in one of four areas of speciali- 
zation (biology, chemistry, physics or earth science). 
***** These courses are taken as a block in the professional semester (offered fall semester only in 
science education). 

SCIENCE EDUCATION SPECIALIZATION REQUIREMENTS (27 hours) 

BIOLOGY SPECIALIZATION: „ , „. .. , ...^ .„,, . 

General Microbiology (MB 401) 4 

Survey of Plant Life (BO 200) 4 Plant Physiology (BO 421) 

Survey of Animal Life (ZO 201) 4 or 

Introductory Organic Chemistry (CH 220) . 4 Vertebrate Physiology (ZO 421) 3-4 

Genetics (GN 301 or GN 411, 412) 3-4 or 

Ecology (BO/ZO 360) 4 Cell Biology (ZO/BO 4 14) 



105 



CHEMISTRY SPECIALIZATION: 

Organic Chemistry 4 PY 223 Astronomy 3 

Analytical Chemisti-y 4 OY (MAS) 200 Introduction to the 

Physical Chemistiy 4 Marine Environments . . 3 

MA 202 Analytic Geometiy & Calculus Earth Science Electives 12 

III 4 

Earth Science Elective 3 PHYSICS SPECIALIZATION: 

Chemistry Electives 8 py 223 Astronomy 3 



EARTH SCIENCE SPECI AI.IZATION: 



PY 407 Intixjduction to Modern Physics 



GY 120 Physical Geology--GY 110 PY203 General Physics 3-4 

Physical Geology Laboratory .... 3 MA 202 Analytic Geometry & 

GY 222 Historical Geology 3 Calculus III 4 

MY 201 Atmospheiic Environment Earth Science Elective 3 

or Physics-Mathematics Electives 13-14 

MY 411 Introductoi-y Meteorology 3 

Occupational Education 

Professor J. K. Coster, Program Coordinator 

Assistant Professor: W. L. Cox; Adjunct Professor: B. E. Childers; Adjunct Asso- 
ciate Professors: W. J. Brown, J. R. Clary, C. H. Rogers 

Occupational education involves a study of the occupational structure of society, 
manpower requirements and the functions of vocational education. 

There is no undergraduate program in occupational education. However, under- 
graduate courses are offered which support vocational education programs. The 
Division of Occupational Education offers programs which lead to graduate degrees, 
see pages 12-14. For further information consult the Graduate Catalog. 



Psychology 

PoeHall 

Professor H. G. Miller, Head of the Department 

Professors: H. M. Corter, D. W. Drewes, J. C. Johnson, S. E. Newman, R. G. 
Pearson; Professor Emeritus: K. L. Barkley; Associate Professors: J. L. 
Cole, J. W. Cunningham, T. E. LeVere, B. A. Norton, R. G. Rawls, J. L. Wasik, 
B. W. Westbrook; Adjunct Associate Professor Emeritus: J. W. Magill; Ad- 
junct Associate Professors: R. W. Oppenheim, M. N. Wiebe; Assistant Professors: 
V. G. Cowgell, J. E. Luginbuhl, D. H. Mershon, F. J. Smith, L. S. Taylor; Adjunct 
Assistant Professors: B. C. Ball, B. F. Corder, L. D. Silber 

Psychology is one of the basic university disciplines. Mastery of some of the 
knowledge in psychology is necessary to practitioners in education, health, social 
service, social sciences and managerial professions. 

The undergi'aduate program in psychology consists of a general major and two 
optional programs — human resource development and experimental psychology. 
The general option is flexible and may be chosen by students who wish to prepare 
for entry into professional and graduate study. The program flexibility enables 
them to choose elective courses which prepare them for the graduate program of 
their interest. Human resource development is designed to educate students in 
specific psychology and human interaction skills which will qualify them to enter 
human development occupations upon gi'aduation. The occupations may include cor- 
rections, mental health, education, etc. The experimental option emphasizes the 
development of competence in the use of the experimental method in accumulating 
scientific knowledge. In this option substantial work in physical science, biological 
science and mathematics is required. 



106 



The Psychology Department offers graduate programs, see pages 12-14. For 
further information see the Graduate Catalog. 

OPPORTUNITY 

Students holding the bachelor's degree in psychology and wishing to apply their 
psychological studies in a professional capacity generally continue their education 
in a graduate program such as clinical or experimental psychology or such fields as 
law, medicine, business, social work, and a variety of other fields. Students in 
psychology may also choose to enter business or government, often without further 
training beyond the bachelor's degree. 

EXPERLMENT.4L PSYCHOLOGY CURRICULUM 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester 
MA 112 



Credits 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



Analytic Geometry and Calculus 

A 4 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

English Composition 3 

Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 



15 



MA 212 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus B 3 

PSY 200 Introduction to Psychology 3 

English Composition 3 

PHI 205 Problems & Types of Philosophy . . 3 

Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 



16 



Fall Semester 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



MA 114 Topics in Modern Mathematics ... 3 

English Literature 3 

History 3 

PSY 300 Perception 3 

CSC 101 Introduction to Programming .... 3 
Physical Education 1 



Credits 



ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 3 

English Literature 3 

History 3 

PHI 201 Logic 3 

Social Science 3 

Physical Education 1 



16 



16 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



PSY 310 Learning & Motivation 3 

PSY 400 Perception: Research Methods ... 3 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

Physical Science I 3-4 

Elective 3 



15-16 



Spring Semester Credits 

PSY 320 Cognition Processes 3 

PSY 420 Cognitive Processes: Research 

Methods 3 

Elective 3 

Physical Science II 3-4 

Elective 3 



15-16 



Fall Semester 

PSY 410 Learning & Motivation: 

Research Methods 3 

PHI 405 Philosophy of Science 3 

Social Science 3 

Electives 6 



SENIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester Credits 

PSY 430 Neuropsychology: Research 

Methods 3 

PSY 505 History and Systems of 

Psychology 3 

Electives 9 



15 



15 
Total Hours for Graduation 124 



HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT CLURICULUM 

FRESHMAN YEAR 



Credits 

Mathematics 6 

English Composition 6 

History 6 

Sociology 3 



Biology 4 

Psychology 200 3 

Physical Education 2 

Elective 3 



33 



107 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Credits 

Natural Science 6-8 

Statistics 3 

Psychology & Social Science 9 

Philosophy 3 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Credits 

Speech 231 3 

Psychology 350 4 

Psychology 351 4 

Psychology 352 4 

15 

Psychology 493 4 

Psychology 495 8 



English Literature 6 

Elective 3 

Physical Exiucation 2 



SENIOR YEAR 



32-34 



Credits 



Psychology 491 3 

Psychology 492 3 

Philosophy 3 

E lecti ves 24 



Hours Required for Graduation 



33 
125 



12 
27 

PSYCHOLOGY: GENERAL CURRICULUM 



Fall Semester 



FRESHMAN YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 



Mathematics 3-4 

English Composition 3 

Biological Science 4 

Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 



14-15 



Mathematics 3-4 

English Composition 3 

PSY 200 Introduction to Psychology 3 

Philosophy 3 

Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

PSY 210 Psychological Analysis Applied 

to Current Problems 3 

Natural Science 3-4 

History 3 

Sociology 3 

Psychology Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 



16-17 



Credits 



Spring Semester 

PSY 300 Perception 3 

Natural Science 3-4 

History 3 

Statistics 3 

Psychology Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 



16-17 



16-17 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

PSY 310 Learnings Motivation 3 PSY 320 Cognitive Planning 3 

Literature 3 Literature 3 

Social Science 3 Social Science 3 

*Electives 6 *EIectives 6 



15 



16 



Fall Semester 



PSY 491 Seminar in Psychology 3 

Philosophy 3 

Social Science 3 

*Elective8 6 



15 



SENIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester Credits 
PSY 492 Seminar in Psychology 3 



Elective 3 

*Electives 9 



15 

Total Hours for Graduation 124 



' Advised Electives 



108 



Secondary Education 

(See Division of Education, page 97.) 

Special Education 

Assistant Professor K. A. McCutchen, Program Coordinator 
Adjunct Associate Professor: H. G. Royall Jr. 

The program in special education is designed for educators who wish to pursue 
advanced study relating to the learning problems and the education of children and 
youth. This program offers a general background in all areas of exceptionality, 
intellectual, physical and emotional, with specialization in mental retardation and 
sensory impairment. Thei-e is no undergraduate program in this field at North 
Carolina State University, but graduate degrees are offered, see pages 12-14. For 
further information consult the Graduate Catalog. 



109 




Science education seniors perfect their skills in teaching methods prior to eight 
weeks of student teaching. 




Measurement of the diameter of a tree 
helps determine growth and the 
amount of timber in a tract. 



ENGINEERING 

RiddickHall 

R. E. Fadum, Dean 

R. G. Carson Jr., Associate Dean for Academic Affairs 

H. B. Smith, Associate Dean for Research and Graduate Studies 

J. R. Canada, Associate Dean for Extension 

The engineer has the responsibility and obligation to use knowledge in his field 
for the benefit of mankind. Today, a new sense of responsibility has been imposed 
upon the engineer because of the impact of science and technology. 

Engineering studies are important to those young men and women who look to 
industry, engineering education, or research and development for a career. These 
ambitions can well be furthered by the School of Engineering through its under- 
graduate or graduate programs, where students are offered technical instruction 
and leadership guidance by an experienced staff of qualified engineering educators. 

The School of Engineering is organized into nine departments: biological and 
agricultural, chemical, civil, electrical, engineering science and mechanics, indus- 
trial, materials, mechanical and aerospace, and nuclear. Undergi-aduate degree 
programs are offered in all departments listed. In addition, a degree in engineering 
operations is offered through a curriculum coordinator. Most teaching departments 
offer advanced studies leading to the professional degree, the master's degree and 
the Doctor of Philosophy degree. See pages 12-14 for a complete list. 

A career guidance and placement office is maintained by the University to assist 
graduating students and alumni. 

The School of Engineering's curricula more than meets the standai'ds of the 
Engineers' Council for Professional Development. It is the ambition of the school 
that these curricula and programs meet the needs of the people and industries of 
the state and region through effective instruction, competent research and develop- 
ment and worthwhile contributions to engineering knowledge. 

CURRICULA AND DEGREES 

The freshman year is the same in all engineering curricula. Entering students 
are assigned to the Freshman Engineering and Student Services Division where 
each student is given advice in planning an appropriate program of study. Although 
the entering student may indicate a curriculum choice, he or she may wait until 
the end of the first year when one is in a better position to judge which engineering 
branch of study is most suited to one's own interests and talents. 

Bachelor of Science in Engineering — The four-year program provides prepara- 
tion for graduate school or to meet the needs of young people who will go into 
industry in the fields of design, development, production, sales, application, and 
planning and operation of industrial units. 

The four-year curricula offer programs of study leading to a bachelor's degree in 
aerospace, biological and agricultural, chemical, civil, electrical, engineering 
science and mechanics, engineering operations, industrial, materials, mechanical 
and nuclear engineering. Construction engineering is an option in civil engineer- 
ing. Graduation requirements are the satisfactory completion of the electives and 
required courses in any one curriculum which amount to 125 to 130 semester 
hours. A minimum scholastic record of a "C" average is also required. 

Specialized Degree — A specialized Bachelor of Science degree is offered 
through a program of study in furniture manufacturing and management. This 
four-year curriculum is offered through the Department of Industrial Engineering. 



Ill 



Joint Liberal Arts-Engineering Program — Students may wish to combine a 
Bachelor of Science in Engineering with either a Bachelor of Science or Bachelor 
of Arts in Liberal Arts. When the two are carried along together, the double degree 
program can be completed in five years. Those interested should contact the 
Freshman Engineering and Student Services Division and the Dean of Liberal Arts. 

Professional Degree in a Specialized Branch of Engineering — The professional 
degree in a specialized branch of engineenng is an earned degree which can be 
obtained after the bachelor's degree. 

The curricula are especially designed to meet the needs of students desiring 
intensive specialization in a particular field or additional course work not 
ordinarily covered in the normal four-year undergraduate curricula. The profes- 
sional program of study is offered in chemical, civil, electrical, industrial, materials, 
mechanical and nuclear engineering. 

For detailed infomiation on professional degree requirements, see pages 135-136. 

HONORS PROGRAM 

The Engineering Honors Program provides enriched educations for academically 
talented juniors and seniors. The opportunities which distinguish this program from 
standard programs of study are: 1) considerable flexibility in designing individual 
program, 2) special courses for honors students, 3) special seminars, 4) individual 
study or research with a personally chosen professor. Each department has an 
honors adviser who can provide further information. 

COOPER\TIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM 

A program of cooperative education began in 1968-69 in Engineering. The 
optional program is planned such that the student may alternate semesters of study 
with semesters of work during the sophomore and junior academic levels. The 
freshman and senior years are spent on campus while the sophomore and junior 
academic levels are spread over a three-year period to permit the sandwiching of 
the academic semesters with practical work experience semesters. The co-op plan 
requires five years for completion during which time the student receives approxi- 
mately 18 months of practical experience. 

Students in all curricula in Engineering may participate if they have a grade 
point average of 2.25 or better. After a student is accepted, he or she is expected 
to maintain at least a 2.00 grade-point average. Application for admission into the 
co-op program should be made early in the fall semester of the ft'eshman year; 
however, later applications resulting in fewer work semesters prior to graduation 
will be considered. Further information may be obtained from the Director of 
Cooperative Engineering Education, 236 Riddick Building. 

STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

Each curriculum in the School of Engineering has a technical society open to 
every student enrolled in the curriculum. In most cases, these are student chapters 
of national professional organizations. Each department also has one or more honor 
societies to give recognition to those with superior academic records. All students 
are encouraged to participate in these activities as part of their professional 
education. These organizations together form the Engineers' Council, the coordinat- 
ing agency for students in their school-wide activities such as Open House and St. 
Patrick's Day Dance. 

HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES 

The educated engineer has a foundation in humanities and social sciences as well 
as in technical studies. Each student in Engineering is required to take a minimum 



112 



of 18 hours of humanities and social sciences, appi'oved by his adviser, and made up 
as follows: 

One beginning course in economics (usually EC 201) 

One beginning course in histoiy 

One beginning course in literatui'e: suggested courses are: 

ENG 205 Studies in Great Works of Literature 

ENG 206 Studies in Drama 

ENG 207 Studies in Poetry 

ENG 208 Studies in Fiction 
One course in the histoiy or philosophy of science: suggested courses are: 

HI 321 Ancient and Medieval Science 

HI 322 Rise of Modern Science 

HI 341 Technology in Histoiy 

PHI 405 Philosophy of Science 

UNI 301 Science and Civilization 

UNI 302 Contemporaiy Science and Human Value 

Other courses may be chosen fi'om the list below. Students are encouraged to 
combine courses into a two or three course set, thus providing depth in one area. 

Consideration will be given to courses not on the list if a student has a special 
interest. In selecting courses the student should check carefully to be sure he has 
the appropriate prerequisites. 

LIST OF COURSES 

Anthropology Courses 

ANT 252 Cultural Anthropology 
ANT 305 Peoples of the World 

Design Courses 

DN 121, 122 HistoryofDesignl.il 

PD 321, 322, 421, 422 Colloquium (in Product Design) I, II. III. IV 

Economics Courses 

EC 201 Economics I 

EC 301 Production and Prices 

EC 302 Aggregate Economic Analysis: Theoiy & Policy 

EC 304 Financial Institutions 

EC (HI) 370 Rise of Industrialism 

EC (HI) 371 Evolution of the American Economy 

EC 410 Public Finance 

EC 413 Competition. Monopoly, and Public Policy 

EC 431 Labor Economics 

EC 440 Economic Development 

EC 442 Evolution of Economic Ideas 

EC 448 International Economics 

EC 475 Comparative Economic Systems 

With consent of instructor, EC 201 may be accepted as a prerequisite for all courses now 
requiring EC 202. 

Genetics Courses 

GN 301 Genetics in Human Affairs 
GN 504 Human Genetics 

History Courses 

All undergraduate history courses except HI 492 are appropriate. 

Literature Courses 

ENG 205 Studies in Great Works of Literature 

ENG 206 Studies in Drama 

ENG 207 Studies in Poetry 

ENG 208 Studies in Fiction 

ENG 261 English Literature I 

ENG 262 English Literature II 

ENG 265 American Literature I 

ENG 266 American Literature II 



113 



ENG 34 6 Literature of the Western World I 

ENG 34 7 Literature of the Western World II 

ENG 371 The Modern Novel 

ENG 372 Modern Poetry 

ENG 398 Contemporary Literature I — 1900-1940 

ENG 399 Contemporary Literature II — 1940 to present 

ENG 453 The Romantic Period 

ENG 468 American Romanticism 

ENG 469 American Realism and Naturalism 

ENG 485 Shakespeare 

Modem Language and Literature Courses 

Any 201 or higher numbered courses, except 401-402, in any language or literature is appropriate. 

Music Courses and Art Courses 

Understanding Music 
A Survey of Music in America 
Music of the 17th and 18th Centuries 
Music of the Romantic Period 
Music of the 20th Century 
The Visual Arts in Contemporai-y Life 

y Courses 

Early Western Philosophy 
Modern Western Philosophy 
Philosophy of Religion 
Philosophy of Art 
Morality and Human Happiness 
Contemporary Moral Philosophy 
Contemporary Political Philosophy 
Existentialism 
Theory of Knowledge 
Symbolic Logic 
Advanced Logic 

Foundations and Philosophy of Mathematics 
Philosophy of Science 

Politics Courses 

All politics courses are appitjpriate. 

Psychology Courses 

PSY 200 Introduction to Psychology 

PSY 210 Psychological Analysis Applied to CuiTent Problems 

PSY 370 Psychology of Personality and Adjustment 

PSY 411 Social Psychology 

Religion Courses 

REL 300 Introduction to Religion 

REL 311 The Hebrew Bible 

REL 312 Christian Origins 

REL 315 Western Religions to the Reformation 

REL 316 Western Religions Since the Reformation 

REL 321 Religion in American Life 

REL (ENG) 325 Religion and the Modern Literary Imagination 

REL 327 Contemporai-y Religious Thought 

REL 331 Hinduism and Islam 

REL 332 Buddism 

Sociology Courses 

SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 

SOC 301 Human Behavior 

SOC 302 Mass Communications and Modern Society 

SOC 303 Current Social Problems 

SOC 304 Contemporary Family Life 

SOC 305 Race Relations 

SOC 306 Criminology 

SOC 401 Human Relations in Industrial Society 

SOC 402 Urban Sociology 

SOC 451 Population and Public Affairs 



MUS 


200 


MUS 


210 


MUS 


215 


MUS 


220 


MUS 


320 


ART 


200 


Philc 
PHI 


isoph 
300 


PHI 


301 


PHI 


305 


PHI 


306 


PHI 


307 


PHI 


308 


PHI 


309 


PHI 


310 


PHI 


333 


PHI 


335 


PHI 


402 


PHI 


403 


PHI 


405 



114 



Speech Courses 

SP 340 Play Production 

SP 420 Development of Rhetorical Theory 

SP 430 History and Criticism of American Public Address 

University Studies Courses 

UNI 303 Man and His Environment 

UNI 323 World Population and Food Prospects 

UNI 401 The Urban Crisis 

UNI 402 Peace and War in the Nuclear Age 

UNI 301 Science and Civilization 

UNI 302 Contemporary Science and Human Value 

UNI 495 Special Topics in University Studies 

UNI 595 Special Topics in University Studies 

Courses concerned ivith Mem and with the Environment 

(See also courses in anthropology, genetics and university studies.) 

BO (ZO) 360 Introduction to Ecology 

FOR 4 72 Renewable Resource Management 

FOR 572 Conservation Policy Issues 

NTR (FS, ANS) 301 Nutrition and Man 

ZO 400 Biological Basis of Man's Environment 



NOTE: The 18 (21 hours for electrical engineering) hours humanities-social science series are NOT 
FREE ELECTIVES; therefore, by University rules, CANNOT be taken on a pass/fail basis. 
Free elective courses in the hunnanities and social sciences field, however, can be taken 
on a pass/fail basis. 



Freshman Engmeering and Student Services Division 

Associate Professor R. H. Hammond, Director 

Assistant Professor: W. J. Vander Wall; Senior Advisers: G. K. Hilliard Jr., B. 
Houck Jr.; Instructors: J. L. Crow, G. A. Finley, J. F. Freeman, E. H. Stinson, 
B. D. Webb 

All students in their first year in the School of Engineering are required to take 
the same general program of courses. The Freshman Engineering and Student 
Services Division advises all freshman students on academic affairs and arranges 
a program of courses which best suits one's individual background and talents and 
permits one the greatest probability of academic success. This division also offers 
general counseling service to all engineering students. 

Although an entering student may designate the curriculum he or she proposes 
for a major, it is not necessary to decide upon a major until the end of the fi'eshman 
year. As each student earns 28 or more credits, it is transferred to the department 
of his or her choice. This normally is achieved at the end of the spring semester. 

The Freshman Engineering and Student Services Division offers assistance to 
high schools on questions involving engineering as a career. However, its major 
function is guiding and counseling each freshman engineering student. 

TYPICAL FRESHMAN YEAR IN ALL ENGINEERING CURRICULA 

Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 105 Chemistry — Principles and Applications* 3 

E 101 Engineering Graphics I 2 

E 120 Engineering Concepts 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading** 3 

Humanities — Social Science*** 3 

MA 102 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I 4 



115 



MA 201 Aan lytic Geometiy and Calculus 11 4 

PY 205 General Physics**** 4 

Physical Education 2 

32 



* Those students who intend to m^oi- in chemical engineering or who expect to take additional 
chemistry courses will take CH 107, Principles of Chemistiy, instead of CH 105. 
** Qualified students will be offered an advanced placement course, ENG 112H. If a grade of "C" 
or better is achieved, credit is also given for ENG 111. Qualified students will be notified by the 
Registrar and during freshman orientation. Other students will be required to take the EING 
111, 112 sequence. In neither case may credits for ENG 111 be used towards graduation require- 
ments. 
*** The humanities or social science courses usually suggested are HI 205, Western Civilization 
Since 1400, or EC 201, Economic Activity. 
**** Students who intend to major in nuclear engineering should take PY 201. 

The program above is typical. Other courses may be substituted, added, or 
deleted, dependent upon each student's individual background and talents. Indi- 
vidual programs might range from 28 to 35 credits. 



Biological and Agricultural Engineering 

(Also see Agriculture and Life Sciences.) 
David S. Weaver Laboratories 
Professor F. J. Hassler, Head of the Department 

(For a list of faculty, see Agriculture and Life Sciences, page 57.) 

Students in biological and agricultural engineering train to deal with problems 
of agriculture that are engineering in nature. Scientific and engineering principles 
are applied to the conservation and utilization of water and soil, the development of 
power and labor-saving devices for all phases of agi'icultural production, the design 
of structures and equipment for housing and handling livestock and field products, 
and the processing and marketing of farm products. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The science cun'iculum in biological and agi'icultural engineering develops young 
people capable of engineering leadership in agriculture. Emphasis is placed on basic 
science courses such as mathematics, physics, mechanics, biology, soils, and thermo- 
dynamics, which provide a sound background for engineering and agricultural 
technology. Courses in biological and agricultural engineering are directed to those 
methods of thought and techniques whereby science can be applied with under- 
standing and judgment to engineering situations related to agricultural operations. 

Since training in biological and agricultural engineering involves two distinct 
technical fields — agriculture and engineering — the science cun'iculum is a joint 
responsibility of the two schools and is so administered. Undergraduate students 
may officially enroll in either school; duplicate undergraduate records are main- 
tained. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Biological and agricultural engineers are qualified for positions in design, de- 
velopment and research in public institutions and in industry, and for teaching 
and extension work in institutions of higher education. The curriculum provides 
adequate training for postgraduate work leading to advanced degrees, see pages 
12-14. Graduates receive the degree of Bachelor of Science in biological and 
agricultural engineering. 



116 



BIOLOGICAL AND AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 

For the freshman year see page 115. 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester 
MA 202 



Credits 



Credits 



Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus III 4 

PY 208 General Physics 4 

ESM 205 Principles of Engineering 

Mechanics 3 

BAE 251 Elements of Biological & 

Agricultural Engineering 3 

CSC 111 Algorithmic Languages I 2 

Physical Education 1 



17 



Spring Semester 

MA 301 Applied Differential Equations I .. 3 

ESM 307 Solid Mechanics I 3 

EE 331 Principles of Electrical 

Engineering 3 

SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

Social Sciences & Humanities Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 



17 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



ESM 305 
BAE 391 



BAE 361 
MAE 301 



Engineering Dynamics 3 

Electrotechnology in Biological 

& Agricultural Engineering 3 

Analytical Methods 3 

Engineering Thermodynamics I . 3 



BS 100 General Biology 4 

16 



BAE 342 Agricultural Processing 4 

BAE 462 Functional Design of Field 

Machines 3 

BAE 381 Agricultural Structures & 

Environment 3 

Social Sciences & Humanities Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 



16 



Fall Semester 



BAE 451 Agricultural Engineering 

Design I 3 

BAE (SSC) 471 Agricultural Water 

Management 4 

Social Science & Humanities Elective 6 

Free Elective 3 



16 



SENIOR YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 

BAE 452 Agricultural Engineering 



Credits 



Design II 3 

Advised Technical Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 

Social Science & Humanities Electives 6 

15 

Total Hours for Graduation 129 



Social Science and Humanities Electives will be selected from the standard engineering school 
listing. 

The curricula above is for the science program in biological and agricultural 
engineering. For the technology curriculum, see Agriculture and Life Sciences. 



Chemical Engineering 

RiddickHall 

Professor J. K. Ferrell, Head of the Department 

Professors: K. O. Beatty Jr., R. P. Gardner, H. B. Hopfenberg, D. C. Martin, J. F. 
Seely, E. P. Stahel, V. T. Stannett; Professors Emeriti: R. Bright, W. L. McCabe, 
E. M. Schoenborn Jr.; Adjunct Professors: F. B. Hill, D. M. Preiss, D. R. Squire; 
Associate Professors: R. M. Felder, D. B. Marsland, R. W. Rousseau; Adjunct 
Associate Professor: T. R. Hauser; Assistant Professor: M. R. Overcash; Adjunct 
Assistant Professor: J. L. Williams; Instmctor: H. M. Winston 

Chemical engineering is concerned with the design, optimization and control of 
processes, equipment and plants in which chemical and physical transformations 
of matter are carried out. Typical industries relying upon chemical engineering 



117 



include those producing chemicals, poljTiiers, synthetic fibers, metals, drugs, glass, 
food, gasoline, rocket fuels, paper, soap and cement; those producing energy from 
nuclear fuels; and those processing materials by methods involving chemical 
reactions. 

Real progress in pollution abatement and control must come through the applica- 
tion of chemical engineering techniques. Chemical engineers are qualified to pursue 
careers in industries such as these in addition to traditional jobs. Biomedical 
engineering, pollution abatement and control, engineering for the nation's energy 
requirements are other areas. 

CLRRICILL.M 

The chemical engineer's work is diversified so one's education must be broad and 
basic. The spirit of research and experimentation is vital, so students need to 
acquire sound scientific backgrounds essential to original thought and independent 
accomplishment. The undergraduate curriculum emphasizes the engineering, 
chemical and economic principles involved in chemical processes and operations. 
The work in chemistry including inorganic, anahlical, physical and organic chemis- 
try is comparable to that usually given to chemists with the exception of a reduc- 
tion of time devoted to laboratory work. Mathematics and science is also stressed. 



FACILITIES 

Chemical engineering laboratories include pilot plant-type equipment for studying 
the principles of fluid flow, heat transfer, distillation, absorption, diying. cioishing 
and gi-inding, filtration, chemical reaction kinetics, etc. Emphasis is placed on the 
use of both digital and analog computers in the solution of typical chemical engi- 
neering problems. Special equipment for research and instructional purposes is 
designed and built in the departmental laboratories. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Graduates find emplo>Tnent in research and development; production, operation 
and maintenance; management and administration; inspection, testing and proc- 
ess control; technical service and sales; estimation and specification writing; con- 
sulting and teaching, and many others. Students desiring to pursue careers in re- 
search and development or in teaching and consulting work are advised to con- 
sider graduate training, see pages 12-14. 

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING CURRICl LLM 

For the freshman year see page 115. 



Fall Semester 

CSC 111 Algorithmic Languag^es I 2 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus III 4 

PY 208 General Physics 4 

CHE 205 Chemical Process Principles 3 

Physical Education 1 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Humanities and Social Sciences 3 

CH 223 Organic Chemistiy II 4 

CHE 225 Chemical Process Systems 3 

ESM 205 Principles of Engineering 

Mechanics 3 

MA .301 Applied Differential Equations I .. 3 

Physical Education 1 



18 



17 



JUNIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 431 Physical Chemistry 1 3 CHE 315 Chemical Processes Thermo- 

CH 432 Physical Chemistry Lab 1 dynamics 3 

CHE 311 Transport Processes I 3 CHE 327 Separation Processes I 3 

Humanities and Social Sciences 3 CHE 431 Chemical Engineering Lab. I .... 3 



118 



MAT 201 Structure and Properties of Humanities and Social Sciences 3 

Engineering Materials 3 Chemisti-y Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 — 

— 15 
16 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CHE 316 Thermodynamics of Chemical CHE 451 Chemical Engineering Design ... 3 

& Phase Equilibria 3 Technical Elective 3 

CHE 432 Chemical Engineering Lab. II ... 3 Humanities and Social Sciences 3 

CHE 495 Seminar in Chemical Free Elective 6 

Engineering 1 — 

CHE 446 Chemical Process Kinetics 3 15 



Technical Elective 3 

Humanities and Social Sciences 3 



16 



Total Hours for Graduation 130 



Civil Engineering 

Mann Hall 

Professor D. L. Dean, Head of the Depar-tment 

Professor P. Z. Zia, Associate Head of the Department 

Professors: M. Amein, W. F. Babcock, C. R. Branier, P. D. Cribbins, J. F. Ely, 
R. E. Fadum, C. L. Heimbach, A. I. Kashef, L. J. Langfelder, W. G. Mullen, 

C. Smallwood Jr., M. E. Uyanik, H. E. Wahls; Adjunct Professor: R. L. Nace; 
Associate Professors: G. H. Blessis, W. S. Galler, K. S. Havner, J. F. Mirza, J. C. 
Smith, G. R. Taylor, C. C. Tung; Adjunct Associate Professors: C. P. Fisher Jr., 

D. R. Johnston, S. D. Shearer Jr.; Assistant Professors: W. J. Head, J. L. Mache- 
mehl. H. R. Malcom Jr.; Extension Specialist: R. F. DeBruhl; Adjunct In- 
structor: T. H. McDowell 

Civil engineering is one of the broadest of the various fields of engineering. It is 
a discipline traditionally concerned with the improvement and control of environ- 
ment and dealing with the planning, design and construction of buildings, dams, 
bridges, harbor works, water works, water and nuclear power facilities, sewage 
disposal works, nuclear waste facilities, and transportation systems including 
highways, railways, waterways, airports and pipe lines. Graduates in civil engi- 
neering are in demand by public agencies and by private industries. Employ- 
ment varies from assignments in design offices or in the field, in small communi- 
ties or large industrial centers. 

The Department of Civil Engineering offers programs of study which provide 
adequate academic preparation to those contemplating a career in the civil engi- 
neering profession. The undergraduate progi'am provides a sound general education 
and prepares the student for advanced study either by graduate study (see degrees 
offered, pages 12-14) or by self-study. 

FACILITIES 

Learning is facilitated by laboratories for testing structural materials, large 
models or full-scale structures, soils and bituminous products, for hydraulic experi- 
ments, for studies in airphoto interpretation and photogrammetry, for analysis of 
small structural models, for chemical and biological tests pertaining to sanitary 
engineering, and for the investigation of transportation problems. 



119 



UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULA 

Two four-year undergraduate curricula are offered; one leads to a Bachelor of 
Science in civil engineering; the other, to a Bachelor of Science in civil engineering, 
construction option. 

The civil engineering curriculum is a balanced program providing academic 
discipline in the pure and applied physical sciences, the humanities and social 
sciences, and the professional aspects of civil engineering including structural, 
transportation and sanitary engineering, and soil mechanics and foundations. 

The curriculum in the civil engineering construction option is designed for those 
interested in the construction phases of civil engineering. It includes the core 
course requirements in the physical sciences and the social sciences and humani- 
ties as established for all N. C. State engineering curricula. The curriculum includes 
a three semester sequence of courses in cost analysis and control, and construction 
methods and planning. The courses, unique to this curriculum, are designed to 
provide academic discipline in the engineering, planning and management aspects 
of construction. 

CIVIL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 

For the freshman year see page 115. 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CE 202 Introduction to Civil 

Engineering* 3 

ESM 200 Introduction to Mechanics 3 

MA 202 Geometry & Calculus III 4 

PY 208 General Physics 4 

Humanities & Social Science* 3 

Physical Education 1 

17 



Credits 



Spring Semester 

GY 120 Physical Geology* 3 

MAT 200 Mechanical Properties of 

Structural Materials 2 

E 301 Mechanics of Solids 3 

MA 301 Applied Differential Equations I . . 3 

Humanities & Social Science* 3 

Free Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 



18 



+ May be taken in reverse semesters. 



Fall Semester 

CE 301 Engineering Surveying 3 

CE 325 Structural Analysis 3 

CE 332 Materials of Construction 3 

CE 382 Hydraulics 4 

IE 311 Engineering Project Analysis 3 



16 



JUNIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 



CE 305 Transportation Engineering I 4 

CE 326 Structural Engineering I 4 

CE 342 Soils Engineering I 4 

CE 383 Water Resource Engineering I .... 4 



16 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CE Electives** 6 CE 450 Civil Engineering Design 3 

Engineering Science Elective*** 3 CE Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 Free Elective 3 

Humanities & Social Science* 3 Humanities & Social Science* 6 



15 



Total Hours for Graduation 



16 
.129 



* Humanities and social science courses to be selected from the standard school pattern. 
** Two courses selected from: CE 406 Transportation Engineering II 
CE 427 Structural Engineering II 
CE 443 Soils Engineering II 
CE 484 Water Resources Engineering II 
*** Thermodynamics, engineering science and mechanics, electrical engineering or materials 
engineering. 



120 



CONSTRUCTION OPTION CURRICULUM 

For the freshman year see page 115. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CE 202 Introduction to Civil 

Engineering* 2 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus III 4 

PY 208 General Physics 4 

ESM 200 Introduction to Mechanics 3 

Humanities & Social Science* 3 

Physical Education 1 



17 



Credits 



Spring Semester 

GY 120 Physical Geology+ 2 

GY 110 Physical Geology Laboratory 1 

MAT 200 Mechanical Properties of 

Structural Materials 2 

ESM 301 Mechanics of Solids 3 

MA 301 Applied Differential Equations .... 3 

Humanities & Social Science* 3 

Free Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 



18 



May be taken in reverse semesters 



Fall Semester 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 



CE 301 
CE 325 
CE 332 
CE 382 
IE 311 



Engineering Surveying 3 

Structural Analysis 3 

Materials of Construction 3 

Hydraulics 4 

Engineering Economic Analysis . . 3 



16 



CE 305 Transportation Engineering I 



CE 383 Water Resource Engineering I .... 4 

CE 326 Structural Engineering I 4 

CE 342 Soils Engineering I 4 

CE 365 Construction Engineering I 4 



16 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CE 463 Cost Analysis and Control 3 CE 460 Construction Engineering 

CE 466 Construction Engineering II 3 Project 3 

Engineering Science Elective** 3 CE 464 Legal Aspects of Contracting 3 

Free Elective 3 Free Elective 3 

Humanities & Social Science* 3 Humanities & Social Science* 6 



15 



Total Hours for Graduation 



15 
.129 



* Humanities and Social Science courses to be selected from standard school pattern. 
** Thermodynamics, Engineering Science and Mechanics, Electrical Engineering, or Materials 
Engineering. 

PROFESSIONAL STUDY IN CIVIL ENGINEERING 

Fifth-year programs of study leading to the professional degree of Civil Engineer 
are offered in: sanitai-y engineering, soil mechanics and foundation engineering, 
structural engineering and transportation engineering. Examples of these specialty 
fields are available through the department. The fifth-year curricula of advanced 
course work are offered as a continuation of the four-year undergraduate program 
and are designed for students who wish to be technically proficient in a civil 
engineering specialty. A curriculum is designed in consultation with the student's 
adviser to suit particular interests. 

Regulations governing the professional program are shown on pages 135 and 
136. 

POST-BACCALAUREATE STUDY IN CIVIL ENGINEERING 
RELATED TO OTHER FIELDS 

Transportation Engineering or City and Regional Planning — There is a need for 
the coordination of transportation facilities and land planning. To fulfill this need, 
an advanced program leading to a post-baccalaureate degree in engineering with a 
major in transportation engineering, and to the degree of Master of Regional Plan- 



121 



ning is offered through the combined resources of the Department of Civil Engi- 
neering at North Carolina State University and the Department of City and 
Regional Planning at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

The minimum residence requirements include two academic years plus a summer 
internship. A bachelor's degree in engineering, including a knowledge of transporta- 
tion engineering, from an institution of recognized standing is required for admis- 
sion to the program. Applicants who do not meet these requirements in full may 
submit their credentials for examination and consideration. 

Further information may be obtained fi'om the co-sponsoring departments. 

Water Resources — To meet industry's need for personnel with training in water 
supply and the abatement of water pollution, students in the many curricula leading 
to positions in industry (food processing, textile chemistry, pulp and paper tech- 
nology, chemical engineering, zoology and others) may consider courses in sanitaiy 
engineering for advanced undergraduate electives and for minor sequences for 
advanced degrees. Among appropriate courses are: CE 484, Water Resources 
Engineering II; CE 571, Theory of Water and Waste Treatment; CE 573, Unit 
Operations and Processes in Waste Treatment; CE 673, Industrial Water Supply 
and Waste Disposal; CE 674, Stream Sanitation. 

In addition to programs in water supply and pollution control, students may 
major in hydraulics and hydrology. These programs are developed in conjunction 
with engineering science and mechanics and agricultural engineering. For further 
information write the Department of Civil Engineering. 



Electrical Engineering 

Daniels Hall 

Professor L. K. Montieth, Head of the Department 

Professor W. D. Stevenson Jr., Associate Head of the Department 

Professors: W. J. Barclay, A. R. Eckels, W. A. Flood, J. R. Hauser, N. F. J. Mat- 
thews, J. B. O'Neal Jr., D. R. Rhodes, J. Staudhammer, F. J. Tischer; Adjunct 
Professors: G. K Megla, J. J. Wortman; Professor Emeritus: G. B. Hoadley; 
Associate Professors: N. R. Bell, W'. T. Easter, J. W. Gault, T. H. Glisson, A. J. 
Goetze, M. A. Littlejohn, E. G. Manning, W. C. Peterson, W'. P. Seagraves; 
Adjunct Associate Professors: E. Christian, J. D. Spragins, M. G. Zaalouk; 
Associate Professors Emeriti: K. B. Glenn, E. W. Winkler; Assistant Profes- 
sors: L. R. Herman, J. F. Kauffrnan, G. G. Reeves, A. T. Shankle, R. W. Stroh; 
Adjunct Assista^it Professors: S. G. Burgiss, D. A. Cotter, J. R. Suttle 

Electrical engineering includes such specialized fields as communications, digital 
systems, electric power, electronics and microwave engineering. The student is 
prepared for any of these professional activities by starting with a thorough 
grounding in engineering science followed by fundamental electrical theory and 
advanced subject matter. The advanced subject matter is offered through elective 
courses which emphasize antennas, radio wave propagation, automatic control, 
digital systems, communications, telemetering, electronics, the design of electrical 
and electronic systems, electrical power production, the utilization of electric power, 
electronics in medicine, instrumentation, semiconductor devices, integrated circuits, 
and other vital and rapidly developing concerns. By appropriate choice of elective 
courses a student may follow a suggested program in one of the specialized fields of 
electrical engineering or may choose electives to achieve an individualized program 
of study. 



122 



Cl'RRIClLLM 

The curriculum in electrical engineering includes comprehensive training in 
mathematics and physics — fundamental sciences — and adequate training in allied 
branches of engineering. The electrical engineering courses specified in the cur- 
riculum during the sophomore and junior years provide the fundamental electrical 
theory for all EE majors. Specialization is achieved primarily during the senior 
year through appropriate choices of elective courses. Most courses are accompanied 
by coordinated work in the laboratory and by application of theory in the solutions 
to carefully planned problems. Laboratories are for the study of servomechanisms 
and control, electronics and communications, circuits, instrumentation, computers, 
microwaves, antennas, electromagnetic fields and waves, electric filters and elec- 
trical machinery. Also there are a number of research laboratories, especially in 
semiconductor materials and devices, computers and electromagnetics. 

Each student, with a faculty adviser's assistance, is required to plan a coordi- 
nated program which will meet the requirements for a Bachelor of Science in 
electrical engineering. Qualified students may coordinate their senior year with a 
plan for graduate study (see degrees, pages 12-14). 

In addition to School of Engineering graduation requirements, attendance at two 
professional electrical engineering society meetings, one in the junior year and one 
in the senior year, is required. 

Also a minimum of six continuous weeks of gainful employment is required. A 
wide variety of employment may be used, but technical work while in militai-y 
service or for a school does not satisfy this requirement. Evidence of employment 
will consist of a letter from the employer setting forth inclusive dates of employ- 
ment, character of work performed and an evaluation of the student's work. 

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 

For the freshman year see page 115. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

EE 201 Electric Circuits I 4 EE 202 Electric Circuits II 4 

Humanities & Social Science* 3 ESM 205 Principles of Engineering 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and Mechanics 3 

Calculus III 4 Humanities & Social Science* 3 

PY 208 General Physics 4 MA 301 Applied Differential Equations I . . 3 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 

16 14 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

EE 303 Electromagnetic Fields I 3 EE 304 Electromagnetic Fields II 3 

EE 314 Electronic Circuits 4 EE 305 Electromechanical Systems 4 

ESM 301 Mechanics of Solid EE 401 Advanced Electric Circuits 3 

or Humanities & Social Science* 3 

ESM 303 Fluid Mechanics I 3 Free Elective 3 

Humanities & Social Science* 3 — 

Free Elective 3 16 

16 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

EE 440 Fundamentals of Digital Systems .. 3 ENG 321 The Communication of Technical 

Departmental Elective** 3 Information 3 

Humanities & Social Science* 3 Departmental Elective** 3 

MA, PY or ST Elective 3 Humanities & Social Science* 3 

Free Elective 3 MAE 301 Engineering Thermodynamics I . 3 

— Free Elective 3 



15 



15 
Total Hours for Graduation 124 



* A total of 21 hours in the humanities and social sciences, including either UNI 401 or UNI 402, is 
required. The other hours will be according to the standard school program. 
*• Chosen from an approved list of EE 400- and 500-level course sequences. 

123 



Engineering Operations 

RiddickHall 

Associate Professor W. T. Easter, Director 

Engineers not only design equipment and stnactures; they operate and control 
production systems, perform management and supervision at all levels, plan and 
maintain plant facilities, and market technical products. These latter functions may 
be grouped together under the general term "operations" — the ongoing tasks of 
providing needed goods and services in an economical, safe and healthful manner. 
Engineering careers in operations are well suited to people who have interest in 
both technical and business matters and who find satisfaction in accomplishing 
objectives through working with people. 

CURRICULUM 

Engineering operations is an interdepartmental program of study leading to the 
Bachelor of Science degree. Starting with a foundation of basic arts and sciences, 
the curriculum builds a thorough gi'ounding in general engineering fundamentals 
and applications along with a strong introduction to the concepts and practices of 
business management. Additional depth in an area of the student's choice is pro- 
vided by a technical elective sequence taken in the junior and senior years. Three 
standard sequences — production conti'ol, industrial ceramics and electrical — are 
presently available, and others in occupational safety and health and engineering 
management are being planned. Alternatively, the student may take a special 
sequence tailored to individual needs. 

JOINT PROGRAMS 

The School of Engineering operates joint programs in engineering operations 
(production sequence) with the Universities of North Carolina at Asheville and at 
Wilmington. A student at either school can complete up to 90 of the 128 credits 
before transferring to North Carolina State University. The remaining 38 credits 
can often be completed in one calendar year. Additional details are given in the 
UNC-A and UNC-W catalogs. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Engineering operations graduates find careers not only in manufacturing com- 
panies, but also in the military services, governmental agencies and in service 
firms such as utilities, contractors, consultants, financial institutions and trans- 
portation companies. 

Those who wish further education typically go into master's programs in manage- 
ment or business administration; some, however, enter related graduate engineer- 
ing programs or other professional schools such as law and medicine. 

ENGINEERING OPERATIONS CURRICULUM 

For the freshman year see page 115. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry & MAT 201 Structure and Properties of 

Calculus III 4 Engineering Materials 3 

PY 208 General Physics 4 ACC 260 Accounting I — Concepts of 

ESM 211 Introduction to Applied Financial Reporting '^3 

Mechanics 3 ESM 212 Mechanics of Engineering 

E 207 Engineering Graphics III 2 Materials 3 

Humanities and Social Sciences* 3 Humanities and Social Sciences* 3 

Physical Education 1 Free Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 

16 



124 



17 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 
MAE 307 Energy and Energy 

Transformations 3 

ST 361 Introduction to Statistics 

for Engineers 3 

ACC 262 Managerial Uses of Cost Data ... 3 

CSC 111 Algorithmic Languages I 2 

Technical Sequence** 3 

Humanities and Social Sciences* 3 



17 



Credits 



Spring Semester 

EE 350 Electric Power Utilization in 

Manufacturing Processes 3 

Engineering Economy 3 

Manufacturing Processes 3 

Technical Sequence** 3 

Free Elective 3 



15 



IE 301 
IE 328 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 

EC 202 Economics II 



Credits 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



EC 326 Personnel Management 3 

EO 491 Seminar in Engineering 

Operations 1 

Technical Sequence** 6 

Humanities and Social Sciences* 3 

Free Elective 3 



16 



IE 420 Manufacturing Controls 3 

Technical Sequence** 6 

Humanities and Social Sciences* 3 

Free Elective 3 

15 

Total Hours for Graduation 128 

(125 with the electrical sequence) 



* Courses in the humanities and social sciences are to follow the standard plan for the School of 
Engineering. See pages 112-115. 
** Students may follow a standard or an approved individualized technical elective sequence as 
outlined below. 



TECHNICAL ELECTIVE SEQUENCES 

JUNIOR F S 

1. Production: (total 19 credits) 

EC 332 Industrial Relations 3 

IE 443 Quality Control 3 

3 3 

2. Industrial Ceramics: (total 19 credits) 

MAT 311 Ceramic Processing I 4 

MAT 312 Ceramic Processing II 3 

4 3 

3. Electrical: (total 18 credits) 

EE 350 Electric Power Utilization 

in Manufacturing Processes (3) will 

not be taken. 

EE 201, 202 Electric Circuits I, II . ..4 4 

4 4 

4. Individualized: (total 18 credits) 

Tailored to the specific needs of individual 
students. See the program director for further 
information. 



SENIOR F S 

IE 332 Motion & Time Study 4 

IE 343 Plant Layout and Materials 

Handling 3 

Technical Electives 3 3 

7 6 

MAT 417 Ceramic Subsystem Design ... 3 

Technical Electives 6 3 

6 6 

EE 314 Electronic Circuits 4 

EE 440 Fundamentals of Digital 

Systems 3 

EE Elective 3 

4 6 



Engineering Science and Mechanics 

RiddickHall 

Professor P. H. McDonald Jr., Head of the Department 

Professor R. A, Douglas, Associate Head of the Department 



125 



Professors: T. S. Chang, J. A. Edwards, E. G. Humphries; Professor Emeritus: 
A. Mitchell; Associate Professors: W. L. Bingham, M. H. Claj-ton, E. D. Gurley, 
Y. Horie, C. J. Maday, F. Y. Sorrell Jr.; Assistayit Professors: W. L. Liddell Jr., 
T. E. Smith Jr.; Assistant Professor and Extensioii Specialist: H. M. Eckerlin; 
Adjxinct Assistant Professors: D. I. McRee, M. T. Mettrey 

Engineering Science and Mechanics' educational program aims at: 1) basic 
preparation in mechanics, materials, electromagnetics, themiodynamics, and sys- 
tems studies, 2) understanding the principal technological and scientific ideas on 
which contemporary society depends for its sustenance and gi'owth, and 3) a 
curriculum flexible enough to allow the students to pursue personal plans to needed 
levels of professional competence. 

Graduates of this program are employed as lone investigators at universities, 
government laboratories and corporate research establishments. Others work as a 
member of a group or team assembled to pursue specific goals and tasks. Still 
others are self-employed, either as members of professional consulting firms or 
as managers or owners of business firms in a broad field of activities which includes 
services, product development and research. A number of these graduates have 
pioneered in originating and synthesizing new branches of human endeavor both in 
new areas of knowledge and in new forms of service to society. 

CURRICULUM 

In addition to "timeless" engineering subjects, the curriculum can be flexible 
through use of electives. Each student is aided in developing a program suited to 
one's own needs and desires while planned sequences of electives insure that the 
total program strength is not sacrificed to momentary interest. 

The undergraduate curriculum involves study of the behavior of particles and 
systems of rigid and deformable solids. It treats fluids, the microscopic and macro- 
scopic behavior of materials, thermodynamics and transport phenomena. Supporting 
courses introduce electromagnetic circuits and electronics in addition to mathe- 
matics, classical and modern physics, chemistiy and humanities and social studies. 

In the senior year, the student conducts independent studies in real engineering 
systems bearing high relevance to the profession and to society. 

Learning is aided by such devices as accelerometers, hot wire anemometers, 
pressure probes, strain gages and associated recording equipment. Interferometry, 
birefringence and other optical techniques are used to study the behavior of solids, 
fluids and plasmas. Laboratories are equipped with pulsed and continuous wave 
lasers as well as ultra high speed cameras capable of "freezing" impact phenomena 
in solids and shock wave radiation phenomena in plasmas. A unique facility is a 
hypervelocity gun, capable of accelerating projectiles to velocities near five miles 
per second. 

For graduate degrees, see pages 12-14. 

ENGINEERING SCIENCE AND MECHANICS CURRICULUM 

For the fi*eshman year see page 115. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ESM 205 Principles of Engineering ESM 305 Engineering E>ynamics 3 

Mechanics 3 MAT 201 Structure and Properties of 

ESM 206 Introductory Applications in Engineering Materials 3 

Mechanics 1 MA 301 Applied Differential Equations I . . 3 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and PY 202 General Physics 4 

Calculus III 4 Humanities and Social Science** 3 

PY 201 General Physics 4 Physical Education 1 

EE 201 Electric Circuits I 4 — 

Physical Education 1 17 



126 



Jl'NIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Sjiring Semester Credits 

ESM 307 Solid Mechanics I 3 Technical Elective (Stem A)* 3 

ESM 303 Fluid Mechanics I 3 technical Elective (Stem B)* 3 

Technical Elective (Stem C)* 3 

MA 401 Applied Differential Free Elective 3 

Equations II 3 Humanities and Social Science** 3 

ESM 311 Experimental Engineering — . 

Science I 3 15 

Humanities and Social Science** 3 

15 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Sjiring Semester Credits 

ESM 411 Engineering Cybernetics I 3 ESM 412 Engineering Cybemetics II 3 

Technical Elective (Stem A)* 3 ESM 415 Engineering Science in 

Technical Elective (Stem B)* 3 Contemporai-y Design 2 

Technical Elective (Stem O* 3 Free Elective 6 

Humanities and Social Science** 3 Humanities and Social Science** 3 

15 14 

Total Hours for Graduation 125 



* Technical Elective Stems: 
These courses will be selected in consultation with the adviser; from several bixjad interdepart- 
mental groups, according to the individual student's educational objectives. The grouped subject 
areas include: 

Stem A: fluid mechanics, thermodynamics, heat and mass transfer 
Stem B: solid mechanics, dynamics, materials 

Stem C; general, such as, mathematics, electronics, electromagnetics, systems, structures, 
biomechanics, geosciences 
** See pages 112-115 for information about the humanities and social science sequence. 



Industrial Engineering 

Riddick Engineering Laboratories 

Professor W. A. Smith Jr., Head of the Department 

Professor S. E. Elmaghraby, Associate Head of the Department 

Professors: C. A. Anderson, J. R. Canada, R. G. Carson Jr., R. W. Llewell^m, R. G. 
Pearson, A. L. Prak; Associate Professors: R. E. Alvarez, R. H. Bemhard, J. J. 
Harder, H. L. W. Nuttle; Assistant Professors: M. A. Ayoub, M. J. Magazine, 
G. E. Tucker; Adjunct Assistant Professor: K. R. Baker; Instructor: D. J. 
Kulonda 

The industrial engineer designs, improves and installs integrated systems of 
people, materials, equipment, and information. One draws upon specialized knowl- 
edge and skill in the mathematical, physical and social sciences, together with the 
principles and methods of engineering analysis and design to specify, predict and 
evaluate the results to be obtained from these systems. The industrial engineer 
may design work and control systems for many diverse activities, such as a hospital, 
a department store, a manufacturing enterprise, an insurance office or goveiTiment 
functions. His position in an organization is usually as a management adviser in 
contact with every phase of the organization. 

The curriculum blends a basic group of common engineering technical courses 
with specialized courses in the major areas of industrial engineering — design of 
man and machine systems, design of management control systems, and improvement 
of manufacturing operations. The course offerings stress mathematical and statis- 
tical techniques of industrial systems analysis; quantitative methodologies of 



127 



operations research; computers as a tool for problem solving and simulation; 
economic considerations of alternatives; control of product or service quality and 
quantity; specifications of the manufacturing process including the equipment and 
tooling; and the utilization of safety and human factors engineering principles. 

Industrial engineering's undergraduate program leads to a Bachelor of Science 
d^ree in industrial engineering. For graduate degrees, see pages 12-14. The 
department also offers a Bachelor of Science in furniture manufacturing and 
management which is described on pages 129-130. 

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING CIT^RICULUM 



For the freshman year see page 115. 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



IE 200 Introduction to Industrial 

Engineering 1 

Hunnanities and Social Science* 3 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry & Calculus III . 4 
MAT 201 Structures & Properties of 

Engineering Materials 3 

PY 208 General Physics 4 

Physical Education 1 



16 



Spring Semester Credits 

ESM 205 Principles of Engineering 

Mechanics 3 

Humanities and Social Science* 3 

IE 311 Engineering Economic Analysis ... 3 
MA 301 Applied Differential 

Equations I 3 

ST 371 Introduction to Probability & 

Statistics 4 

Physical Education 1 



17 



F<Ul Semester 



JUNIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 



CSC 111 Algorithmic Languages I 2 

IE 351 Manufacturing Engineering 3 

IE 353 Statistical Quality Control 3 

IE 361 Quantitative Methods in 

Industrial Engineering 3 

Engineering Mechanics Elective 3 

Humanities and Social Science* 3 



Credits 



ACC 260 Accounting I — Concepts of 

Financial Reporting 3 

IE 352 Work Analysis & Design 3 

IE 354 Human Factors Engineering 3 

IE 401 Industrial Engineering 

Analysis I 3 

Free Elective 3 



17 



15 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

EE 331 Principles of Electrical 

Engineering 3 

EE 339 Principles of Electrical 

Engineering Lab I 1 

MAE 301 Engineering Thermodynamics I . 3 

Advised Technical Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 

Humanities and Social Science* 3 



16 



Spring Semester Credits 

IE 421 Data Processing & Production 

Control Systems 3 

Advised Technical Elective 3 

Engineering Science Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 

Humanities and Social Science* 3 

15 
Total Hours for Graduation 128 



See pages 112-115 for information about the humanities electives. 



PROFESSIONAL STUDY 

A professional degree can be gained in a fifth year of study. Each student in 
consultation with his or her adviser selects a specialty and develops a program of 
study. Common specialties include production engineering, management decision- 
systems, or management engineering. Regulations concerning the professional 
programs are shown on pages 135-136. 



128 



Furniture Manufacturing and Management 

James T. Ryan Professor Anco L. Prak, In Charge 

Instmictor: T. W. Myers; Furniture Extension Specialist: E. L. Clark 

The furniture industry ranks second only to the automobile as a producer of 
consumer durable goods. The industry is the second largest industrial employer in 
North Carolina and produces over 25 per cent of the furniture made in the U.S.A. 
The industry is changing rapidly with the introduction of mechanization, new 
materials and sophisticated management controls. 

The furniture manufacturing and management program is the only one of its 
kind in the country. It receives industry support and guidance. Plant and market 
field trips combined with project type instruction give students in-depth under- 
standing of manufacturing. The faculty keeps abreast of industry problems through 
close contact with the Southern Furniture Manufacturers Association and by doing 
applied research and extension work. 

The cooperative education program is well suited to the furniture manufacturing 
and management curriculum. 

CURRICULUM 

The degree of Bachelor of Science in furniture manufacturing and management 
prepares graduates for technical and managerial positions in the industry. 

The curriculum stresses the application of engineering and technology to furni- 
ture manufacturing. Related subjects such as management, accounting and economic 
analysis cover the business side of modern furniture production systems. 

In addition to academic course work, a minimum of six weeks of continuous, 
gainful employment in a furniture manufacturing plant is required. Usually, such 
employment is between the junior and senior years. 

FURNITURE MANUFACTURING AND MANAGEMENT CURRICULUM 

For the fi^eshman year see page 115. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

FcUl Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

E 240 Furniture Graphics 3 CSC 111 Algorithmic Languages I 2 

PY 212 General Physics 4 IE 241 Furniture Manufacturing 

SP 231 Expository Speaking 3 Processes I 3 

Humanities and Social Science* 3 ST 361 Introduction to Statistics for 

Physical Education 1 Engineers 3 

— WPS 201 Wood Structure & Properties .... 3 
14 Humanities and Social Science* 3 

Physical Education 1 

15 

SUMMER PRACTICUM 

Credits 
WPS 205 5 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

IE 321 Business Data Processing 3 IE 301 Engineering Economy 3 

IE 332 Motion and Time Study 4 IE 341 Furniture Plant Layout & 

IE 340 Furniture Manufacturing Design 3 

Processes II 4 IE 443 Quality Control 3 

Humanities and Social Science* 3 Advised Elective 3 

— Free Elective 3 



14 



15 



129 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ACC 260 Accounting I — Concepts of EC 326 Personnel Management or 

Financial Reporting 3 EC 332 Industrial Relations 3 

IE 420 Manufacturing Contiols 3 Advised Elective 3 

IE 440 Furniture Manufacturing Analysis . 3 Free Elective 6 

Advised Elective 4 Humanities and Social Science* 3 

Humanities and Social Science* 3 — 

— 15 

^^ Total Hours for Graduation 126 



* See pages 112-115 for information about the humanities electives. 

Materials Engineering 

Page Hall 

Professor- W. W. Austin Jr., Head of the Department 

Professors: J. R. Beeler Jr., R. B. Benson Jr., A. A. Fahmy, J. K Magor, C. R. 
Manning Jr., K. L. Moazed, H. Palmour III, H. H. Stadelmaier, R. F. Stoops; 
Adjunct Professor: H. M. Davis; Associate Professors: J. V. Hamme, G. 0. 
Harrell; Adjunct Associate Professor: G. Mayer; Assistayit Professor: R. F. 
Davis; Adjunct Assistant Professor: J. C. Hurt; Special Lecturer: K R. 
Brose 

The Department of Materials Engineering offers education and professional 
development which qualifies graduates as technical and administrative leaders for 
industries and government agencies involved with design, development, selection 
and processing of engineering materials. Typical industries served by materials 
engineers are: aerospace, electrical and electronics, construction, nuclear power 
and transportation. 

CURRICULA 

The undergraduate curriculum is comprised of a three-year program of funda- 
mental courses followed by a fourth year in which the student chooses a specialty 
area: ceramic engineering, metallurgical engineering, polymeric materials, ma- 
terials processing, or materials engineering (general). A fifth year professional 
program is available for advanced work and further specialization in these fields. 

Graduate degrees are available, see pages 12-14, and consult the Graduate 
Catalog. 

Well-equipped laboratories aid research and instruction in: Aiiger spectroscopy, 
x-ray diffraction, differential thermal analysis, thermogravimetric analysis, elec- 
tron microprobe analysis, radiography, metallography, electron microscopy, me- 
chanical behavior of materials and nuclear fuel research. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Materials engineers job opportunities include those in research and develop- 
ment of new materials needed in the rapidly expanding fields of chemical, me- 
chanical, aerospace, electronic and nuclear technology. With the continued indus- 
trial development of the South and the State of North Carolina, opportunities are 
developing for materials engineers to play a vital role in maintaining state and 
regional progress. 

Professional training in materials engineering provides opportunities for employ- 
ment in industries producing or consuming essential products including metals and 
alloys, glass in all its forms, enamels and protective coatings for metals, structural 
clay products such as brick and tile, thermal insulators, electrical insulators, 
electronic devices,- plastics, and composite materials. 



130 



PROFESSIONAL STUDY 

In addition to the regular graduate progfram a fifth or professional year of post- 
graduate study is offered in materials engineering. This program of advanced 
course work leads to the degree of Materials Engineer. It is especially designed for 
students planning careers in consulting, production activities or in technical service 
and sales. Each program of study is individually designed. Reg:ulations covering 
professional study are shown on pages 135-136. 

MATERIALS ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 

For the freshman year see page 115. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Credits 
Fall Spring 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III 4 

MA 301 Applied Differential Equations I 3 

PY 208 General Physics 4 

Humanities and Social Science* 3 3 

MAT 201 Structure and Properties of Engineering Materials 3 

ESM 205 Principles of Engineering Mechanics 3 

EE 331, 339 Principles of Electrical Engineering & Laboratory 4 

Physical Education 1 1 

CSC 111 Algorithmic Languages I 2 

Elective 3 



17 17 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Credits 

Fall Spring 

MAE 301 or CH 331 Engineering Thermodynamics I or 3 

Introductory Physical Chemistry or 4 

MAT 301 Equilibrium & Rate Processes in Materials Science 3 

MAT 310 Physical Examination of Materials 3 

MAT 450 Mechanical Properties of Materials 3 

MAT 411, 412 Physical Principles in Materials Science I, II 3 3 

Humanities and Social Science* 3 3 

ESM 307 Solid Mechanics I 3 

Elective 3 



15-16 15 

SENIOR YEAR 

Credits 
Fall Spring 

MAT 401 Materials Processing 3 

MAT 431 Physical Metallurgy I 3 

MAT 435 Physical Ceramics I 3 

MAT 423 Materi als Factors i n Design I 3 

CHE 325 Introduction to Plastics 3 

Humanities and Social Sciences* 3 

Technical Electives** 3 3 

Technical Electives** 3 

Free Elective 3 

15 15 
Hours Required for Graduation 126 or 127 



* Humanities and social science courses will be taken according to the standard pattern for the 

School of Engineering. 
'* Technical electives provide an identifiable specialty sequence in ceramic engineering, metallurgical 
engineering or materials engineering in general. 



131 



Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 

Broughton Hall 

Professor C. F. Zorowski, Head of Department 

Professor J. C. Williams III, Associate Head of Department 

Professors: J. A. Bailey, R. F. Barrett, F. R. DeJarnette, B. H. Garcia Jr., W. C. 
Griffith, F. J. Hale, F. D. Hart, H. A. Hassan, R. B. Knight, M. X. Ozisik, J. N. 
Perkins, F. O. Smetana, J. K. WTiitfield. J. Woodbum; Adjunct Professors: R. W. 
Graham, J. J. Murray, E. A. Saibel; Professors Emeriti: H. B. Briggs, J. S. 
Doolittle, R. M. Pinkerton; Associate Professors: E. M. .Atit>', 1. H. Hodgson, 
C. J. Moore Jr., J. C. Mulligan, L. H. Royster; Adjunct Associate Professors: 
E. S. Armstrong Jr., R. E. Singleton, E. C. Yates; Associate Professors Emer- 
iti: W. E. Adams, \V. S. Bridges; Assistant Professors: J. R. Bailey, J. A. 
Daggerhart Jr., T. H. Pierce, W. F. Reiter Jr.; Adjutict Assistayit Professors: 
G. L. Smith, J. S. Stewart, J. R. Yow; Assistant Professor Emeritus: T. J. 
Martin Jr.; Instructor: G. O. Batton; Extension Specialist : A. S. Boyers 

Engineers satisfy human needs through the application of scientific knowledge 
to convert natural resources and create new technical systems and processes. A 
prime motivation is to place these results within the economic reach of a vast 
segment of humanity. To identify and fulfill human needs, the modern engineer 
requires a sound educational background in basic science, mathematics, tech- 
nology and the humanities. The gap between the discoveries of science and its 
application to fulfill the technological needs of society is bridged by engineering 
science and technology. Departments of engineering educate students in these areas 
of applied science and the development of talents and skills in their application 
coupled with an understanding of the human and social aspects involved. 

Mechanical engineers specialize in the generation of power and the design of 
machines and processes that apply mechanical and thermal energy to useful pur- 
poses. Some areas of application include conventional and nuclear power generation; 
automotive and turbine engines; heating, air conditioning and refrigeration; 
air, sea, and land vehicles, machine tools, home appliances, manufacturing equip- 
ment, instrumentation and industrial controls; and pollution abatement systems. 

Aerospace engineering shares responsibility for many of the areas listed above 
but is principally concerned with the design and the analysis of the performance, 
stability, and control of modern aircraft, both commercial and private, and space 
vehicles. It also focuses on ground and airborne support equipment; solid, liquid, 
and electric propulsion systems, and aerod\Tiamics — the interaction between the 
vehicle and the atmosphere. 

Because of the close relationship between mechanical and aerospace engineering, 
both curricula are administered by one department. There is cooperation between 
the two disciplines in which responsibility for subject areas such as thermod.NTiamics, 
heat and mass transfer, vibrations, acoustics, fluid mechanics, propulsion and control 
theory is shared. 

The Bachelor of Science degree is available in both aerospace engineering and 
mechanical engineering. Graduate degrees are also offered, see pages 12-14, and 
consult the Graduate Catalog. 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING CI RRICl LIM 

For the freshman year see page 115. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and MAE 216 Elements of Mechanical 

Calculus III 4 Engineering 3 

PY 208 General Physics 4 MA 301 Applied Differential Equa- 

ESM 205 Principles of Engineering tions I 3 

Mechanics 3 ESM 305 Engineering Dynamics 3 



132 



Humanities, Social Sciences' 



Free Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 



CSC 111 Algorithmic Languages I 2 

Humanities. Social Sciences* 



Free Elective 3 

Physical Education ^ 1 



15 



Fall Semester 
MAE 301 



Engineering Thermo- 
dynamics 1 3 

MAE 305 Mechanical Engineering 

Laboratory I 1 

MAE 316 Strength of Mechanical 

Components 3 

EE 331 Principles of Electrical 

Engineering 3 

MAT 201 Structure and Properties of 

Engineering Materials 3 

Humanities, Social Sciences* 



Jl'NIOR Y'EAR 
Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MAE 302 Engineeiing Thermo- 
dynamics II 3 

MAE 306 Mechanical Engineering 

Laboratoiy II 1 

MAE 315 Dynamics of Machines 3 

EE 332 Principles of Electrical 

Engineering 3 

ESM 303 Fluid Mechanics I 3 

Humanities, Social Sciences* 



Free Elective 3 



16 



Free E lective 3 

16 



Fall Semester 

MAE 401 Energy Conversion 



SENIOR YEAR 
Credits Spriyig Semester 

MAE 402 Heat & Mass Transfer 



Credits 



or 



MAE 402 
MAE 405 



MAE 415 



Heat & Mass Transfer 3 

Mechanical Engineering 

Laboratory III 1 

Mechanical Engineering 

Analysis 3 

Departmental Elective 3 

Humanities. Social Sciences* 
or 

Free Elective 6 

16 



MAE 401 
MAE 416 



Enei'gy Conversion 3 

Mechanical Engineei'ing 

Design 4 

Depaitmental Elective 3 

Humanities. Social Sciences* 
or 

Free Elective 6 



Total Hours for Graduation 126 



Students may elect to take PY 201, 202 and 203 in place of PY 205. 20,x. Rearrangement of the 
schedule of courses to accomplish this will be worked out in consultation with the student's adviser. 



* See pages 112-115 for information concerning the humanities, social science sequence. 



AEROSPACE ENGINEERING CI RRICl LIM 

For the fi-eshman year see page 115. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



MA 202 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus III 4 

PY 208 General Physics 4 

ESM 205 Principles of Engineering 

Mechanics 3 

Humanities, Social Sciences* 
or 

Free Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 



15 



MAE 250 
MA 301 



Introduction to Aerospace 

Engineering 3 

Applied Differential 

Equations 1 3 

Engineering Dynamics 3 

Algorithmic Languages I 2 

Structures & Properties of 

Engineeiing Materials I 3 

Physical Education 1 



15 



ESM 305 
CSC HI 
MAT 201 



Fall Semester 



MAE 301 Engineering Thermo- 
dynamics 1 3 

MAE 355 Aerodynamics I ■. 4 



JINIORYEAR 
Credits Spring Semester Credits 
MAE 356 Aerodynamics II 4 



MAE 365 



Air-Breathing Propulsion 

Systems 4 



133 



MAE 361 Aerospace Vehicle Pei-formance . 'i MAE 371 Aerospace Vehicle Structures I . . 3 

Either EE 332 Principles of Electrical 

EE 201 Electric Circuits I Engineering 3 

Or EE 333 Principles of Electrical 

EE 331 Piinciples of Electiical Engineering Laboratory 1 

Engineering Humanities. Social Sciences* 

And Or 

EE 339 Principles of Electrical Free Elective 3 

Engineering Laboratory 4 — 

Humanities, Social Sciences* 18 

Or 

Free Elective 3 

17 

SENIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MAE 462 Flight Vehicle Stability MAE 479 Aerospace Vehicle Design 4 

and Conti'ol 3 Departmental Elective 3 

MAE 467 Rocket Propulsion 3 Humanities, Social Sciences* 

MAE 472 Aerospace Vehicle Struc- or 

tures II 4 Free Elective 9 

Humanities, Social Sciences* — 

or 16 



Free E lective 6 

16 



Total Hours for Graduation 129 



* See pages 112-115 for information concerning the humanities, or social science sequence. 

Nuclear Engineering 

Burlington Engineering Laboratories 

Professor T. S. EUeman, Head of the Department 

Professors: J. R. Beeler Jr, R. P. Gardner, R. L. Mun-ay, R. F. Saxe, L. R. 
Zumwalt; Associate Professors: J. R. Bohannon Jr., C. E. Siewert, E. Stam, 
K. Verghese; Extension Specialist: J. Kohl; Health Physicist: R. D. Cross; 
Reactor Engineer: F. J. Steinkruger 

Nuclear engineering is concerned with the engineering aspects of the control, 
release and utilization of nuclear energy. Nuclear reactors serve many functions — 
they serve as heat sources for economical electric power plants, are the basis of 
modern propulsion systems for ships and submarines, and produce fissionable and 
radioactive isotopes for a variety of peaceful applications. Nuclear methods are 
applied in medical diagnosis and treatment, scientific research, and the search for 
new resources. The nuclear engineering program educates individuals in scientific 
and engineering principles essential for effective and productive contributions in 
industrial, university, and government service. 

CLRRICILUM 

Nuclear engineers work in nuclear systems research, design, development, test- 
ing, operation, environmental protection, and marketing. The Bachelor of Science 
program prepares graduates for positions in industry or government laboratories or 
for gradutate study (see pages 12-14). The cuiTiculum incorporates basic sciences 
and engineering, with emphasis on mathematics and physics, followed by course- 
work in nuclear science and technology. Attention is given to the engineering 
design of nuclear reactors and nuclear radiation systems and to energy resources 
and environmental aspects of nuclear energy. 

Facilities for nuclear education include: a one-megawatt pulsing reactor (PUL- 
STAR), which can be operated at a steady state of 1 MW or pulsed to 2200 MW; a 



134 



cobalt-60 gamma source, 20,000 curies; solid state detectors and multi -channel 
analyzers for gamma-ray analysis; analog computers; digital computer, IBM 
System/360, Model 75; activation analysis laboratory; and high- and low-level 
radiochemistry laboratories. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Although the nuclear industry is relatively young, it already represents a major 
national effort. Reactor development and construction will continue to grow as we 
become increasingly reliant upon nuclear energy as a substitute for energy fi-om 
fossil fuels. Industrial applications of radiation will accelerate as the economic 
potential of such methods becomes even more finnly established. There continues to 
be a substantial need for nuclear engineers, especially by electric utilities, reactor 
manufacturers, and regulatory agencies. 

M CLEAR ENGINEERING CLRRICl LUM 

For the freshman year see page 115. 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



CSC 111 Algorithmic Languages I 2 

Humanities and Social Sciences* 3 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus in 4 

MAT 201 Structure and Properties of 

Engineering Materials 3 

PY 202 General Physics 4 

Physical Education 1 



17 



Spring Semester Credits 

ESM 200 Introduction to Mechanics 3 

Humanities and Social Sciences* 3 

MA 301 Applied Differential 

Equations I 3 

NE 201 Applications of Nuclear Energy . . 3 

PY 203 General Physics 4 

Physical Education 1 



17 



Fall Semester 

EE 331 Principles of Electrical 



Engineering 3 

ESM 303 Fluid Mechanics I 3 

MAE 301 Engineering Thermo- 
dynamics I 3 

PY 410 Introductory Nuclear Physics 4 

Free E lective 3 



16 



JUNIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 

EE 332 Principles of Electrical 



Credits 



Engineering 3 

Humanities and Social Sciences* 3 

MA 401 Applied Differential 

Equations II 3 

MAE 303 Engineering Thermo- 
dynamics III 3 

NE 302 Fundamentals of Nuclear 

Engineering 4 



16 



Fall Semester 

Humanities and Social Sciences* 3 

NE 401 Reactor Analysis and Design 4 

NE 402 Reactor Engineering 4 

Advised Technical Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 



SENIOR YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Advised Nuclear Engineering Electives 6 

Humanities and Social Sciences* 3 

NE 403 Nuclear Engineering Design 

Projects 2 

Free Elective 3 



17 



14 
Hours Required for Graduation 129 



* Humanities and social sciences sequence to be taken according to standard pattern for School of 
Engineering. 



Professional Program in Engineering 

The School of Engineering offers professional curricula leading to the degrees 
Chemical Engineer, Civil Engineer, Electrical Engineer, Industrial Engineer, 



135 



Materials Engineer, Mechanical Engineer and Nuclear Engineer. A progi'am of 
study is designed to fit the particular needs of each student. 

Professional course work is emphasized rather than research. The cuiriculum 
consists of a minimum of 30 credits making up a planned program designed to fit 
the student's objective. 

ADMISSION 

Applicants who hold the bachelor's degi'ee in engineering will be admitted to the 
professional program of the School of Engineering upon presentation of official 
credentials. For unconditional admission, these credentials must show the com- 
pletion, with a minimum grade-point average of 2.5 (C+), of an amount of under- 
graduate work in the proposed field of professional study corresponding to that 
normally required for a bachelor's degi-ee in that field. 

Admission on a provisional basis may be gi-anted applicants who do not meet 
the formal requirements. In case of insufficient preparation, prerequisite courses 
will be prescribed in addition to the normal program requirements. 

Application should be filed in the office of the dean of the School of Engineering 
at least 30 days in advance of the semester in which admission is sought. 

GENERAL REGl L.\TIONS 

The following regulations of the School of Engineering will be observed: 

1) An undergraduate enrolled at North Carolina State University who plans to 
undertake a professional program and who has fulfilled all requirements for the 
bachelor's degree except for a few courses, may be pemiitted to enroll in courses for 
credit toward the professional degree provided the student has given notice of his 
purpose to the dean of the School of Engineering. 

2) A limited amount of credit to be applied toward the requirements for the pro- 
fessional degree may be transferred to N. C. State from other institutions offering 
advanced work in engineering. Transfer of credit must be recommended by the head 
of the department in which the student does his major work and approved by the 
Dean of Engineering. 

3) Professional students are classified as post-baccalaureate students and are 
subject to rules and regulations established by the Dean of Engineering. 

4) Grades for completed coui'ses are reported to the Dean of Engineering and to 
Registration and Records. A minimum grade of "C" must be made in each course 
to obtain credit. A quality point average of 2.5 (C+) in all course work must be 
attained to satisfy requirements for a professional degree. 

5) Work completed more than six years prior to the date on which the profes- 
sional degree is to be granted may not be used as credit toward the professional 
degree, unless approved by the head of the department concerned and the Dean of 
Engineering. 

6) Each professional student will be assigned an adviser in his or her major area. 
The adviser assists the student in preparing a program of study and counsels him 
or her in academic work. The student is required to prepare with adviser's assist- 
ance, a complete plan of study before the end of the first semester in residence. 
This program of study is subject to approval by the Dean of Engineering. 



136 



FOREST RESOURCES 

Biltmore Hall 

E. L. Ellw(X)d, Dean 

L. C. Saylor, Associate Dean 

The management and utilization of the South's forest resources and products 
provide opportunities for challenging professional careers. Forests provide a variety 
of goods — timber, water, wildlife and recreation environments — vital to the economy 
and well being of North Carolina. Graduates of the School are qualified for pro- 
fessional positions managing forest lands, or producing the products or managing 
the services developed fi'om these lands. Emphasis is placed on natural renewable 
resource management because the wise use of the products and amenities that can 
be derived from forest lands is central to presei^ving environmental quality and the 
quality of life. 

North Carolina is an important forest state. Its 20 million acres of commercial 
forest land, comprising two-thirds of the State's land area, form the base for goods 
and services valued at approximately five billion dollars annually. Nearly 20 per- 
cent of the state's industrial labor force is associated with forest based organiza- 
tions; forests support the southern region's largest industry. New wood-using 
industries continue to move into the South, creating multi-billion dollar outputs. 
Similarly, recreational activities continue to expand as a result of growing popula- 
tion, affluence, mobility and leisure time. 

As a result of this gi'owth, forest based industries and governmental agencies 
need well-educated, technically competent personnel. 

Some of the programs in the School of Forest Resources are not duplicated in 
other Southern Universities, so the Trustees of the University and the Southern 
Regional Education Board have designated them as regional in nature. As a result 
no limit is set for enrollments of qualified out-of-state students. 

DEGREES 

The Bachelor of Science degree is conferred upon the satisfactory completion of 
any of the four-year undergraduate cuiTicula listed below. 

Graduate degrees offered include: Master of Science, Master of Forestiy, Master 
of Recreation Resources, Master of Wood and Paper Science and the Doctor of 
Philosophy. Applicants should consult the Graduate Catalog for additional infor- 
mation. 

CURRICULA 

Six curricula are administered in the School through its Departments of Fores- 
try, Recreation Resources Administration and Wood and Paper Science. These 
programs provide a broad education in the biological and physical sciences as well 
as a sound cultural background. Students are prepared for careers in the profes- 
sional fields of conservation, forestry, natural resource recreation management, 
recreation and park administration, pulp and paper science and technology, and 
wood science and technology. 

Freshmen have a nearly common core of courses during the first semester allow- 
ing deferment of the final selection of a cun-iculum for two or three semesters. An 
introductory course given during the first semester describes all cun'icula and 
career opportunities within the School. 

FIELD INSTRUCTION AND EXPERIENCE 

All students (except those in conservation) are required to present an equivalent 
of one summer of acceptable work experience. Students consult with their advisers 
as to what constitutes acceptable emplojinent. 



13" 



The sophomore summer camp is required for forestry students. This camp 
follows the sophomore year for resident students. Transfer students attend the 
camp after completing the junior year at North Carolina State University. 

Undergraduates enrolled in recreation resources administration complete a nine- 
weeks internship immediately following the completion of the junior year. 

Wood science and technology students attend a summer practicum following the 
sophomore year; transfer students attend following the junior year. 

Additional field instruction and scheduled trips to representative industries and 
agencies are required frequently as a part of regular class assignments. 

HONORS PROGRAM 

Students making exceptional academic records during their freshman year may, 
with faculty approval, foliow an honors program. Honors students develop more 
rigorous programs of study, frequently taking advanced courses in mathematics, 
chemistry, statistics and economics. With the adviser's consent honors students may 
substitute preferred courses for normally required courses in order to develop 
strength in special interest areas. Junior and senior honors students are encour- 
aged to undertake a special program of independent study which can involve a 
research problem. 

EXTENSION 

The Foresti-y Extension program, a part of the Agricultural Extension Service, 
is the largest program of its type in the United States. It serves landowners, 
industries and public agencies in the areas of forestry, recreation, wildlife and 
wood and paper. Its primary responsibility is promoting the application of new 
ideas developed through research and experience. 

In cooperation with the Continuing Education Division, short courses are offered 
in a number of fields to provide industry and government employees an oppor- 
tunity to keep abreast of modern developments in techniques and equipment. 

FACILITIES AND LABORATORIES 

A school library and most classrooms are housed in Biltmore Hall. Among special 
education facilities in Forest Resources are: 80,000 acres in forests including the 
Hofinann forest on the coastal plain and the Hill, Schenck, Hope Valley and 
Goodwin Forests in the Piedmont; and the Slocum summer camp for sophomores 
in Hill Forest, Durham county. Specialized laboratories unique to the South are 
the Hodges Wood Products Laboratory housing machining, gluing, finishing, pre- 
serving, testing and research laboratories, a sawmill, a dry kiln and a veneer 
lathe; and the Robertson Laboratory' with wood preparation, chemistry, pulping, 
testing and coloring laboratories, digesters and a small paper machine. 



Conservation 

(Also see Agriculture and Life Sciences.) 
M. G. Cook, Major Adviser, School of Agriculture and Life Sciences 
L. C. Saylor, Major Adviser, School of Forest Resources 

Conservation is wise use, pei-petuation, or improvement of natural resources for 
the long-term benefit of society. Rapid urbanization and industrialization, and 
increasing population, are increasing pressures on the use of land areas for food 
and fiber, for wood and water and for recreation. These trends require trained 
people to make sound judgments in natural resources management and use. 



138 



The Schools of Forest Resources and Agriculture and Life Sciences — with strong 
programs in forestry, recreation, wood and paper science, ecology, soils, wildlife 
and the basic biological sciences — jointly offer a baccalaureate program in conser- 
vation. Conservation graduates are trained in the basic concepts of several dis- 
ciplines to apply a conservation philosophy to problem-solving in a modern society. 

CURRICULUM 

Depending upon interests, students enroll in either Forest Resources or Agricul- 
ture and Life Sciences. All programs in conservation have common core courses; 
specialty areas or minors are developed through elective courses. 

Conservation provides a broad general education in natural resource manage- 
ment leading to a Bachelor of Science degree, rather than emphasizing technological 
aspects. Students desiring a more professional emphasis frequently combine the 
conservation program with a second degree. By the proper choice of electives, one 
may obtain a dual degree in fields such as botany, forestry, liberal arts, recreation, 
soil science, wildlife management and zoology. 

CONSERVATION CURRICULUM 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester 

ALS 103 Introductory Topics in ALS 



Credits 



FOR (WPS) 101 Introduction to Forest 

Resources 1 

BO 200 Plant Life 
or 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 

Humanity-Social Science Elective 3 

MA 111 Algebra & Trigonometry 4 

Physical Education 1 

16 



Spring Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemisti-y I 4 

ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

Humanity-Social Science Elective 3 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus A 4 

Physical Education 1 

15 



Fall Semester 



CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 

BO 200 Plant Life 



Credits 



CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 

GY 120 Physical Geology 2 

GY 110 Physical Geology Laboratory 1 

Humanity-Social Science Electives 6 

ZO 221 Conservation of Natural 

Resources 3 

Physical Education 1 



ZO 201 Animal Life 4 

English Elective 3 

Free Elective 4 

SSC 200 Soil Science* 4 

Physical Education 1 

16 



17 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

BO (ZO) 360 Introduction to Ecology 4 

Conservation Elective 3 

RRA 241 Recreation Resource Rela- 
tionships 3 

Humanity-Social Science Elective 3 

ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 3 



16 



Spring Semester Credits 

Biological Science Elective 3 

Conservation Elective 3 

Humanity-Social Science Elective 3 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

FOR 472 Renewable Resource 

Management 3 

17 



Fall Semester 



SENIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 



Biological Science Elective 3 

Conservation Elective 3 



Credits 



Biological Science Elective 3 

Conservation Elective 3 



139 



English Elective 3 Humanity-Social Science Elective 3 

ZO 353 Wildlife Management 3 Free Electives 6 



Free Electives 4 

16 



15 
Total Hours for Graduation 128 



* Students with non -technical interests niay substitute SSC 205 for SSC 200. 

Elective courses may be used for emphasizing subject areas in communication, 
soils, wildlife biology, education and other areas. 

Forestry 

Biltmore Hall 

Professor C B. Davey, Head of Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: F. S. Barkalow Jr., R. C. Brj-ant, A. W. Cooper, E. B. Cowling, J. W. 
Duffield, M. H. FaiTier, J. W. Hardin, C. S. Hodges Jr. (USPS), J. O. Lammi, 
T. E. Maki, G. Namkoong (USES), T. O. Perry, L. C. Saylor, R. R. Wilkinson, 
B. J. Zobel; Adjunct Professors: G. H. Hepting, N. E. Johnson, L. J. Metz, C. G. 
Wells; Professors Emeriti: W. D. Miller, R. J. Preston; Associate Professors: 
L. F. Grand, W. L. Hafley, D. H. J. Steensen, B. F. Swindel (USES), A. G. 
Wollum II; Adjunct Associate Professors: W. T. Gladstone, J. W. Koenigs, E. 
G. Kuhlman; Assistant Professors: L. G. Jervis, R. C. Kellison; Adjunct 
Assistant Professors: R. L. Blair, H T. Schreuder; Liaison Geneticists: J. B. 
Jett Jr., R. J. Weir; Teaching Technician: T. V. Gemmer; Research Associates: 
F. P. Hain, L. W. Haines; Research Assistants: W. D. Pepper (USFS), J. R. 
Sprague 

EXTENSION 

Professor W. M. Keller, In Charge of Forest Resources Extension 

Professors: J. C. Jones, F. E. Whitfield; Associate Professors: R. S. Douglass, W. T. 
Huxster Jr.; Leader, Forestry Section, E. M. Jones; Assistayit Professor: W. M. 
Stanton; Instructor: A. J. Weber; Specialist: L. H. Harkins 

CURRICULUM 

The forestry curriculum provides a general education and ti-aining in manage- 
ment of forest land resources. This curriculum requires knowledge of: basic survey- 
ing and use of aerial photographs to prepare maps; biology to identify plants and 
animals and to control their growth and reproduction; mathematics and biometry 
to sample and estimate timber and other resources of the forest; and economics 
and business management to evaluate and handle forest properties and business 
enterprises. 

The broad forestry curriculum emphasizes a solid background in chemistry, 
physics, mathematics, biology, and humanities and social science. It provides a core 
of general forestry, including a 10-week summer camp program immediately follow- 
ing the sophomore academic year. In the junior and senior years, courses deal 
directly with forest growth, forest land management and economic use of forest 
resources. By the beginning of the junior year, the student chooses an area of 
specialization and selects appropriate courses for that concentration. Three months 
of acceptable work experience are required for graduation with a Bachelor of 
Science degree in forestry. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Graduates are in demand by state and federal land-managing agencies, by indus- 
trial concerns growing wood as a raw material, and by other organizations and 



140 



agencies such as the agricultural extension service. Some graduates, after acquiring 
professional foresty experience, are self-employed as consultants and as operators 
or owners of forest-related businesses. 



FORESTRY CURRICULUM 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I* 4 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 

FOR (WPS) 101 Introduction to Forest 

Resourees 1 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus A* 4 

Physical Education 1 



17 



Spring Semester 

CH 103 General Chemistry II' 



Credits 

4 

ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

FOR 210 Dendrology-Gymnosperms 2. 

Humanity-Social Science Elective*** 3 

MA 212 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus B 3 

Physical Education 1 



16 



Fall Semester 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



English -Speech Elective 3 

FOR 211 Dendrology-Angiosperms 2 

EC 212 Economics of Agriculture 3 

WPS 202 Wood Structure & Pioper- 

ties I 3 

Free Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 



Credits 



SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

FOR 272 Forest Mensuration 3 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

Free E lective 3 

Physical Education 1 



16 



15 

SUMMER CAMP 

Credits 

FOR 204 Silviculture 2 

FOR 263 Dendrology 1 

FOR 264 Forest Protection 2 

FOR 274 Mapping & Mensuration 4 

FOR 284 Utilization 1 

10 
All students select a concentration by the beginning of the junior year at the latest. 



Fall Semester 



ENT 301 Introduction to Forest Insects ... 3 

ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 3 

FOR (WPS) 219 Forest Economy and 

Its Operation 3 

Humanity-Social Science Elective*** 3 

Concentration Requirements 4 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester Credits 

FOR 452 Silvics 4 

Humanity-Social Sciences Electives*** 6 

Concentration Requirements 3 

PP (FOR) 318 Forest Pathology 4 



17 



16 

SENIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester 

FOR 405 Forest Land Management 5 FOR 406 Forest Land Inventory and 



Credits 



Concentration Requirements 
Free Electives* 



Planning 6 

Concentration Requirements 10 



16 



Total Hours for Graduation 



16 

,139 



* The freshman year course offerings as shown here assume that entrance test scores suggest 
readiness for MA 112 and CH 101. Appropriate substitutions will be made when test scores indi- 
cate the need to start at a different level. 
** Students planning to take full-year courses in advanced chemistry will take CH 107 in place of 
CH 103. 
*** Elective must include at least 12 credits in humanities or social science: nine credits are com- 
pletely free of restriction. 



141 



FORESTRY FIELDS OF SPECL\LIZATIOX 

The concentrations in forestry include a) general forestry, b) business operations, 
c) forest biometry, d) watershed management, e) forest biology, f) wildlife manage- 
ment, g) harvesting operations, h) recreation, i) conservation and j) wood tech- 
nology. A student selects a concentration and schedules appropriate approved 
courses. 

DL AL DEGREE PROGRAMS 

Programs have been arranged with economics and business, entomology, rec- 
reation resources administration, soil science, and zoology, whereby students can 
obtain, in addition to the Bachelor of Science degree in forestry, a second 
Bachelor of Science degree in agricultural economics, conservation, entomology, 
natural resource recreation management, soil science or wildlife management. 
These joint programs usually require additional credits above the forestry con- 
centration and free elective credits. Depending upon ability, students may carry 
additional credits in their four-year program or by enrolling for an extra semes- 
ter or equivalent summer session. 

Recreation Resources Administration 

BiltmoreHall 

Professor T. I. Hines, Head of the Department 

Professors: W. E. Smith, R. E. Sternlofif; Associate Professors: L. L. Miller, M. R. 
Warren Jr.; Adjunct Associate Professor: J. S. Stevens Jr.; Associate Professors 
Emeriti: G. A. Hammon, C. C. Stott; Assistant Professors: H. K. Cordell, D. L. 
Erickson, P. K. McKnelly; Adjunct Assistant Professors: J. H. Brendle Jr., J. H. 
Moses; Adjunct Instructors: R. L. Buckner, W. C. Singletary Jr. 

Standards adopted by the recreation profession make college graduation a require- 
ment for professional recreation employment. North Carolina State University 
has facilities, staff, curriculum, program and an established reputation for com- 
prehensive professional education in recreation and parks education. 

The curricula of the Department of Recreation Resources Administration offer a 
broad general education background, basic professional and technical courses, and 
the opportunity to specialize in a particular field of recreation. Two curricula 
leading to a Bachelor of Science degree are available: recreation and park admin- 
istration and natural resource recreation management. 

RECREATION AND PARK ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM 

The recreation and park administration curriculum fulfills the needs of the 
graduate who will be employed by municipalities, governmental agencies, private 
agencies, industry and business and other private groups. General education 
courses are in biology, psychology, history and government, English, mathematics, 
chemistry and economics. Specialized courses are in accounting, statistics, research 
methods, landscape gardening and design. Professional courses, applying directly 
to the needs of the recreator and his profession, cover recreation philosophy, man- 
agement techniques and skills, fiscal operation, supervision, site planning, pro- 
gramming, administration, etc. 

A student may study the application of recreation to a particular environment by 
following these concentrations: 

Employee Concentration — A background in economics, personnel management 
and industrial psychology is necessary. 

Municipal Parks — Additional courses in applied biology, municipal government 
and community organization are required. 



142 



Institutional — Youth service agencies, corrective institutions and private agen- 
cies require that a graduate have emphasis in sociology and psychology. 

Public — To satisfy the needs of students planning to be employed by municipali- 
ties or counties, additional courses are required in government, community organi- 
zation and leadership. 

RECREATION AND PARK ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



BS 100 General Biology 4 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 

FOR (WPS) 101 Introduction to Forest 

Resources 1 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus A or 
MA 122 Mathematics of Finance & 

Elementary Statistics 4 

RRA 152 Introduction to Recreation 3 

Physical Education 1 



Spring Semester Credits 

EC 201 Economics I 3 

ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 3 

BO 200 Plant Life or 

ZO 201 Animal Life 4 

Physical Education 1 

Electives 3 



17 



16 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



RRA 215 Maintenance & Operations I .... 3 
RRA 241 Recreation Resource 

Relationships 3 

Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 

Speech Elective 3 

ZO 221 Conservation of Natural 

Resources 3 

Physical Education 1 



16 



Spring Semester Credits 

CH 111 Foundations of Chemistry 4 

FOR (WPS) 273 Quantitative Methods in 

Forest Resources 3 

Physical Science Elective 3 

RRA 216 Maintenance & Operations II ... 3 

Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 



17 



Fall Semester 



HS 342 Landscape Horticulture 3 

LAR 211 Introduction to Landsce^e 

Architecture 3 

RRA 358 The Recreation Program 4 

Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 

Sociology Elective 3 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ACC 260 Accounting 1 — Concepts of 

Financial Reporting 3 

RRA 359 Recreation & Park Supei-vision . . 3 

ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 3 

Concentration Elective 3 

Elective 3 



16 



15 



RRA 475 



SUMMER SESSION 
(9 weeks) 

Recreation and Park Internship 
SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

BO (ZO) 360 Introduction to Ecology 4 

RRA 453 Administrative Policies & 

Procedures 3 

SOC 416 Research Methods 3 

Concentration Elective 3 

Elective 3 



16 



Spring Semester Credits 

RRA 451 Facility & Site Planning 3 

RRA 454 Recreation & Park Finance 3 

Concentration Elective 3 

Elective 3 

Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 



Total Hours for Graduation 



15 
.137 



NATURAL RESOURCE RECREATION MANAGEMENT CURRICULUM 

Increases in natural resource-oriented recreation is evident throughout the nation. 
Highly motivated professionals with strong interdisciplinai-y backgrounds, trained 
to understand people's recreation wants and needs, and competent to make sound 



143 



judgments in planning and managing renewable natural resources for the optimum 
output of recreation benefits are needed. 

This curriculum provides professional competence in natural resource recreation 
management for employees of organizations, institutions, agencies or corporations 
concerned with the preservation, wise use and improvement of recreation resources 
and opportunities as they occur in the general forest environment. Graduates can 
serve with public or private agencies primarily with the more intensive phases of 
public outdoor recreation as they occur on extensive parklands and on other 
nonurban lands managed for the optimum output of diversified recreation oppor- 
tunities. 

NATURAL RESOURCE RECREATION MANAGEMENT CURRICULUM 



Fall Semester 



BS 100 General Biology 4 

E>IG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 

FOR (WPS) 101 Introduction to Forest 

Resources 1 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry & Calculus A . . 4 

RRA 152 Introduction to Recreation 3 

Physical Education 1 



FRESHMAN YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester Credits 

EC 201 Economics I 3 

ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

MA 212 Analytic Geometry & Calculus B .. 3 
ZO 201 Animal Life or 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 

SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 3 

Physical Education 1 



16 



17 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fcdl Semester 



Credits 



CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

RRA 241 Recreation Resource 

Relationships 3 

ZO 221 Conservation of Natural 

Resources* 3 

FOR (WPS) 273 Quantitative Methods in 

Forest Resources 3 

Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 



Credits 



Spring Semester 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

English Literature Elective 3 

Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

Physical Education 1 



16 



17 



Fall Semester 



JUNIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 



RRA 440 Recreation Resource Inventory 

and Planning 3 

BO (ZO) 360 Introduction to Ecology 4 

ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 3 

Controlled Elective 6 



16 



Credits 



RRA 441 Recreation Resources 

Development 3 

BO 403 Systematic Botany or 

FOR 210 & 211 Dendrology, Gymnosperms. 

Angiosperms** 4 

SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

Controlled Elective 3 

Elective 3 



17 



SUMMER SESSION 
RRA 475 Recreation & Park Internship 



Fcdl Semester 



RRA 4 42 Wildland Recreation 

Environments 3 

Controlled Elective 6 

Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 

Elective 3 



15 



SENIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester Credits 
RRA 454 Recreation & Park Finance 3 



Controlled Electives 6 

Electives 6 



15 
Total Hours for Graduation 138 



* Students of junior standing may elect FOR 4 72. Renewable Resource Management. 
** FOR 210 and 211 may not be taken in the same semester. 



144 



Wood and Paper Science 

BiltmoreHall 

Professor I. S. Goldstein, Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: R. M. Carter, E. B. Cowling, E. L. Ellwood, C. A. Hart, R. G. Hitchings, 
R. J. Thomas; Adjunct Professors: P. Koch, W. R. Smith; Professor Emeritus: 
A. J. Stamm; Associate Professors: H. Chang, R. C. Gilmore, J. S. Gratzl, W. T. 
McKean Jr., R. G. Pearson, R. H. Reeves, C. N. Rogers, D. H. J. Steensen; 
Adjunct Associate Professors: K. P. Kringstad, R. K. Stevens; Associate Profes- 
sor Emeritus: C. G. Landes; Assistant Professor: M. W. Kelly; Assistant 
Professor Emeritus: H. D. Cook; Teaching Technician: T. Gemmier; Asso- 
ciate Members of the Faculty: V. T. Stannett (Chemical Engineering), A. 
Prak (Industrial Engineering) 

EXTENSION 

Professor: A. C. Barefoot Jr., Leader, Wood Products Section; Associate Professor: 
M. P. Levi; Associate Professor Emeritus: L. H. Hobbs; Instructbrs: E. L. Deal 
Jr., S. J. Hanover; Specialist: R. C. Allison 

The wood industries have been a vital part of North Carolina's economy for over 
300 years. North Carolina ranks high in the manufacture of hardwood, plywood, 
and wooden furniture, rough lumber and railroad tie production and the manufac- 
ture of pulp and paper. The value of forest products produced annually in the state 
exceeds three billion dollars. Seventeen percent of the state's labor force is em- 
ployed in the wood industries. 

The Department of Wood and Paper Science offers two curricula leading to 
Bachelor of Science degrees — wood science and technology and pulp and paper 
science and technology — to educate persons for careers in the wood based and 
allied industries or in government agencies concerned with wood resources. Wood 
science and technology is concerned with the technical aspects of wood and its 
processing into reconstituted and manufactured products. Pulp and paper science 
and technology' deals specifically with wood fibers and their processing for paper 
and wood based chemicals. 

PULP AND PAPER SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 

Robertson Laboratory 

Professor R. G. Hitchings, In Charge 

This curriculum prepares people for technical work in the rapidly growing pulp 
and paper industry which ranks fifth among all American industries. This is pri- 
marily a Southern industry with over 60 percent of the nation's pulpwood produced 
in the South. Careers include process engineers, product development engineers, 
technical service engineers, quality control supervisors, process control chemists 
and production supervisors. After basic science courses, the students study in the 
specialized Robertson Pulp and Paper Laboratory in wood pulp processes, chemical 
and by-products recovery, pulp bleaching, and in the various papermaking opera- 
tions, such as refining, sizing, filling, dyeing, formation, coating and the converting 
of paper. 

Pulp and paper is a regional program approved by the Southern Regional Educa- 
tion Board as the undergraduate program to serve the Southeast in this field. 
Approximately 70 undergraduate scholarships are granted annually to students by 
more than 90 company members composing the Pulp and Paper Foundation. 



145 



All pulp and paper majors spend at least one summer working in a pulp or 
paper mill designated by the University. One hour of academic credit is granted 
after completion of 12 weeks of mill work and presentation of a satisfactory report. 
In addition to this minimum summer work requirement, students are urged to work 
in mills the two other summers between academic years to gain valuable practical 
experience. 

This curriculum leads to a Bachelor of Science in pulp and paper science and 
technology'. Three programs are available emphasizing the technological, engi- 
neering or scientific aspects of pulping and papermaking. The technology program 
provides a broad background for those students anticipating careers in mill opera- 
tions or with paper industry supplier organizations. Greater depth in the underlying 
scientific principles or their applications can be obtained from the science and 
engineering programs, which also provide a good foundation for graduate study. A 
fifth year program leading to a second degree, a Bachelor of Science in Chemical 
Engineering, is available. 

PULP AND PAPER SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY CURRICULUM 



TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM 



Fall Semester 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

ENG 111 Comp>osition and Rhetoric 3 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus A* 4 

WPS (FOR) 101 Introduction to Forest 

Resources 1 

Social Science-Humanity Elective** 3 

Physical Education 1 



16 



Spring Sernester Credits 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

WPS 242 Fiber Analysis 3 

MA 212 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus B* 3 

E 101 Engineering Graphics I 2 

Physical Education 1 



16 



* Honors students take MA 102, 201 and 202 
•* Basic economics course recommended 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fail Semester 



Credits 



Spring Semester 



CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry . . 4 

PY 211 General Physics* 4 

ST 361 Introduction to Statistics for 

Engineers 3 

Physical Education 1 

Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 



18 



Credits 

CH 315 Quantitative Analysis 4 

PY 212 General Physics* 4 

WPS (FOR) 273 Quantitative Methods in 

Forest Resources 3 

Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 



15 



* Honors students take PY 205. 208 



JINIOR YEAR 



Fcdl Semester 



Credits 



CH 331 Introductory Physical Chemistry .. 4 

CHE 301 Elements of Chemical 

Engineering 3 

WPS 211 Pulp & Paper Internship 1 

WPS 321 Pulp & Paper Technology I 3 

WPS 331 Introduction to Wood and 

Pulping Chemistry 1 

MAE 307 Energy & Energy Transfor- 
mations 3 

Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



Engineering Elective* 3 

CHE 302 Elements of Chemical 

Engineering 3 

WPS 322 Pulp & Paper Technology II 3 

WPS 332 Wood & Pulping Chemistry 4 

Free E lective 3 



16 



18 



* EE 331. .350. IE 301 or CHE 225 



146 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



WPS 471 
WPS 411 
WPS 491 



Pulping Pix)cess Analysis 3 

Pulp/Paper Unit Processes 3 

Senior Problems in Wood & 

Ps^er Science 1 

Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 

WPS 413 Paper Properties & Additives ... 3 

Technical Elective 3 



16 



Spring Semester Credits 

WPS 403 Paper Process Analysis 3 

WPS 412 Pulp & Paper Unit Processes II . 3 

WPS 463 Plant Inspections 1 

Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 

Technical Elective 3 



Total Hours for Graduation 



16 

.131 



PULP AND PAPER SCIENCE AND TECHOLOGY CURRICULUM 



SCIENCE PROGRAM 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

MA 102 Analytic Geometry & Calculus I . . 4 
WPS (FOR) 101 Introduction to Forest 

Resources 1 

Social Science-Humanity Elective* 3 

Physical Education 1 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

MA 201 Analytic Geometry & Calculus II . . 4 

E 101 Eng^ineering Graphics I 2 

WPS 242 Fiber Analysis 3 

Physical Education 1 



17 



16 



* Basic economics course recommended 



Fall Semester 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry & Calculus III . 4 

PY 205 General Physics 4 

Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 



16 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 



CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

MA 301 Applied Differential 

Ek]uations I 3 

PY 208 General Physics 4 

Free E lective 3 

Physical Education 1 



15 



Fall Semester 



JUNIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 



CH 431 Physical Chemistry I 3 

CH 432 Physical Chemistry I Laboratory . . 1 

WPS 211 Pulp and Paper Internship 1 

WPS 321 Pulp and Paper Technology I ... 3 
ST 361 Introduction to Statistics for 

Engineers 3 

CH 315 Quantitative Analysis 4 

Free Elective 3 



Credits 



CH 433 Physical Chemistry II 3 

WPS 322 Pulp and Paper Technology II ... 3 

WPS 332 Wood & Pulping Chemistry 4 

Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 

Technical Electives 4 



17 



18 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



WPS 471 
WPS 491 



WPS 413 



Pulping Process Analysis 3 

Senior Problems in Wood 

& Paper Science 1 

Paper Properties and 

Additives 3 

Social Science-Humanity Electives 6 

Technical Elective 3 



16 



Spring Semester Credits 

WPS 403 Paper Process Analysis 3 

WPS 463 Plant Inspections 1 

Free Elective 3 

Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 

Technical Hectives 6 



Total Hours for Graduation 



16 
.131 



147 



PULP AND PAPER SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY CURRICULUM 



CHEMICAL ENGINEERLNG PROGRAM 



Fall Semester 



FRESHMAN YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 



ENG 112H Composition and Reading* 3 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

WPS (FOR) 101 Introduction to Forest 

Resources 1 

MA 102 Analytic Geometry & Calculus I . . 4 

Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 

Physical E^lucation 1 



16 



E 101 Engineering Graphics I 2 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

WPS 242 Fiber Analysis 3 

MA 201 Analytic Geometry & Calculus II . . 4 

CSC 111 Algorithmic Langruages I 2 

Physical Education 1 



16 



* If not qualified, take ENG 111 and 112 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Credits 



Fall Semester 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

PY 205 General Physics 4 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry & Calculus III . 4 

CHE 205 Chemical Processes Principles ... 3 

Physical Education 1 



16 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

MA 301 Applied Dififerential 

Equations I 3 

CHE 225 Chemical Process Systems 3 

PY 208 General Physics 4 

Free Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 



Fall Semester 



JUNIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 



18 



Credits 



WPS 211 Pulp & Paper Internship 1 

WPS 321 Pulp & Paper Technology I 3 

CH 431 Physical Chemistry I 3 

CH 432 Physical Chemistry I Laboratory .. 1 

CHE 311 Transport Processes I 3 

Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 



WPS 322 Pulp and Paper Technology II . . 3 
CHE 315 Chemical Process Thermo- 
dynamics 3 

CHE 327 Separation Processes I 3 

WPS 332 Wood and Pulping Chemistry ... 4 

Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 



Fall Semester 



17 
SENIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 



WPS 471 
WPS 411 
WPS 491 



Pulping Process Analysis 3 

Pulp & Paper Unit Processes I . . 3 
Senior Problems in Wood & 

Paper Science 1 

Paper Properties and 

Additives 3 

Social Science-Humanity Electives 6 



16 



WPS 413 



Credits 

WPS 403 Paper Process Analysis 3 

WPS 412 Pulp & Paper Unit Processes II . 3 

WPS 463 Plant Inspections 1 

Technical Elective 3 

Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 

16 
Total Hours for Graduation 131 



WOOD SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 

Professor R. M. Carter, In Charge 

Wood science and technologfy is an applied science of an inter-disciplinary nature 
utilizing the natural sciences, mathematics, engineering and economics to under- 
stand wood and its processing. It is a materials science, but also involves industrial 
manufacturing and management The wood technologist's job is related to engi- 
neering; but, unlike the engineer, one's educational exposure to wood science 
makes one capable of applying knowledge in such wood processes as machining, 
seasoning, gluing and finishing. 

CURRICULUM 

Students study nature of wood as a natural resource and its processing by means 
of a systematic study of the properties of wood and the processes involved in its 
utilization and manufacture. 

The curriculum's flexibility enables students to specialize in areas of interest as 
they apply to the wood science and technology field. Sound mathematics and natural 



148 



science backgi'ound allows a materials science appi'oach to wood to develop con- 
currently with training in the processing technology of wood and wood based 
products and in decision making applied to wood product manufacturing. 

After the sophomore year students attend a six- week wood process laboratory 
practicum in the Brandon P. Hodges Wood Products Laboratory. Students then 
intern in industry or in institutional research. 

During the program's final two years, students choose a concentration in 
another discipline outside of the department. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The wood technologist's scientific engineering, industrial knowledge and specialty 
in the properties and behavior of wood qualify him or her for positions in today's 
modern wood manufacturing industries. 

Careers include industrial positions with companies manufacturing lumber, 
veneer, plywood, particle and fiber boards and consumer wood products such as 
furniture. Wood technologists are also in demand by suppliers to wood manufactur- 
ing industries, such as chemical and machinery companies. Policy making oppor- 
tunities are available with state and federal government in research, marketing 
or extension activities. 

Wood is a renewable biological resource requiring less energy for processing 
than other materials. Therefore, the wood technologist can help improve the 
environment by developing cleaner processes, working with a renewable resource 
and creating policies governing environmental development. 

WOOD SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY CL RRICl LUM 

FRESHMAN YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry & Calculus A* . 4 MA 212 Analytic Geometry & Calculus B* . 3 

CH 101 General Chemistiy I 4 CH 103 General Chemistiy II 4 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

WPS (FOR) 101 Introduction to Forest BS 100 General Biology or 

Resources 1 BO 200 Plant Life 4 

Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 Physical Education 1 

Physical Education 1 — 

— 15 
16 
SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

EC 201 Economics I or Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 

EC 212 Economics of Agriculture 3 WPS 203 Wood Structure & Properties II . 3 

PY 221 College Physics 5 WPS 220 Wood Protection 3 

Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 Concentration Elective 3 

WPS 202 Wood Stmcture & Properties I ... 3 Free Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 

15 16 

SUMMER PRACTICUM 

Credits 

WPS 205 Wood Products Practicum 5 

WPS 210 Forest Products Internship 1 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 

ST 361 Introduction to Statistics for WPS 302 Wood Processing II 3 

Engineers I 3 WPS 316 Wood-Polymer Principles 3 

WPS 301 Wood Processing I 3 WPS 344 Introduction to Quality 

WPS 315 Introduction to Wood-Polymer Control 3 

Principles 2 WPS 4 91 Senior Problems in Wood & 

Concentration Elective 3 Paper Science 1 

— Concentration Elective 3 



14 



16 



149 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 WPS 442 Wood Mechanics & Design 3 

WPS 4 34 Wood Operations 3 Concentration Electives 6 

WPS 441 Introduction to Wood Mechanics . 2 Free Electives 6 

WPS 4 91 Senior Problems in Wood & — 

Paper Science 2 15 

Concentration Electives ^ ^^,^^1 Hours for Graduation 129 

16 



♦Students with mathematical aptitude and interest are encouraged to substitute MA 102, MA 201 
and MA 202 for the mathematical sequence listed. 

FIELDS OF SPECIALIZATION 

The pro-am provides the opportunity to follow concentrations in a discipline 
outside the department to the extent of a minimum of 21 credit hours. The student 
may develop a second area of concentration which can be applied to the field of 
wood science and technology and which can also provide a base for subsequent 
graduate work in wood science and technology or in the concentration. Concentra- 
tions are available in: a) economics, b) quantitative analysis, c) biology and bio- 
chemistry, d) chemistry, e) harvesting operations and f) political science. Concen- 
trations other than those listed may be aiTanged through the department. 

Dl AL DEGREE PROGRAM 

A dual degree program is available with the Department of Economics and 
Business whereby students can obtain, in addition to a Bachelor of Science in 
wood science and technology, a second Bachelor of Science in economics. 

Additional credits beyond those required for the single degree program are 
necessary. Capable students can usually obtain additional credits within the four 
years of the regular undergraduate program. 



150 



LIBERAL ARTS 

R. O. Tilman, Dean 

W. B. Toole III, Associate Dean 

The School of Liberal Arts offers programs of study which lead to baccalaureate 
and advanced degrees in the disciplines comprising the humanities and social 
sciences, and also offers courses in these areas which are part of the programs of 
all undergraduate students in the University. In this way the University provides 
an opportunity for its students to prepare for a full life in professions and occupa- 
tions that require intellectual flexibility, broad knowledge, and a basic compre- 
hension of human beings and their problems. 

Nine departments are included in the School of Liberal Arts: economics and 
business (also a department in the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences), 
English, history, modern languages, philosophy and religion, physical education, 
politics, sociology and anthropology (also a department in the School of Agri- 
culture and Life Sciences) and speech-communication (as of July 1, 1975). 
Undergraduate majors are offered in economics, accounting, business manage- 
ment, English, history, French, Spanish, philosophy, politics, sociology, speech- 
communication, and multi-disciplinary studies. In some departments special con- 
centrations are available within major programs: e.g., writing and editing 
(English), criminal justice (politics or sociology), and social work (sociology). 
And a teacher education option is available in English, speech-communication, 
French, Spanish, and social studies (history, economics, politics, sociology). De- 
grees granted include the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Science, the Master 
of Arts, and the Doctor of Philosophy, as well as professional degrees in eco- 
nomics, politics, and sociology. 

In addition to the general University requirements, the student must present at 
least two units of a modern foreign language upon entrance. Students transferring 
from junior colleges are limited to 64 transfer credits plus physical education. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS PROGRAM 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ENG HI Composition & Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

History* 3 History 3 

Mathematics** 3-4 Mathematics 3-4 

Modern Language 201 (Intermediate) 3 Modern Language 202 (Intermediate) 3 

Social Science*** 3 Social Science 3 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 



16-17 16-17 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Sem,ester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Literature**** 3 Literature 3 

Natural Science***** 3-4 Natural Science 3-4 

PHI 205 Problems & T>'pes of Philosophy . . 3 Social Science 3 

Social Science 3 Elective 6 

Elective 3 Physical Education 1 

Physical Education 1 

16-17 



16-17 

JUNIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Natural Science 3-4 Major 9 

Major****** 6 Electives 6 

Electives 6 — 

15-16 



15 



151 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Major 9 Major 6 

Electives 6 Electives 9 

15 IS 

Total Hours for Graduation 124 

•A two-semester prog^ram including a course concerned with pre-industrial Western or non- 
Western societies (HI 204, 207. 208. 209. 215. 216. 263. 264 or 265). and another dealing with 
the United States or post-industrial Western societies (HI 205. 210. 211. 233, 241, 242. 243. 
244 or 272). 
** Two semesters for social science majors (MA 111-112 required for economics; MA 111-112 
recommended for sociology and politics but MA 115-116 permitted). For all other Liberal Arts 
majors either two semesters (MA 115-116 or MA 111-112) or one semester plus a course in 
computer science, statistics, or logic (MA 115 or MA HI and CSC 200. ST 311, or PHI 201). 
*** Twelve hours in at least two different social sciences, including a two-semester sequence (EC 
201-202; PS 201 or 202 plus any other politics course; SOC 202. ANT 252. or PSY 200 plus any 
other course in the same discipline). Six hours of social science must be taken in an area or 
areas outside of the one in which the sequence requirement is satisfied. 
**** A two-semester sequence which surveys English or American literature (ENG 261-262 or ENG 
265-266) or the literature of a modern foreign language (MLF 301-302; MLG 301-302; MLS 
301-302: MLR 303-304). 
***** A three-semester program consisting of a total of three courses from any three of the following 
disciplines: physics, chemistry, biological science, geoscience (geology, meteorology, oceano- 
gr^hy). Or an equivalent program with a two-semester sequence in biological science (BS 
100 or BS 105 plus another biological science), chemistry (CH 101-103) or physics (PY 231- 
232) and another course in natural science other than the one in which the sequence is com- 
pleted. 
****** Major requirements for the Bachelor of Arts range from 27 to 39 hours. Most of the major 
programs, however, call for 30 hours of work above the basic frehman courses in a discipline. 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE PROGRANI 



Fall Sem.ester 



CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 

Mathematics* 4 

Physical Education 1 

Humanities/Social Science Elective** 3 



15 



FRESHMAN YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 

CH 107 Principle 



Credits 



• of Chemistry 



or 



CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

Mathematics 3-4 

Physical Education 1 

Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 



14-15 



Fall Semester 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



PHI 205 Problems & Types of Philosophy . . 3 

Mathematics 3-4 

PY 205 or 211 General Physics 4 

Physical Education 1 

Modem Language/English Literature *** . . 3 



14-15 



Credits 

Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 

Course I — M^or**** 3 

Mathematics 3 

PY 208 or 212 General Physics 4 

Physical Education 1 

Modem Languages/English Literature 3 



17 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 
BS 100 General 



Credits 



Biology 4 

History or Philosophy of Science***** 3 

Course II- — Major 3 

Course III — Major 3 

Advanced Technology or Science 

Course I****** 3-4 



16-17 



Spring Semester Credits 

Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 

Course IV — Major 3 

Course V — Major 3 

Advanced Technology or Science 

Course II 3-4 

Zoology 201 Animal Life or 

BoUny 200 Plant Life 4 

16-17 



152 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Course VI — Major 3 Course VIII — Major 3 

Course VII — Major 3 Course IX (Seminar in Major) 3 

Advanced Technology or Science Course II .3-4 Advanced Technology or Science 

Electives 6 Course IV 3-4 

■ — ■ — Electives 6 



15-16 



15-16 
Total Hours Required for Graduation 127 



* One of the following four-course sequences: 1) MA 112. 212, 231, 232: 2) 102, 201. 202 and 231, 
301, 312, 405: 3) 112, 212, 114, 214. 
** Twelve houi-s in humanities and/or social sciences in aieas outside major discipline. 
*** Six hours of modern language and/or English literature at 200 level or above. 
**** Twenty-seven hours are required in economics, English, history, philosophy, or politics. 
***** One of the following: HI 322. HI 321, PHI 405, HI 341, or MA 433. 
****** A 15-hour concentration is required in some area of science or technology. 

COOPERATIVE EDUCATION IN THE B.A. AND B.S. PROGRAMS 

Cooperative Education in Liberal Arts seeks to broaden the student's intellectual 
horizons and at the same time provide an introduction to the world of business, 
industry, government, or finance in preparation for a cai-eer after ^aduation. The 
freshman and senior years are usually spent on campus while the sophomore and 
junior years are devoted to alternate periods of on-campus study and off-campus 
work. The student is paid by the employer for work experiences. Ordinarily the 
program takes five years to complete, but students who are willing to take an 
average of 18 hours a semester and attend summer school can finish in four years. 

Further information can be obtained from the Director of Cooperative Education 
in Liberal Arts (115-C Tompkins Hall). 

JOINT LIBERAL ARTS-ENGINEERING PROGRAM 

Some students may want to combine a Bachelor of Science in engineering with 
either a Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Ai-ts in liberal arts. WTien the two 
are carried along together, the double degree program can be completed in five 
years. Those interested should contact the Director of the Freshman Engineering 
Division and the Associate Dean of Liberal Ai-ts. 



Ex'onomics and Business 

(Also see agi'iculture and life sciences.) 

Patterson Hall 

Professor W. D. Toussaint, Head of the Department 

Professor B. M. Olsen, Assistant Head of the Depa)ime7it 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: A. J. Bartley, A. J. Coutu, E. W. Erickson, D. M. Hoover, L. A. 
Ihnen, G. D. Irwin (USDA), P. R. Johnson. R. A. King, G. A. Mathia, E. C. 
Pasour Jr., R. A. Schrimper, J. A. Seagraves, R. L. Simmons, J. G. Sutherland 
(USDA), C. B. Turner, J. C. Williamson Jr.; Adjunct Professor: D. R. Dixon; 
Professor EmeHti: E. W. Swanson, T. W. Wood; Associate Professors: D. S. Ball, 
J. B. Bullock, G. A. Carlson, J. S. Chappell, M. M. El-Kammash, R. M. Fearn, 
B. L. Gardner, H. C. Gilliam Jr. (USDA), C. W. Harrell Jr., D. N. Hyman, T. 
Johnson, C. P. Jones, E. W. Jones, F. A. Mangum Jr., R. J. Peeler Jr., R. K. 



153 



Perrin, J. C. Poindexter Jr., R. E. Sylla, J. W. Wilson; Assistant Professors: 
L. E. Danielson, L. M. Ennis Jr., A. R. Gallant, T. J. Grennes, J. S. Lapp, R. B. 
McBurney Jr., M. B. McElroy, L. B. Perkinson (USDA), W. P. Pinna; 
Assistant Professor Emeriti: J. C. Matthews Jr., O. G. Thompson; Instmctors : 
A.M. Beals Jr., W. W. Brooks, S. K. Happel, M. R. Hilliard, M. T. Holcomb, 
D. M. Holmes, J. M. Jeffreys, S. K. Palmer; Special Lecturer: W. P. Windham; 
Associate Members of the Faculty: W. D. Cooper (Textile Technology), D. L. 
Holley (Forestry) 

EXTENSION 

Professor F. D. Sobering, In Charge Extension Economics 

Professors: R. C. Brooks, G. L. Capel, D. G. Harwood, T. E. Nichols Jr., E. A. 
Proctor, C. R. Pugh, W. L. Turner, C. R. Weathers, R. C. Wells; Associate Pro- 
fessors: J. G. Allgood, R. S. Boal, R. D. Dahle, L. H. Hammond, H. A. Homme, 
J. E. Ikerd, H. L. Liner, D. F. Neuman, P. S. Stone; Assistant Professor: J. E. 
Easley Jr.; Assistant Professor Emeriti: E. M. Stallings, R. P. Uzzle; Instruc- 
tor: D. C. Pardue 

The economics and business program develops in the student critical and 
analytical skills which underlie the ability to understand contemporary prob- 
lems and institutions, both in their historical setting and under conditions of 
change. The curriculum furnishes the academic background necessary for posi- 
tions in industry, government service and graduate work (see pages 12-14 and 
consult the Graduate Catalog) in economics, business and the social sciences. 

The Department of Economics and Business offers degrees in several under- 
graduate fields of study. These include the Bachelor of Arts degrees in account- 
ing, business management, economics and the Bachelor of Science degree in 
economics. In addition, the department offers the social studies teacher education 
option to prepare the student for "A" certification in North Carolina secondary 
schools. 

The department is administered jointly by the Schools of Agriculture and Life 
Sciences and Liberal Arts. For information on agricultural economics, see pages 
65-68. 

The department also provides service courses for the various technical schools 
and the Division of Continuing Education. An increasing number of curricula now 
offer a minor program in economics or business. 

The department maintains a library including technical reference books, major 
professional journals and government publications. Research publications from 
other institutions throughout the United States are on file. Computational facilities 
are available for students whose research problems involve extensive analysis of 
data, as well as for those students who want to learn to use computer facilities. 
The department has a specially-trained clerical and programming staff and has 
access to an IBM System/370 Model 165 operated by the Triangle University 
Computational Center. Access is also available to other medium speed terminals 
and an IBM System/360 Model 40 located on the University campus. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ECONOMICS 

The Bachelor of Arts degree in economics consists of 27 hours in prescribed 
and elected courses. Of these, 12 hours are required in the core. The remaining 15 
hours are economics electives which are primarily society oriented. 

Credits Credits 

EC 301 Production and Prices 3 EC 490 Senior Seminar in Economics 3 

EC 302 Aggregate Economic Analysis: Restricted Electives in Economics 15 

Theory and Policy 3 — 

EC 317 Introduction to Methods of 27 

Economic Analysis* 3 



• ST 311, 361, or 371 may be substituted for EC 317. 
154 



BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ACCOUNTING 

The Bachelor of Arts degree in accounting consists of 39 hours in prescribed 
and elected courses. Of these, 12 hours are required in the core. The remaining 27 
hours are divided among six hours of electives in economics and 21 hours in 
accounting courses. 

Credits 



EC 301 
EC 302 



EC 317 



Production and Prices 3 

Agp-egate Economic Analysis: 

Theory and Policy 3 

Introduction to Methods of 

Economic Analysis* 3 



ACC 468 Professional Accountancy 

Resume 3 

Restricted Electives in Ex:onomics 6 

Accounting Concentration 21 



39 



* ST 311. 361, or 371 may be substituted for EC 317. 

BACHELOR OF ART IN BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 

The Bachelor of Arts degree in business management consists of 33 hours in 
prescribed and elected courses. Of these, 18 hours are required as the core. The 
remaining 15 hours are divided among six hours of electives in economics and 
nine hours from three of the five areas of business concentration. 



Credits 

ACC 260 Accounting I — Concepts of 

Financial Reporting 3 

EC 301 Production and Prices 3 

EC 302 AggT^ate Economic Analysis: 

Theory and Policy 3 

EC 317 Introduction to Methods of 

Economic Analysis* 3 



Credits 

EC 307 Business Law I 3 

EC 490 Senior Seminar in Exionomics 3 

Restricted Electives in Economics 6 

Electives from Areas of Business 

Concentration 9 



33 



* SI 311, 361, or 371 may be substituted for EC 317. 

SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHER EDUCATION OPTION 

The Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in economics, social studies teacher 
education option, consists of a modified economics major plus 24 hours of comple- 
mentary courses in history, sociology, anthropology and politics. Additional courses 
in psychology and education (including student teaching) in the 129 hour program 
complete the requirements for "A" certification. The social studies teacher educa- 
tion program is open to majors in economics, history, politics, and sociology and 
anthropology. Admission to the program, however, is limited to approximately 15 
students per semester. Applicants are selected on the basis of academic competition 
and dedication to teaching. 



Credits Credits 

EC 301 Production and Prices 3 Restricted Electives in Economics 15 

EC 302 Aggregate Economic Analysis: — 

Theory and Policy 3 Total Economics Courses 24 

EC 317 Introduction to Methods of Complementary Courses in History 

Economic Analysis* 3 and Social Sciences 24 

• ST 311, 361, or 371 may be substituted for EC 317. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE 

The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in economics consists of 27 hours 
in prescribed and elected courses. Of these, 15 or 18 hours are required as the core. 
Nine of the remaining hours must consist of economics electives. 



155 



EC 


201 


EC 


202 


EC 


301 


EC 


302 



27 



Credits Credits 

Economics I 3 EC 317 Introduction to Methods of 

Economics II* 3 Economic Analysis** 3 

Production and Prices 3 EC 490 Senior Seminar in Economics 3 

Aggregate Economic Analysis: Restricted Electives in Economics 9 

"Ilieory and Policy 3 

* EC 202 may be waived subject to the approval of the student's faculty adviser. 
** ST 311. 361. or 371 may be substituted for EC 317. 

ELECTIVE COURSES 

Students must complete at least two courses selected from the specified list of 
economics electives, the two intermediate theory courses (EC 301 and EC 302) 
and one of the basic statistics courses before enrolling in Senior Seminar (EC 490 
or EC 468). 

These electives, primarily society oriented are: EC 304, EC 370 (HI 370), 
EC 371 (HI 371), 410, 413, 422, 430, 431, 435, 436, 442, 448, 451, 475, 491, 501, 
502, 515, 521, 533, 540, 550, 551, 555, 561 (ST 561), 570, and 574 (SOC 574). 

Additional firm-oriented economics electives are available. These courses are 
often considered business courses and are intended to provide skills for dealing 
with problems at firm level. The areas of business concentration are: 

Finance: EC 304. 415. 420 
Business Management: EC 310. 525, 535 
Marketing: EC 311, 313. 430. 521 
Personnel: EC 326. 332. 431 
Production: EC 303. 325, 523, 551 

Courses from other departments may be used to fiilfill business concentration 
requirements upon approval of the Department of Economics and Business. 



English 

Winston Hall 

Professor L. S. Champion, Head of the Department 

Professor R. B. White, Assistant Head of the Department 

Professors: M. Halperen, A. S. Knowles Jr., B. G. Koonce Jr., F. H. Moore Jr., 
G. Owen Jr., W. B. Toole III, P. Williams Jr.; Professors Emeriti: L. C. 
Hartley, H. G. Kincheloe, R. G. Walser; Associate Professors: L. J. Betts Jr., 
P. E. Blank Jr., E. P. Dandridge Jr., J. D. Durant, J. B. Easley, H. A. Har- 
grave, L. F. Jeffers, W. E. Meyers, M. S. Reynolds, X. G. Smith, J. J. Smoot, 
H. C. West, M. C. Williams; Assistant Professors: B. H. Baines, M. M. 
Brandt, J. W. Clark Jr., V. C. Downs, A. H. Harrison, W. E. Haskin, M. T. 
Hester, J. A. Kilby Jr., R. A. Lasseter III, V. B. Lentz, D. M. Lucas, C. E. 
Moore N. B. Rich, J. M. Robertson, D. D. Short, J. N. Wall Jr., S. S. Ward, 
R. V. Young Jr.; Instructors: C. M. Blackman, J. H. Bolch, L. T. Holley, 
H. J. Joseph, R. A. Kemp, L. H. Mackethan, S. R. Ricks, K. S. Spears 

The Department of English offers basic and advanced courses in composition, 
language, and literature. The freshman courses, common to all curricula and pre- 
requisite to all advanced courses in English, are designed to give intensive training 
and practice in written communication, in addition to an introduction to literary 
types. Courses in communication of technical information and in creative and 
advanced expository writing are offered to meet requirements in special curricula 
and to provide elective credits. Advanced courses are available for a major in 
literature (Bachelor of Arts program), a major in English — writing and editing 
option (Bachelor of Arts program), and a concentration in literature (Bachelor of 
Science program), as well as for general electives. 

For graduate degrees, see pages 12-14. 

156 



B. A. PROGRAM, MAJORS IN ENGLISH 

Bachelor of Arts Degree Program — The student must schedule 36 semester hours 
beyond the usual six hours in freshman composition. Basic requirements include 
the sophomore survey of English literature, a course in Shakespeare, and at least 
one course in American writers. Beyond these courses, the student may pursue 
special interests within the limits of two recommended categories. In the final 
semester, a special seminar (ENG 496) will serve as a capstone to one's study. 

Bachelor of Arts in English — Writing and Editing Option — The student must 
schedule 30 semester hours beyond the usual six hours in freshman composition. 
Courses are included in journalism, technical writing, public speaking, radio, tele- 
vision, and literature. In the final semester, a special seminar (ENG 496) will 
serve as a capstone to one's study. Additionally the student must schedule 15-18 
semester hours in a track or discipline in which one wishes to apply communication 
skills. 

B. A. PROGRAM, TEACHER EDUCATION OPTION IN ENGUSH 

English majors may enroll in the teacher education option offered by the School 
of Liberal Arts in cooperation with the School of Education. Students who com- 
plete this program are eligible to apply for certification to teach English in 
secondary schools in North Carolina. The requirements of the program include 19 
semester hours in professional courses and 36 semester hours in English beyond 
the usual six hours in freshman composition. Students desiring to enter this pro- 
gram should declare their intention before the spring of the sophomore year and 
are required to file a formal application for admission which must be approved in 
order for them to participate. 

B. S. PROGRAM, CONCENTRATION IN ENGLISH 

Bachelor of Science Program — The student, in consultation with his department 
adviser, must schedule 27 semester hours beyond the usual six hours in freshman 
composition, including the senior seminar. 



Foreign Languages 

Harrelson Hall 

Professor A. A. Gonzalez, Head of the Department 

Professors: G. W. Poland, E. M. Stack; Associate Professors: F. J. Alfred, J. R. 
Kelly, M. Paschal, E. W. Rollins Jr., H. Tucker Jr.; Assistant Professors: T. P. 
Feeny, G. Gonzalez, W. M. Holler, D. R. Kloe, V. M. Prichard, C. R. Reynolds, 
S. E. Simonsen, J. H. Stewart, G. G. Smith; Instructors: S. de la Queriere, 
D. Girardi, K. Hughes, E. M. Jezierski 

MAJORS IN FRENCH OR SPANISH 

All the general requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree must be met, includ- 
ing either ENG 261, 262 or ENG 265, 266. Majors may not substitute courses in 
foreign literatures for these. Degree designations are: B.A. in fYench Language and 
Literature, B.A. in Spanish Language and Literature, French Language and 
Literature Teacher Education option and Spanish Language and Literature Teacher 
Education option. 

Bachelor of Arts degree. Students must complete 30 hours beyond the elementary 
courses (101-102), including a senior seminar. Majors must take 12 additional hours 
in related studies. This can be a second foreign language or courses, either in this 
or other departments, clearly related to the major concentration. 

B.A. program with Teacher Education Option. In collaboration with the School 
of Education, the department offers a program upon completion of which graduates 
may be certified as secondary school modem language teachers in the North 

157 



Carolina public school system. Candidates should advise their academic counsellor 
as early as possible for the proper planning of their curriculum. They should formally 
declare their intention by the spring semester of the sophomore year. 

No graduate degrees are given in modem languages, but special courses and 
certification examinations are offered for advanced degree students. 

History 

Harrelson Hall 

Professor B. \V. Wishy, Head of the Department 

Associate Professor i. P. Hobbs, Assistant Department Head 

Professors: B. F. Beers, M. L. Brown Jr., M. S. Downs, R. W. Greenlaw, D. E. 
King, S. M. Noblin; Professor Emeritus: L. W. Seegers; Associate Professors: 
W. H. Beezley, R. N. Elliott, W. C. Harris, J. M. Riddle, R. H. Sack, S. Suval, 
M. E. Wheeler; Associate Professor Emeritus: L. W. Earnhardt; Adjunct Asso- 
ciate Professor: T. W. Mitchell; Assistant Professors: J. R. Banker, C. H. Carlton, 
C. J. Constantin, C. W. Harper Jr., C. F. Kolb, H. D. xMetzgar Jr., D. M. Scott, 
E. D. Sylla; Instructors: J. E. Crisp, F. F. Czupryna, J. A. Mulholland, D. T. 
Nelson 

An understanding of the historical background of our times is expected of the 
educated person. The Department of History makes it possible for students to gain 
this understanding through a wide range and variety of courses at all levels from 
introductory through graduate. 

A wide range of introductory courses is available to satisfy the history require- 
ment or part of the humanities and social sciences requirement in most University 
curricula. Students in the School of Liberal Arts are required to take two courses 
in history — one dealing with a culture significantly different from our own in pre- 
industrial Western or non-Western societies and the other dealing with our own 
culture in the United States or post-industrial Western societies. 

The Department of History in cooperation with the Division of Continuing Educa- 
tion makes available a variety of introductory courses by con-espondence. Some 
introductory courses and most graduate courses are offered in the evening. 

For graduate degrees offered, see pages 12-14. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE PROGRAM 

A history major must take 30 hours of course work in history in addition to the 
six hours required of all students in the School of Liberal Arts. These 30 hours 
must include a senior seminar. .A.t least 24 hours of the 30 must be at the 300 level 
or above. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS PROGRAM WITH TEACHER EDUCATION OPTION 

History majors may enroll in the teacher education program offered by the 
School of Liberal Arts in cooperation with the School of Education. Students who 
complete this program are eligible for certification to teach social studies in 
secondary schools in North Carolina. In addition to Bachelor of Arts degree re- 
quirements, students are required to take professional courses in education and 
psychology and additional social sciences courses. Students desiring to enter this 
program should declare their intention during their sophomore year. They are 
required to file an application for formal admission during their junior year. 
Admission is competitive and the criteria include an overall grade point average 
of 2.5 or better. 



158 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE PROGRAM 

A concentration in history involves 18 hours of course work beyond the six hours 
required of all students in the School of Liberal Arts, plus a senior seminar. Of the 
18 hours, at least 12 must be at the 300 level or above. 

Multi-Disciplinary Studies 

Multi-Disciplinary Studies Committee 

Professor R. S. Bryan (Philosophy and Religion), Chairman 

Professor W. B. Toole (English) 

Associate Professor W. C. Harris (History) 

Associate Professor M. M. Sawhney (Sociology and Anthropology) 

Associate Professor J. W. Wilson (Economics and Business) 

The multi-disciplinary studies program allows a student to design his or her 
own academic major. Instead of following the requirements for a major in one of 
the traditional disciplines, the candidate for the Bachelor of A^s degree in multi- 
disciplinary studies has the responsibility of organizing a concentration or field of 
specialization from two or more disciplines. A concentration in Latin American 
studies might, for example, combine related courses in language, literature, history, 
economics, sociology, and politics. 

The freshman and sophomore basic requirements for the multi-disciplinary 
studies program are the same as for the other Bachelor of Arts programs in Liberal 
Arts. In satisfying basic requirements in language, humanities, social science, 
mathematics and natural science, the student should, whenever possible, choose 
those courses that are most appropriate as background for the courses in his major 
concentration. 

ADMISSION TO THE PROGRAM 

To become a candidate for a major in multi-disciplinary studies, a student first 
secures application forms and information from the office of the dean of the School 
of Liberal Arts (Tompkins Hall, Room 118) or from the office of the chairman of 
the Multi-Disciplinary Studies Committee (Harrelson Hall, Room 122), then 
prepares a tentative proposal which includes a list of courses comprising 30 credit 
hours and an essay of 300-500 words explaining one's reasons for desiring to make 
this set of courses the field of specialization. The student's proposal is reviewed 
by a faculty sponsor and submitted to the Multi-Disciplinary Committee for con- 
sideration. After a thorough examination to determine whether the set of courses 
proposed as a multi-disciplinary major is academically sound and coherent, the 
committee will recommend that the Dean of Liberal Arts accept or reject the 
proposal; or it will be sent back to the student and his sponsor with suggestions for 
modification and resubmission. 



Philosophy and Religion 

Harrelson Hall 

Professor R. S. Bryan, Head of the Department 

Associate Professor W. C. Fitzgerald Jr., Assistant Head of the Department 



159 



Professor: P. A. Bredenberg; Associate Professors: W. L. Highfill, R. S. Metzger, 
J. L. Middletx)n, T. H. Regan, A. D. VanDeVeer; Assistant Professor: W. R. 
Carter; Instructors: R. P. Foirer, W. G. Gillmor, H. D. Levin, R. I. Xagel, 
C. L. Stalnaker, C. W. Thompson 

The Department of Philosophy and Religion at North Carolina State University: 
1) serves the needs of the University at large by providing courses devoted to the 
discussion of the great philosophic ideas of western civilization and of the relig- 
ious notions which have had an impact on all of civilization, and 2) provides an 
opportunity for extensive technical study in philosophy for those students who 
wish to concentrate in this field either for its own sake or as an ideal intellectual 
foundation for subsequent graduate or professional study. 

Programs lead to two degrees in philosophy, the Bachelor of Arts and the 
Bachelor of Science Candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree in philosophy must 
complete 30 hours in philosophy not including the introductory course. Problems 
and Types of Philosophy (PHI 205). These must include either Logic (PHI 201) 
or Symbolic Logic (PHI 335); courses in the development of western philosophic 
thought (PHI 300, 317, and 318); and a seminar (PHI 490). Candidates for the 
Bachelor of Science degree in philosophy must complete 27 hours in philosophy. 
These must include PHI 300, PHI 317, PHI 318, PHI 335, PHI 490 and PHI 405, 
Philosophy of Science 



Physical Education 

Carmichael G>Tnnasium 

Professor F. R. Drews, Head of the Department 

Professor Emeritus: P. H. Derr; Associate Professors: J. B. Edwards Jr., A M. 
Hoch, H. Keating, W. R. Leonhardt, W. H. Sonner; Assistant Professors: G. R. 
Boettner, N. E. Cooper, J. M. Daniels, J. W. Isenhour Jr., W. P. Marley, M. S. 
Rhodes, W. M. Shea, E. A. Smaltz; Instructors: A. L. Berle, J. V. Brothers, W. A. 
Cheek, R. C. Combs, T. W. Evans, R. G. Gwyn, V. M. Leath, C. E. Patch, J. L. 
Shannon, G. E. Wall 

North Carolina State University requires from two to four semesters in physical 
education to be taken consecutively during the freshman and sophomore years. The 
specific number of semesters of required physical education is determined for each 
student by the Department of Physical Education. Insofar as faculty, facilities and 
allotment of time permits, each student is guided into courses which will best meet 
individual needs. 

Prescribed Courses — Prescribed courses are designed to meet the specific student 
needs as determined by tests. Prescribed courses are: Health and Physical Fitness, 
Beginning Swimming I, Beginning Swimming II, Restricted Activity I and Re- 
stricted Activity II. The Health and Physical Fitness course is required of all new 
freshmen. The Department of Physical Education also requires a demonstrated 
survival swimming ability or placement in the appropriate beginning swimming 
course. 

Controlled Elective Courses — Elective courses are grouped under one of these 
areas: aquatics, combatives, developmental activities, individual sports and team 
sports. Students are encouraged to develop proficiency in at least two vigorous life- 
time sports. 

The course PE 280, Emergency Medical Care and First Aid, is offered as an 
elective but does not constitute credit towards meeting physical education 
requirements. 



160 



Polities 

Tompkins Hall 

ProfessorW. J. Block, Head of the Department 

Professors: F. \'. Cahill, J. T. Caldwell, A. Holtznum, R. O. Tilinan; Associate Pro- 
fessors: W. G. Ellis, J. H. Gilbert, H. G. Kebschull, J. M. McClain, K. S. 
Petersen, J. O. Williams; Assistant Professors: B. B. Clary, J. A. Hui-witz, T. E. 
Marshall, J. F'. Mastro, E. R. Rubin. M. S. Soroos; Instructors: G. R. Rassel, 
D. W. Stewart, D. A. Wentworth 

The Department of Politics offers basic and advanced courses in all major fields 
of the discipline: American government and politics (local, state and national), 
comparative g-overnment and jxjlitics, international relations and organizations, 
political theory, public administration and methodology of political science. The 
department provides an area in which students may concentrate their major 
efforts, and it affords opportunities for the study of government and administration 
to students in other curricula and schools. 

Graduate courses in politics are available at N. C. State and at Fort Bragg. For 
graduate degrees see pages 12-14 and consult the Graduate Catalog. 

The department conducts a State Legislative Internship Program in alternate 
years. It also participates in the State Government Internship program, which 
functions under the sponsorship of the Institute of Government at Chapel Hill. 

MAJOR IN POLITICS 

Bachelor of Arts Program — A major in politics requires 80 hours of course work 
in the discipline, including PS 201, The American Governmental System; PS 202, 
Introduction to Politics; PS 391, Methodology of Political Sc-ience; a subsequent 
seminar in politics; and a course in early or modern political theory. Students 
include in their progi'ams advanced courses in at least three of the fields in the 
discipline, although they may concentrate their work in one field. 

The department recommends that its majors, whenever practicable, take MA 
111 and MA 112 in fulfillment of the School of Liberal Arts mathematics require- 
ment. 

CONCENTRATION IN POLITICS 

Bachelor of Science Program — A concentration in politics requires 27 hours of 
course work in the discipline, including PS 202, PS 391 and a subsequent seminar 
in politics. 

Criminal .Justice (either B.A. or B.S.) — The Departments of Politics and Sociology 
and Anthropology offer undergraduate majors a concentration in criminal justice. 
This concentration includes 24 semester hours of specialized study. The program 
develops students who may move into middle management and policy making posi- 
tions in agencies such as police, court, correctional, probation and parole agencies. 

Students interested in criminal justice should contact David Wentworth, 221 
Tompkins Hall, politics, or Dr. Elizabeth Suval, 230 1911 Building, sociology 
and anthropology. 

Teacher Education Option — A major in Politics may also choose a teacher 
education option. This is a 130-credit hour degree program which includes the 
normal 30-hour major plus the required pi'ofessional education courses. Successful 
completion of the progi-am leads to certification to teach social studies in the 
secondary schools. 



161 



Sociology and Anthropology 

(Also see Agriculture and Life Sciences) 
1911 Building 
Professor S. C. Mayo, Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: L. W. Drabick, C. P. Marsh, G. C. McCann, H. D. Rawls, J. N. Young; 
Professor Eyneritus: C. H. Hamilton; Associate Professors: R. C. Brisson, W. B. 
Clifford II, A. C. Davis, C. V. Mercer, R. L. Moxley, R. D. Mustian, M. M. 
Sawhney, E. M. Suval, O. Uzzell; Adjunct Associate Professors: W. J. Buffaloe, 
R. L. Rollins Jr.; Assistant Professors: C. G. Dawson, G. L. Faulkner, T. M. 
Hyman, K. D. Kim, G. S. Nickerson, J. G. Peck, L. J. Rhoades, I. E. Russell, 
D. J. Steffensmeier, P. L. Tobin, M. L. Walek, J. M. Wallace, R. C. Wimberley; 
Adjunct Assistant Professor: J. L. Franklin; Visiting Assistant Professor: 
H. L. Adkins 

EXTENSION 

Associate Professor: J. N. Collins, In Charge of Community Development 

Professor: J. D. George; Professor Emeritus: J. W. Crawford; Associate Professors: 
T. N. Hobgood Jr., P. P. Thompson, M. E. Voland; Assista7it Professors: J. A. 
Christenson, V. E. Hamilton, C. E. Lewis 

This department teaches students the principles and techniques for understanding 
human group behavior. The department seeks: 1) to train students to become 
leaders in organizing groups and communities and in administering programs; 
2) to qualify exceptional students on the undergraduate and graduate levels for 
sociological research, teaching and extension work; 3) to solve problems in human 
group relations through scientific research; and 4) to extend research results to 
the people of the State. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE 

The following departmental requirements must be met by all students majoring 
in sociology: A minimum of 30 hours in the major field including SOC 202, Prin- 
ciples of Sociology; SOC 301, Human Behavior; SOC 315, Social Thought; SOC 
416, Research Methods; a minimum of five electives on the 300 or higher level in 
sociology; and one semester of SOC 490, Senior Seminar in Sociology. The depart- 
ment also requires ANT 252, Cultural Anthropology, at least one course in psychol- 
ogy and one elective in statistics. The department offers students specific career 
opportunities in the following: 

Social Work — This concentration prepares a student for employment in many 
social welfare agencies and programs. The social worker seeks to foster productive 
interaction between man and his world. He seeks to do this through an understand- 
ing and use of a knowledge of human behavior and relationships, of social trends and 
problems affecting human lives and of the structure and dynamics of social organi- 
zation and society. The Department's social work concentration includes eight social 
work courses which begin in the sophomore year and includes a special section for 
social work students in the Senior Seminar. 

Criminal Justice — The criminal justice option seeks to develop a professional 
orientation that will be relevant both to occupational goals and participation as a 
citizen in community affairs. Courses in both politics and sociology are included in 
a 28-hour block that provides a general backgfround in crime causation and agencies 
of criminal justice plus the opportunity to select fi-om more specific courses dealing 
with deviance, juvenile delinquency, the court system, correctional facilities, and 
the like, including field placement in an agency of the criminal justice system. 



162 



Social Studies Teacher Education Option — This cuiTiculum prepares the stu- 
dent for state certification in social studies in the secondary school system. The 
inclusion of a professional semester with practice teaching and the need for a 
broad base in the social sciences makes this a comparatively demanding program 
with somewhat less opportunity for free electives. Courses in education and psy- 
chology are taken beginning in the sophomore year in preparation for the teach- 
ing experience. In addition, the student learns the basic concepts of economics, 
political science, anthropology, and history, as well as sociology. 



Speech-Coniniiuiicatioii 

Tompkins Hall 

, * Head of the Department 

Professor: C. Parker; Associate Professor Emeritus: L. H. Swain; Associate 
Professors: L. R. Camp, W. G. Franklin; Assistant Professors: J. Malcolm, 
H. Munn; Instructors: T. L. Attaway, R. Francesconi. N. Snow, C. White 

The Department of Speech Communications offers courses in the arts and sciences 
of human communication. In addition to formal coursework, co-curricular activities 
are available to the student in forensics, drama and the electronic media. 

MAJOR IN SPEECH -COMMUNICATION 

Bachelor of Arts Degree Program — The major in speech-communication includes 
30 semester hours. The curriculum in speech-communication requires four prescribed 
courses in speech and the usual senior seminar designed to culminate study. The 
student may elect courses within the field from among offerings in interactive 
communication, public address, oral interpretation, drama, and radio-television to 
complete the 30-hour requirement. 

TEACHER EDUCATION OPTION IN SPEECH -COMMUNICATION 

Bachelor of Arts Program — Speech majors may enroll in the teacher education 
program offered by the School of Liberal Arts in cooperation with the School of 
Education. Students who complete this program are eligible to apply for certifi- 
cation to teach speech in secondary schools in North Carolina. The requirements 
of the program include 25 semester hours in professional courses and 30 semester 
hours in speech. Students desiring to enter this program should declare their 
intention before the spring of the sophomore year and are required to file a fonnal 
application for admission which must be approved in order for them to participate. 

CONCENTRATION IN SPEECH -COMMUNICATION 

Bachelor of Science Program — The student, in consultation with his depart- 
mental adviser, must schedule 27 semester hours in speech, including the senior 
seminar. 



* Head to be named. Department of Speech-Communication established July 1, 1975. 



163 




Biological sciences classes combine audio visual and lecture materials with exampla 
such as in this plant diversity unit. 



NCSU politics students utilize the re- 
sources unique to a state capitol, and 

some students are legislative interns. 



164 




PHYSICAL AND 
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 

Cox Hall 

A. C. Menius Jr., Dean 

J. D. Memory, Associate Dean 

The School of Physical and Mathematical Sciences trains potential scientists 
and mathematicians; gives technical suppoi't to curricula in North Carolina State's 
other seven schools; and does research in physical sciences and mathematics. These 
activities are carried out by seven academic departments: biochemistry, chemistry, 
computer science, statistics, geosciences, mathematics and physics. The Institute of 
Statistics (Raleigh section) and the Department of Physical Sciences Research are 
also associated with the School of Physical and Mathematical Sciences. 

Graduates of the school are recruited for technical and administrative positions 
in industrial research and development laboratories, universities and colleges, non- 
profit research organizations and government agencies. A large percentage of the 
graduates undertake advanced study leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of 
Philosophy degrees. 

The high school student with an above-average performance in mathematics, 
chemistry or physics, and a basic interest in natural phenomena and their mathe- 
matical descriptions, should consider a career in ohysical sciences or mathematics. 
The school consistently attracts outstanding students; approximately one-third of 
its students graduate with honors or high honors. 

FACILITIES 

Classrooms and School offices in the campus' center are listed under each 
department. In addition, physics research laboratories are located in Daniels Hall 
and the Nuclear Science Building and at the Triangle Universities Nucleai' Labora- 
tory in Dui'ham. Biochemistry research is underway in Polk and Withers Halls. 

Special equipment and laboratories include a plasma physics laboratory supported 
by a research tube-making facility; a radio-chemistry laboratory; a one-million 
volt Van de Graaff accelerator; analog and ambilog computers; an IBM 1130 
digital; a laser research laboratory; a Varian .Associates HA-100 high resolution 
nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometer; an upper atmosphere laboratory; a 
biomathematics and biophysics laboratory; undergraduate and graduate desk com- 
puting laboratories; biochemical research and teaching laboratories; and an ultra- 
violet-infrared-visible spectroscopic laboratory. Other campus facilities for teaching 
and research are electron microscopes, a heterogeneous nuclear reactor designed 
for operation at 100 kilowatts, complete x-ray laboratories with diffraction and 
radiographic equipment, a Beckman Model E analytical ultracentrifuge, precision 
instrument shops, and an IBM 360 Model 40 digital computer connected by tele- 
communication lines to the Model 75 at the Triangle Universities Computation 
Center. N. C. State also pai-ticipates in the Triangle Universities Nuclear Labora- 
tory which has a 0-35 Mev. cyclo-graaff accelerator. 

CURRICULA 

The school offers undergraduate programs of study leading to the Bachelor of 
Science degree with a major in chemistry, computer science, geology, mathematics, 
meteorologj', physics or statistics. These curricula have similai" freshman years, 
enabling a freshman to change, without loss of time, from one department to 
another in the school. 



165 



SHORT COURSES AND INSTITUTES 

Several short courses and specialized institutes are offered throughout the 
academic year and during the summer months in chemistry, computer science, 
geology, mathematics, physics, and statistics for high school teachers and college 
professors. For information, wi'ite the School dean. 

In addition, certain regular courses may be taken for credit through correspond- 
ence or evening classes through the Division of Continuing Education in Raleigh, 
Charlotte or in the Greensboro-Bui'lington-Winston-Salem area. For information 
\vi-ite North Carolina State University Division of Continuing Education, Raleigh. 

SUPERIOR STUDENT AND HONOR PROGRAMS 

Exceptional students may be selected to participate in the Superior Student 
Program during their freshman and sophomore years. Enriched courses in chemis- 
try. English, mathematics, and physics have been developed specifically for program 
participants. At the beginning of the junior year, promising students may select 
special courses, participate in undergraduate research, and receive some graduate 
credit toward the Master of Science degi-ee during the senior year. 

Well-prepared students entering the school may seek advanced placement in 
chemistry, history, mathematics, or physics by passing qualifying examinations. 

STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

In addition to University- wide extracurricular activities and honor organizations, 
the School of Physical and Mathematical Sciences has student chapters of the 
following professional and honor organizations: Society of Physics Students, Pi 
Mu Epsilon, the American Chemical Society, and the Association for Computing 
Machinery. 

The Science Council, composed of elected students ft'om the school, sponsors 
and participates in a wide variety of technical and social activities. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The Master of Science degree is available with a major in biochemistry, bio- 
mathematics, chemistry, geology, marine sciences, statistics, mathematics, applied 
mathematics and physics. The Master of Biomathematics is offered. The Doctor of 
Philosophy degree is available in biochemistry, biomathematics, chemistry, mai'ine 
sciences, statistics, mathematics, applied mathematics and physics. 



Chemistry 

Dabney Hall and Withers Hall 

Professor C. L. Bumgardner, Head of the Department 

Professor R. H. Loeppert, Assistant Professor W. P. Ingram Jr., Assistant Heads 
of the Department 

Professor F. C. Hentz Jr., Assistant Head for Undergraduate Instruction 

Professors: H. A. Bent, L. H. Bowen, L. D. Freedman, F. W. Getzen, Z Z. Hugus 
Jr., S. G. Levine, G. G. Long, C. G. Moreland, P. P. Sutton, W. P. Tucker, R. C. 
White; Adjunct Professor: M. E. Wall; Professors Emeriti: G. O. Doak, W. J. 
Peterson, W. A. Reid, C. C. Robinson; Associate Professors: J. Bordner, H. H. 
Carmichael, T. C. Caves, A. F. Coots, M. K. DeArmond, C. E. Gleit, K. W. Hanck, 
L. A. Jones, M. L. Miles, A. F. Schreiner, G. H. Wahl Jr., D. W. Wertz; Associate 
Professor Emeritus: W. E. Jordan; Assistant Professors: W. R. Johnston, W. L. 
Switzer, T. M. Ward; Assistant Professor Emerittis: T. J. Blalock; Instruc- 
tors: E. H. Manning, G. J. Shaw; Instructors Emeriti: J. W. Morgan, G. M. 
Oliver; Teaching and Research Technician: M. C. Bundy 

166 



Chemistry is the science dealing with the composition of all substances and 
changes in their composition. Chemists have contributed to the synthetic fiber 
industry, petroleum products and fuels, plastics, the food processing industry, 
nuclear energy, modern drugs and medicine. Today's chemists are concerned with 
the fundamental building blocks of all materials — atoms and molecules — leading to 
improvement of old materials, development of new ones and control of our environ- 
ment. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The chemical industry is the nation's largest manufactui'ing industry. Chemists 
comprise the largest proportion of scientists in the United States, and future 
demand for chemists should continue to grow. A variety of jobs is open to the 
chemist: biochemistry, metallurgy, space science, oceanography, sales or manage- 
ment, pure research. Chemists are employed in almost every field based on modern 
technology and opportunities in the field of education are many and varied. The 
Bachelor of Science pi'ogram in chemistry provides an excellent premedical 
curriculum. 

U\DERGR.\DUATE CURRICLT.A 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IX CHEMISTRY 

The Bachelor of Science cuiTiculum (shown below), accredited by the American 
Chemical Society, includes a strong, broad background in mathematics, physics 
and the liberal arts. The basic areas of organic, physical, inorganic and analytical 
chemistry are stressed. Laboratory and classroom work develop the skills, 
knowledge and inquiring spirit necessary for a successful career in chemistry. The 
minor field and elective credits allow individual diversity at the junior and senior 
levels. Many undergraduates participate in current departmental research through 
part-time employment or a senior research project. The cuiTiculum prepares the 
student for jobs open to the Bachelor of Science chemist or for advanced graduate 
work. For graduate degrees, see pages 12-14 and consult the Graduate Catalog. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE. CHEMICAL SCIENCES OPTION 

The chemical sciences option is a more flexible progi'am for students who do not 
wish to become professional chemists but who wish to pursue interdisciplinary 
studies with an emphasis on chemistry. This program has less stringent require- 
ments in mathematics, physics and chemistry than does the accredited Bachelor of 
Science program, thus permitting greater latitude in selection of courses from 
other disciplines. A student desiring this option should enroll initially in the 
standard Bachelor of Science curriculum. Near the end of the first year, one may 
transfer to the option after receiving departmental advisory committee approval 
for one's goals and program. 

B. S. CHEMISTRY CURRICULUM 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

CH 106 Laboratory Techniques I 1 CH 108 Laboratory Techniques II 1 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

MA 102 Analytic Geometry and MA 201 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus I 4 Calculus II 4 

Social Science 3 PY 201 General Physics* 4 

Physical ExJucation 1 Physical Education 1 

PMS 100 Orientation — 

— 17 
16 



167 



Fall Semester 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 



English Elective 3 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus III 4 

PY 202 General Physics* 4 

Physical Education 1 



16 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester Credits 
CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 



English Elective 3 

MA 301 Applied Differential Equations I .. 3 

PY 203 General Physics* 4 

Free Electives 3 

Physical Education 1 



18 



Fall Semester 



CH 428 Qualitative Organic Analysis 3 

CH 431 Physical Chemistry I 3 

Humanities — Social Sciences 3 

MLG 101 Elementary German I 3 

Minor** 3 



15 



JUNIOR YEAR 
Credits Spriyig Semester Credits 

CH 401 Systematic Inorganic Chemistry ... 3 



CH 433 Physical Chemistry II 3 

CH 434 Physical Chemistry II 

Laboratory 2 

Humanities — Social Sciences 3 

MLG 102 Elementary German II 3 

Minor 3 



Fall Semester 

CH 411 Analytical Chemistry I 4 

Chemistry Elective 2 

Humanities — Social Sciences 3 

Minor 3 

Free Electives 4 



16 



17 

SENIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester Credits 
CH 413 Analytical Chemistry II 4 



Humanities — Social Sciences 3 

Minor 3 

Free Electives 6 

16 

Total Hours for Graduation 131 



*The sequence PY 205, 208, 407 may be substituted for PY 201, 202, 203. with approval of the 
adviser. 
** The minor may be in any field closely related to chemistry, such as mathematics, physics, computer 
science, geoscience, statistics, biological sciences, engineering or science education. A total of four 
courses in two such areas may constitute a "split" minor. The minor field should be chosen in 
consultation with the faculty adviser prior to or during the junior yeai-. 



Computer Science 

Dabney Hall 

Professor D. C. Martin, Head of the Department 

Assistant Professor T. L. Honeycutt, Cooiyiinator of Advising 

Professors: P. E. Lewis, D. A. Link, L. B. Martin; Associate Professors: D. R. 
Deuel, Y. N. Patt; Adjunct Associate Professor: L. H. Williams; Assistant Pro- 
fessors: S. D. Danielopoulos. R. J. Fornaro, J. W. Hanson. D. F. Mc.AJlister, J. D. 
Powell, W. E. Robbins, W. A. Sillars, A. L. Tharp, N. F. Williamson Jr.; In- 
structors; H. J. Beaujon, A. B. Finger, D. W. Reid 

The discipline of computer science has developed dui'ing the past 25 years as a 
direct consequence of rapid growth of the electronic computer. This technological 
development has great impact on man and the way he lives. Almost all areas of 
industry, the militai-y establishment, government agencies, education and business 
use computers and new applications continue to ai-ise. Computers are used to help 
make and operate our automobiles, airplanes and space ships; to help design our 
highways, bridges and buildings; to handle banking transactions and to assist in 
management decisions; to analyze farm production; as a research tool for the 
scientist; to monitor manufacturing processes, utilities and communication; and to 
provide a multitude of other services. 



168 



OPPORTUNITIES 

A wide range of jobs exist for computer scientists since computers have diverse 
applications. Salaries are good for both men and women. There is a need for basic 
research into the principles of computer system design and the analysis of com- 
putational algorithms and students may choose to continue their training with 
graduate study. 

CURRICULUM 

This undergraduate curriculum leads to a degree of Bachelor of Science in com- 
puter science. Core courses provide foundations in programming and computer 
languages, the structure of data, computer architecture, solution methods including 
numerical analysis and simulation, and the theory of computation. The restricted 
electives chosen in consultation vdth one's adviser during the junior year allow 
exploration of specific computer science areas or fields such as information sci- 
ence, operating systems, computer architecture, and analysis of algorithms. One 
may study fields in which there are significant computer applications like man- 
agement, physical, biological, and social sciences, numerical analysis and 
statistics. 

Students in other departments may select courses in computer science as electives 
to broaden their programs of study and to learn how to use the computer for solving 
problems. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE CURRICLT.UM 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



CSC 101 Introduction to Programming .... 3 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

Basic Science 3 

MA 102 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus I 4 

Physical Education 1 

PMS 100 Orientation 



14 



CSC 102 
ENG 112 
MA 201 



Programming Concepts 3 

Composition and Reading 3 

Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus II 4 

Basic Science 3 

Physical Exiucation 1 



14 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CSC 112 Basic Computer Organization 

and Assembly Language 3 

MA 231 Introduction to Lineai- Algebra ... 4 

PY 205 General Physics 4 

Humanities — Social Sciences 3 

Free Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 



18 



Credits 



Spring Semester 

CSC 302 Introduction to Numerical 

Methods 3 

MA 312 Introduction to Differential 

Equations 3 

English Literature 3 

Humanities — Social Sciences 3 

PY 208 General Physics 4 

Physical Education 1 



Fall Semester 

CSC 311 Data Structures 3 

CSC 322 Applied Algebraic Structures .... 3 
ST 371 Introduction to Probability 

and Statistics 4 

Restricted Elective 3 

Humanities — Social Sciences 3 



16 



JUNIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 

CSC 312 Compute]- Organization and 



17 



Credits 



Logic 3 

Restricted Electives 5 

Humanities — Social Sciences 3 

Free Electives 6 



17 



169 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CSC 411 Introduction to Simulation 3 CSC 412 Introduction to Computability 

Restricted Electives 9 Language and Automata 3 

Humanities — Social Sciences 3 Restricted Electives 6 

— Humanities — Social Sciences 3 

16 Free Elective 3 

15 
Total Hours for Graduation 126 

Geosciences 

Withers Hall 

Professor C. J. Leith, Head of the Department 

Professors: H. S. Brown, E. G. Droessler, W. J. Saucier; Professors Emeriti: J. M. 
Parker III, J. L. Stuckey; Associate Professors: R. J. Carson III, V. V. Cavaroc 
Jr., N. E. Huang, C. E. Knowles, W. H. Spence, A. H. Weber, C. W. Welby; 
Adjunct Associate Professor: J. R. Smith; Associate Professor Emeritus: E. L. 
Miller Jr.; Assistant Professors: M. J. Bartholomew, L. J. Pietrafesa, G. F. 
Watson Jr.; Adjunct Assistant Professors: W. D. Bach Jr., J. T. Peterson; 
Instructor: T. L. Tsui 

The geosciences include the overlapping divisions of the physical, chemical and 
biological earth sciences, such as geology, geophysics, geochemistry, hydrology, 
meteorology, oceanography and paleontology. The Department of Geosciences offers 
courses in these disciplines and awards the B.A. and B.S. degrees in geology and 
the B.S. degree in meteorology. Degi'ee prog:rams in oceanography are at the 
graduate level only. (For graduate degrees offered see pages 12-14 and consult the 
Graduate Catalog.) 

Geology is the professional field in which geological knowledge and techniques 
are focused on the solution of problems concerned with the environment, with the 
occurrence, origin, distribution and behavior of rocks, with mineral deposits, with 
raw material supplies and with a variety of engineering projects. Many engineering 
undertakings — siting and construction of dams and reservoirs, tunnels, buildings 
and highways — depend on geological setting knowledge. Discovery, evaluation, 
development and conservation of mineral resources (including fossil fuels and 
ground water) and the disposal of liquid and solid wastes require quantitative and 
analytical application of geologic principles. 

Meteorology is the science of the atmosphere, including the processes and the 
phenomena within the atmosphere, the interactions with earth's land and sea 
surface below and with the solar atmosphere above. Its objectives are to apply 
understanding of the atmosphere and the processes within to benefit mankind in 
his welfare and endeavors. The meteorology curriculum provides basic training for 
roles in both theory and application. The student is prepared for research or pro- 
fessional applications. 

No activity on earth is unaffected by the natural conditions and processes of our 
atmospheric environment. A familiar purpose of meteorology is to provide weather 
forecasts, so man may protect himself intelligently from damages by weather and 
to plan beneficially his individual activities for the immediate future. In addition 
to weather information reports to the public, meteorology reaches into broader 
aspects of environmental technology. Increasing concern about "environmental 
quality," in relation to operations and welfare, and to the impacts on air quality by 
commerce and industry have led to expanded concepts of atmospheric monitoring 
and the need for research and services applied to industrial operations, environ- 
mental planning, and government regulation. Among meteorology fields are 
atmospheric pollution, weather modification and control, and interrelations with 
agriculture, industry, and marine science. 

The oceans are the subject of major research programs worldwide. The Depart- 
ment of Geosciences offers undergraduate and graduate courses in geological, 
meteorological and physical oceanography. 

170 



Remote sensing imagery provides a new dimension to geosciences. These data 
are utilized for teaching and research. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Geologists are employed by oil companies, quarrying concerns, exploration com- 
panies, construction firms, railroads, public utilities, banks and insurance com- 
panies; iron, steel and other metal producers, manufacturers using nonmetallic 
raw materials such as ceramics, cement and abrasives; municipal, state, and federal 
government agencies, schools, colleges, museums and research institutes. There is 
a growing need for the application of geological science to engineering construction 
in connection with highways, foundations, excavations, beach erosion control and 
water supply problems. The mineral industry of the Southeast has expanded sub- 
stantially in the last decade. 

Basic meteorological services are provided by federal government agencies, pri- 
marily the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration and components of 
the Department of Defense; these agencies are the principal employers of meteorol- 
ogists. This work may involve atmospheric sensing and measurement, including the 
use of meteorological satellites and space probes; data analysis and computation; 
weather forecasting, and guidance services to aeronautics, agriculture, forestry, 
hydrology, and recreation and public health. Meteorologists are used in environ- 
mental planning and regulation at the state and local levels. Power generating and 
fiael transmission industries, engineering firms, weather consulting firms, insurance 
companies, major retailing businesses, and schools and colleges and research insti- 
tutions are employing meteorologists because of recognition of the involvement of 
the atmosphere on their activities. 

GEOSCIENCES CURRICULUM 

LEADING TO B.S. DEGREE L\ GEOLOGY 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

MA 102 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus I 4 

Physical Geology 2 

Physical Geology Laboratory 1 

Education 1 

Orientation 



15 



Spring Semester 

CHIOS General Chemistry II or 



Credits 



GY 120 
GY 110 
Physical 
PMS 100 



CH 107 
ENG 112 
MA 201 

GY 222 
Physical 



Principles of Chemistry 4 

Composition and Reading 3 

Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus H 4 

Historical Geology 3 

Education 1 



15 



Fall Semester 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



MA 202 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus III 4 

PY 205 General Physics 4 

GY 330 Crystallography & Mineralogy .... 3 

SP 231 Expository Speaking 3 

Physical Education 1 



Credits 



MA 301 Applied EHfferential Equations I . . 3 

PY 208 General Physics 4 

GY 331 Optical Mineralogy & X-ray 

DiflFraction 4 

Electives 3 

Physical Education 1 



15 



15 



Fall Semester 

GY 351 Tectonic Structures 3 



Social Sciences-Humanities* 3 

CH 331 Introductory Physical Chemistry** 4 
GY 440 Igneous & Metamorphic 

Petrology 4 

ST 361 Introduction to Statistics for 

Engineers 3 



JUNIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester Credits 
GY 452 Sedimentary Petrology 4 



GY 462 Geological Field Surveying 3 

Social Science-Humanities* 3 

Minor*** 3 

CSC 101 Introduction to Programming .... 3 



16 



17 



171 



SUMMER SESSION 
GY 465 Geological Field Procedures (or equivalent field camp) 



Credits 
6 



Fall Semester 

Geology Elective**** 3 

Social Sciences-Humanities* 6 

Minor*** 3 

ENG 321 The Communication of Technical 

Information 3 



SENIOR YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Geology Elective**** 3 

Social Sciences-Humanities* 3 

Minor*** 3 

Electives 6 



15 



15 
Total Hours for Graduation 129 



* Social Science-Humanities: allows students to take any social science-humanities courses, includ- 
ing languages. 
** Students electing a minor in physical sciences (chemistry) will substitute CH 431 for CH 331 
and will graduate with a minimum of 128 hours. Students who take CH 431 should also take 
CH 433 as part of the requirements for the minor. 
*** Minor — The minor shall be at least three courses in a related professional field to geology such as: 
civil engineering, engineering science and mechanics, materials engineering, environmental sci- 
ences, computer science, statistics, mathematics, chemistry, physics, meteorology, soil science, or 
biological science. 
**** Geology electives must include one of the following: paleontology or mineral exploration and 
evaluation. 



GEOSCIENCE CURRICULUM 



LEADING TO B.A. DEGREE IN GEOLOGY 



Fall Semester 



FRESHMAN YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 



ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus A 4 

Social Science-Humanities* 3 

GY 120 Physical Geology 2 

GY 110 Physical Geology Laboratory 1 

Physical Education 1 

PMS 100 Orientation 



Credits 



ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

MA 212 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus B 3 

GY 222 Historical Geology 3 

Social Sciences-Humanities* 3 

Physical Education 1 



13 



14 



Fall Semester 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

Social Science-Humanities* 3 

GY 330 Crystallography & Mineralogy .... 3 

Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 

SP 231 Expository Speaking 3 



17 



Credits 



CH 103 General Cliemistry II 4 

Social Science-Humanities* 3 

GY 331 Optical Mineralogy & X-ray 

Diflfraction 4 

Physical Education 1 

Elective 3 



15 



Fall Semester 



JUNIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Sem.es ter 



GY 351 Tectonic Structures 3 

PY 211 General Physics 4 

Social Sciences-Humanities* 3 

GY 440 Igneous and Metanrwrphic 

Petrology 4 

ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 3 



17 



Credits 



Social Science-Humanities* 3 

GY 452 Sedimentary Petrology 4 

PY 212 General Physics 4 

CSC 101 Introduction to Programming .... 3 

Elective 3 



17 



172 



SUMMER SESSION 
GY 465 Geological Field Procedures (OPTIONAL) 



Credits 
6 



Fall Semester 

UNI 303 Man and His Environment 3 

Social Science-Humanities* 3 

Electives 3 

Geology Elective** 3 

ENG 321 The Communication of Technical 

Information 3 



15 



SENIOR YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 

Geology Elective** 3 

Electives 6 

Social Science-Humanities* 6 



Credits 



16 
Total Hours for Graduation 123 



* Social Science-Humanities requirements shall contain courses in at least three humanities (fine 
arts, history, literature, language, philosophy, religion) and three social sciences (anthropology, 
economics, political science, psychology, sociology). 
** Geology electives must include one of the following: paleontology, mineral exploration and evalua- 
tion, geological surveying. 



GEOSCIENCES CURRICULUM 



LEADING TO B.S. DEGREE IN METEOROLOGY 



Fall Semester 

CH 101 
ENG 111 
MA 102 



(Jeneral Chemistry I 4 

(Composition and Rhetoric 3 

Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus I 4 

Orientation 

Humanities-Social Sciences 3 

Physical Education 1 



15 



FRESHMAN YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 

CH 105 1 Chemistry — Principles & 



PMS 100 



Credits 



implications 3 

ENG 112 (Composition and Reading 3 

MA 201 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus II 4 

PY 205 General Physics 4 

Physical Education 1 



15 



Fall Semester 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus III 4 

PY 208 General Physics 4 

Communicative Arts* 3 

Humanities-Social Sciences 3 

Physical Education 1 



15 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MA 301 Applied Differential Equations I . . 3 



Geophysical Sciences Elective** 3 

Communicative Arts* 3 

Technical Hective A*** 3 

Humanities-Social Sciences 3 

Physical Education 1 



16 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



MY 411 Introductory Meteorology 3 

MY 421 Atmospheric Statics & 

Thermodynamics 3 

ST 371 Introduction to Probability 

and Statistics 4 

Humanities-Social Sciences 3 

Free Elective 3 



16 



Spring Semester Credits 

MY 422 Atmospheric Kinematics & 

E^namics 3 

MY 435 Measurements and Data Systems . 3 

Technical Elective A*** 3 

Technical Elective B**** 3 

Free Elective 3 



15 



173 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MY 441 Meteorological Analysis I 3 MY 412 Atmospheric Physics 3 

MY 443 Meteorological Laboratory I 4 MY 444 Meteorological Laboratory II 4 

Technical Elective B**** 3 Technical Elective B**** 3 

Humanities-Social Sciences 3 Technical Elective A*** 3 

Free Elective 3 Free Elective 3 

16 16 

Total Hours for Graduation 124 



t Students who intend to take additional chemistry courses, or who plan technical electives which 
require additional chemistry, should add CH 104 or replace CH 105 with CH 103 or CH 107. 
Advanced transfer students are permitted to substitute mathematics, science, or engineering 
credits for CH 105. 
* Modern language or speech and technical writing. 
** Geophysical science elective is selected from among GY 101, GY 120. MAS 200. PY 223. SSC 
200. CE 201 or 370, FOR 272. 
*** Technical elective A includes courses in the sciences, agriculture, and engineering, chosen from 
lists approved by the major department and school, but excluding more than one advanced course 
in meteorology. It must include at least one course in computer programming. 
**** Technical elective B constitutes a minor field of emphasis, consisting of at least eight credits in 
that subject. Among those available, but not limited to them, are: chemistry, computer science, 
geology (physical geology, geophysics), mathematics (to include MA 511), physics (senior 
courses), statistics (to include a 500-level course), chemical engineering (heat transfer, fluid 
mechanics, air pollution), civil engineering diydrology, sanitation, geodetics). electrical engi- 
neering (field theory, wave propagation, instrumentation), engineering science and mechanics 
(fluid mechanics), mechanical -aerospace engineering (heat transfer, fluid mechanics), forestry 
(protection, mensuration, management), health science (significantly involving atmospheric 
environment), marine science (upper division and graduate), plant science (significantly in- 
volving atmospheric environment), soil science (to include SSC 511). 



Mathematics 

Harrelson Hall 

Professor N. J. Rose, Head of the Department 

Professor H. V. Park, Associate Head of the Department 

Professor H. M. Nahikian, Assistant Head of the Department 

Professor L. S. Winton, Coordinator of Advising 

Professors: J. W. Bishir, E. E. Burniston, R. E. Chandler, J. M. A. Danby, R. O. 
P\ilp, W. J. Harrington, K, Koh, J. Levine, P. E. Lewis, J. Luh, P. A. Nickel, 
H. Sagan, H. E. Speece. R. A. Struble, H. R. van der Vaart, O. Wesler; Associate 
Professors: H. C. Cooke, W. G. Dotson Jr., R. E. Hartwig, J. E. Huneycutt Jr., 
J. R. Kolb, C. H. Little Jr., A. Maltbie, J. A. Mai-lin, R. H. Martin Jr., C. D. 
Meyer Jr., A. R. Nolstad, L. B. Page, C. V. Pao, D. M. Peterson, H. A. Petrea, 
E. L. Stitzinger, J. B. Wilson; Assistant Professors: C. N. Anderson, S. L. 
Campbell, H. J. Charlton. J. E. Franke, D. E. Garoutte, R. Cellar, D. J. Hansen, 
R. B. Honeycutt, T. Lada, C. F. Lewis, S. 0. Paur, R. T. Ramsay, J. A. Roulier, 
R. G. Savage, J. F. Belgrade, R. Silber, J. L. Sox Jr., D. F. Ullrich, W. M. 
Waters, R. E. WTiite; Instructors: G. M. Brady, D. L. Brant, H. L. Crouch 
Jr., H. L. Davison, T. F. Gordon 

The undergraduate major in mathematics provides a core of basic mathematics 
courses with a program of electives sufficiently flexible to prepare a student for 
graduate study in pure or applied mathematics (for graduate degrees, see pages 
12-14), for careers in industry, business or government, or for teaching. A carefully 
selected set of required courses and electives in science, humanities and modern 
language provides a program well adapted to the demands of modern day life. 

Students with a special interest may take the applied mathematics option. 



174 



REQUIREMENTS FOR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MATHEMATICS 

A total of 126 credits distributed as follows: 

Required Mathematics Courses (30 - 31 credits) 

MA 102-201 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I, II 

MA 231 Introduction to Linear Algebra 

MA 232 Introduction to Multivariable Calculus 

MA 312 Introduction to Dififerential Ekjuations 

MA 403 Introduction to Modern Algebra 

One semester of probability (MA 214, MA 421, MA 541, ST 421 or ST 371) 

MA 425 Mathematical Analysis I 

MA 426 Mathematical Analysis II or MA 5 12 Advanced Calculus II 
Science Requirements (17-19 credits) 

CSC 111 or CSC 101 

PY 205 and PY208 

CH 101 

CH 103, 105, or 107 or geoscience or life science 
Required Humanities (15 credits) 

ENG 111, 112 

Literature — one semester 

Introductory history — one semester 

Modern Language at 200 level — one semester 
Physical Education (4 credits) 
Technical Electives (21 credits) 

These must include at least nine credits of mathematics at 400-500 level and at least nine credits 

in technical offerings other than mathematics. 
Humanities and Social Science Electives (18 credits) 

At least six credits must be at junior-senior level. 
Free Electives (18 - 21 credits) 

APPLIED MATHEMATICS OPTION 

The requirements are the same as above except for technical electives. For this 
option the 21 credits of technical electives must include MA 430, Introduction to 
Applied Mathematics, at least one mathematics elective at the 400-500 level and at 
least 12 credits in depth from technical offerings other than mathematics. 

SAMPLE PROGRAM IN MATHEMATICS 

(Includes the applied mathematics option.) 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



MA 102 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus I 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 

Introductory History 3 

Physical Education 1 



15 



Spring Semester Credits 

MA 201 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus II 4 

CH 105 Chemistry Principles and 

Applications 3 

ENG 112 (Composition & Reading 3 

Humanities Elective 3 

CSC 101 Introduction to Programming .... 3 

Physical Education 1 



17 



Fall Semester 

MA 231 Introduction to Linear Algebra ... 4 

PY 205 General Physics 4 

Literature 3 

Modern Language 3 

Humanities Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MA 232 Introduction to Multivariable 

Calculus 3 

Introduction to Modern Algebra . . 3 

General Physics 4 

Free Electives 6 

Physical Education 1 



MA 403 
PY 208 



18 



17 



175 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MA 425 Mathematical Analysis I 3 MA 426 Mathematical Analysis II 3 

MA 312 Introduction to Differential Probability 3 

Ek)uations 3 Humanities Elective 3 

Humanities Elective 3 Technical Electives* 6 

Technical Elective 3 — 

Free Electives 3 15 

15 
SENIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Technical Electives 9 Technical Electives* 9 

Humanities Elective 3 Humanities Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 Free Elective 3 

15 15 

Total Hours for Graduation 126 



* One of these must be MA 430 for the applied mathematics option. 

Physics 

Cox Hall 

Professor L. W. Seagondollar, Head of the Department 

Professor J. T. Lynn, Assistant to the Head of the Department 

Professors: W. R. Davis, W. O. Doggett, G. L. Hall, A. W. Jenkins Jr., E. R. 
Manring, J. D. Memory, A. C. Menius Jr., G. E. Mitchell, M. K. Moss, R. R. Patty, 
D. R. Tilley, A. W. Waltner; Professors Emeriti: W. H. Bennett, H. C. Kelly, 

F. W. Lancaster, J. S. Meares; Associate Professors: K T. Chung, G. C. Cobb, 

G. H. Katzin, F. Lado Jr., D. H. Martin, J. Y. Park; Assistant Professors: C. R. 
Gould, G. W. Parker III, J. F. Schetzina; Assistant Professor Emeritus: E. J. 
Brown; Instructor: H. L. Owen; Instructor Emeritus: M. W. C. Harris; Asso- 
ciate Members of the Department: J. M. A. Danby (Mathematics), R. E. Fornes 
(Textiles), R. L. Murray (Nuclear Engineering), D. L. Ridgeway (Statistics) 

Physics is a fundamental science of observations, measurements and the mathe- 
matical description of the particles and processes of nature. In addition to extending 
our basic knowledge of the universe, physics provides the means for attacking 
problems of importance in modern technology. The variety of the contributions made 
by physicists is indicated by activities such as the discovery of new particles of 
nature, the invention and use of new instruments to probe interplanetary space, the 
study of processes fundamental to the release of thermonuclear energy, the develop- 
ment of lasers and solid state devices, and research on missiles, satellites and 
space craft. 

PROGRAMS 

The Physics Department provides at both the undergraduate and graduate levels 
programs of study in fundamental physics and specialization areas including rela- 
tivity theory, nuclear physics, plasma physics, infrared spectroscopy, magnetic 
resonance, atmospheric physics, solid state physics and lasers. (See pages 12-14 for 
graduate degrees and consult the Graduate Catalog.) 

UNDERGRADUATE STUDY 

The undergraduate curriculum in physics provides the basic training for a career 
in physics or for graduate study. The curriculum leads to a Bachelor of Science 
in Physics. 



176 



PHYSICS CURRICULUM 



Fall Semester 



FRESHMAN YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 



PMS 100 Orientation 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

ENG HI Composition & Rhetoric 3 

MA 102 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus I 4 

Humanities-Social Sciences 3 

Physical Education 1 



15 



FY 201 General Physics 4 

MA 201 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus II 4 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

Physical Education 1 



16 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

PY 202 General Physics 4 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus III 4 

Free Elective 3 

Humanities-Social Sciences 3 

English Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 

18 



Spring Semester Credits 

PY 203 General Physics 4 

PY 413 Thermal Physics 3 

MA 301 Applied Differential Equations I . . 3 

Free Elective 3 

Humanities-Social Sciences 3 

Physical Education 1 

17 



Fall Semester 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 



PY 411 Mechanics I 3 

PY 414 Electricity & Magnetism I 3 

PY 451 Intermediate Experiments 

in Physics I 2 

MA 401 Applied Differential Equations II . 3 

Free Elective 3 



PY 412 Mechanics II 3 

PY 415 Electricity & Magnetism II 3 

PY 452 Intermediate Experiments in 

Physics II 2 

Mathematics Elective 3 

Humanities-Social Sciences 3 

Free Elective 3 



Fall Semester 

PY 401 Modern & Quantum Physics I 3 

Technical Elective* 3 

Mathematics Elective 3 

Humanities-Social Sciences 3 

Free Elective 3 



15 



17 

SENIOR YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester Credits 
PY 402 Modern & Quantum Physics II 3 



Technical Electives* 6 

Humanities-Social Sciences 3 

Free Elective 3 

15 
Total Hours for Graduation 127 



* Technical or Sciences Electives (above 200 level) 



Statistics 

Cox Hall 

Professor D. D. Mason, Head of the Department 

Professor F. E. McVay, Coordinator of Advising 

Professors: B. B. Bhattacharyya, C. C. Cockerham, H. J. Gold, A. H. E. Grandage, 
R. J. Hader, D. W. Hayne, H. L. Lucas Jr., R. J. Monroe, L. A. Nelson, C. H. 
Proctor, C. P. Quesenberry, J. O. Rawlings, D. L. Ridgeway, J. A. Rigney. R. G. 
D. Steel, H. R. van der Vaart, 0. Wesler; Adjunct Professor: J. T. Wakeley; 
Professor Emeritus: G. M. Cox; Associate Professors: T. M. Gerig, F. G. Gies- 
brecht, M. M. Goodman, W. L. Hafley, A. R. Manson, B. F. Swindel (USFS), 
J. L. Wasik; Adjunct Associate Professor: D. L. Bayless; Assistant Profes- 
sors: A. R. Gallant, A. C. Linnerud; Adjunct Assistant Professor: H. T. Sch- 



177 



reuder; Instructor: J. W. Service; Senior Research Technologist: F. J. Verlin- 
den; Research Associate Technologist: A. J. Barr; Research Associates: 
J. H. Goodnight, J. Graham; Associate Statisticians: H. K. Hamann, B. J. 
Stines; Assistant Statisticians: P. H. Geissler, H. J. Kirk, D. W. Turner, F. T. 
Wang 

Statistics is the body of scientific methodology which deals with the logic of 
experiment and survey design, the efficient collection and presentation of quantita- 
tive information, and the formulation of valid and reliable inferences fi"om sample 
data. 

The Department of Statistics is part of the Institute of Statistics, which includes 
Departments of Biostatistics and Statistics at Chapel Hill. The Department of 
Statistics provides instruction, consultation and computational services on research 
projects for other departments of all schools at North Carolina State University 
including the Agricultural Experiment Station. Department staff are engaged in 
research in statistical theory and methodology. This range of activities furnishes 
a professional environment for training students in the use of statistical procedures 
in such fields as the physical, biological and social sciences, and in industrial 
research and development. 

The undergraduate program leads to a bachelor of science in statistics. For 
graduate degrees see pages 12-14 and consult the Graduate Catalog. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The importance of sound statistical thinking in the design and analysis of quan- 
titative studies is generally recognized. Industry relies on statistical methods to 
control the quahty of goods in the process of manufacture and to determine the 
acceptability of goods produced. Statistical procedures based on scientific sampling 
have become basic tools in such diverse fields as weather forecasting, opinion 
polling, crop and livestock estimation, and business trend prediction. Because one 
can improve the efficiency of use of increasingly complex and expensive experi- 
mental and survey data, the statistician is in demand wherever quantitative studies 
are conducted. 

TYPICAL STATISTICS CURRICLXUM 



Fall Semester 



FRESHMAN YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 



ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

MA 102 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus I 4 

CSC 101 Introduction to Programming .... 3 

Physical Education 1 

PMS 100 Orientation 



15 



ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

MA 201 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus II 4 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

Physical Education 1 



16 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

ST 371 Introduction to Probability 

and Statistics 4 

MA 231 Introduction to Linear Algebra ... 3 

PY 205 General Physics 4 

EC 201 Economics I 3 

Physical Education 1 



Spring Semester 

PSY 200 
MA 232 



Credits 



Introduction to Psychology 3 

Introduction to Multivariable 

Calculus 3 

PY 208 General Physics 4 

EC 202 Economics II 3 

Major Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 



17 



178 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

ST 421 Introduction to Mathematical 

Statistics 3 

Major Elective 3 

Modern Language 3 

Humanities Elective 3 

Biological Science Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 



18 



Spring Semester Credits 

ST 422 Introduction to Mathematical 

Statistics 3 

Major Elective 3 

Modern Language 3 

Humanities Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 



15 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall SeTnester Credits 

ST 501 Basic Statistical Analysis 3 

Major Elective 3 

ENG 321 The Communication of 

Technical Information 3 

Humanities Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 



15 



Spring Semester Credits 

ST 502 Basic Statistical Analysis 3 

Major Elective 3 

SP 231 Expository Speaking 3 

Humanities Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 



Total Hours for Graduation 



15 
.126 



179 




Design students develop models to fit real 
situations; here, a renovations model is dis- 
cussed. 



Geology students on a weekend field trip view a landslide site in the Virginia 
mountains. 




TEXTILES 

Nelson Textile Building 

D. W. Chaney, Dean 

W. E. Smith, Assistant to the Dean for Student Services; M. L. Robinson Jr., 
Academic Coordinator; M. R. Shaw, Assistant Dean for Research; D. S. Hamby, 
Director, Textiles Extension and Continuing Education; W. H. Hard, Assistant 
to the Director of Textiles Extension and Continuing Education; H. T. Pratt, 
Adjunct Extension Associate Professor; P. D. Emerson, Head, Machine Design 
and Development; C. M. Asbill Jr., Professor Emeritus, Machine Design and 
Development; J. G. Baker, Librarian, Burlington Textiles Library; M. E. Camp- 
bell, Dean Emeritvs 

The field of textiles is broad. It covers almost every aspect of our daily lives — 
with applications in medicine, space, recreation and sports, personal safety, environ- 
mental improvement and control, transportation and in household and apparel uses. 
These versatile materials — textiles — are made to exacting design specifications by 
a variety of modern high-speed processes, utilizing tools such as lasers, electronics 
and computers. Textiles begins with the synthesis of fibers by man or by nature; 
it carries through a myriad selection of processes for fabric formation, including 
the steps necessary to make fabrics useful, such as the manufacture of dyestuffs 
and coloring, chemical auxiliaries and finishes, cutting and fashioning into end-use 
products. 

The approximately 5,000 graduates of the School of Textiles hold diverse positions, 
mostly in North Carolina. In the textile and related industries, occupations range 
from manufacturing management, sales, corporate management, designing and 
styling, research development and technical service to quality control and person- 
nel management. These textile graduates are in the creative and management 
decision-making aspects of the industry. They plan the flow of materials and 
machines. They create new products and processes. They solve product and process 
problems. They create styles, designs, patterns, colors, textures, and structures 
for apparel, home and industrial uses. They engineer the systems and products 
required of industrial, space, medical, apparel and other uses of textile products. 
They deal with computers, automation, product quality, plant performance and 
environmental problems. They manage large and small companies, personnel, and 
systems. 

The School of Textiles prepares young people for careers in the above occupations. 
A broad background is stressed; two-thirds of the educational program can come 
from the resources of the University outside the School. Opportunities remain 
excellent, with the School maintaining one of the University's best placement 
records. Demand for textile graduates from North Carolina State University is 
particularly strong, due in part to the strength of the academic programs. These 
programs are organized in two departments: textile technology and textile 
chemistry. 

CURRICULA 

The School of Textiles offers a broad curricula choice depending upon individual 
interests. Terminal Bachelor of Science programs in textile technology or in textile 
chemistry permit a broad choice of courses in addition to required core courses. 
For example, a student may specialize in yarn or fabric structures, in textile 
economics and marketing or in fabric styling and design. The student's curriculum 
includes hiamanities, social sciences and basic sciences and, may result in a con- 
centration in economics, industrial engineering, languages, mathematics, physics, 
chemistry, political science, statistics or textile chemistry (or technology). The 
structure of the course sequence may allow graduate study in either the field of 
concentration or in textile chemistry or technology. It is possible, with one summer 
of extra work, to obtain a double degree, for example in textile technology and 
chemistry. 

181 



Curricula leading to graduate study, particularly to Doctor of Philosophy pro- 
grams, such as in fiber and polymer science, differ from terminal Bachelor of 
Science programs primarily in the junior and senior year. While considerable 
latitude is still possible, there are a number of prescribed courses, the nature of 
which depends upon the type of graduate study anticipated. 

Textile chemistry gives the student fundamental education in chemistry em- 
phasizing the application of this science to textiles. Emphasis on chemical funda- 
mentals adequately prepares exceptional textile chemistry students for graduate 
study either in pure or applied chemistry. Similarly, students who complete the 
program in any of the concentrations in textile technology with a high degree of 
excellence may do graduate study in numerous areas. 

Inasmuch as professional textiles work is concentrated in the last two years of 
the student's program, it is possible for students from junior or community colleges, 
or other institutions of higher learning, to transfer to the School of Textiles with a 
minimum loss of time. 

INSPECTION TRIPS 

For certain textile courses, it is desirable for the student to see the manufacturing 
process under actual operating conditions. When possible, student groups visit 
outstanding manufacturing plants. Trip participation is required; transportation 
costs and other travel expenses, while held to a minimum, are paid by the student. 

SLTMMER EMPLO\^IENT 

Job opportunities for summer employment are available for textile students. 
Placement assistance is available through the school placement office and frequently 
can be arranged in the student's home community. Qualified students may arrange 
to receive academic credit of up to three hours per summer not to exceed six hours 
for faculty-approved summer jobs. 

DEGREES 

Upon completion of programs in either textile technology or textile chemistry, 
the degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred. 

The School of Textiles offers the follovdng graduate degrees: Master of Textile 
Technology; Master of Science in textile technology or in textile chemistry; and 
Doctor of Philosophy in fiber and polymer science. For general requirements con- 
sult the Graduate Catalog. 

By faculty agreement candidates for the Doctor of Philosophy degree in other 
schools of this institution may specialize in essentially textile-related subjects. 
In such cases, research is usually done in Textiles. 

THE FOUR-ONE PROGRAM 

The School of Textiles has a program which permits a student with a bacca- 
laureate degree from an accredited college or university to complete the require- 
ments for a Bachelor of Science degree in textile technology or textile chemistry 
after the satisfactory completion of one year of study. 

Applicants should have completed mathematics, physics and chemistry com- 
parable to that required in the basic textile technology or chemistry curricula. 
Under these conditions, the student can complete the degree requirements in two 
regular semesters and summer school. Students not meeting minimum require- 
ments in sciences or applied mathematics could remove deficiencies in the summer 
session prior to the fall semester, allowing completion of studies at the end of the 
normal period or in the follovdng summer sessions. 

Each applicant's undergraduate program is considered individually and, in 
general, a complete transfer of credits is possible. 



182 



HONORS PROGRAM 

This program offers the exceptional student an opportunity to penetrate deeply 
into an area of special interest, after completing preparatory studies. Academically- 
promising entrants to the School, and students who develop academic promise 
during the freshman year, are assigned to honors advisers and are regarded as 
honors candidates. Special lectures, discussion groups and seminars in the freshman 
and sophomore years introduce and reveal the possibilities for future development 
in the honors program. Towards the end of the freshman year, selected honors 
candidates are invited to become frill members of the honors program. In the 
sophomore year, with honors adviser consent, honors students may begin to 
develop programs of strength in a special interest area. This may necessitate the 
substitution of preferred courses for those normally required. In the junior and 
senior years the student develops special interests, culminating in an honors thesis. 
The honors thesis ranges from a scholarly review of a special topic to a discussion 
of an experimental research problem. 

FACILITIES 

The Nelson Textile Building houses one of the most modern, best-equipped textile 
institutions. It includes the Burlington Textiles Library, a division of the D. H. 
Hill Library and one of the country's best textile libraries. 

SPECIAL SERVICES 

The School of Textiles offers a nvimber of services and programs which enriches 
its academic program.s. 

Textile Research is conducted on a wide variety of problems including some 
concerns of society with the environment and with health and safety. Frequently 
the problems are interdisciplinary and involve team effort. Students have an oppor- 
tunity to participate in the solution to current problems. 

Textiles Extension and Continuing Education is vigorously engaged in by all 
faculty. It serves the needs of the textile industry by disseminating research find- 
ings and offering short courses for executive, scientific and supervisory personnel. 
The two-way exchange in these activities keeps students and faculty informed on all 
of the latest developments. 

Machine Design and Development including well equipped shops, provides engi- 
neering assistance to the faculty and students. This department endeavors to remain 
current with recent engineering advances applicable to textiles and maintains active 
liaison with industry and the scientific community. 

The Office of Student Services is responsible for the placement and financial 
aid programs of the School of Textiles. The placement function makes available 
to a potential employer the credentials of our students for permanent and summer 
employment and in a great number of cases performs equally for alumni. 

The financial aid function operates by committee and makes it possible for any 
North Carolina student to pursue an education in textiles through scholarships, 
loans or grants as long as one maintains the University's academic and moral 
standards. 

The office also represents the School of Textiles at North Carolina high schools 
through participating in the North Carolina Guidance and Personnel Association. 

The Office of Student Services director is a member of the Executive Committee 
of the School of Textiles and is, to a great extent, the liaison between the student 
body and the student government with the administration of the School. 

In general, this office is the bridge between academic and extracurricular 
activities for the students. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Technological advances in textile fibers and manufacturing techniques create a 
demand for textile graduates. For several years, the School of Textiles has had a 



183 



demand for more graduates than it could supply. Its graduates have entered the 
textile industry at salaries equal to or better than those offered in any other 
industry. 

For types of positions open to graduates, see page 181. Placement and interview 
a$sistance is available through student affairs and placement. 



Textile Chemistry 

David Clark Laboratories 

Professor H. A. Rutherford, Head of the Department 

Assistant Professor C. D. Livengood, Coordinator of Advising 

Professors: K. S. Campbell, D. M. Cates, R. D. Gilbert, G. Goldfinger, R. McGregor; 
Professor Emeritxis: R. W. Work; Adjunct Professors: A. E. Davis Jr., H. F. 
Mark, E. M. Pearce, A. Schindler, A. M. Sookne; Associate Professors: J. A. 
Cuculo, T. H. Guion, M. H. Theil, W. K. Walsh; Associate Professor Emeritus: 
A. C. Hayes; Adjunct Associate Professor: H. N. Friedlander; Adjunct Assis- 
tant Professors: K. K. Ghosh, L. A. Graham, W. R. Martin Jr. 

The field of textile chemistry embraces a number of disciplines and is concerned, 
in part, with those industrial processes that constitute the final steps in the 
preparation of textile materials for the consumer. Common terms applied to these 
processes are scouring, bleaching, printing, dyeing and finishing. Textile chemistry 
is also concerned with fiber-forming polymers, both natural and man-made, and how 
the chemical and physical properties of such materials vary with fiber structure. 
Students receive a fundamental knowledge of the underlying principles that relate 
to this derivative field and a perspective that includes the many interacting factors 
involved in the preparation and conversion of polymeric materials to useful 
products. 

CURRICULA 

The department has two undergraduate curricula, referred to as Programs "A" 
and "B". "A" is for students who plan advanced study in fiber and polymer 
science. "B" is oriented toward a terminal Bachelor of Science degree. However, 
pursual of "B" does not mitigate against the student entering a graduate program; 
by proper choice of electives beginning in the junior year a student may terminate 
pro-am "B" with essentially the same background as one who takes "A". 

Program "A" requires more mathematics and chemistry than "B". The course 
sequences required are described in footnotes after each program. 

Although not indicated specifically in the curricula outlines which follow, the 
student may choose a minor in a number of different disciplines. Choice of course 
material is flexible and is made in consultation with the student's adviser. By 
proper choice of electives a student may in a four-year period complete the require- 
ments for two degrees: textile chemistry and textile technology; textile chemistry 
and chemistry; and textile chemistry and mathematics. Other combinations are 
possible, but may require a fifth year of study. 

For graduate degrees see pages 12-14 and consult the Graduate Catalog. 

FACILITIES 

David Clark Laboratories houses offices, classrooms, laboratories and pilot 
facilities for instruction and research. The departmental radiation laboratory is 
in Nelson Building. Radiation facilities include a Cobalt 60 source and a 500 KV 
Electron Accelerator. 



184 



E)quipment is available for ultra-violet, visible, infrared, nmr and esr spectro- 
scopy, reflectometry, colorimetry, viscometry, chromotography, differential thermal 
analysis, thermal gravimetric analysis, differential scanning calorimetry, instru- 
mental measurement of color and computer color matching. Common testing equip- 
ment used for the evaluation of the physical properties of textile materials and 
for determining the color -fastness, wash-fastness, etc., of fibers and fabrics is also 
available. Complete pilot plant facilities allow demonstration of wet-processing 
operations used in textiles. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM IN TEXTILE CHEMISTRY 

PROGRAM A 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

T 101 Fundamentals of Textiles 2 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

MA 102 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus I 4 

Physical Education 1 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



T 203 Fiber Science I 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

MA 201 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus II 4 

Physical Education 1 



14 
SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

TC 303 Textile Chemistry I 2 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus III 4 

T 220 Yarn Forming Systems 4 

or 
T 250 Fabric Fbrming Systems 

Free Elective 3 

Physical Education (if required) 1 



15 



Credits 



Spring Semester 

TC 304 Textile Chemistry II 2 

T 305 Introduction to Color Science 1 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

PY 205 General Physics 4 

MA 301 Applied Differential Equations I . . 3 

Humanities or Social Science Elective 3 

Physical Education (if required) 1 



18 



18 
JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 

TC (CH) 461 Chemistry of Fibers 

PY 208 General Physics 

T 250 Fabric Forming Systems . . 



Credits 

3 

4 

4 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



TC 412 Textile Chemical Analysis II 3 

ST 361 Introduction to Statistics for 
Engineers 



T 220 
TC 403 
TC 405 



Yarn Fbrming Systems 
Textile Chemical Technology 
Textile Chemical Technology 
Laboratory 



CSC 101 Introduction to Programming 
or 

CSC 111 Algorithmic Languages I 2 or 3 

CH 431 Physical Chemistry I 3 

Humanities or Social Science Elective 3 

TC 404 Textile Chemical Technology 3 

TC 406 Textile Chemical Technology 

Laboratory 2 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CH 315 Quantitative Analysis 4 

Textile Chemistry Elective** 3 or 4 

CH 433 Physical Chemistry II 3 

Humanities or Social Science Elective 6 



16-17 



Credits 



Spring Semester 

TC 491 Seminar in Textile Chemistry 1 

Textile Chemistry Elective** 3 or 4 

Humanities or Social Science Elective 6 

Free Elective 6 



16-17 



Total Hours for Graduation 



16-17 
. .130 



' TC 561 Organic Chemistry of High Polymers 

" TC (CH) 562 Physical Chemistry of High Polymers — Bulk Properties 

' TC 505 Theory of Dyeing 

■ T 492 Problems in Science and Technology 

TC 401 The Textile Industry and the Environment 

T506 Color Science 

' TC 504 Fiber Formation — ^Theory and Practice 
' T 493 Industrial Internship in Textiles 
' TC (CHE) 569 Polymers, Surfectants and Colloidal Materials 



185 



UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM IN TEXTILE CHEMISTRY 

PROGR.\M B 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

T 101 Fundamentals of Textiles 2 

ENG 111 Composition and Reading 3 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

MA 102 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus I* 4 



Spring Semester Credits 

T 203 Fiber Science I 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

MA 201 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus II 4 



MA 112 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus A* 4 

Physical Eklucation 1 



14 



MA 212 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus B 3 

Physical Education 1 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



14-15 



Credits 



TC 303 Textile Chemistry I 2 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus III 4 

or 

MA 114 Topics in Modern Mathematics ... 3 

T 220 Yarn Forming Systems 4 



T 250 Fabric Fbrming Systems 

Free Elective 3 

Physical Education (if required) 1 



Spring Semester 

TC 304 Textile Chemistry II 2 

T 305 Introduction to Color Science 1 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry II •. . 4 

PY 205 General Physics** 4 

or 

PY 211 General Physics 4 

Humanities or Social Science Elective 6 

Physical Education (if required) 1 



16-18 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



17-18 



Credits 



TC (CH) 461 Chemistry of Fibers 3 

PY 208 General Physics 4 

or 

PY 212 General Physics 4 

T 250 Fabric Forming Systems 4 

or 
T 220 Yarn Fbrming Systems 

TC 403 Textile Chanical Technology 3 

TC 405 Textile Chemistry Technology 

Laboratory 2 



16 



Spring Semester 

TC 412 Textile Chemistry Analysis II 3 

ST 361 Introduction to Statistics for 
Engineers 

or 
CSC 101 Introduction to Programming 

or 

CSC 111 Algorithmic Languages I 2 or 3 

Elective from Schedule A 4 

Humanities or Social Science Elective 3 

TC 404 Textile Chemical Technology 3 

TC 406 Textile Chemistry Technology 

Laboratory 2 



17-18 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



CH 315 (Quantitative Analysis 4 

Textile Chemistry Elective*** 3 or 4 

Elective from Schedule A 3 

Humanities or Social Science Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 



Spring Semester Credits 

TC 491 Seminar in Textile Chemistry 1 

Textile Chemistry Elective*** 6 

Humanities or Social Science Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 



16-17 



Hours for Graduation 



16 
.129 



* One of the following mathematics sequences is required: MA 114. MA 112, and MA 212 or MA 
102, MA201 and MA 202. 
** One of the following physics sequences is required: PY 211, 212. or PY 205, 208.. 
*** Textile Chemistry electives include: 

*** TC 561 Organic Chemistry of Polymers 

*** TC (CH) 562 Physical Chemistry of High Polymers — Bulk Properties 

*** TC 505 Theory of Dyeing 

*** TC 401 The Textile Industry and Environment 

*** T 492 Problems in Science and Technology 

*** T 506 Color Science 

*** TC 504 Fiber Formation — ^Theory and Practice 

*** TC (CHE) 569 Polymers. Surfactants and Colloidal Materials 

***TC493 Industrial Internship in Textiles 



186 



Program B Sequences ^H 331 mt^ductory Physical chemistry .. 4 

TX 431 Special Topics in Testing 3 and choice of: 

TX 530 Textile Quality Control 3 MA 301 Applied Differential Equations I . . 3 

— CH 441 Colloid Chemistry 3 

6 CHE (TO 569 Polymers, Surfactants & 

„„ ,o, .no r.. • 1 ^L • ._ T IT ,. Colloidal Materials 3 

CH 431. 433 Physical Chemistry I. II 6 Technical course approved by 



PY 411, 412 Mechanics I, II 6 

MA 511, 512 Advanced Calculus I, II 6 



department head 3 

7 



Textile Technology 

Nelson Textile Building 

Professor J. F. Bogdan, Head of the Department 

Professors: A. H. El-Shiekh, D. S. Hamby, S. P. Hersh, P. R. Lord, J. A. Porter Jr.; 
Professors Emeriti: E. B. Grover, J. T. Hilton, W. E. Shinn; Associate Professors: 
E. H. Bradford, W. D. Cooper, C. L. Dyer, R. E. Fornes, T. W. George, B. S. 
Gupta, J. W. Klibbe, W. K. Lynch, M. H. Mohamed, W. E. Moser, J. E. Pardue, 
M. L. Robinson Jr., W. C. Stuckey Jr.; Adjunct Associate Professors: V. F. 
Holland, J. C. Lumsden; Associate Professors Emeriti: J. G. Lewis, T. G. 
Rochow; Assistant Professors: P. Brown, P. L. Grady, E. E. Hutchison, F. W. 
Massey, H. M. Middleton Jr., P. A. Tucker Jr.; Adjunct Assistant Professors: 
D. H. Black, D. M. Powell; Assistant Professor Emeritus: A. J. Woodbury; 
Instructor: G. W. Smith 

The Textile Technology Department instructs students in the theory and funda- 
mental concepts of fiber properties and fiber processing into yarns and fabrics. 
This is accomplished through the systematic study of the basic properties of both the 
materials being processed and of the process involved. The department is engaged 
in research supported by University funds and industrial and governmental spon- 
sors. Faculty, graduate and undergraduate students may participate in the research 
program. 

CURRICULUM 

The curriculum the first two years is concerned primarily with the physical 
sciences, humanities and social sciences, and with limited but important basic 
studies in textile fundamentals. The major work in textiles is done the junior and 
senior years. 

The textile technology curriculiam provides as general an education as possible, 
while preparing the graduate for a profitable, rewarding textile career. This is 
accomplished through an integration of the physical and social sciences and the 
application of these sciences and economics to the field of textiles. 

In addition to the wide selection of sciences, the student has the opportunity 
for diversification within the School of Textiles. The curriculum offers depth in 
such selected areas as fiber and yarn technology, fabric technology, knitting 
technology, general textiles and textile management. 

For graduate degrees, see pages 12-14. 

CONCENTRATIONS 

For a student to develop a second field of interest, the Department of Textile 
Technology offers an opportunity for the selection of a concentration fi-om a 
discipline outside the department. Not only can strength be developed in a second 
discipline, but upon completion of the undergraduate work, one may pursue a gradu- 
ate program of study in textiles or in the concentration discipline. 



187 



Selection of the concentration can, in most cases, be delayed until the first 
semester of the junior year. This permits the student time to determine which field 
holds the greatest interest. This timing is also appropriate for the transfer student 
from both the N. C. State campus and from other schools such as the community 
colleges, since most or all of the work in the other school can be applied to the 
requirements of the first two years of study in the department. If the transfer 
student has completed two full years at another institution, the amount of pre- 
requisite work is minimized, since the majority of the major and minor studies are 
concentrated in the junior and senior years. 

FACILITIES 

Textile Technology has laboratory areas for processing of short staple fibers, 
long staple synthetic fibers, throwing and texturizing continuous filament yams. 
Laboratories for the study of the formation of woven, knitted and nonwoven fabrics 
including tufting and yarn preparation systems are available. The knitting labora- 
tories include a hosiery section, circular and double knitting, warp and flat knitting, 
and knit goods finishing. The department has extensive facilities for physical 
testing of fibers, yarns and fabrics. A textile physics laboratory includes equipment 
designed for specialized problems related to textiles. 

TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY CURRICULUM 



Fall Semester 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 

Humanity-Social Science Elective 3 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry* 

or 
MA 102 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus I 4 

T 101 Fundamentals of Textiles 2 

Physical Education 1 

17 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Credits 



Spring Semester 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 



Credits 



CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus A 
or 
MA 201 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus II 4 

T 220 Yarn Forming ^sterns 4 

Physical Education 1 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



16 



Credits 



Humanity-Social Science Bective 3 

MA 212 Analytic Geometry & 
Calculus B 
or 
MA 202 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus III 3 or 4 

ST 361 Introduction to Statistics for 

Engineers 3 

T 203 Fiber Science I 3 

T 260 Fabric Forming Systems 4 

Physical Education 1 



17-18 



Spring Semester 

CSC 200 Introduction to Computers & 

Their Uses 3 

Humanity-Social Science Elective 3 

PY 205 General Physics 
or 

PY 211 General Physics 4 

TX 211 Fiber Science II 3 

TX 330 Textile Measurements & 

Quality Control 4 

Physical Education 1 

18 



Fall Semester 



Humanity-Social Science Elective 3 

PY 212 General Physics 



JUNIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 

TX 340 Principles of Knitted Fabric 



Credits 



PY 208 General Physics 4 

TC 301 Technology of E>yeing & Finishing . 4 
TX 320 Design & Control of Staple 

Yarn Systems 5 



16 



Structures 5 

TX 360 Woven Fabric Structures 6 

TX 380 Management & Control of 

Textile Systems 3 

Concentration Hours (Programs A, B, C) ... 3 



16 



188 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Humanity-Social Science Elective 3 Humanity-Social Science Elective 3 

TX 460 Physical Properties of Textile Concentration Hours (Programs A, B, C) ... 6 

Fibers Free Electives 6 

or — 

TX 560 Structural & Physical 15 

Properties of Fibers 3 Total Hours for Graduation 130 

Concentration Hours (Programs A, B, C) ... 6 
Free Elective 3 

16 



* MA 114 may. under certain circumstances, be substituted for MA 111. 

The mathematics sequence for qualifying students shall be MA 102, 201 and 202. 
Eighteen credit hours of humanity-social science electives are required. These 18 
hours are to include three credit hours of English and EC 201. Students are en- 
couraged to take a minimum of two courses in the areas chosen to fulfill the 
humanity-social science requirement. The choice of course sequence and scheduling 
will be planned by the faculty adviser and the student. 

PROGR.WI A 

Program A is designed for the student interested in pursuing advanced studies in 
the basic and applied sciences. The textile courses in the concentration emphasize 
the physics and mechanics of textile structures and materials. The program is 
ideally suited for, but not limited to, those interested in pursuing graduate studies 
in the Master of Science or Doctor of Philosophy programs. The actual sequence 
of courses constituting the 15 hour concentration is based upon student interest 
with adviser approval. Typical courses from which the concentration may be 
structured are: MA 301, MA 511, ESM 301, PY 411, PY 412, PY 413, T 500, 
TC 461, TX 561. The student selects at least six hours of 400 or 500 level 
textile courses. 

PROGRAM B 

Program B, consisting of 15 hours, is based upon a background in basic economics 
and is designed to develop an understanding of management control systems, 
decision -making theories and marketing and distribution systems. Six hovirs of 
course work must be selected from ACC 260, EC 420, 307, 326, 431, and 332, TX 
586. The student would be expected to select at least six hours of 400 or 500 level 
textile courses. 

PROGRAM C 

Program C allows students to elect advanced courses in the field of textiles. These 
courses may be selected from the elective offerings by the School of Textiles and 
may be used to develop in-depth study in yarn forming, fabric forming, microscopy, 
quality control, textile chemistry or combinations of these areas. 

For those students interested in developing a sequence of courses in a discipline 
outside of the School of Textiles, these 15 hours may be used, in whole or in part, 
for a sequence of courses comprising the program of study planned by the student 
and faculty adviser and approved by the Head of Textile Technology. 



189 




Laboratory work is 
an integral part of a 
chemist's training 
for improving and. 
developing m,aterials 
and controlling our 
environment. 



The specialized Textiles Library is a branch of the D. H. Hill Librai-y which also 
m,aintains branches in Design and Forest Resources. 



IX- i 



... I 



-■■^^\ 



msm^ 



\v-< 




University Studies 

Harrelson Hall 

Instructor C. L. Stalnaker, Acting Head 

Professors: J. R. Lambert Jr., J. C. Wallace; Associate Professor: D. Huisingh; 
Assistant Professor: R. L. Hoffinan 

University Studies is an academic unit responsible for interdisciplinary programs 
dealing with contemporary issues and problems. Courses are taught by teams of 
faculty drawn from the Division and from the academic disciplines relating to the 
problems or issues under consideration. These courses are open without prerequi- 
sites to students in all curricula. 

Military Education and Training 

DEPARTMENT OF MILITARY SCIENCE (ARMY ROTC) 

Professor: Col. R. E. Lenzner; Instructors: Lt. Col. R. E. Gatti, Maj. B. J. Baucom, 
Capt. G. W. Johnson, Capt. G. N. Edgar. 

DEPARTMENT OF AEROSPACE STUDIES (AIR FORCE ROTC) 

Professor: Col. D. F. First; Instructors: Maj. D. M. Ware, Maj. J. D. Wingfield, 
Capt. G. L. Nordyke 

The Reserve Officers' Training Corps designates University students enrolled in 
the Department of Military Science (Army ROTC) or in the Department of Aero- 
space Studies (Air Force ROTC). These departments are separate academic and 
administrative subdivisions of the institution. 

The mission of the Army ROTC program is to produce well-educated commis- 
sioned officers in sufficient numbers to meet Army requirements. 

The mission of the Air Force Reserve Officers' Training Corps (AFROTC) is to 
recruit and, through a college campus education program, commission second 
lieutenants in response to Air Force active duty requirements. 

COURSE OF INSTRUCTION 

Army ROTC — The program of instruction for the Army ROTC consists of a 
two-year basic course and a two-year advanced course. Also available is a two-year 
program designed for junior college graduates and students at four-year colleges 
who were unable to take ROTC during their first two years of college. 

Air Force ROTC — The program of instruction consists of a two-year general 
military course, a field training course, and a two-year professional officer course. 

Students desiring to enter either the Army or Air Force two-year program should 
contact the Military Science Department, Room 154, Reynolds Coliseum, or the 
Aerospace Studies Department, Room 145 Reynolds Coliseum, before the start of 
the spring semester of their sophomore year. 

The Army and Air Force ROTC units conduct a flight instruction program. A 
limited number of highly qualified Army cadets participate and receive B6V2 hours 
of flying in light aircraft. All Air Force ROTC cadets who are qualified and have 
volunteered for active duty pilot training receive 25 hours of flying. Both programs 
include ground school training. Successful completion of the Army program may 
qualify cadets for a Federal Aviation Agency private pilot's certificate. 

Satisfactory completion of the advanced courses qualifies a student for com- 
missioning as a second lieutenant in the Army or Air Force Reserve upon gnradua- 
tion fi-om the University. 



191 



SELECTION 

Army ROTC — The selection of advanced-course students is made from appli- 
cants who are physically qualified and who have above average academic and 
military records. Veterans who have one year or more of service in the Armed 
Forces are eligible for enrollment in the Army ROTC advanced course upon 
reaching their junior year, provided they are in good academic standing, physically 
qualified, have not reached their 27th birthday and are selected by the PMS and 
the University administration. 

Air Force ROTC — A student enrolled in the Air Force ROTC may pursue a 
four -year program or a two-year program. Both offer the opportunity for receiving 
an AFROTC scholarship. 

Students, to meet enrollment requirements for the professional officer course, 
m.ust achieve a qualifying score on the Air Force Officer Qualification Test 
(AFOQT), meet necessary physical requirements and must have good academic 
records. Qualified veterans desiring a commission through an Air Force ROTC 
program complete the two-year advanced program and, in most cases, attend four 
weeks of field training. Non-veterans must complete the two-year general militai-y 
course, the two-year professional officer course, and attend four weeks of field 
training. Non-veterans may elect to successfully complete six weeks field training 
and the two-year professional officer course in lieu of the above four -year program. 
Cadets must complete either program before their 30th birthday to qualify for a 
commission. 

Credit — Credit is allowed for work at other institutions having an ROTC unit 
established in accordance with the provisions of the National Defense Act and 
regulations governing the ROTC. 

FIxXANCIAL AID 

Students in the Army basic or Air Force general military course, other than 
scholarship students, receive no monetary allowance. For summer training of four 
to six weeks, students receive pay and travel allowance. All Army and Air Force 
students in their last two years receive a subsistence allowance of $100 (tax fi-ee) 
per month. Scholarships which pay for tuition, all fees and textbooks are available 
to both Army and Air Force cadets. 

Army ROTC — One-, two-, three- and four-year scholarships are available to 
selected Army ROTC students who are strongly motivated toward a career in the 
Army. 

Air Force ROTC — A limited number of selected students enrolled in the Air 
Force ROTC program may qualify for two-, three- and four-year scholarships. 

Uniforms — Uniforms for Army and Air Force ROTC are provided by the Univer- 
sity from commutation funds paid by the Federal government. 

ORGANIZATION 

Army — The Army ROTC unit at N. C. State consists of a cadet battalion, com- 
manded by a cadet lieutenant colonel, and comprised of a headquarters company 
and lettered companies. The cadet lieutenant colonel and all other cadet officers 
are selected fi"om students enrolled in the second year advanced course. Cadet 
sergeant majors, first sergeants and sergeants first class are appointed fi-om stu- 
dents enrolled in the first year advanced course. Certain specially selected students 
in the second year basic course also are appointed as cadet non-commissioned 
officers. Cadet officers and non-commissioned officers conduct all drill instruction 
with supervision by the University's Army faculty. 

Air Force — The Air Force ROTC unit is organized as a cadet group (commanded 
by a cadet colonel) with an appropriate number of squadrons; the squadrons are 
composed of flights and squads. The group, squadron and flight commanders and 
their staff are cadet commissioned officers and are selected fi-om cadets enrolled 



192 



in the professional officers course. All other positions are held by cadet non- 
commissioned officers who are selected from general military course cadets. Cadet 
officers and non-commissioned officers plan and conduct the cadet group operation 
with AFROTC faculty supervision. 

DISTINGUISHED STUDENTS 

The University names outstanding students of the Army ROTC and Air Force 
ROTC as Distinguished Military Students or Distinguished Air Force ROTC 
Cadets. These students may, upon graduation, be designated Distinguished Military 
Graduates or Distinguished Air Force ROTC Graduates. Distinguished Military 
Graduates may be commissioned in the Regular Army. 



Graduate School 

R. J. Peeler, Vice Provost and Graduate Dean (Acting) 

Graduate instruction at North Carolina State University is organized to provide 
opportunity and facilities for advanced study and research in the fields of agricul- 
ture and life sciences, architecture, dsign, engineering, forestry, certain disciplines 
in the School of Liberal Arts, physical and mathematical sciences, technological 
education and textiles. The purpose of these graduate programs is to develop in 
advanced students a more adequate comprehension of the requirements and 
responsibilities essential for independent research investigation. In all the graduate 
programs emphasis is placed upon a high level of scholarship rather than upon the 
satisfaction of specific course or credit requirements. 

Exceptional facilities for graduate study are provided at North Carolina State 
University. New buildings include modern well-equipped laboratories for graduate 
study in many areas. 

For a list of graduate degrees offered at North Carolina State University, see 
pages 12-14. Consult the Graduate Catalog for details on programs and admission. 



Centralized Computational Resources 

North Carolina State University is one of the three universities owning the 
Triangle Universities Computation Center (TUCC). This facility is located in the 
Research Triangle Park 15 miles from Raleigh. The other participating universities 
are the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and Duke University at 
Durham. 

The central equipment located at TUCC is an IBM System 370, Model 165 with 
3.0 million characters of memory. In addition, 225 million bytes of disk storage are 
available as well as extensive teleprocessing equipment for communication vdth 
member universities and other institutions throughout the State. 

Each university has one high-speed terminal and several medium and low-speed 
devices located in key position on campus. The input-output terminals are con- 
nected to the Model 165 by telecommunication lines. 

The high-speed terminal at N. C. State is an IBM 360, Model 40 located at the 
Computing Center in Nelson Textile Building. It provides communication with 
TUCC and simultaneously processes many of the administration's data processing 
applications. Other terminus, including several medium-speed facilities and many 
typewriter and cathode ray tube devices, are located on campus. They and the 
Model 40 are used for faculty and student research and for instruction in credit 
and noncredit courses. Each of the eight schools and an increasing number of their 
departments find these facilities to be an important tool in the student's total 
educational process. 



193 



The University's Systems Aanlysis and Control Center provides centralized 
computing facilities for data acquisition, control, and simulation. The center 
maintains a versatile hybrid facility for faculty and student use. There are 17 
hybrid simulation terminals for instructional use. A GT 11-40 is available for 
graphics, research and instruction. Various mini-computers and small analog 
computers in this center are for instruction and research. 

University Extension 

1911 Building 

W. L. Turner, Vice Chancellor for Extension and Public Service 

L. H. Hammond, Assistant Vice Chancellor for Extension and Public Service 

M. F. Hester, R. A. Mabry, Assistants to the Vice Chancellor for Extension and 
Public Service 

The University administration is linked to the faculty of the various schools and 
with clientele groups throughout the state through the Vice Chancellor for Exten- 
sion and Public Service, extension field staff, and through advisory or liaison 
groups. The University's overall extension program is coordinated through the 
Vice Chancellor for Extension and Public Service who administers program develop- 
ment, management of interschool and interinstitutional extension programs and 
projects and provides staff assistance for campus wide extension programs. 

DIMSION OF CONTINUING EDUCATION 

R. A. Mabry, Acting Director 

Associate Directors: J. Porter, D. B. Stansel; Assistant to the Director: H. H. 
Ethridge; Continuing Education' Specialists: N. B. Broyles, K. R. Crump, 
J. F. Cudd Jr., J. B. Gordon, D. S. Jackson, H. G. Walker Jr. 

The Division of Continuing Education of N. C. State is the statewide adult 
education service linking the University, its scholars, research, and resources with 
the people and communities of the State. The programs vary in length and format 
from one-day conferences and short courses to regular semester- length classes and 
educational television. 

The Division's programs are designed to meet the needs of any adult who can 
benefit from university-level study. The instructional staff consists of University 
faculty, from N. C. State and other institutions, and authorities in specific fields. 

Only those programs appropriate to the standards of scholarship and instruction 
of N. C. State are offered. Both credit and noncredit programs are offered on the 
University campus, in communities throughout the State and by correspondence 
instruction. 

Correspondence Courses — The Division offers more than 50 different courses 
through its office of Independent Study- Correspondence. Credit courses are offered 
in 15 subject areas and in high school review courses in English and mathe- 
matics. 

Credit and Noncredit Evening Classes — The Division offers, during the fall and 
spring semesters, a series of credit and noncredit courses on the University 
campus. The credit courses are sponsored and taught by the University's academic 
departments and are generally conducted in the late afternoon and evening. These 
courses are offered to the already occupied mature person who is unable to attend 
classes during daytime hours. Approximately 110 courses in a variety of subject 
areas are given each semester. The noncredit classes are designed for cultxoral 
and professional enrichment. 

Off-Campus Credit Courses — Extension classes are offered throughout the State. 
These classes are mainly on a need basis or by request from organizations or special 



194 



groups. Courses are available in almost all subject matter areas from engineering 
to the social sciences. In 1973 the Division administered 82 credit classes in 31 
different locations with registrations totaling over 1,300. 

Short Courses, Institutes, and Conferences — Short courses, institutes and confer- 
ence programs, more than any others, mai'k the University's efforts to meet its 
Land-Grant tradition of providing education to all the people. The scope of the 
programs include: agriculture, engineering, forestry, textiles, the physical sci- 
ences, economics, management, communications, education, and recreation. Dur- 
ing 1973-74 there were 194 courses offered with registrations totaling over 12,013. 

The University awards Continuing Education Units to participants in qualified 
programs. Continuing Education Units are a part of a nationwide recording system 
to provide a uniform measure of attainment in noncredit educational programs. 
One CEU at N. C. State is defined as 'ten contact hours of participation in an 
organized continuing education experience under responsible sponsorship, capable 
direction, and qualified instruction." 

SUMMER SESSIONS 

C. F. Kolb, Director 

The Summer Sessions at N. C. State offer an extensive education program to 
meet the varied needs and interests of almost 8,000 students who come to the 
campus each summer. 

Each of the University's eight schools — represented by more than 55 different 
departments — offers instruction in over 600 courses, more than 40 percent of which 
are at the graduate level. A faculty of more than 400 teachers participates in pro- 
grams for summer study. Six of the eight schools offer regular courses during the 
two five-week terms. Design offers one nine-week program. Forest Resources con- 
ducts a summer camp for sophomores and two five-week practicums. In addition, 
numerous special programs and institutes are offered during the summer. Summer 
courses and special programs meet the needs of undergraduate and graduate stu- 
dents of N. C. State and visiting students pursuing degrees from other institutions. 

For information regarding summer activities write: Director of Summer Sessions, 
Box 5125, Raleigh, North Carolina 27607. 



195 



COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 



In a typical course description, the semester hours of credit, the number of actual 
lecture and laboratory hours of meeting per week, and the term or terms in which 
the course is offered are shown in this manner: 2(1-2) F, S, Sum. or 1-3 F, S, Sum. 

The 2 indicates the number of semester hours credit given for satisfactory 
completion of the course. The (1-2) indicates that the course meets for one hovir of 
lecture and for two hours of laboratory work each week. The 1-3 indicates a 
minimum of 1 and a maximum of 3 semester hours credit can be earned. This is 
to be arranged with the instructor. The F designates the course is to be given the 
fall semester. Likewise, S designates spring; Sum, summer. 

Abbreviations used in the course descriptions are: CI, consent of instructor; 
grad., graduate; undergrad., undergraduate; sr., senior; jr., junior; soph., sopho- 
more; fr., freshman; preq., prerequisite; coreq., corequisite; lab., laboratory; lect., 
lecture; and alt. years, alternate years. 

Waiver of prerequisites is at the discretion of the instructor. 



CONTENTS 



Accounting (ACC) 198 

Ag:riculture and Life Sciences 

(ALS, AC) 199 

Animal Science (ANS) 199 

Anthropology (ANT) 202 

Architecture (ARC) 203 

Art (ART) 205 

Biochemistry (BCH) 205 

Biological and Agricultural 

Engineering (BAE) 206 

Biological Sciences (BS) 209 

Biomathematics (BMA) 210 

Botany (BO) 211 

Chemical Engineering (CHE) 213 

Chemistry (CH) 217 

Civil Engineering (CE) 221 

Computer Science (CSC) 226 

Crop Science (CS) 231 

Design (DN) 233 

Economics (EC) 234 

Education (ED) 240 

Electrical Engineering (EE) 252 

Engineering (E) 257 

Engineering Honors (EH) 257 

Engineering Operations (EO) . . . .258 
Engineering Science and 

Mechanics (ESM) 258 

English (ENG) 262 

Entomology (ENT) 267 

Food Science (FS) 268 

Forestry (FOR) 270 

Genetics (GN) 273 

Geology (GY) 275 

History (HI) 279 



Horticultural Science (HS) 285 

Industrial Arts (lA) 287 

Industrial Engineering (IE) 290 

International Student 

Orientation (ISO) 295 

Landscape Architecture (LAR) . . .295 

Liberal Arts (LA) 296 

Marine Sciences (MAS) 297 

Materials Engineering (MAT) ...298 

Mathematics (MA) 301 

Mechanical and Aerospace 

Engineering (MAE) 308 

Meteorology (MY) 314 

Microbiology (MB) 316 

Military Education and Training .317 

Aerospace Studies (AS) 317 

Military Science (MS) 319 

Modem Languages 320 

Classics (GRK, LAT) 320 

English for Foreign Students 

(MLE) 320 

French (MLF) 320 

German (MLG) 322 

Italian (MLI) 323 

Russian (MLR) 323 

Spanish (MLS) 324 

Music (MUS) 326 

Nuclear Engineering (NE) 326 

Nutrition (NTR) 328 

Operations Research (OR) 329 

Philosophy (PHI) 330 

Physical and Mathematical 

Sciences (PMS) 332 

Physical Education (PE) 333 



197 



Physical Oceanography (OY) 335 

Physics (PY) 336 

Physiology (PHY) 340 

Plant Pathology (PP) 340 

Politics (PS) 342 

Poultry Science (PO) 349 

Product Design (PD) 350 

Psychology (PSY) 351 

Recreation Resources 

Administration (RRA) 357 

Religion (REL) 359 

Sociology (SOC) 360 



Soil Science (SSC) 367 

Speech (SP) 369 

Statistics (ST) 371 

Textile Chemistry (TC) 374 

Textile Technology (TX) 376 

Textiles (T) 379 

Toxicology (TOX) 381 

University Studies (UNI) 381 

Urban Design (UD) 382 

Veterinary Science (VET) 383 

Wood and Paper Science (WPS) . .383 
Zoology (ZO) 387 



Accounting 

(Also see Economics.) 

ACC 260 Accounting I — Concepts of Financial Reporting. 3(3-0) F,S. Financial 
reporting concepts, the information generating process, income measurement, re- 
source valuation, corporate equity measurement, reporting practices, and the inter- 
pretation and analysis of financial statements. Introduction to internal controls and 
merchandising and manufacturing inventories. 

ACC 261 Accounting II — Financial Information Systems. Preq: ACC 260. 3(3-0) 
F,S. Information systems and their generation of financial data for reporting purposes. 
Includes consideration of the reporting practices related to noncorporate entities, 
financial statement structures and classifications, and internal controls. 

ACC 262 Managerial Uses of Cost Data. Preq: ACC 260. 3(3-0) F,S. Managerial 
uses of cost data in planning, controlling, and evaluating organizational activities 
and in making business decisions. Includes consideration of budgeting, cost behavior, 
product costing and pricing, and an introduction to production cost. 

ACC 360 Financial Reporting Theory and Practice I. Preq: ACC 261. 3(3-0) F. 
The preparation of working papers and financial statements, the valuation and re- 
porting problems relating to cash, receivables, inventories, investments, and tangi- 
ble and intangible assets. Consideration of related professional pronouncements. 

ACC 361 Financial Reporting Theory and Practice II. Preq: ACC 360. 3(3-0) S. 
The valuation and reporting problems relating to current and non-current liabilities, 
and corporate and non-corporate owners' equities. Includes cash and fund-flow report- 
ing, the analysis of financial statements, the impact of price-level changes on financial 
reporting, and professional literature. 

ACC 362 Production Cost Analysis and Control. Preq: ACC 262. 3(3-0) F. Mana- 
gerial reporting practices for producing activities, the development and use of cost 
standards and budgets, and the cost measurement of productive inputs for units 
of productive outputs. Managerial use of cost data in analyzing, planning, and con- 
trolling business activity. Consideration of information systems and internal 
controls. 

ACC 460 Specialized Financial Reporting Theory and Practice. Preq: ACC 361. 
3(3-0) F. The specialized valuation and reporting problems relating to consolidated 
financial statements, business combinations and reorganizations, governmental and 
nonprofit organizations, home office and branch relationships, foreign affiliates, 
estates and trusts, and business firms experiencing financial difficulties. Study of 
related professional publicat'ons. 



198 



ACC 464 Income Taxation. Preq: ACC 260. 3(3-0) F,S. Federal and state income 
tax laws relating to individuals and other taxable or reporting entities, the meas- 
urement and reporting of taxable income, and basic research in taxation. Introduc- 
tion to tax planning. 

ACC 466 Examination of Financial Statements. Preq: ACC 361. 3(3-0) S. The 
objectives, standards, procedures, problems, practices and theory of financial state- 
ment examination as performed by independent public accountants. The professional 
standards and ethical codes, the features of information systems and internal con- 
trol, and other professional topics. Extensive use of professional literature and 
authoritative pronouncements. 

ACC 468 Professional Accountancy Resume. Preqs: ACC 362 and 460. 3(3-0) S. 
A review and summation of the theory and practice of financial reporting and profes- 
sional accountancy, as they relate to preparation for the certified public accountant's 
examination, covering both their general and specialized topics. 



Agriculture and Life Sciences 

GENERAL COURSES 

ALS 103 Introductory Topics in the Agricultural and Life Sciences. 1(1-0) F. The 
scope and objectives of a university education with emphasis on the sciences, partic- 
ularly as related to biology and agriculture. Guest lectures and departmental visits. 

Glazener, Craig 

ALS 299 Superior Student Seminar. Preq: Fr. and soph, honor students. 1, Max- 
mum 2. S. Seminar program open only to fr. and soph, students in the honors pro- 
gram. Participation is by invitation. 

ALS (LA) 490 International Seminar. Preq: Jrs. and srs., upperclassmen inter- 
ested in international affairs. 1(1-0) S. A weekly series of seminars on the economic 
and social aspects of developing countries. 

ALS 499 Honors Student Research. 1-3, Maximum 6. S. A research program open 
only to jr. and sr. students in the honors program. Participation is by invitation. 

AC 311 Communication Methods and Media. Preq: ENG 112. 3(3-0) S. Written, 
oral and visual techniques of communications; a survey of the channels of com- 
munications available; principles and techniques for using these channels individ- 
ually or combined into a publicity, promotion, public relations, information or 
advertising program. Carpenter 



Animal Science 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

ANS 200 Introduction to Animal Science. 4(3-3) F,S. The fundamental principles 
of dairying and meat animal production. The importance of dairy and meat products 
in the diet and in the economy. Gk>ode, Rakes 

ANS 204 Livestock Feeds and Feeding. 3(2-3) S. An introduction to applied animal 
nutrition, including the structure and function of the digestive tract, the nutrient 
value and classification of feedstuffs and the nutrient requirements and formulation 
of livestock rations. Leatherwood 



199 



ANS (FS.NTR) 301 Nutrition and Man. Preq: Two years of college work. 3(3-0) 
F,S. Basic principles relating to practical problems in the provision and utilization 
of nutrients for individuals and populations under various environmental conditions. 

Wise 

ANS 302 Selecting Dairy and Meat Animals. 2(0-6) S. Market classes and grades 
of beef cattle, swine and sheep are used to study live animal-carcass value inter- 
relationships. Breed histories, pedigrees and desirable characteristics of dairy 
cattle, meat animals and quarter horses. Harvey, Wilk 

ANS 308 Advanced Selection of Dairy and Meat Animals. Preq: ANS 302. 1(0-3) 
F. Includes intensive practice in selecting market and purebred livestock. 

Harvey, Wilk 

ANS 401 Reproductive Physiology. Preq: ZO 421. 3(2-3) S. Current concepts of 
physiology related to mammalian reproduction. Emphasis on physiological proc- 
esses, how they are influenced by external forces and their importance in reproduc- 
tive performance. Myers, Johnson 

ANS 402 Beef Cattle Management. Preq: ANS 204. 3(2-3) S. Modern management 
practices emphasizing the application of principles of genetics, ruminant nutrition 
and animal health to cow-calf programs and to stocker and feeder cattle operations. 

Harvey 

ANS 403 Swine Management. Preq: ANS 204. 3(2-3) S. The economic, nutri- 
tional, genetic, physiological and managerial factors affecting the operation of 
modern swine enterprises. Clawson 

ANS 404 Dairy Cattle Management. Preq: ANS 204. 3(2-3) S. Dairy farm man- 
agement, including feed acquisition and utilization, breeding and selection, health 
and sanitation, herd replacements and dairy farm buildings. Emphasis upon the 
consequences of management alternatives and the importance of herd and farm 
business records. Davenport 

ANS 405 Lactation. Preq: ZO 421. 3(2-3) F. Gross and microscopic anatomy of 
the developing and the mature mammary gland. Physiological processes involved 
in milk secretion and the removal of milk from the gland. Research problem 
required. Mochrie 

ANS 406 Sheep Management. Preq: ANS 204. 3(2-3) F. The economic, genetic, 
nutritional, physiological and managerial factors affecting the operation of the 
modern sheep enterprise. (Offered F 1975 and alt. years.) Goode 

ANS (FS) 409 Meat and Meat Products. 3(2-3) S. (See food science page 269.) 

ANS 410 Horse Management. 3(2-2) F. Application of fundamentals of selection, 
nutrition, breeding and animal health to light horses. Managerial details are 
covered. Barrick 

ANS 411 Breeding and Improvement of Domestic Animals. Preq: GN 411. 3(2-2) 
F. Genetic principles are stressed in relation to the improvement of economically 
important domestic animals. Emphasis on the specific requirements of breeding 
plans for individual species. McDaniel 

ANS (NTR,PO) 415 Comparative Nutrition. Preq: CH 220 or 221. 3(3-0) F. 
Fundamentals of animal nutrition, including the classification of nutrients; the 



200 



requirement and general metabolism by different species for health, maintenance, 
growth and other productive functions. Ramsey, Donaldson 

ANS (NTR) 416 Quantitative Nutrition. Preq: BCH 351 or equivalent. 3(1-6) F. 
Quantitative principles are applied to nutrition by using animals and microorgan- 
isms in practical experiments. Jones 

ANS 490 Animal Science Seminar. 1(1-0) S. Review and discussion of special 
topics in all phases. Porterfield 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ANS (PHY) 502 Reproductive Physiology of Vertebrates. Preq: ZO 421 or CI. 
3(3-0) S. Emphasis upon discussion of mechanisms which control reproductive 
processes. Those which are species-limited are compared with those shared by all. 
Current knowledge of some subsystems is investigated in detail and others are 
referred to in reviews of well-documented research. Ulberg 

ANS (VET) 505 Diseases of Farm Animals. 3(3-0) F. (See veterinary science, 
page 383.) 

ANS (GN) 508 Genetics of Animal Improvement. Preqs: GN 411, ST 511. 
3(3-0) S. Emphasis upon the utilization of basic principles of population and quan- 
titative genetics in animal improvement. Factors affecting genie and genotypic fre- 
quencies and methods of estimating genetic and non-genetic variance, her it abilities 
and breeding values. The roles of mating systems and selection procedures in 
producing superior genetic populations. Robison 

ANS 520 Tropical Livestock Production. Preq: Six hours of ANS at 400-level or 
CI. 3(3-0) S. Modem principles of feeding, genetics, forage production and manage- 
ment are applied to improvement of meat and dairy animals in tropical, subtropical 
and high-altitude environments. Considers biological and socio-economic con- 
straints to development of livestock industry. Discussion of climatic effects on pro- 
duction applies to U. S. conditions and to developing tropical countries. 

W. L. Johnson 

ANS (PHY) 580 Mammalian Endocrine Physiology. Preqs: BCH 351, ZO 421. 
3(3-0) F. Detailed discussions of the mammalian endocrine system emphasizing the 
functional aspect, chemistry and mode of action of specific hormones secreted by 
major endocrine glands. Modem biochemical and physiological principles of hor- 
monal integrations and neuroendocrine integration. B. H. Johnson 

ANS 590 Topical Problems in Animal Science. Maximum 6 F,S. Special problems 
are selected or assigned. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ANS (GN) 603 Population Genetics in Animal Improvement. 3(3-0) F. 

ANS (PHY) 604 Experimental Animal Physiology. 4(2-4) F. 

ANS (ST) 622 Principles of Biological Assays. 3(3-0) S. 

ANS (BCH) 653 Mineral Metabolism. 3(3-0) F. 

ANS 690 Seminar in Animal Nutrition. 1(1-0) F,S. 



201 



ANS 699 Research in Animal Science. Credits Arranged F,S. 

Anthropology 

(Also see Sociology.) 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

ANT 251 Physical Anthropology. 3(3-0) F,S. The evolution of man and his ante- 
cedents is illustrated by a study of fossil materials from Africa, Europe and the 
Far East. The course emphasizes the process of evolution, morphology, classifica- 
tion systems, dating techniques, the beginnings of culture and communication, and 
human variation, including contemporary races; and increases awareness of man 
as a culture-bearing primate. 

ANT 252 Cultural Anthropology. 3(3-0) F,S. Through the study of nonliterate 
peasant and complex societies, an overview is given of the history of ethnological 
theory, methods in cultural anthropology, ethnographic field-work, personality and 
culture, the socialization process, cultural ecologry, structural-functional analysis, 
language, art and society, kinship systems, political and economic anthropology, 
religions, magic and witchcraft, and social and cultural change. 

ANT 305 Peoples of the World. 3(3-0) F,S. Introductory course in ethnology which 
develops a general understanding of the culture of primitive peoples, peasants, and 
of modern man. Specific problems are investigated such as cultural ecology, evolu- 
tion, subsistence practices, nutrition, and economic development. 

ANT 405 Indians of North America. Preq: Six hours ANT and/or SOC. 3(3-0) S. 
Analyzes North American Indian and Eskimo life, including: 1) theories of pro- 
venience and an overview of selected prehistoric cultural manifestations; 2) peoples 
and cultures at the time of European contact; 3) the nature and concomitants of 
contacts between native Americans and whites; 4) examines contemporary Indian 
and Eskimo problems relating to identity, accommodation, assimilation and self- 
determination. 

ANT 406 Peoples and Cultures of South America. Preq: Six hours ANT and/or 
SOC. 3(3-0) F. Introduces student to the types of social groups found in South 
America, and explores their cultural development from prehistoric times to the 
present. Analyzes problems facing their developing nations from an anthropological 
point of view, stressing the interrelationships between national decision-making 
processes and the small community. 

ANT 416 Field Methods in Cultural Anthropology. Preq: Six hours ANT. 3(3-0) 
F,S. 1) Provides a systematic experience with anthropological field techniques, i.e., 
community mapping; household census; kinship analysis; life-history recording; 
participant observation; inventory of material culture; child rearing observation. 
2) Familiarizes student with conventional anthropological field tools, i.e., tape 
recorder, motion picture camera, still camera, fieldwork journal, unstructured 
interview. 3) Through textbooks and supplementary reading, provides a view of 
anthropologists' reports of their own field methods and problems encountered. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ANT 511 Anthropological Theory. Preqs: Six hours SOC, ANT 252 and 305, or 
equivalent. 3(3-0) F. Approaches theory from both an historical and contemporary 
point of view. Emphasizes the key anthropological concept of culture and its 
significance for understanding man and his works. 



202 



ANT 512 Applied Anthropology. Preq: ANT 252 or CI. 3(3-0) F,S. Includes a 
review of the historical development of applied anthropology and a study of anthro- 
pology as applied in government, industry, community development, education and 
medicine. The processes of cultural chang:e are analyzed in terms of the application 
of anthropological techniques to programs of developmental change. 



Architecture 

ARC 300 Historic Architecture Research. Preq: DN 202. 2 F,S. Research and the 
recording of sites, monuments, buildings, or artifacts of historical interest. 

Staff 

ARC (ESM) 315 Architectural Mechanics I. 3(2-3) F. (See engineering science 
and mechanics, page 259.) 

ARC (ESM) 316 Architectural Mechanics II. 3(2-3) S. (See engineering science 
and mechanics, page 259.) 

ARC 331 Environmental Building Systems. 2(1-3) F,S. Establishment and 
development of concept of building as an environmental control mechanism, i.e., as 
barrier between natural environment and man's activities and needs. Investigation 
of environmental factors, building materials, their properties, processes of produc- 
tion, principal systems of enclosure, economic factors, and legal controls. Aho 

ARC 332 Environmental Control Systems. 2(1-3) F,S. Basic systems used to 
control environment: air, heat, light, sound, sanitation. Emphasis upon principles 
and conceptual understanding of each system through comparative analysis. Inves- 
tigation of each system's effect on architectural form. Barnes 

ARC 400 Intermediate Architectural Design (Series). Preqs: DN 202 or equiva- 
lent or consent of department. 4(1-9) F,S. Design investigations aimed at develop- 
ing understanding of major issues confronting contemporary architect and at 
expanding of problem-solving abilities in architectural design. Students must 
complete four semesters. Several vertically organized workshops offering a wide 
range of program emphases are available. Staff 

ARC (CE) 415 Architectural Structures I. 3(2-3) F. (See civil engineering, 

page 222.) 

ARC (CE) 416 Architectural Structures II. 3(2-3) S. (See civil engineering, 
page 222.) 

ARC 421 Origins and Development of Contemporary Architecture. Preq: Jr. 
standing. 3(3-0) F,S. A survey and critical examination of modern architecture 
from its origins in 19th century philosophy and technology to the most recent 
developments in world architecture. Kamphoefner 

ARC 431 Industrialized Systems Building. Preq: ARC 331. 2(1-3) F,S. Analytic 
study of mass-produced building systems examining implications, limitations, and 
potentials. Analysis includes design, factory processes, distribution methods, fabri- 
cation, erection, economic analysis. Staff 

ARC 432 Climate Control Systems and Design. Preq: ARC 332. 2(1-3) F. Mechan- 
ical systems used for heating, cooling, ventilating, conditioning interior of buildings. 
Analysis and design of climate control system for small-scale building undertaken. 

Barnes 



203 



ARC 433 Illumination Design. Preq: ARC 332. 2(1-3) S. Examination of interior 
and exterior lighting design, including vision, color, sources, and control. Barnes 

ARC 441 Design Methods. 2(2-0) F,S. Description, comparisons, testing of 
methods available in architectural desig^i with emphasis on problem-solving tech- 
niques. Staff 

ARC 491 Special Projects in Architecture. Preq: Jr. standing. 1-4 F,S. Special 
projects investigation by interdisciplinary groups or individuals. Staff 

ARC 495 Special Problems in Architecture. Preq: Jr. standing. 1-3 F,S. Special 
architectural problems under direction of faculty member on tutorial basis. Staff 

ARC 499 Architecture Seminar. Preq: Consent of department. 1-3 F,S. Presenta- 
tions, discussions of special areas in architecture and allied desigrn fields. Staff 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ARC 501, 502 Advanced Architectural Design I, II. Preqs: (501) 16 credits of 
ARC 400 or equivalent; (502) ARC 501. 6(3-9) F,S. Architectural design investiga- 
tions of large-scale architectural problems having complex functional, social, eco- 
nomic implications; special emphasis on problem identification, program formula- 
tion and application of advanced design methods. Graduate Staff 

ARC 511 Professional Practice I. Preq: Fourth year standing. 2(2-0) F. Evolu- 
tion of architecture as a modem practical profession. Obligations of the profession 
to society and to itself. Legal and ethical position of practicing architects. (Com- 
parative study, of documents. Architect's working organization. Emerging office 
practice techniques. Graduate Staff 

ARC 512 Professional Practice II. Preq: Fourth year standing. 2(2-0) S. Standard 
documents and emerging techniques of practice, emphasizing principles and im- 
proved techniques ofi-writing construction specifications; interrelationship of con- 
tract documents; comparative study of techniques of controlling competitive bidding. 

Graduate Staff 

ARC 521, 522 Advanced Architectural Structures I, II. Preqs: (521) ARC (CE) 
416; (522) ARC 521. 3(3-0) F,S. Gravity and nongravity loads on structures; com- 
parative behavior of structural materials; comparative behavior of simple structural 
systems; approximate' and exact analysis procedures as applied to systems; prin- 
ciples of approximate and exact design in timber, steel, and reinforced concrete; 
architectural/structural/mechanical compatibility in systems; basic principles of 
foundation analysis and design. Brantly 

ARC 531, 532 Advanced Building Technology I, II. Preqs: ARC 331, 332. 
2(1-3) F,S. Synthesis of building science courses. Material assemblies in practical 
application, dimensional characteristics of mechanical and construction systems 
for building and special projects in selected areas of building science. Graduate Staff 

ARC 551 Research Methods in Architecture. Preq: Grad. standing. 2(2-0) F,S. 
Seminar on quantitative methods from various disciplines. Analysis of techniques 
and instruments appropriate in solving problems involving scaling, measurement, 
modeling, and gaming within the physical environment. Graduate Staff 

ARC 591, 592 Advanced Topics in Architecture I, II. Preq: Advanced or grad. 
standing in Design or departmental approval. 1-4 F,S. Investigations of specialized 
aspects of architecture for advanced undergraduate and graduate architecture 
students. Graduate Staff 



204 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ARC 601, 602 Advanced Architectural Design III, IV. 6(3-9) F,S. 
ARC 621, 622 Advanced Architectural Structures III, IV. 2(1-3) F,S. 
ARC 691, 692 Special Topics in Architecture. 1-6 F,S. 



Art 

ART 200 The Visual Arts in Contemporary Life. 3(3-0) F,S. For undergraduates 
who are not majors in Design. Painting, sculpture, crafts, the useful arts of com- 
merce, and the aesthetic nature of man are studied to increase understanding of 
man's artistic achievements and relate creative experience to every day life. Staff 



Biochemistry 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

RCH 351 Elementary Riochemistry. Preq: CH 223. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. A survey 
course to introduce basics of biochemistry and the various areas of research the 
discipline encompasses. Armstrong, Horton, Main 

RCH 352 Elementary Riochemistry Laboratory. Preq: BCH 351 (may be taken 
concurrently). 1(1-2) S. 

BCH 452 Experimental Biochemistry. Preq: BCH 351 or coreq. BCH 551; quanti- 
tative chemical analysis recommended. 3(1-6) F. Fundamental techniques of bio- 
chemistry and molecular biology involving experimental study of carbohydrates, 
proteins, enzymes, nucleic acids, lipids, metabolism, and metabolic controls. De- 
signed to accompany BCH 551. Theil 

BCH 490 Special Studies in Riochemistry. Preq: Senior standing. 1-3 F,S. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

BCH 551 General Biochemistry. Preq: Three years of CH including CH 223 or 
equivalent; CH 331 or 431 strongly recommended. 3(3-0) F. Principles of biochem- 
istry including structural and metabolic relationships of carbohydrates, lipids, 
proteins, nucleic acids, enzymes, and metabolic regulation. Jones 

BCH (PHY) 553 Physiological Biochemistry. Preq: BCH 551. 3(3-0) S. Applica- 
tion of biochemical methods to the elucidation of the function of whole organisms. 
A. Bichemistry of 1) blood, 2) water, electrolyte, acid-base balance, 3) renal func- 
tion, 4) muscle metabolism, 5) central nervous system, 6) autonomic nervous sys- 
tem, and 7) endocrine system. B. Biochemistry of adaptation to environment 1) high 
and low Pog, 2) hot and cold, 3) wet and dry, and 4) pollution. Longmuir 

BCH 554 Radioisotope Techniques in Biology. Preq: BCH 351 or CI. 2(1-3) F. 
The different modes of radioactivity are correlated with methods of measurement. 
Emphasis on use and limitations of various instruments and techniques and on their 
application to research programs. Sisler 



205 



BCH 557 Introductor> Enzyme Kinetics. Preqs: BCH 551 and MA 201 or MA 

212. 3(3-0) S. Basic principles of chemical kinetics are applied to the development 
of enzj'me kinetics. Limitations of the Michaelis equation are considered in light of 
the general rate equation. Inhibition and activation, pH functions, effects of tem- 
perature, elucidation of mechanisms, and transient state and relaxation kinetics 
are also considered. Main 

BCH (GN, MB) 561 Biochemical and Microbial Genetics. Preqs: BCH 351 
or 551, GN 411 or 505, MB 401 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. The development of bio- 
chemical and microbial genetics, emphasizing both techniques and concepts cur- 
rently used in research. Lectures and discussions of current research publications. 

Armstrong 

BCH 590 Special Topics in Biochemistry. Preq: BCH 351 or equivalent. Credits 
Arranged, Maximum 3. F,S,Sum. Topics of special interest studied by small gn*oups 
of students under faculty supervision, usually for the purpose of developing new 
courses. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

BCH 651 Physical Biochemistry. 3(3-0) S. 

BCH 652 Biochemical Research Techniques. 1-3 S. 

BCH (ANS) 653 Mineral Metabolism. 3(3-0) F. 

BCH 655 Intermediary Metabolism I. 3(3-0) S. 

BCH 657 Intermediary Metabolism II. 3(3-0) F. 

BCH (CH) 659 Natural Products. 3(3-0) F. 

BCH 691 Seminar in Biochemistry. 1 F,S. 

BCH 695 Special Topics in Biochemistry. Credits Arranged 

BCH 699 Biochemical Research. Credits Arranged. 



Biological and Agricultural Engineering 

FOR L\DERGRADL.\TES 

B.\E 211 Farm Machinery. 4(2^) F,S. Machinery capabilities and limitations 
as related to design, cost, materials of fabrication, reliability, and tools and tech- 
niques involved in repair and maintenance. The operation, service and adjustment 
is studied by an analysis of the requirements to do the job for which the machine 
was designed and consideration of operating conditions. Recent machine develop- 
ments and production practices, including selection, management, and economics of 
owning and operating machinery. Howell 

BAE 215 Elements of Biological and .Agricultural Engineering. Preq: Enrollment 
in SBE curriculum. 3(2-3) F. Pertinent topics basic to agricultural engineering and 
current progress relating to the different subject areas. Introduction to various 
engineering procedures, tool processes, and materials utilized by the agricultural 
industries. Blum 



206 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

BAE 303 Energy Conversion in Biological Systems. Preqs: BS 100, MA 112 or 
201, PY 205 or 211. 2(2-0) S. Energy transformations and exchanges of plants and 
animals are studied on the basis of physical theories and principles. Discussion of 
examples in convection, conduction, radiation, phase change, muscle work, photo- 
synthesis, respiration and concentration of solutions. Suggs 

BAE (SSC) 321 Irrigation, Terracing and Erosion Control. Preq: Jr. standing. 
3(2-3) F. Principles of soil and w^ater conservation engineering. Topics include sur- 
face and subsurface drainage, farm pond construction, open channel flow, soil 
erosion, conservation practices, irrigation, land forming and the basic principles of 
surveying. Emphasis on the practical application of basic soil and water engineering 
concepts. Sneed 

BAE (FS) 331 Food Engineering. Preqs: PY 211 or 221. 3(2-3) F. Engineering 
concepts and their application to the food industry especially principles of thermo- 
dynamics, fluid flow, heat transfer, refrigeration and electricity. Jones, Willits 

BAE 332 Farm Structures. Preq: PY 211 or 221. 3(2-3) S. Environmental rela- 
tionships, design methods, materials, construction procedures and layout practices 
as they relate to current changes in agricultural production techniques. Problem 
situations relating to farm structures are investigated individually by each student 
in the laboratory. Emphasis on relating the theory to current applications. 

Blum 

BAE 341 Farm Electrification and Utilities. Coreq: PY 212 or 221. 3(2-3) S. 
Electricity and its safe use as an energy source for agricultural applications. Funda- 
mental farm wiring, circuit design, and control and protection devices including 
electric motors, water systems and the design of lighting, heating and ventilation 
systems for the farm and home. Glover 

BAE 342 Agricultural Processing. Preqs: MA 301, MAE 301. 4(3-2) S. Theory 
and application of heat and mass transfer to processing of agricultural crops. Topics 
include psychro me tries, thin layer and deep bed drying, continuous-flow drying, and 
principles of biochemical processing. Problem sessions will demonstrate principles 
of fluid flow, materials handling, process control, and various drying systems. 

Young, Johnson 

BAE 361 Analytical Methods. Preq: MA 301; Coreq: ESM 307. 3(2-2) F. Devel- 
ops skills in mechanical design and problem solving. Mechanical design includes 
graphical and analytical determinations of velocity and acceleration, analysis and 
synthesis of linkages, design and/or selecting of beams, shafts, columns, bearings, 
clutches, brakes, gears, belts, and chains. Approximately one-fourth of the course 
develops skills related to converting ill defined problem situations into tractable 
engineering problems. Bowen 

BAE 381 Agricultural Structures and Environment. Preqs: ESM 307, MAE 301. 
3(2-3) S. Principles of environmental control and structural analysis are combined 
with biological principles for the design of agricultural structures. Topics include 
physiological reactions of animals, plants and agricultural produce to their environ- 
ment, applications of heat transfer and psychometrics in calculating ventilation 
requirements and heating or cooling loads, structural analysis, material selection, 
agricultural waste management, and economic considerations of various structural 
alternatives. Baughman 

BAE 391 Electrotechnology in Biological and Agricultural Engineering. Preq: 
EE 331. 3(2-3) F. Basic concepts for selecting and utilizing electromagnetic devices. 
Switching circuits and central circuits are discussed and transducers and measure- 
ment techniques are related to agricultural problems. McClure 

207 



BAE 411 Farm Power and Machinery. Preqs: BAE 211, FY 211 or 221. 3(2-3) S. 
The application of heat engineering principles in the development and utilization of 
power of internal combustion engines, both spark ignition and diesel. The»*mo- 
dynamic principles and their application to the actual design and construction of 
engines. Principles of carburetion and ignition. Power transmission units, hydrau- 
lics and hydraulic controls. Power measurement and testing, and the economic 
utilization of power units. Fore 

BAE (FS) 432 Food Engineering II. 3(2-3) S. (See food science, page 269.) 

BAE 433 Crop Preservation and Processing. Preq: BAE 331. 3(2-3) S. Engi- 
neering concepts utilized in the processing or preservation of agricultural com- 
modities, including 1) air flow measurement, 2) fan performance, 3) size reduction 
methods, 4) cleaning, sorting, and grading procedures, 5) materials handling, 
6) air-vapor characteristics, and 7) crop drying or curing. Physical and biochemical 
characteristics of harvested crops, which define their requirements for quality 
preservation. Young 

BAE 451, 452 Agricultural Engineering Design I and II. Preq: Sr. standing in 
SBE curriculum. 3(1-6) F,S. Design concepts are apphed to current agricultural 
engineering problems. One major design project is combined with a variety of case 
studies and short term design problems. Rohrbach 

BAE 461 Operations Engineering in Agriculture. Preqs: MA 112 or MA 102, 
EC 201 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. Survey of systems analysis and operations research 
with emphasis on application to agricultural problems. Topics include: the systems 
approach to problem solving, economics of decision making, linear programming, 
dynamic programming, network analysis, probability and simulation. Sowell 

BAE 462 Functional Design of Field Machines. Preqs: BAE 361 or equivalent, 
SSC 200. 3(2-2) S. The design and operation of the modern farm tractor and field 
machines that make effective use of energy and labor in farm commodities pro- 
duction. Topics include (a) engine cycles and efficiencies, Nebraska test procedures, 
power trains, traction efficiencies, rolling resistances, and hitching of tractors and 
(b) principles and devices used to accomplish functional objectives in tillage, plant- 
ing, pesticide application, and harvesting equipment. Bowen 

BAE (CHE) 465 Introduction to Biomedical Engineering. 3(3-0) F. (See chemical 
engineering, page 214.) 

BAE (SSC) 471 Agricultural Water Management. Preqs: BS 100, SSC 200. 4(3-2) 
F. Aspects of hydrology and soil- water-plant relationships as related to agricultural 
water management. Drainage and irrigation emphasized. Water quality, agrri- 
cultural related pollution, and water laws discussed. Skaggs 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

BAE 552 Instrumentation for Agricultural Research and Processing. Preqs: EE 
331, MA 301. 2(1-3) Alt. F. Theory and application of primary sensing ele- 
ments and transducers. Generalized performance characteristics and the use of 
standards. Use of specialized measurement systems for agricultural research and 
processing including an introduction to correlation and power spectral density 
measurements. Rohrbach 

BAE (CE,MB) 570 Sanitary Microbiology. Preq: MB 401 or equivalent. 3(2-3) S. 
Aspects of microbiology and biochemistry as related to problems of stream pollution, 
refuse disposal and biological treatment. Laboratory exercises present basic micro- 
biological techniques and illustrate from a chemical viewpoint some of the basic 
microbial aspects of waste disposal. Graduate Staff 



208 



BAE (CE) 578 Agricultural Waste Management. Preq: Grad. or advanced 
undergrad. standing. 3(2-3) F. Special laboratory techniques required for the 
characterization of agricultural and associated processing wastes. Principles and 
examples to develop waste management and nondestructive waste utilization 
systems that are integral to the total operation. Humenik 

BAE (FS) 585 Biorheology. Preqs.: PY 205, ESM 307. 3(2-2) S. The con- 
cepts of strain, stress and the mechanical visco-elastic properties of biological solids, 
fluids and slurries. The time-dependent deformation and flow of biomaterials ele- 
ments of strength of materials, rheological equations and model concepts, creep- 
relaxation and dynamic behavior, contact problems and the Boltzman superposi- 
tion principle as a function of time, temperature and moisture content. Hamann 

BAE 590 Special Problems. Preq: Sr. or grad. standing in agricultural engi- 
neering. Credits Arranged. Each student selects a subject for research and writes 
a technical report on results. Subject may pertain to any area of study in BAE. 

Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

BAE 654 Nonequilibrium Thermodynamics in Bioengineering. 3(3-0) Alt. S. 

BAE 661 Analysis of Function and Design of Biological and Physical Systems. 

3(2-3) Alt. F. 

BAE (SSC) 671 Theory of Drainage— Saturated Flow. 3(3-0) Alt. F. 

BAE (SSC) 674 Theory of Drainage — Unsaturated Flow. 3(3-0) Alt. S, 

BAE 690 Special Topics. Credits Arranged. 1-4 F,S. 

BAE 695 Seminar. 1(1-0) F,S. 

BAE 699 Research in Biological and Agricultural Engineering. Credits Arranged. 

F,S. 



Biological Sciences 

BS 100 General Biology. 4(3-3) F,S. Basic principles and concepts including the 
structure and function of cells and organisms, the organization and requirements 
of living systems, development, heredity and evolution. 

BS 105 Biology in the Modern World. 4(3-3) F,S. For students who are not 
science majors. Treats the broad themes or principles of biology, such as metabo- 
lism, homeostasis, and interrelationships of organisms, at all levels of biological 
organization (i.e., molecular to biome). Emphasis on the organismic level with man 
as the representative organism; his physiology, behavior, genetics, and ecology are 
treated in depth. 

BS (ENT) 410 Biology of Insects. 3(2-2) F. (See entomology, page 267.) 

BS 495 Special Topics in Biology. 1-6 F,S. Independent research projects super- 
vised by faculty member. Projects selected with faculty assistance and with ap- 
proval of the coordinator of the Biological Sciences interdepartmental program. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

BS 590 Special Problems in Biological Instrumentation. Preq: CI. 1-3 F,S. 

209 



BS 690 SeminarinCell Biology. 1(1-0) S. 

BS 696 Topics in Biological Ultrastructure. 1(1-0) F. 

Biuinatheniatics 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

BMA 451 Introduction to Mathematical Modeling of Biological Systems. Preqs: 
MA 112; two biology courses. Credit not allowed for BMA, MA or ST majors. 
3(3-0) S. Intended primainly for students in biological sciences to develop an under- 
standing of how biological concepts may be formulated in mathematical terms and 
how these formulations may be used in biological research. Topics include use of 
diagrams and flow charts in mathematical modeling, set relations, measurement 
error, proper use of dimension, probability models, rate equations, control of feed- 
back. Illustrative examples from a variety of biological fields. Gold 

BM.A 493 Special Topics in Biomathematics. Preq: C.I. 1-3 F,S. Directed read- 
ings, problem sets, wi-itten and oral reports at an introductory level to meet student 
need and interest; 400-level courses during the developmental phase. Staff 

BMA 501 Theoretical Biochemistry I. Preqs: MA 405, CH 433, BCH 551 or C.I. 
3(3-0) F. Application of physical theory and mathematics to biochemistry. Examina- 
tion of basic principles of molecular theory, reaction rate theory, statistical me- 
chanics and nonequilibrium thermodynamics as applied to biochemical systems. 
(Offered F 1975 and alt. years.) Gold 

BMA 502 Theoretical Biochemistry II. Preq: BMA 501. 3(3-0) S. Coupling of 
diffusion and chemical reactions. Mathematical description of enzyme control, 
coupled sequences of enzyme reactions, feedback loops and oscillatory reactions. 
Experimentally oriented topics include theory of chemical relaxation and tracer 
dynamics. (Offered S 1976 and alt. years.) Gold 

BMA (MA, ST) 571 Biomathematics I. Preq: Advanced calculus, reasonable 
background in biology or C.I. 3(3-0) F. The role of theory construction and model 
building in the development of experimental science. Induction vs. deduction. The 
historical development of mathematical theories and models for the growth of one- 
species populations (logistic and offshoots), including consideration of age distri- 
butions (matrix theory, Leslie and Lopez; continuous theory, Lotka). Elementary 
theories on growth of organisms (von Bertalanffy, with applications to ecology; 
allometric theories, cultures grown in a chemostat). Mathematical theories of two 
and more species systems (predator-prey, competition, symbiosis; according to the 
Volterra-Lotka schemes, including present-day research), and related models for 
chemical reaction kinetics. Emphasis on scrutiny of the biological concepts and 
of the mathematical structure of the models in order to uncover weak and strong 
points. Mathematical treatment of differential equations in these models stresses 
qualitative and geometric aspects. van der Vaart 

BMA (MA, ST) 572 Biomathematics II. Preqs: BMA 571, elementary probability 
theory. 3(3-0) S. Advanced mathematical techniques concerning nonlinear dif- 
ferential equations of the types encountered in BMA 571: several concepts of 
stability, asymptotic directions, periodic models. Comparison of deterministic and 
stochastic models for several biological problems including birth and death proc- 
esses. Certain aspects of linear system theory (time-invariant and variable models) 
used for the analysis of biological systems. Applications of mathematics to biology, 
some recent research. van der Vaart 



210 



BMA 591 Special Topics. Preq: C.I. Maximum 3, 1-3 F,S. Directed readings, 
problem sets, written and oral reports to meet student need and interest; 500-level 
courses during the developmental phase. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

BMA 691 Advanced Special Topics. 1-3 F,S. 

BMA 694 Seminar. 1(1-0) F,S. 

BMA 699 Research. Credits Arranged F,S. 



Botany 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

BO 200 Plant Life. 4(3-3) F,S. A survey of the types of plants and their diversities 
in structure, life cycle, habitat, and economic importance. Witherspoon, Van Dyke 

BO (ZO) 360 Introduction to Ecology. Preq: A 200-level biology course. 4(3-3) 
F,S. The relationships between organisms and their environment, and of the inter- 
actions among organisms. An overview of basic ecology principles and their impor- 
tance to man and his environment. Staff 

BO 400 Plant Diversity. Preq: BO 200. 4(3-3) F. A comprehensive survey of the 
evolutionaiy diversity and phylogeny of the plant kingdom. Emphasis on the 
evolutionary trends and the basis for assumed relationships, considering fossils as 
well as living forms. Hardin 

BO (CS) 402 Economic Botany. Preq: BO 200. 3(2-3) S. Emphasis is on plants 
and human affairs. Discussions center on all phases of the interrelationships of the 
plant world and the life history of incipient to modern human cultures. Treatment 
includes plants and plant products, beneficial and harmful, that man has used as 
necessities of life, as ameliorants contributing to his well-being, and as raw mate- 
rials for industry. Ornamentals are excluded. Timothy 

BO 403 Systematic Botany. Preq: BS 100 or BO 200. 4(2-4) S. A systematic sur- 
vey of vascular plants, emphasizing field identification, terminology, and general 
evolutionary relationships. Stucky 

BO (ZO) 414 Cell Biology. 3(3-0) F. (See zoology, page 388.) 

BO 421 Plant Physiology. Preqs: BS 100 or BO 200, one year of college chem- 
istry. 4(3-3) F,S. Physiology of the green plant emphasizing plant organization, 
water and solute relationships, organic and inorganic nutrition, growth and develop- 
ment. Noggle, Troyer 

BO 480 Air Pollution Biology. Preqs: An introductory biological course and 
chemistry, jr. standing. 3(2-3) S. The effects of air pollutants on biological systems 
at the subcellular, cellular, tissue, organ, individual and community level. 

Anderson 

BO 499 Independent Study in Botany. Preqs: At least eight hours of botany, 
advanced standing, and presentation of plan of work approved by a faculty member. 
1-3 F,S. Discussions, library research, field, or laboratory investigations of topics 
under faculty direction on a tutorial basis. May be repeated for a maximum of six 
credits. Staff 



211 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

BO 501 Plant .Anatomy. Preq: BO 200. 4(2-6) F. The cells, tissues and organs of 
common flowering plants and gymnosperms. Growth and differentiation patterns 
with emphasis on current research. Anderson 

BO 522 Advanced Morphology and Fhylogeny of Seed Plants. Preq: BO 403. 
4(3-3) S. Survey of morphology and evolution of angiosperms and gymnosperms. 
Emphasis to detailed vegetative and reproductive morphology of fossil and living 
forms, and to their presumed evolutionary relationships. (Offered S 1975 and alt. 
years.) Hardin 

BO 524 Grasses, Sedges, and Rushes. Preq: BO 403. 4(2-6) F. Course deals with 
three large, economically and ecologically important plant families. An introduction 
to terminology, extensive field work emphasizing keying out plants collected, and a 
study of recently developed classification of the grasses. (Offered F 1975 and alt. 
years.) Staff 

BO 544 Plant Geography. Preqs: BO 360, BO 403, GN 411, or equivalents. 
3(3-0) S. Descriptive and interpretive plant geography, synthesizing data from 
ecology, genetics, geography, paleobotany and taxonomy. Includes a survey of the 
present distribution of major vegetation types throughout the world. A discussion of 
the history and development of this present pattern of vegetation, and of the prin- 
ciples and theories of plant geography. (Offered S 1975 and alt. years.) Staff 

BO 551 Advanced Plant Physiology I. Preq: General botany or biology, and 
biochemistry. 3(3-0) F. The first half of a two-semester sequence covering the cur- 
rent status of plant physiology. Topics include plant organization, metabolism, 
respiration, and water and solute relations. Troyer 

BO 552 Advanced Plant Physiology II. Preqs: General botany or biology, and 
biochemistry. 3(3-0) S. The second half of a two-semester sequence. Topics include 
photobiology, photosynthesis, inorganic nutrition, plant growth substances, 
physiology of seeds, vegetative growth, reproductive growth, aging and senescence. 

Noggle 

BO 553 Laboratory in Advanced Plant Physiology I. Preq or coreq: BO 551. 
1(0-3) F. Accompanies BO 551. Laboratory procedures in plant nutrition, plant 
structure and composition, water relations, respiration. Staff 

BO 554 Laboratory in Advanced Plant Physiology II. Preq or coreq: BO 552. 
1(0-3) S. Accompanies BO 552. Laboratory procedures in enzymes, photosynthesis, 
photobiology, plant growth substances. Staff 

BO (ZO) 560 Principles of Ecology. Preq: Three semesters of college-level 
biology courses. 4(3-3) F. Provides a factual and philosophical framework for the 
understanding of ecology. Staff 

BO 561 Physiological Ecology. Preqs: BO 421, BO (ZO) 560, or equivalents. 
4(3-3) S. Approaches the plant community from a physiological standpoint. Empha- 
sis on the individual in the community and how it responds to its immediate envi- 
ronment on a short- and long-term basis (Offered S 1975 and alt. years.) Blum 

BO (MB) 574 Phycology. Preq: BS 100 or BO 200. 3(1-4) S. An introduction to 
the classes of algae. The systematic position, life history and ecolog^y of important 
genera in the local flora, both fresh- water and marine. Witherspoon 

BO (MB, PP) 575 The Fungi. Preq: BO 200 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F. An overview 
of the fungi within the framework of a survey of the major classes. Topics include 



212 



ultrastructure, environmental adaptations, sexuality, ontogeny, and economic 
importance. Van Dyke 

BO (MB, PP) 576 The Fungi- Laboratory. Coreq: BO 575. 1(0-3) F. Provides 
illustrative material of the fungal assemblages discussed in BO 575. Van Dyke 

BO 590 Topical Problems. Preq: CI. 1-3 F,S. Discussions and readings on prob- 
lems in ecology, anatomy and morphology, taxonomy, and plant physiology. May 
be repeated, with change in topic, for a maximum of six credits. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

BO 612 Plant Morphogenesis. 4(3-3) S. 

BO 620 Advanced Taxonomy. 3(2-2) S. 

BO (PP) 625 Advanced Mycology. 4(2-6) F. 

BO 631 Water Relations of Plants. 3(3-0) S. 

BO 633 Plant Growth and Development. 3(3-0) S. 

BO 634 Introduction to the Thermodynamics of Biological Systems. 3(3-0) S. 

BO 636 Discussions in Plant Physiology. 1(1-0) F,S. 

BO (ZO) 660 Advanced Topics in Ecology I. 4(3-3) S. 

BO (ZO) 661 Advanced Topics in Ecology II. 4(3-3) S. 

BO 691 Botany Seminar. 1(1-0) F,S. 

BO 693 Special Problems in Botany. Credits Arranged F, S. 

BO 699 Research. Credits Arranged F,S. 

Chemical Engineering 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

CHE 205 Chemical Process Principles. Preqs: CH 107, MA 201. 3(3-0) F,S. Chem- 
ical interactions of matter and physical interactions of multiphase system. Intro- 
duces engineering methods of treating material balances, stoichiometry, thermo- 
physics, thermochemistry and first law thermodynamics. Hopfenberg 

CHE 225 Chemical Process Systems. Preq: PY 208, Coreq: MA 301. 3(2-2) S. 
Physical measurements: temperature, pressure pH, concentration, etc. including 
dynamic response of measuring elements. Control element, electronic, pneumatic, 
etc. Introduction to process control. Martin 

CHE (UNI) 300 Chemical Technology and the Environment. 3(3-0) F. Provides a 
basis for informed judgment regarding appropriate political, economic, and tech- 
nical means to prevent and control pollution. Chemical technology as a source of 
pollution and as a means for pollution control. Open to all students. Hopfenberg 

CHE 301, 302 Elements of Chemical Engineering. Preqs: (301) MA 212; (302) 
CHE 301. 3(3-0) F,S. Principles including calculations involved in industrial 
processes and equipment. For students not majoring in CHE. Seely 

213 



CHE 311 Transport Processes I. Preqs: MA 301, FY 208, CHE 205. 3(2-2) F,S. 
Momentum and heat transfer with emphasis on applications in chemical processing. 
Problems in the design of fluid flow systems and heat exchangers. Rousseau 

CHE 315 Chemical Process Thermodynamics. Preqs: CH 431, CHE 205, MA 301. 
3(3-0) S. The laws of thermodynamics and their application to chemical engineering 
problems, both in theorj' and in practice. Criteria of equilibrium in physical and 
chemical changes. Behavior of real fluids, including mixtures. Beatty 

CHE 316 Thermodynamics of Chemical and Phase Equilibria. Preq: CHE 315. 
3(3-0) S. Thermodynamics is the principal tool for systematic study of chemical 
reaction equilibria and phase equilibrium. Fugacity, activity, and chemical potential 
as methods, for predicting the effect of temperature, pressure, etc. on equilibrium 
compositions. Methods for measuring and estimating thermodynamics properties 
important to equilibrium calculation in real systems. Beatty 

CHE 325 Introduction to Plastics. Preq: CH 103. 3(3-0) F,S. Survey of plastics 
and polymers: types, applications, fabrication, processing and testing. Seely 

CHE 327 Separation Processes I. Preq: CHE 311. 3(3-0) S. Applying principles 
of transport phenomena to the unit operations of absorption, extraction, distillation, 
drying, filtration, etc. with emphasis on design procedures and economic considera- 
tion. Rousseau 

CHE 412 Transport Processes II. Preq: CHE 327. 3(3-0) S. Momentum, heat and 
mass transport processes, with emphasis on CHE. Problems in fluid, heat and mass 
transfer. Ferrell 

CHE 425 Process Measurement and Control I. Preq: CHE 225, 327. 3(2-2) F. 
The continuous control of t>TDical chemical engineering processes including the 
techniques of feedback, cascade, feedforward and interacting systems. Dynamics, 
stability, and control of heat exchangers, flow systems, distillation columns and 
chemical reactors. Martin 

CHE 426 Process Measurement and Control II. Preq: CHE 425 or EE 435 or 

MAE 435. 3(2-2) S. An extension of the theory and application of process control 
techniques to the analysis of physical systems. Sampled data and nonlinear systems 
and an introduction to optimum control techniques and adaptive control. Martin 

CHE 428 Separation Processes II. Preq: CHE 327. 3(3-0) S. The principles 
(diffusion and interphase mass transfer) underlying such unit operations as distil- 
lation, drying, absorption, etc. with emphasis on procedures and economic problems. 

Staff 

CHE 431 Chemical Engineering Laboratory I. Preq: CHE 311. 3(1-5) S. Labora- 
tory work on typical apparatus involving unit operations. Experiments augment 
the theory and data of lecture courses and develop proficiency in writing technical 
reports. Seely 

CHE 432 Chemical Engineering Laboratory II. Preq: CHE 431. 3(1-5) F. A 
continuation of CHE 431. A small number of group projects in research, design or 
development. Seely 

CHE 446 Chemical Process Kinetics. Preq: CHE 315. 3(3-0) F. The characteriza- 
tion and measurement of the rates of homogeneous and heterogeneous reactions. 
The design and analysis of chemical reactors. Felder 

CHE 451 Chemical Engineering Design. Preq: CHE 315, 327, 432. 3(2-2) F,S. 
Chemical process design and optimization. The interplay of economic and tech- 



214 



nical factors in process development, site selection, project design, construction and 
production management. Applications of cost accounting, cost estimation for new 
equipment, measures of profitability. Marsland 

CHE (BAE) 465 Introduction to Biomedical Engineering. Preqs: MA 202 or 212, 
PY 212 or 221. 3(3-0) F. Engineering applications to biomedical problems such as 
flow in the cardiovascular and respiratory systems; transfer of thermal energy in 
and from warm-blooded animals; transport of materials through physiological 
tissues and membranes, and performance of organ replacement and assist devices 
such as the artificial kidney and the intra-aortic balloon. Beatty 

CHE 495 Seminar in Chemical Engineering. Preq: one semester required of 
CHE srs. 1(1-0) F,S. Professional aspects and topics of current interest. Staff 

CHE 497 Chemical Engineering Projects. Preq: Elective for CHE srs. 1-3 F,S. 
Introduction to research through experimental, theoretical and literature studies 
of CHE problems. Oral and written presentation of reports. Staff 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CHE 511 Problem Analysis for Chemical Engineers. Preqs: CHE 428, MA 301. 
3(3-0) S. Applying methods of mathematical analysis to the formulation and solution 
of problems in transport phenomena, transient phenomena in unit operations, 
process dynamics and thermodynamics. Analog computer solutions of these 
problems. Ferrell 

CHE 513 Thermodynamics I. Preq: CHE 315. 3(3-0) F. An intermediate course 
in thermodynamic principles and their applications to chemical and phase equili- 
bria. The course is largely from a macroscopic viewpoint but consideration given to 
the statistical viewpoint. Beatty 

CHE 515 Transport Phenomena. Preq: CHE 327. 3(3-0) S. A theoretical study of 
transport of momentum, energy and matter with emphasis on the latter two. The 
diffusional operations, including coupled heat and mass transfer, are introduced in 
the light of the theory. Marsland 

CHE 517 Kinetics and Catalysis. Preq: CHE 446. 3(3-0) F. Homogeneous and 
heterogeneous kinetic reactions. Emphasis on fundamental approaches, experi- 
mental methods and mathematical techniques in engineering analysis of chemical 
reaction systems. Stahel 

CHE 521 Mass Transfer Operations. Preq: CHE 327 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. 
Multicomponent operations will be discussed in light of recent developments and 
innovations in both the operations themselves and in calculational techniques used 
in analyzing the operations. The equilibrium stage concept will be developed. If 
there is time, the continuous rate processes will be discussed. Problems unique to 
given operations, such as are encountered in extractive and azeotropic distillation. 

Rousseau 

CHE 523 Fluid Dynamics and Heat Transfer. Preq: CHE 311. 3(3-0) F. Convec- 
tive heat transfers in chemical process equipment, such as heat exchangers, chemi- 
cal reactors, distillation and extraction reboilers, etc., and fluid dynamics and heat 
transfer of multiphase, multicomponent and chemically reactive systems. 

Ferrell 

CHE 525 Process Dynamics. Preq: CHE 425. 3(3-0) F. The dynamic response of 
typical chemical process equipment including instrumentation and process control 
devices. Fundamental concepts of automatic control of process variables such as 
temperature, pressure, flow and liquid level. Martin 



215 



CHE (OR) 527 Optimization of Engineering Processes. Preqs: MA 511, CSC 111 
or equivalent. 3(3-0) F. Mathematical methods for the optimization of engineering 
processes are developed, and illustrative applications are presented and discussed. 
Topics include mathematical programming, geometric programming, sensitivity 
analysis, direct search and elimination techniques, variational techniques and the 
minimum principle, quasilinearization and dynamic programming. Felder 

CHE 535 Engineering Economy in Air Pollution Control Systems. Preqs: MAE 
409, CE 576, or equivalent first course. 3(3-2) S. Principles and practice in design- 
ing equipment for the abatement of air pollution; estimation of capital cost and 
operating expense; economic optimization under various kinds of tax laws. 

Marsland 

CHE 540 Electrochemical Engineering. Preq: Physical chemistry. 3(3-0) S. The 
application of electrochemical principles to such topics as electrolysis, electro- 
analysis, electroplating, metal refining, etc. Schoenborn 

CHE 541 Cellulose Industries. Preq: Organic chemistry. 3(3-0) F. Methods of 
manufacture and application of cellulose chemical conversion products. Emphasis 
is on recent developments of synthetic fibers, films, lacquers and other cellulose 
compounds. Seely 

CHE 543 Technology of Plastics. Preq: Organic chemistry. 3(3-0) S. The prop- 
erties, methods of manufacture and applications of synthetic resins. Recent 
developments in the field. Schoenborn 

CHE 561 Biomedical Engineering I: Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer. Preq: CHE 
(BAE) 465, or equivalent background. 3(3-0) S. The extension of fluid flow and heat 
transfer concepts to biomedical engineering is presented along with the grounding 
in physiology requisite to proper modeling of mammalian flow and thermal 
processes. Beatty 

CHE (TC) 569 Polymers, Surfactants and Colloidal Materials. Preqs: CHE 315, 
CH 431, 223. 3(3-0) F. The relationship between molecular structure and bulk 
properties of nonmetallic materials as applied in CHE processes. Attention to the 
application of surface and colloid chemistry as well as polymer science. 

Hopfenberg 

CHE 597 Chemical Engineering Projects. Preq: Grad. standing. 1-3 F,S. A 
laboratory study of some phase of CHE or allied field. Staff 

CHE 598 Special Topics in Chemical Engineering. Preq: Grad. standing. 1-3 F,S. 
The course may consist of directed reading of literature, introduction to research 
methodology, special topics of current interest, seminar discussions dealing with 
special topics, etc. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

CHE 611 Chemical Process Design and Simulation. 3(3-0) S. 

CHE 613 Thermodynamics 11.3(3-0) F. 

CHE 617 Chemical Reaction Engineering. 3(3-0) S. 

CHE 621 Advanced Mass Transfer. 3(3-0) F. 

CHE 623 Advanced Fluid Dynamics. 3(3-0) S. 

CHE 624 Advanced Heat Transfer. 3(3-0) F. 



216 



CHE (TO 669 Diffusion in Polymers. 2(2-0) S. 

CHE (TO 671 Special Topics in Polymer Science. 1-3 F. 

CHE 693 Advanced Topics in Chemical Engineering. 1-3 F,S. 

CHE 695 Seminar. 1(1-0) F,S. 

CHE 699 Research. Credits Arranged F,S. 

Chemistry 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

CH 101 General Chemistry 1. 4(3-3) F,S. Fundamental concepts, including atomic 
and molecular structure, states of aggregation of matter, chemical reactions and 
stiochiometi-y. Should be followed by CH 103, 105 or 107. 

CH 103 General Chemistry II. Preq: CH 101, 4(3-3) F,S. Designed as a terminal 
course and Tor students in cuiTicula which do not require full-year chemistry courses 
beyond the freshman level. Topics include acid-base reactions, homogeneous and 
heterogeneous equilibria, electrochemistry, and descriptive aspects of inorganic, 
organic, nuclear and biochemistry. 

CH 104 Experimental Chemistry. Coreq: CH 105. 1(0-3) F,S. Laboratory supple- 
ment to CH 105. Required for CH 105 students who plan to take additional chemis- 
try courses. 

CH 105 Chemistry — Principles and Applications. Preq: CH 101. 3(3-0) F,S. A 
continuation of CH 101, intended primarily for engineering students. Emphasis on 
introductory chemical thermodynamics, equilibrium, electrochemistry, chemical 
kinetics, and the application of basic chemical principles to the treatment of organic 
and inorganic systems. CH 105 serves as prerequisite for additional chemistry 
courses only if supplemented by CH 104. 

CH 106 Laboratory Techniques I. Coreq: CH 101 H. 1(0-3) F. For students 
majoring in chemistiy to supplement CH 101 laboratory. 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry. Preq: CH 101 with a grade of C or better. 
4(3-3) F,S. Continuation of CH 101, for students who plan to take full-year courses 
in advanced chemistry and for those desiring a more quantitative course than 
CH 103. Emphasizes detailed quantitative aspects of stoichiometry, kinetics, 
equilibrium and electrochemistry, and the treatment of chemical reactions in terms 
of acid-base concepts. 

CH 108 Laboratory Techniques II. Coreq: CH 107 H. 1(0-3) S. For students 
majoring in chemistry to supplement CH 107 laboratory. 

CH 111 Foundations of Chemistry. 4(3-2) F,S. General chemistry for liberal arts 
students. Topics include atomic and molecular structure, periodic classification, 
gas laws, chemical equilibrium, and elementary descriptive inorganic and organic 
chemistry. 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry. Preq: CH 103 or 107, or CH 105 or 104. 
4(3-3) F,S. Topics include alkanes and cycloalkanes, reactions of carbon-carbon 
multiple bonds, elimination and substitution reactions of alcohols and alkyl 
halides, aromatic compounds, carbonyl compounds, organic acids and derivatives, 
and organic bases. 



217 



CH 221. 223 Organic Chemistry I. II. Preq: (221) CH 107; (223) CH 221. 4(3-3) 
F..^. Two-term sequence covering the fundamentals of organic chemistry, including 
both aliphatic and aromatic compounds. 

CH 315 (Quantitative Analysis. Preq: CH 103 or 107, or CH 104 and 105. 4(3-3) 
F.S. Fundamental principles and modern techniques of chemical analyses. Topics 
include spectrochemieal. electrochemical, and volumetric methods of analysis, 
modern chemical instrumentation, and inteipretation of data. 

CH 331 Introductory- Physical Chemistry. Preqs: CH 103 or 107, or CH 104 and 
105; M.-\ 102 or 112. 4(3-3) F.S. For students whose mathematics background is not 
sufficient to meet CH 431, 433 requirements, but who desire instruction on chemical 
principles above freshman level. 

CH 401 Systematic Inorganic Chemistry. Coreq: CH 433. 3(3-0) S. Survey of 
chemical elements based on atomic structure and the periodic system; also newer 
concepts of structure and symmetry. 

CH 411 Analytical Chemistry I. Preq: CH 434. 4(2-6) F. Includes the design, 
execution, and interpretation of quantitative chemical measurements. Chromato- 
graphic, precipitation, and spectroscopic methods. 

CH 413 Analytical Chemistry II. Preq: CH 411. 4(2-6) S. Methods of quantitative 
analysis based on solution chemistry, electrochemistry, and reaction kinetics. 

CH 428 Qualitative Organic Analysis. Preq: CH 223. 3(1-6) F,S. The identifica- 
tion of organic compounds by means of physical, chemical and spectral properties. 

CH 431 Physical Chemistry I. Preqs: CH 107, xMA 202, PY 203 or 208. Coreq: MA 
301. 3(3-0) F,S. CH 431, 433 and 435 provide an intensive study of physical chemical 
principles. CH 431 emphasizes states of matter, thermodynamics, and physical and 
chemical equilibrium. 

CH 432 Physical Chemistry I Laboratory. Coreq: CH 431. 1(0-3) F. Laboratory 
course related to CH 431. Experience in measuring quantities associated with 
chemical thermodynamics and equilibria, treatment of laboratory data, and 
analysis of errors. 

CH 433 Physical Chemistry II. Preqs: CH 431, MA 301. 3(3-0) F.S. A continua- 
tion of CH 431, emphasizing properties of solids and solutions, electrochemistry, 
reaction kinetics and kinetic theory. 

CH 434 Physical Chemistry II Laboratory. Coreq: CH 433. 2(0-6) S. A projects 
oriented course to acquaint chemistry students with modern physical chemistry 
techniques. 

CH 435 Physical Chemistrj' III. Preqs: CH 431, MA 301. 3(3-0) F. A continua- 
tion of CH 431 , emphasizing molecular structure and chemical bonding. 

CH (TO 461 Chemistry of Fibers. 3(3-0) F. (See textile chemistry, page 375.) 

CH 490 Chemical Preparations. Preq: Three years of CH. 3(1-6) F,S. Lectures 
and laboratory work in preparative chemistry. Synthetic procedures illustrate 
advanced methods and techniques in both inorganic and organic chemistry. 

CH 491 Honors Chemistry. Preq: Admission to honors program or consent of 
department. 1-3 F,S. A special studies course for superior students pursuing chem- 
istiy studies in greater depth. 



218 



CH 493 Chemical Literature. Preq: Three years of CH. 1(1-0) F. A systematic 
introduction to the location and retrieval of information required for the solution 
of chemical problems. 

CH 495 Special Topics in Chemistry. Preq: C.I. 1-3 F,S. To serve needs not 
covered by existing courses. 

CH 499 Senior Research in Chemistry. Preq: Three years CH. Credits Arranged. 
1-3 F,S. Independent investigation of a research problem under the supervision of 
chemistry faculty member. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CH 501 Inorganic Chemistry I. Preq: CH 433. 3(3-0) F. Modern chemistry from 
the point of view of the chemical bond, molecular structure, and spectroscopy. 
Several topics chosen from group theory, molecular symmetry, molecular orbital 
and crystal field theories, electronegativity, solid state, magnetic properties, 
electronic absorption, ORD, CD, and MCD, Mossbauer, nmr, nqr, ESCA, photo- 
electron, and vibrational spectroscopies. Computer facilities are used. 

CH 503 Inorganic Chemistry II. Preq: CH 501. 3(3-0) S. A continuation of CH 
501. Knowledge of physical methods applied to chemistry of representative elements, 
transition metals (3d, 4d, 5d), lanthanides, and actinides. Topics include nonaqueous 
solvents, acids and bases, inorganic reaction mechanisms, solid state reactions, 
coordination chemistry including chelates and organometallic compounds, crystal 
field stabilization energy, Jahn-Teller and trans effects, stabilization of valence 
states, and some bio-inorganic chemistry. 

CH 511 Chemical Spectroscopy. Preq: CH 433. 3(3-0) F. Theory, analytical 
applications and interpretation of spectra as applied to chemical problems. Empha- 
sis upon ultraviolet, visible and infrared spectra. (Offered F 1974 and alt. years.) 

CH 515 Chemical Instrumentation. Preq: CH 431; Coreq: CH 411. 3(3-0) S. 
Basic electronic components and circuits, the response of laboratory instruments, 
design and modification of typical electronic control and measurement systems. 
Emphasis on transducers and control elements utilized in chemical research. 
(Offered S 1976 and alt. years.) 

CH 517 Physical Methods of Elemental Trace Analysis. Preq: CH 315 or 331 
or C.I. 3(3-0) F. The principles and applications of currently used methods of trace 
analysis. Topics include pulse polarography, potentiometry, UV-Vis spectro- 
photometry, atomic absorption, emission spectrometry, fluorescence, neutron 
activation analysis, and spark source mass spectrometry. 

CH 518 Trace Analysis Laboratory. Coreq: CH 517 or C.I. 2(0-6) F. Instrumental 
techniques including UV-Vis spectrophotometry, fluorescence, emission spectro- 
metry, atomic absorption, pulse polarography, and neutron activation analysis. 

CH 521 Advanced Organic Chemistry I. Preqs: CH 223, 433 or 435. 3(3-0) F. 
Structure, stereochemistry and reactions of the various classes of hydrocarbons. The 
molecular orbital treatment of bonding and reactivity of alkenes, the conforma- 
tional interpretation of cycloalkane and cycloalkene reactivity, and the application 
of optical isomerism to reaction mechanisms. 

CH 523 Advanced Organic Chemistry II. Preq: CH 521. 3(3-0) S. Acid-base 
theory and mechanistic organic chemistry as applied to synthetically useful 
organic reactions. 



219 



CH 525 Physical Methods in Organic Chemistry. Preqs: CH 223 and 433 or 435. 
3(3-0) S. Physical methods applied to solution of structural problems in organic 
chemistry. Emphasis on spectral methods including infrared, ultraviolet, nuclear 
magnetic resonance, mass spectrometry, electron paramagnetic resonance, x-ray 
and electron diffraction, and optical rotatory dispersion. 

CH 531 Chemical Thermodynamics. Preqs: CH 433, MA 301. 3(3-0) F. Extension 
of elementary principles to treatment of ideal and real gases, ideal solutions, 
electrolytic solutions, galvanic cells, surface systems and irreversible processes. 
Introduction to statistical thermodynamics and the estimation of thermodynamic 
functions from spectroscopic data. 

CH 533 Chemical Kinetics. Preqs: CH 433, MA 301. 3(3-0) S. Emphasis on experi- 
mental and mathematical techniques, elements of the kinetic theory, and theory 
of the transition state. Applications to gas reactions, reactions in solution and 
mechanism studies. (Offered S 1975 and alt. years.) 

CH 535 Surface Phenomena. Preqs: CH 433, MA 301. 3(3-0) S. Formulations of 
basic theories are presented with illustrations of their current applications. (Offered 
S 1976 and alt. years.) 

CH 537 Quantum Chemistry. Preqs: MA 301, CH 435 or PY 407. 3(3-0) S. The 
elements of wave mechanics applied to stationary energy states and time dependent 
phenomena. Applications of quantum theory to chemistry, particularly chemical 
bonds. 

CH 539 Colloid Chemistry. Preqs: CH 220, 315 or 331 or CI. 3(2-3) S. Theories, 
basic principles, and fundamental concepts including preparation and behavior of 
sols, gels, emulsions, foams, and aerosols and topics in areas of adsorption, Donnan 
equilibrium, dialysis, and small particle dynamics. Laboratory includes independent 
project studies in specialized areas. (Offered S 1975 and alt. years.) 

CH 545 Radiochemistry. Preq: CH 431 or PY 410. 3(2-3) S. Applications of 
radioactivity to chemistry and applications of chemistry to radioactive elements, 
particularly transuranium elements and fission products. (Offered S 1976 and alt. 
years.) 

CH (TC) 562 Physical Chemistry of High Polymers - Bulk Properties. 3(3-0) F. 
(See textile chemistry, page 375.) 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

CH 623 Valence and the Structure of Organic Molecules. 3(3-0) F. 

CH 625 Organic Reaction Mechanisms. 3j(3-0) S. 

CH 627 Chemistrj of Metal-Organic Compounds. 3(3-0) F. 

CH 631 Chemical Thermodynamics II. 3(3-0) S. 

CH (BCH) 659 Natural Products. 3(3-0) F. 

CH 691 Seminar. 1(1-0) F,S. 

CH 693 Advanced Topics in Physical Chemistry. 3(3-0) F,S. 

CH 695 Special Topics in Chenustry. Maximum 3 F,S. 

CH 699 Chemical Research. Credits Arranged F,S. 



220 



Civil Engineering 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

CE 201 Elements of Plane Surveying. Preq: Soph, standing. 3(2-3) F. Not for 
CE department majors. Theory' and practice of plane surveying precision specifi- 
cations, horizontal and vertical control, stadia surveys, area determinations, cir- 
cular and compound curves, topographic mapping, solar and celestial observations, 
rural and urban land surveys. 

CE 202 Introduction to Civil Engineering. Preq: MA 201. 2(1-3) F,S. Computer 
solution of typical problems in each subject area of civil engineering. 

CE 301 Engineering Surveying. Preq: CE 202 3(2-3) F,S. Principles of surveying 
and applications in planning, design and construction; including horizontal and 
vertical control; topographic maps, photogrammetry and elements of geodesy. 

CE 305 Transportation Engineering I. Preq: CE 301. 4(3-2) F,S. Integrated 
approach to planning, designing operation of transportation systems. Engineering 
and economic aspects of basic transport modes, (including highway, rail, water 
and air facilities) are studied. 

CE 325 Structural Analysis. Preq: ESM 301. 3(2-3) F,S. Stress analysis of 
statically determinate beams and framed structures under fixed and moving loads; 
analysis of displacements by methods of conjugate beam and virtual work; indeter- 
minate structural analysis of both rigid frames and trusses by virtual work and by 
stiffness method. 

CE 326 Structural Engineering I. Preq: CE 325. 4(3-3) F,S. Fundamental 
principles of elastic, inelastic and ultimate strength analysis and proportioning of 
structural members in metal, concrete and timber. 

CE 332 Materials of Construction. Preq: MAT 200. 3(2-3) F,S. Manufacture 
and properties of calcareous and bituminous cements and mineral aggregates. 
Mechanical properties of portland cement concrete, bituminous concrete, masonry 
materials and timber. Materials testing for research. 

CE 342 Soil Engineering I. Preq: CE 332. 4(3-2) F,S. Soil identification, index 
properties, effective stress concepts, settlement analysis, evaluation of shear 
strength and bearing capacity, fundamentals of foundation selection and design. 

CE 365 Construction Engineering I. Preq: Jr. standing. 4(3-3) F,S. Construction 
operations course emphasizing organization of construction industiy; construction 
methods, equipment, productivity and safety; project planning, scheduling and 
control. 

CE 370 Elements of Environmental Hygiene. Preq: Soph, standing. 3(2-3) S. 
Environmental factors affecting human health and their evaluation and control. 
Topics include: water supplies; sewage disposal; swimming pool and refuse sani- 
tation; insect and rodent control; milk and food sanitation; the physical factors 
of noise, heat, illumination, and ionizing radiation; housing; industrial hygiene; 
and environmental hygiene programs. 

CE 382 Hydraulics. Preq: ESM 200. 4(3-3) F,S. Properties of fluid, laws of con- 
servation of mass, momentum and energy; applications to the mechanics of flow 
through p-ipes and channels; fluid measurements; theory of design and character- 
istics of hydraulic machines. 



221 



CE 383 Water Resources Engineering I. Preq: CE 382. 4(3-3) F,S. Application 
of natural science, physics and chemistry in the engineering or urban water and 
waste systems. Case studies illustrate applications and relationship of systems 
to management of environmental quality in urban areas. 

CE 406 Transportation Engineering II. Preq: CE 305. 3(2-2) F,S. Urban trans- 
portation problems and design of modal interfaces such as airports, shopping cen- 
ters, parking garages, port facilities and other multimodal terminals. 

CE (ARC) 415 .\rchitectural Structures I. Preq: ESM (ARC) 316. 3(2-3) F. Not 
open to CE students. Fundamental concepts underlying the behavior of statically 
determinate building systems; investigation of the design and construction tech- 
niques used in steel and timber framing. 

CE (ARC) 416 .Architectural Structures II. Preq: CE (ARC) 415. 3(2-3) S. Not 
open to CE students. Fundamental concepts underlying the behavior, analysis, and 
design of statically indeterminate building systems; investigation of design and 
construction techniques in framing, analysis procedures for indeterminate struc- 
tural elements; application of design emphasizing reinforced concrete construction. 
Terminal design project allows a synthesis of the four semester structures sequence. 

CE 425 Intermediate Structural Analysis. Preq: CE 325. 3(3-0) F,S. Rigorous 
treatment, at intermediate level, of indeterminate structural analysis. Energy 
principles, force and displacement methods, special topics. 

CE 427 Structural Engineering II. Preq: CE 326. 3(2-3) F,S. Basic concepts of 
structural design. Analysis and design of complete structural systems. 

CE 443 Soil Erfjineering II. Preq: CE 342 3(3-0) F,S. Lateral earth pressure 
theories and their application to analysis and design of slopes and retaining 
structures; ground water hydraulics; placement of fills; soil behavior in pavement 
systems, stablization techniques. 

CE 450 Civil Engineering Design. Preq: One from: CE 406, 427, 443, or 484. 
3(1-6) F,S. Integrated team approach to a major civil engineering project involving 
planning, design and analysis under realistic conditions including environmental 
factors. 

CE 460 Construction Engineering Project. Preqs: CE 463, 466. 3(2-3) F,S. Plan- 
ning, design, constnaction and management of a construction project. 

CE 463 Cost Analysis and Control. Preq: CE 365. 3(2-3) F,S. Cost engineering, 
project estimating, bid procedures, construction cost analysis and control. 

CE 464 Legal .\spects of Contracting. Preq: Sr. standing. 3(3-0) S. Legal aspects 
of construction contract documents and specifications; owner-engineer-contractor 
relationships and responsibilities; bids and contract performance; labor laws. 

CE 466 Construction Engineering II. Preqs: CE 326, 365. 3(2-3) F,S. Introduc- 
tion to building systems construction emphasizing planning, analysis, design and 
construction of structural subsystems. 

CE 472 Elements of .\ir (Quality Management. Preq: College level physics and 
sr. standing. 3(2-3) F. Pollution and community air quality management, including 
pollutant sources; effects on biological systems, materials, and the atmosphere; 
meteorological factors; air sampling; abatement and control techniques; air 
quality and emission standards; and legal, economic, and administrative aspects. 



222 



CE 484 Water Resources Engineering II. Preq: CE 383. 3(3-0) F,S. Occurrence, 
flow and control of natural and impounded waters. Case studies of storm drainage, 
flood control and stream sanitation illustrate the use of these principles in the 
management of river basin water resources. 

CE 486 Sanitary Engineering Measurements of Water Quality. Preqs: Freshman 
chemistry and sr. standing in Engineering or Agriculture and Life Sciences. 
3(2-3) S. Introduction to elementary measurement and interpretations of pollutants 
in water and wastewater. Examination of the nature and character of municipal 
refuse. 

CE (OY, MAS) 487 Physical Oceanography. 3(3-0) S. (See physical oceanography, 
page 335.) 

CE 498 Special Problems in Civil Engineering. Preq: Sr. standing in CE. 1-3 F,S. 
Directed reading in the literature of civil engineering, introduction to research 
methodology, seminar discussions, dealing with special civil engineering topics of 
current interest. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CE 507 Airphoto Analysis I. Preq: Sr. standing 3(2-3) S. Principles and con- 
cepts for engineering evaluation of aerial photographs, including analysis of soils 
and surface drainage characteristics. Wahls 

CE 508 Airphoto Analysis II. Preq: CE 507 3(2-3) S. Continuation of CE 507 
with applications to highway and airport projects. Wahls 

CE 509 Photogrammetry. Preq: CE 201 or CE 301. 3(2-3) F. Elements of aerial 
photogrammetry as applied to civil engineering, surveying and mapping, geometry 
of aerial photographs, flight planning for aerial photography and stereoscopic 
plotter instruments, especially the Kelsh Plotter. 

CE 514 Municipal Engineering Projects. Preq: Sr. standing in CE. 3(2-3) S. 
Special problems relating to public works, public utilities, urban planning and 
city engineering. Babcock 

CE 515 Transportation Operations. Preq: CE 305. 3(3-0) F. Analysis of traffic 
and transportation engineering operations. Heimbach 

CE 516 Transportation Design. Preq: CE 305. 3(2-3) F. Geometric elements of 
traffic and transportation engineering design. Cribbins 

CE 517 Water Transportation. Preq: CE 305. 3(3-0) F. Planning, design, con- 
struction and operation of waterways, ports, harbors and related facilities. Feasi- 
bility of piers, ports and multipurpose river basin projects. Design of marine 
structures and civil works including locks, dams, harbors, ports and contractive 
and protective works. Cribbins 

CE 524 Analysis and Design of M^onry Structures. Coreq: CE 427. 3(3-0) F. 
Theory and design of masonry arches, culverts, dams, foundations and masonry 
walls subjected to lateral loads. 

CE 525, 526 Matrix Structural Analysis I, II. Preq: (525): CE 425; (526): CE 
326. 3(3-0) F,S. Matrix methods of structural analysis for digital computer solutions 
for general plane frames, trusses, and grids as well as general three dimensional 
trusses and frames. Inclusion of effects due to prestrain, temperature, elastic 
stability functions, joint deformations, and support settlements. Introduction to 
finite-element analysis of plane elasticity problems. Dean, Smith 



223 



CE 531 Structural Models. Preq: CE 427. 3(2-3) S. Dimensional analysis and 
structural similitude, indirect and direct models, model materials and experimental 
techniques, individual project in structural model analysis. Mirza, Zia 

CE 534 FMastic Analysis and Design. Preq: CE 427. 3(3-0) S. Theory of plastic 
behavior of steel structures; concept of design for ultimate load and the use of 
load factors. Analysis and design of components of steel frames including bracing 
and connections. Ely 

CE 536 Theor> and Design of Prestressed Concrete. Preq: CE 427. 3(3-0) F. 
Principles and concepts of design in prestressed concrete including elastic and 
ultimate strength analyses for flexural, shear, bond and deflection. Principles of 
concordancy and linear transformation for indeterminate prestressed structvires. 

Mirza, Zia 

CE (MAS, OY) 541 Gravity Wave Theory I. 3(3-0) S. (See marine sciences, page 
297.) 

CE 543 Hydraulics of Ground Water. Preq: CE 382 or 342 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F. 
Principles of ground water hydraulics; theory of flow through idealized porous 
media; the flow net solution; seepage and well problems. Kashef 

CE 544 Foundation Engineering. Preq: CE 342. 3(3-0) S. Subsoil investigations; 
excavations; design of sheeting and bracing systems; control of water; footing, 
grillage and pile foundations; caisson and cofferdam methods of construction. 

Kashef, Langfelder 

CE 547 Fundamentals of Soil Mechanics. Preq: ESM 301. 3(3-0) S. Physical and 
mechanical properties of soils governing their use for engineering purposes; stress 
relations and applications to a variety of fundamental problems. Wahls 

CE 548 Engineering Properties of Soils I. Preq: CE 342. 3(2-3) F. Study of soil 
properties significant in earthwork engineering, including soil solids, basic physio- 
chemical concepts, classification, identification, plasticity, permeability, capillarity, 
and stabilization. Laboratory work includes classification, permeability and com- 
paction tests. Kashef, Langfelder 

CE 549 Engineering Properties of Soils II. Preq: CE 548. 3(2-3) S. Continuation 
of CE 548. Compressibility, stress-strain relations and shear strength theories for 
soil. Laboratory work includes consolidation and shear strength tests. Langfelder 

CE 551 Theory of Concrete Mixtures. Preq: CE 332. 3(3-0) F. Study in depth of 
Portland cement concrete mixtures including' types and properties of portland and 
special cements, mix design methods, fresh and hardened concretes, admixtures. 

Mullen 

CE 553 .\sphalt and Bituminous Materials. Preq: CE 332. 3(2-3) S. Study in 
depth of asphalts and tars properties for use in waterproofing and bituminous 
materials. Theories of design of bituminous mixtures for construction and paving 
uses including types and properties of asphalt cements, cutbacks, emulsions, blown 
asphalts and tars. Laboratory work required. Head, Mullen 

CE 555 Highway and .\irport Pavement Design. Preq: CE 406 or CE 443. 

3(2-3) S. Theoretical analysis and design of highway and airport pavements with 
critical evaluation of current design practices. Head 

CE (BAE. MB) 570 Sanitary Microbiology. Preq: MB 401 or equivalent. 3(2-3) S. 
Fundamental aspects of microbiology and biochemistry presented and related to 
problems of stream pollution, refuse disposal and biological treatment. Laboratory 



224 



exercises present basic microbiological techniques and illustrate basic microbial 
aspects of waste disposal. 

CE 571 Theory of Water and Waste Treatment. Preq: Grad. standing. 3(3-0) F. 
Study of the basic physical and chemical processes underlying water and waste 
treatment, including mass transfer, equilibria, and kinetics. Galler 

CE 572 Design of Water and Wastewater Facilities. Preq: CE 571. 3(3-0) S. 
Theory and design of water and wastewater treatment plants. Galler 

CE 573 Unit Operations and Processes in Waste Treatment. Preq: CE 486; Coreq: 
CE 571. 3(1-6) F. Unit operations and processes in water and wastes engineering, 
including sedimentation, thickening, chemical coagulation, vacuum filtration, 
carbon adsorption, biological treatment, and special projects. Galler 

CE (NE) 574 Environmental Consequences of Nuclear Power. Preq: C.I. 3(3-0) S. 
Examination of environmental consequences resulting from the siting, construction 
and operation of nuclear power plants and the environmental consequences of al- 
ternatives to nuclear power. Smallwood 

CE 575 Civil Engineering Systems. Preq: MA 405. 3(3-0) S. Examination of civil 
engineering systems and their design optimization. Systems studied include water 
resources engineering, structural engineering, transportation engineering and 
construction. Galler 

CE 576 Atmospheric Pollution. Preq: Grad. or advanced undergrad. standing. 
3(3-0) S. Topics include: pollutant sources; effects on man and other animals, 
vegetation, materials and visibility; meteorological factors; air sampling, control 
devices; air quality and emission standards; and legal, economic and administrative 
aspects. 

CE (BAE) 578 Agricultural Waste Management. 3(2-3) F. (See biological and 
agricultural engineering, page 209.) 

CE 580 Flow in Open Channels. Preq: CE 382. 3(3-0) F. Theory and application 
of flow in open channels, including dimensional analysis, momentum-energy 
principle, gradually varied flow, high-velocity flow, energy dissipators, spillways, 
waves, channel transitions and model studies. Amein 

CE (MAS) 581 Introduction to Oceanographic Engineering. Preq: CE 382. 3(3-0) 
S. Engineering aspects of physical oceanography. Propagation of waves theory, 
methods of wave forecasting and analysis of wave spectra. Application of physical 
oceanography to design of marine and coastal installations. Amein, Machemehl 

CE 591, 592 Civil Engineering Seminar. 1(1-0) F,S. Discussions and reports. 

CE 598 Civil Engineering Projects. 1-6 F,S. Special projects. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

CE 601 Transportation Planning. 3(3-0) S. 

CE 602 Advanced Transportation Design. 3(2-3) F. 

CE b(i3 Airport Planning and Design. 3(2-3) F. 

CE 604 Urban Transportation Planning. 3(3-0) S. 

CE 605 Traffic Flow Theory. 3(3-0) S. 

225 



CE 624 Analysis and Design of Structural Shells and Folded Plates. 3(3-0) S. 

CE 625 Advanced Structural Design 1. 3(3-0) F. 

CE 626 Advanced Structural Design II. 3(2-3) S. 

CE 627 Analysis and Design of Structures for Dynamic Loads. 3(3-0) S. 

CE 631 Field Analysis of Structural Systems. 3 (3-0) F. 

CE 635 Advanced Theory of Concrete Structures. 3(3-0) S. 

CE 641, 642 Advanced Soil Mechanics. 3(3-0) F,S. 

CE 644 Ground Water Engineering. 3(3-0) S. 

CE 646 Dynamics of Soils and Foundations. 3(3-0) S. 

CE 651 Theory of Limit Analysis. 3(3-0) F. 

CE 652 Inelastic Solids and Structures. 3(3-0) S. 

CE 661 Numerical Methods in Structural Mechanics. 3(3-0) F. 

CE 662 Probabilistic Methods of Structural Engineering. 3(3-0) F. 

CE 671 Advanced Water Management Systems. 4(3-3) F. 

CE 672 Advanced Water and Waste Treatment: Principles and Design. 4(3-3) S. 

CE 673 Industrial Water Supply and Waste Disposal. 3(3-0) F. 

CE 674 Stream Sanitation. 3(3-0) S. 

CE 698 Special Topics in Civil Engineering. 1-3 F,S. 

CE 699 Civil Engineering Research. Credits Arranged 

Computer Science 

CSC 101 Introduction to Programming. 3(2-2) F,S. Understanding algorithms, 
programs and computers. Organization and characteristics of computers. Funda- 
mental algorithms associated with computing. Data representation. Basic program- 
ming and program structure. Debugging and verification of programs. Computer 
solution of numerical and non-numerical problems using one or more programming 
languages. 

CSC 102 Programming Concepts. Preq: CSC 101. 3(3-0) F,S. The features avail- 
able in higher-level programming languages. The student develops good program- 
ming habits by writing a variety of non-numerical application programs. Emphasis 
is on the global properties of programs in a block-structured language with list 
and string manipulation facilities. 

CSC 111 Algorithmic Languages I. Coreq: MA 102. 2(2-1) F,S. Introduction to 
a problem-oriented computer language (currently FORTRAN IV) for use in 
problem solution using digital computers. Designed as a two-hour service course for 
scientifically oriented students, primarily in Eng:ineering with programs slanted 
toward engfineering applications. 



226 



CSC 112 Basic Computer Organization and Assembly Language. Preq: CSC 101 
or 111. 3(3-0) F,S. Binary and hexadecimal number systems. Description of machine 
organization, including memory, addressing schemes, registers, and data channels. 
Internal representation of data and instructions. Machine language and the 
assembly process. Loading and execution. Program relocation. Input and output 
using facilities of a supervisor program. Interrupts and their priorities. Combining 
separately translated programs for execution. 

CSC 200 Introduction to Computers and Their Uses. (A student who has taken 
CSC 101 or 111 may not receive credit.) 3(3-0) F,S. An introduction to electronic 
digital computers, including the parts of a computer, a step-by-step description of 
the processes which the computer goes through in performing its tasks, and 
description of several uses to which the computer is currently being put. Intended 
for non-technical stude ts desiring knowledge of computer capabilities and limita- 
tions. 

CSC 251 Principles of Programming - Fortran. Preqs: CSC 111 or 102. 1(1-0) F. 
The programming language Fortran and its applications to numerical computation 
and file manipulation. Emphasis on features and restrictions which are unique to 
Fortran. Programming assignments which explore the language in depth (Grading 

S-NC). 

CSC 252 Principles of Programming - Cobol. Preq: CSC 101. 1(1-0) F. Intro- 
duction to the business-oriented programming language Cobol. Programming 
assignments cover general data processing, file maintenance and report generation. 
(Grading S-NC). 

CSC 253 Principles of Programming - Algol. Preq: CSC 102. 1(1-0) F. Algol 60 
presented as a theoretical construct and a practical programming language. Ex- 
tensions to Algol 60. Programming problems in a variety of applications areas. 
(Grading S-NC). 

CSC 254 Principles of Programming - APL. Preq: MA 231 or MA 405. 1(1-0) S. 
Advanced programming concepts in APL and their application to a wide variety of 
computing problems. The APL reference language and locally available APL 
hardware representations. (Grading S-NC). 

CSC 255 Principles of Programming - Snobol. 1(1-0) F. The syntax and semantics 
of the symbol manipulation language Snobol 4. Applications of the language to 
programming problems in non- numeric areas. (Grading S-NC). 

CSC 301 Principles of Systems Programs. Preq: CSC 112. 3(3-0) F,S. Advanced 
topics in assembly language programming. Program, relocatability. Definition, 
call and expansion of macros. Historical survey of development of operating 
systems. Definition of operating system components. Use of operating system 
facilities. 

CSC 302 Introduction to Numerical Methods. Preq: CSC 101 or 111. Coreq: MA 
301 or 312. 3(3-0) F,S. Numerical computations with digital computers; floating 
point arithmetic and implications of round-off error. Algorithms and computer 
techniques for the numerical solution of problems in: function evaluation; zeros of 
functions; interpolation; numerical differentiation and integration; linear systems 
of equations; curve fitting; solutions of non-linear equations; numerical solutions 
of ordinary differential equations. 

CSC 311 Data Structures. Preq: CSC 102 and 112. 3(3-0) F,S. Fundamental 
algorithms associated with data structures. Topics are: linear lists including 
stacks, queues and deques; sequential and linked allocation of linear lists; circular 
lists, doubly-linked lists, arrays and orthogonal lists; trees including traversal of 
binary trees and binary representation of trees; lists and garbage collection; 
multilinked structures; dynamic storage allocation. 

227 



CSC 312 Computer Organization and Logic. Preq: CSC 112, 322. 3(3-0) F,S. 
Application of Boolean algebra to combinational circuit design problems. Sequential 
circuits. Organization and functional design of simplified computer components 
such as the memory unit, the arithmetic and logic unit and input-output devices. 
Architecture of computing systems. Functional characteristics of I/O devices, data 
channels, interrupt and priority systems. Microprogram control. Hardware-software 
tradeoffs and firmware. 

CSC (E) 321 Computer Graphics. 3(2-2) S. (See engineering, general courses, 
page 257.) 

CSC 322 Applied Algebraic Structures. Preq: MA 231 or 405. 3(3-0) F,S. Naive 
set theory, order and equivalence relations, functions, partitions, operations and 
congruences. Boolean algebra, semi-group, group and graph theory. Logic of 
propositions, first order predicate calculus, models for an axiomatic theory. Some 
applications and examples of these algebraic structures selected from formal 
language description, data structures, file organization, information retrieval, 
games, switching circuits, neural nets, sequential machines, artificial intelligence, 
syntatic structure of arithmetic expressions and theory of algorithms. 

CSC 351 Principles of Programming - LISP. Preq: CSC 311. 1(1-0) S. The pro- 
gramming language LISP and its application to the processing of general list 
structures, with emphasis on recursive programming. Assignments demonstrate 
the p>ower and versatility of LISP. (Grading S-NC). 

CSC 401 Sorting and Searching. Preq: CSC 311. 3(3-0) F. Sorting and searching 
procedures and their implications for file structure design. On-line and batch 
processing systems. 

CSC 411 Introduction to Simulation. Preq: MA 312 and ST 371 or equivalent. 
3(3-0) F. Introduces simulation concepts and methodology to CSC and other stu- 
dents. Modeling and computational techniques, Monte Carlo methods, and inter- 
active simulation. Projects are developed in areas of student interest. 

CSC 412 Introduction to Computability, Language and Automata. Preq: CSC 
322. 3(3-0) S. Sequential machines as abstractions of digital computers described 
by state-transition graphs. Sequential machine as language acceptors and as the 
finite control of a Turing machine. Chomsky classification of languages and 
machines. Universal Turing machines and the halting problem. Church's thesis. 
Recursive functions. Heuristic argument that a function is recursive if and only 
if it is Turing computable. The semi-group word problem and tree searching 
algorithm. Applications to artificial intelligence, perceptron simulation, game 
playing, syntactic analysis algorithms. 

CSC 421 Computer Systems for Management Preq: CSC 311. 3(3-0) F. Manage- 
ment information systems (MIS). The data base approach. Characteristics of 
successful systems and dimensions of system evolution- and evaluation. Models 
versus modeling in MIS design. A model of information flow and its economics. 
Profitability and risk analysis in corporate financial systems. Production/inventory 
control through MIS. Operations research techniques for MIS development. Man- 
agement's MIS consultant. The general purpose MIS. Human factors in design and 
implementation of the new company MIS. 

CSC (MA) 427 Introduction to Numerical Analysis I. Preq: MA 301 or 312 and 
programming langfuage proficiency. 3(3-0) F. For undergraduate students in any 
department who wish to learn the theory and practice of computational procedures 
using a digfital computer. Topics include: approximation of functions by inter- 
polating polynomials; numerical differentiation and integn*ation; solution of systems 
of ordinary differential equations including both initial valve and boundary value 
problem. Computer applications and techniques. 

228 



CSC (MA) 428 Introduction to Numerical Analysis II. Preq: MA 231 or 405 and 
programming language proficiency. 3(3-0) S. For students who wish to learn 
computational procedures using digital computers. Topics include: solution of linear 
and nonlinear equations; matrices and eigenvalue calculations; orthogonal poly- 
nomials and Gaussian quadrature; curve fitting and function approximation by 
least squares; smoothing formulas; minimax approximations. [CSC (MA) 427 is 
not a prerequisite.] 

CSC 431 Information Retrieval. Preq: CSC 311. 3(3-0) S. Organization and 
retrieval of information in natural language form. Analysis of information content 
by statistical, syntactic and logical methods. Authomatic clustering and statistical 
association methods. Dictionary construction and utilization. File organization and 
retrieval techniques for text processing systems. Evaluation of retrieval effective- 
ness. Applications to both document retrieval and question answering systems. 

CSC 432 Introduction to Digital Signal Processing. Preq: CSC 302, ST 371, and 
MA 231 or 405. 3(2-2) S. Use of digital computers in the processing of analog 
signals. The uses of operational amplifiers in SAH, DAC, and ADC's and other 
data acquisition devices. The discrete Fourier transform, digital filters and other 
algorithms used in processing time series. 

CSC 462 Computing for the Social Sciences. Preq: ST 311 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. 
To acquaint the social scientist with the information processing capabilities of a 
computer. Examples and problems from the social sciences. Topics include: a higher 
level programming language, procedures for accessing statistical packages and 
other library routines, and data management using disks and tapes. (CSC majors 
may not receive credit.) 

CSC 495 Special Topics in Computer Science. Preq: CI. 1-6 F,S. Consists of the 
following types of study: readings in the literature of computer science, introductory 
research projects, major computer programming projects, seminars, or new course 
development. Work may be done in any CSC area such as software, hardware 
utilization, programming languages, numerical methods or telecommunications. 

CSC 499 Undergraduate Research in Computer Science. Preq: CI. 1-6 F,S. 
Independent investigation of a research problem under faculty supervision. 

CSC 501 Design of Systems Programs. Preqs: CSC 311, 312 (CSC 301 recom- 
mended). 3(3-0) F. Review of batch process systems programs, their components, 
operating characteristics, user services and their limitations. Implementation 
techniques for parallel processing of input-output and interrupt handling. Overall 
structure of multiprogramming systems on multi-processor hardware configurations. 
Details on addressing techniques, core management, file system design and manage- 
ment, system accounting, and other user-related services. Traffic control, inter- 
process communication, design of system modules, and interfaces. System updating, 
documentation and operation. 

CSC 502 Computational Linguistics. Preq: CI. 3(3-0) S. Use of a symbol mani- 
pulation language (SNOBOL 4) in solving non-numeric problems. Study of genera- 
tive grrammars, including finite-state, context-free, context-sensitive, and trans- 
formational grammars. Syntactic analysis by computers: algorithms and existing 
analysis systems for English. Computational semantics. Information retrieval and 
question-answering systems. Open to CSC and other students. 

CSC 504 Application of Linguistic Techniques to Computer Problems. Preq: CSC 
502. 3(3-0) S. Semiotics and programming languages. Comparison of semantic 
theories. Representation, classification and interpretation of scenes and other 
multi-dimensional illustrations. Design of a formal language for describing two- 
dimensional geometric figures, such as flow charts, chemical structures and logic 
diagrams. Characterization of programming languages according to the theory of 
transformational grammar. 

229 



CSC 511 Artificial Intelligence. Preq: CSC 311. 3(3-0) F. Definition of heuristic 
versus algorithmic methods, rationale of heuristic approach, description of cognitive 
processes. Objectives of work in artificial intelligence, simulation of cognitive 
behavior. Heuristic programming techniques. Survey of examples from representa- 
tive application areas. The mind-brain problem and the nature of intelligence. 
Individual projects. 

CSC 512 Metaprograms. Preq: CSC 311 (CSC 412 recommended). 3(3-0) S. The 
techniques used in the design and implementation of compilers. Introduction to 
formal grammars and relations concerning a grammar. Detailed study of algorithms 
for lexical scanners, top-down recognizers, bottom-up recognizers for simple prece- 
dence grammars, operator precedence grammars, higher order precedence gram- 
mars, and bounded-context grammars. Run-time storage organization for a compiler 
including symbol tables, internal forms for source programs, semantic routines, 
error recovery and diagnostics, code generation and optimization, and interpreters. 

CSC 522 Formal Languages and Syntactic Analysis. Preq: CSC 412 (CSC 512 
recommended). 3(3-0) F. Formal languages and their relation to automata: lan- 
guages and their representation, grammars, finite automata and regular grammars 
context free grammars and pushdown automata, type O grammars and Turing 
machines, the halting problem, context-sensitive grammars and linear bounded 
automata, and operations on languages. 

CSC (MA) 529 Numerical Analysis I. 3(3-0) F. (See mathematics, page 305.) 

CSC (MA) 530 Numerical Analysis II. 3(3-0) S. (See mathematics, page 305.) 

CSC 532 Artificial Intelligence II. Preq: CSC 511, a course in mathematical 
logic. 3(3-0) S. Emphasizes pattern recognition, theorem proving, game playing, 
learning and heuristic progframming. Students assigned computer projects illus- 
trating theoretical concepts. 

CSC (MA) 536 Theory of Sequential Machines. (See mathematics, page 305.) 

CSC (MA) 537 Theory of Computability. Preq: CSC 412 or grad. standing. 
3(3-0) S. Effective computability. Turing machines. Primitive recursive functions. 
The u operator, u-recursive functions. Godel numbering. Equivalence of Turing 
machines and u-recursion. Undecidable predicates. Universal Turing Machines. 
Other formulations of the concept of effective computability. 

CSC (OR) 562 Advanced Topics in Computer Simulation. Preq: ST 421 or 
equivalent; or grad. standing. 3(3-0) S. Basic simulation methodology; general 
principles of the Monte Carlo Method: random number generation, accuracy, vari- 
ance reduction methods, classical applications in mathematics and physics; simula- 
tion of queueing systems; development of a research problem in depth where 
computer simulation is required 1) to provide insight through experientation with a 
model, 2) to provide approximate answers and practical solutions, and 3) to test 
the model and the solutions. 

CSC (MA) 582 Special Topics in Numerical Solution of Linear Algebraic Equa- 
tions. Preq: MA 405 or equivalent and a knowledge of computer programming. 
3(3-0) S. A mathematical and numerical investigation of direct iterative and semi- 
iterative methods for the solution of linear systems. Methods for calculating 
eigenvalues and eigenvector of matrices. 

CSC (MA) 583 Special Topics in the Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differential 
Equations. 3(3-0) S. (See mathematics, page 306.) 



230 



CSC (MA) 584 Special Topics in the Numerical Solution of Partial Differential 
Equations. 3(3-0) F. (See mathematics, page 306.) 

CSC 585 (OR 585) Graph Theory. 3(3-0) F. (See operations research, page 330.) 

CSC 595 Special Topics. Preq: CI. 1-6 F,S. Topics of current interest in CSC not 
covered in existing courses. 

FX)R GRADUATES ONLY 

CSC 603 Computational Semantics. 3(3-0) 

CSC (MA) 635 Functional Analysis and Numerical Analysis. (3-0) S. 



Crop Science 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

CS (SSC) 112 Perspectives in Agronomy. Preq: Fr. or soph, standing and/or CI. 
2(0-5) S. Different facets of crops, soils, and agronomic production. Pertinent 
features of the materials used in agronomic production and the processing of 
agronomic products provide understanding of the relationship of agronomy to 
related fields. Field trips and tours. Long 

CS 211 Crop Science. Preq: BS 100. 4 (4-0) F,S. Fundamental morphological, 
physiological and reproductive features of crop plants and the management practices 
for economical production. Emery, Fike 

CS 214 Crop Science Laboratory. Preq. or coreq: Any CS course. 1 (0-2) F,S. 
(Can be taken only once for credit.) Evaluates methods of identifying and dealing 
with the problems of growing and managing crop plants. Emery, Fike 

CS 312 Pastures and Forage Crops. Preqs: BS 100, SSC 200 recommended. 
3(3-0) S. Production and preservation of the principal forage crops, with attention 
to the development and maintenance of pastures. Chamblee 

CS 315 Turf Management. Preq: BS 100. 3(2-2) S. Production, utilization, and 
management of turf grasses. The growth responses of different plant species to 
natural and imposed environmental factors. Interrelationships of climate, soil, biotic 
factors, and plants are examined in the field, laboratory, and classroom. Gilbert 

CS (BO) 402 Economic Botany. Preq: BO 200. 3(2-3) S. Emphasis is on plants 
and human affairs. All phases of the inter-relationships of the plant world and the 
life history incipient to modern human cultures. Includes plants and plant products, 
beneficial and harmful, that man has used as necessities of life, as ameliorants 
contributing to his well-being, and as raw materials for industry. Ornamentals 
are excluded. Timothy 

CS 411 Environmental Aspects of Crop Production. Preq: BO 421. 2(2-0) F. The 
productivity and quality of crops in relation to all environmental factors, including 
man. Disorders caused by physical and biotic environmental stresses and the role 
of these environmental factors in normal crop development are emphasized. Utiliza- 
tion and manipulation of the environment for the continued improvement of crops 
are discussed. Patterson 



231 



CS 413 Plant Breeding. Preq: GN 411. 2(2-0) S. Discussion of reproductive systems 
of higher plants; the genetic basis for plant improvement and the selection, evalua- 
tion, and utilization of crop varieties. Emery 

CS 414 Weed Science. Preq: CH 220 or equivalent. 3(2-2) F. Principles and 
practices involved in cultural and chemical weed control. The chemistry, properties 
and effects of herbicides on plants. Identification of common weeds, principles and 
practices of herbicide application and application equipment, and proper use of 
herbicides are given in laboratory. Balances fundamental with practical informa- 
tion. Worsham 

CS (SSC) 462 Soil-Crop Management Systems. 3(2-3) S. (See soil science, page 
367.) 

CS 490 Senior Seminar in Crop Science. Preq: Sr. standing. 1(1-0) S. The collec- 
tion, organization, written preparation, and oral delivery of scientific information. 

Emery 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CS 511 Tobacco Technology. Preq: BO 421 or equivalent. 2(2-0) S. Special 
problems concerned with the tobacco crop. The latest research problems and 
findings dealing with this important cash crop. Collins 

CS 513 Physiological Aspects of Crop Production. Preq: BO 421. 3(3-0) S. Em- 
phasizes pertinent physiological processes associated with crops and crop manage- 
ment such as plant growth, maturation, respiration and photo period ism. Relation- 
ship of the environment to maximum crop yields. (Offered S 1976 and alt. years.) 

Fike 

CS (HS) 514 Principles and Methods in Weed Science. Preqs: CS 414 or equiva- 
lent. 3(2-2) S. The losses caused by the ecology of weeds, biological control, basic 
concepts of weed management, herbicide-crop relationships and herbicide develop- 
ment. Introduction to greenhouse and bioassay techniques and field research 
techniques. Monaco, Schrader 

CS (GN, HS) 541 Plant Breeding Methods. Preqs: GN 506 and ST 511. 3(3-0) F. 
Methods of plant breeding as related to principles and concepts of inheritance. 

Henderson, Wernsman 

CS (GN, HS) 542 Plant Breeding Field Procedures. Preq: CS (GN, HS) 541. 
2(0-4) Sum. Laboratory and field study of the appUcation of the various plant 
breeding techniques and methods used in the improvement of economic plants. 
(Offered Sum. 1975 and alt. years.) Harvey 

CS (GN) 545 Origin and Evolution of Cultivated Plants. Preq: CS 541 or GN 540. 

2(2-0) S. Discussion topics include: mankind as a potential cultivator; man's 
anatomy, physiology and alimentary needs; origins of cultivation; spread of agricul- 
ture in terms of various theories; interactions of crops and environments with 
reference to crop evolution; special attributes of cultigens; modem aspects of 
evolution breeding. (Offered S 1976 and alt. years.) Lee 

CS 591 Special Problems. Preq: CI. Credits Arranged. Crop science problems may 
be selected or assigned. Emphasis on review of recent and current research. 

Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

CS (GN, HS) 613 Plant Breeding Theory. 3(3-0) S. (Offered S 1976 and alt. 
years.) 

232 



CS (HS, SSC) 614 Herbicide Behavior in Plants and Soils. 3(3-0) F. (Offered F 
1975 and alt. years.) 

CS 690 Seminar. 1(1-0) F,S. 

CS 699 Research. Credits Arranged. 



Design 

DN 101, 102 Environmental Design I, II. Preqs: (101) Majors in design or consent 
of dean; (102) DN 101. 3(0-7) F,S. Investigation of the sensory environment as a 
design determinant. Emphasis is on individual discovery by the student who must 
function in problem.-formulating and problem-solving processes. Course develops 
technical skills simultaneously with the development of conceptual models. Staff 

DN 111, 112 Perception and Communication I, II. Preqs: (111) Majors in design 
or consent of dean; (112) DN 111. 3(0-7) F,S. Increases perceptual awareness and 
communication skills through exercises in various communications media. Staff 

DN 121, 122 History of Design I, II. Preq: (122) DN 121. 3(3-0) F,S. Critical 
study of related design fields from prehistoric periods to modern era with reference 
to social, political, technological movements. Reuer 

DN 201, 202 Environmental Design III, IV. Preqs: (201) DN 102; (202) DN 201. 
4(1-9) F,S. Introduction to architecture, landscape architecture and product design 
through environmental studies and investigation of materials and processes. Staff 

DN 211, 212 Visual Communication I, II. Preqs: (211) DN 112; (212) DN 211. 
2(0-6) F,S. Visual communications processes as they support design activities. Two- 
and three-dimensional studies and exercises as related to the design process. 

Staff 
DN 311, 312 Advanced Visual Laboratory I, II. Preqs: DN 111, 112, 211, 212. 
2-4 F,S. Extension of problems introduced in first- and second-year drawing at 
advanced level. Problems involve human figure and its environment, also investi- 
gate techniques to increase student's ability to express ideas in varied forms. 

Staff 
DN 411, 412 Advanced Visual Laboratory III, IV. Preqs: DN 311, 312. 2-4 F,S. 
Advanced problems in painting, sculpture, graphics, photography. Staff 

DN 422 History of Design III. Preq: DN 122. 3(3-0) F,S. Speciahzed historical 
studies in design fields. Staff 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

DN 505 Introduction to Design as Task. Preq: Grad. standing in design or per- 
mission of dean. 3(0-6) F,S,Sum. Studio course approaching design primarily as 
task. Program of exercises acquaints student with the defining of tasks and their 
interpretation within a designer's power of action. Graduate Staff 

DN 506 Introduction to Design as Technique. Preq: Grad. standing in design or 
permission of dean. 3(0-6) F,S,Sum. Studio course approaches design primarily as 
technique. A program of exercises acquaints student with available techniques and 
their relationship to existing and potential tasks. Graduate Staff 

DN 507 Introduction to Design as Practice. Preq: Grad. standing in design or 
permission of dean. 3(3-0) F,S, Sum. Seminar course provides overview of current 
design concepts and activities. Presentations and discussion by Design faculty and 
design practitioners. Graduate Staff 

233 



DN 511. 512 Advanced Visual Laboratory V, VI. Preq: Grad. standing. 2-4, F,S. 
Advanced experimental studies in visual phenomena related to design. 

Graduate Staff 

DN 541 Seminar on Ideas in Design. Preq: Graduate standing. 2(2-3) F,S. Exami- 
nation of aesthetics and the relationships of philosophic thought to design. 

Kamphoefner 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

DN 611, 612 .Advanced Visual Laboratory VII, VIII. 2(0-6) F,S. 



Economics 

(Also see Accounting.) 

FOR UNDERGR.4DI ATES 

EC 201 Economics I. 3(3-0) F,S. Development of the modern economy and the 
history of economic thought to help understand economic problems. The market 
system as a means of cooperation and as facilitator of individual choice and 
efficiency in resource use. Inflation, emplojTnent, and gjowth in the national 
economy and their management by fiscal and monetary policies. Economic theories 
are presented to clarify policy issues and empirically resolvable controversies. 

EC 202 Economics II. Preq: EC 201. 3(3-0) F,S. Analysis of problems of con- 
temporary national and international economics. Topics include the public economy, 
the financial system, industrial organization, pricing of factors of production, 
international trade, economic growth and development, and comparative economic 
systems. 

EC 212 Economics of .Agriculture. Preq: MA 111. 3(3-0) F,S. The functioning of 
the agricultural economy including the allocation of resources in agricultural pro- 
duction, relationships between agriculture and other segments of the economy, 
and current problems within the agricultural sector. 

EC 301 Production and Prices. Preq: MA 112 and EC 201 or 212. 3(3-0) F,S. 
The functioning of the market economy. The role of prices in determining the 
allocation of resources, the functioning of the firm in the economy, and forces 
governing the production of economic goods. 

EC 302 Agg^regate Economic .Analysis: Theory and Policy. Preqs: EC 201 and 
MA 112. 3(3-0) F.S. Factors determining the national income. Relates the economic 
behavior of households, business firms, and government to the determination of 
total output, employment, the price level and other aggregate economic variables. 
Problems of public policy-making in achieving full employment and a stable price 
level. 

EC 303 Farm Management. Preq: EC 201 or 212. 3(2-2) F,S. Basic economic 
principles including the use of budgeting, linear programming, systems analysis 
and other techniques in determining what, how and how much to produce under 
various economic conditions. 

EC 304 Financial Institutions. Preq: EC 201. 3(3-0) F,S. The flow-of-funds among 
the principal financial institutions in the American economy; the behavior of the 
money and capital markets; and the allocation of savings flows into investment 
expenditures. 



234 



EC 307 Business Law I. Preq: EC 201 or 212. 3(3-0) F,S. The main principles of 
law affecting the conduct of trade as it is affected by contracts, agency and property 
ownership. Major areas include criminal law, tort law, contract, agency, real and 
personal property, wills and estates. 

EC 308 Business Law H. Preq: EC 307. 3(3-0) F,S. The main principles of law 
affecting the conduct of trade and industry including real and personal property, 
mortgages, insurance, wills and estates, sales, business organizations and bank- 
ruptcy. 

EC 310 Economics of the Firm. Preq: EC 201 or 212. 3(3-0) F,S. The economic 
setting within which the business firm makes decisions and an application of 
economic analysis to these decisions. Economics in managerial decision making. 

EC 311 Agricultural Markets. Preq: EC 201 or 212. 3(3-0) S. The agricultural 
marketing system and the current economic forces affecting its structure and 
efficiency; decision making by agricultural business firms including integration 
and interfirm relationships; effects of monopoly in marketing relative to govern- 
ment policies of control. Visits to marketing firms and practical problems illustrat- 
ing firm decisions. A laboratory period in alternate weeks beginning with the 
second full week of classes. Students examine individually the marketing problems 
associated with the commodity of their choice. 

EC 313 Marketing Methods. Preq: EC 201 or 212. 3(3-0) F,S. The functions of 
marketing for goods and services in the consumer, industrial and government 
markets. Emphasis on the role of marketing in our free exchange economic 
system. Areas studied are the activities of market research, advertising, pricing, 
channels of distribution, agricultural marketing, international marketing, and the 
marketing of services. "Consumerism," its causes and its probable future. 

EC 317 Introduction to Methods of Economic Analysis. Preq: EC 301. 3(3-0) F,S. 
The fundamentals of quantitative methods and economic models in the application 
to economic and industrial problems. Study of economic variables and their 
parameters lays the groundwork for later study of firm and consumer behavior. 
Analysis of the supply and demand sides of the market equation. Examination of 
the economic structure from the standpoint of multiple markets and the general 
economy. 

EC 325 Industrial Management. Preq: EC 201 or 212. 3(3-0) F,S. Principles of 
management and the management process within the industrial organization. The 
relation of the financial, marketing, organization, and communication systems to 
the operations function. Quantitative decision methods for operations planning, 
organizing, and control. The student manages the operations system of a firm in a 
simulated environment. 

EC 326 Personnel Management. Preq: EC 201 or 212. 3(3-0) F,S. The scientific 
management of manpower from the viewpoint of the supervisor and the personnel 
specialists; a study of personnel policy and a review of the scientific techniques 
regarding the specific problems of employment, training, promotion, transfer, health 
and safety, employee service and joint relations. 

EC 332 Industrial Relations. Preq: EC 201 or 212. 3(3-0) F,S. The nature and 
functions of collective bargaining. The objectives and tactics of both labor and 
management within public policy guidelines. An examination of labor contracts and 
their implications for labor and management. Emphasis on the impact of change, 
economic and technological. 



235 



EC (HI) 370 The Rise of Industrialism. Preq: EC 201 or 212. 3(3-0) F. The 
pattern of historical development of modern industrial economy. Capitalism origins 
in 16th century England are related to succeeding developments in the overseas 
colonial empire and in other areas influenced by that development. 

EC (HI) 371 Evolution of the American Economy. Preq: EC 201 or 212. 3(3-0) 
S. Advances of modern industrialization are related to the development of America. 
Contemporary problems and issues are analyzed with reference to their origins 
in the historical growth of the economy. 

EC 401 Economic Analysis for Nonmajors. Preq: EC 201 or 212. 3(3-0) F,S. 
Intermediate economic theory of firm, household and market behavior primarily 
for graduate students desiring an economics minor at the master's level. Students 
with adequate background in economics and mathematics elect EC 501 instead. 
Topics include demand, production and cost theory, market equilibrium under com- 
petitive and non-competitive conditions, an introduction to input-output and 
general equilibrium theory, the spatial arrangement of economic activity and 
problems of economic efficiency. 

EC 410 Public Finance. Preq: EC 301. 3(3-0) F. A micro-economic analysis of the 
rationale for public expenditure and taxation. Topics include externalities, pollution 
and public policy, income redistribution and public welfare, public goods, collective 
choice and political institutions, public budgeting techniques and cost-benefit 
analysis, taxation and tax policy, state-local finance and fiscal federalism. 

EC 413 Competition, Monopoly and Public Policy. Preq: EC 301. 3(3-0) F,S. 
The effect of modern industrial structure on competitive behavior and performance, 
considering theories of contemporary price and workable competition. Evaluation 
of the legislative content, judicial interpretation and economic effects of the anti- 
trust laws. 

EC 415 Farm Appraisal and Finance. Preq: EC 303 or 310. 3(2-2) F. The earnings, 
market and cost approaches to real estate valuation with practice in the application 
of current appraisal procedures to rural property. Criteria and techniques for the 
financial management of a farm. Topics include existing sources and terms of 
capital, forms of business organization and methods of credit analysis. 

EC 420 Corporation Finance. Preq: EC 201 or 212, and ACC 260. 3(3-0) F,S. 
The principal areas of managerial finance including the techniques necessary to 
make decisions. Attempts to integrate finance and other functional areas that a 
corporation must deal with. Relevant macro economics topics. Cases and problems 
dealing with important topics are analyzed and discussed. 

EC 422 Investments and Portfolio Management. Preqs: EC 201 and 317 or ST 
311. 3(3-0) F,S. Analysis of investment process problems including security analysis 
and emphasizing portfolio management. Brief explanation of traditional thinking 
and an examination of the modern revolution in investments which emphasizes a 
quantitative framework to achieve the goal of performance. After describing what 
an individual investor faces in making decisions, the question of professional man- 
agement as an alternative is viewed critically. 

EC 430 Agricultural Price .\nalysis. Preq: EC 301. 3(3-0) F. Principles of price 
formation; the role of price in the determination of economic activity; the inter- 
action of cash and future prices for agricultural commodities; methods of price 
analysis, construction of index numbers, analysis of time series data including 
the estimation of trend and seasonal variations in prices. 

EC 431 Labor Economics. Preq: EC 301. 3(3-0) F,S. An economic approach to the 
labor market and its problems including unemployment and the determination of 



236 



wages, hours and working conditions under various labor market structures. The 
economic effects of trade unions. Introduction to human capital theory. 

EC 435 Urban Economics. Preq: EC 301. 3(3-0) S. Application of land use and 
location theory to urban structure and centralized economic activity. Analysis of 
trends in urbanization and suburbanization. Urban poverty, housing, transporta- 
tion, pollution, and financial problems. 

EC 436 Environmental Economics. Preq: EC 301. 3(3-0) F. The usefulness of 
economics in understanding pollution, congestion, conservation and other environ- 
mental problems. Relevant economic tools such as pricing schemes, abatement cost 
curves, damage functions and benefit-cost analysis. Pollution taxes, regulations 
and subsidies considered in designing alterations in the incentive system. Public 
policy alternatives examined in the context of non-market decision making. 

EC 440 Economic Development. Preq: EC 201 or 212. 3(3-0) S. The institutional 
background required for national economic development. The conditions apparent 
for past growth of nations are compared with conditions in presently retarded 
nations. Conclusions from this comparison provide introduction to the theoretical 
models of growth. 

EC 442 Evolution of Economic Ideas. Preq: EC 202 or 212. 3(3-0) S. The 
general development of economic ideas from ancient times through Keynes. Em- 
phasis on the classical school and developments thereafter. Though chronological 
in presentation, the course will review the evolution of economic ideas in the 
context of the changes in technology and the increasing complexity of economic 
activity. 

EC 448 International Economics. Preq: EC 301. 3(3-0) F. Trade, investment, 
monetary relations and certain aspects of economic development. Emphasis on 
analytical and policy approaches with some study of specific international organi- 
zations. 

EC 451 Introduction to Econometrics. Preqs: EC 301, 302 and 317 or ST 311. 
3(3-0) F,S. The measurement, specification, estimation and interpretation of func- 
tional relationships through single equation least-square techniques. Simple and 
multiple regression, curvilinear regression and various transformations will be 
used to measure: demand, cost, production, consumption and investment relation- 
ships. 

EC 475 Comparative Economic Systems. Preq: EC 201 or 212. 3(3-0) F. Con- 
centration on capitalist or market economies which will be contrasted with collec- 
tivist types of systems. Emphasis on the Soviet economy. 

EC (TX) 482 Sales Management for Textiles. 3(3-0) S. (See textile technology, 
page 378.) 

EC 490, 491 Senior Seminars in Economics. Preqs: EC 301 and 302 and" 317 or 
ST 311 (plus two courses from list of restricted EC electives). 3(3-0) F,S. The 
terminal EC courses in which undergraduates are assisted in summarizing training, 
and improving capacity to recognize problems and select logically consistent means 
of solving problems. This is done on a small-group and individual basis. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

EC 501 Price Theory. Preqs: MA 112 and EC 301. 3(3-0) F,S. An intensive 
analysis of the determination of prices and of market behavior, including demand, 
cost and production, pricing under competitive conditions and pricing under 
monopoly and other imperfectly competitive conditions. 



237 



EC 502 Income and Employment Theory- Preqs: MA 112 and EC 301 and 302. 
3(3-0) F,S. The methods and concepts of national income analysis with particular 
reference to the role of fiscal and monetary policy in maintaining full employment 
without inflation. 

EC 515 Water Resources Economics. Preq: EC 401 recommended. 3(3-0) S. 
Applying economic principles to water resources allocation. Attention to how to 
effect maximum economic efficiency in the use of a resource that is no longer a free 
good, under the consideration of the goals of the public and private sectors of the 
enterprise economy. Both economic and political consequences of decision-making. 

EC 521 Markets and Trade. Preq: EC 301 or 401. 3(3-0) F. Emphasizes the space, 
form and time dimensions of market price and the location and product combination 
decisions of firms. Consideration to the ways in which non-price factors and public- 
policy choices influence firm behavior and the efficiency of marketing systems. 
Application of these models to agricultural, industrial and public-service questions, 
including the relationship between resource availability and the spatial arrange- 
ment of economic activity. 

EC 523 Planning Farm and Area Adjustments. Preq: EC 301, 303, or 401. 3(2-2) 
S. The application of economic principles to production problems on typical farms 
in the state; methods and techniques of economic analysis of the farm business; 
application of research findings to production decisions; development of area 
agricultural programs. 

EC 525 Management Policy and Decision Making. Preq: EC 301 or 401. 3(3-0) 
F,S. Modern management processes used in making top-level policies and decisions; 
an evaluation of economic, social and institutional pressures, and of the economic 
and noneconomic motivations, which impinge upon the individual and the organi- 
zation. The problem of coordinating the objectives and the mechanics of manage- 
ment. 

EC 533 Agricultural Policy. Preq: EC 301 or 401. 3(3-0) S. The agricultural 
policy and action programs of the federal government as regards both input supply 
and commodities, analysis of objectives, principal means and observable results as 
regards resource use and income distribution within agriculture, and between 
agriculture and the rest of the economy. Appraisal of alternative policy proposal 
effects on domestic and foreign consumption. 

EC 535 Social Science Concepts in Managerial Processes. Preq: Six hours EC. 
3(3-0) S. Interrelationships among economic concepts and social sciences concepts 
in managerial processes of clarifying goals, discovering alternatives and choosing 
courses of action. Cases used to compare contributions of theoretical concepts 
from economics, political science, social psychology, sociology and management 
science to managerial processes. Theoretical concepts are drawn from readings in 
the various disciplines. 

EC 550 Mathematical Models in Economics. Preq: EC 301, 302, MA 212 and MA 
405 recommended but not required. 3(3-0) F. Formal properties of economic models. 
The theory of individual economic units as a special case in the theory of inductive 
behavior. Mathematical discussion of the theories of the consumer and of the firm 
and welfare economics shows the relevance of constrained maxima and minima, 
set theory, partially and simply ordered systems, probability theory and game 
theory to economics. 

EC 551 Agricultural Production Economics. Preqs: MA 112 and EC 301 or 401. 
3(3-0) F. An economic analysis of agricultural production including: production 
functions, cost functions, programming and decision-making principles. Application 
of these principles to farm and regional resources allocation and to the distribution 
of income to and within agriculture. 

238 



EC 555 Linear Programming. Preqs: MA 231 or 405 and EC 301 or 401. 3(3-0) 
F,S. Recent developments in the theory of production, allocation and organization; 
optimal combination of integrated productive processes within the firm; applica- 
tions in the economics of industry and of agriculture. 

EC (ST) 561 Intermediate Econometrics. Preqs: EC 501 and ST 513. 3(3-0) S. 
Emphasizes the formalization of economic hypotheses into testable relationships 
and the application of appropriate statistical techniques with attention to proce- 
dures applicable for single equation stochastic models expressing microeconomic 
and macroeconomic relationships. Statistical considerations that are relevant in 
working with time series and cross-sectional data in economic investigations. Sur- 
vey of simultaneous equation models and the available estimation techniques. 

EC 570 Analysis of American Economic History. Preq: EC (HI) 371 or grad. 
standing. 3(3-0) F. Stresses the application of economic analysis to the formulation 
and testing of hypotheses concerning economic growth and development in the 
historical context. Problems analyzed drawn primarily from American economic 
history. 

EC (SOC) 574 The Economics of Population. Preq: EC 301 or 401. 3(3-0) S. Pre- 
Malthusian thought through contemporary population theories. Introduction to 
data sources, statistical tools and methodology for economic analysis in demography. 
There follows an intensive treatment of microeconomic models of fertility. In 
macroeconomics economic demographic models are examined and implications 
for public policy are developed. Underpopulation, overpopulation, optimum growth 
rate and incentive schemes. 

EC (TX) 585 Market Research in Textiles. 3(3-0) S. (See textile technology, 
page 378.) 

EC 590 Special Economics Topics. Preq: CI. Maximum 6. An examination of 
current problems on a lecture-discussion basis. Course content varies as changing 
conditions require new approaches to deal with emerging problems. 

EC 598 Topical Problems in Economics. Preq: CI. 1-6. An investigation of topics 
of particular interest to advanced students under faculty direction on a tutorial 
basis. Credits and content vary with student needs. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

EC 600 Advanced Price Theory. 3(3-0) F. 

EC 601 Prices, Value and Welfare. 3(3-0) S. 

EC 602 Advanced Income and Employment Theory. 3(3-0) F. 

EC 603 History of Economic Thought. 3(3-0) F. 

EC 604 Monetary Economics. 3(3-0) S. 

EC 606 Industrial Organization and Control. 3(3-0) F. 

EC 610 Theory of Public Finance. 3(3-0) S. 

EC 625 Long Range Planning in Business and Industry. 3(3-0) S. 

EC 630 Labor Economics and Manpower Problems. 3(3-0) S. 

EC 631 Human Capital. 3(3-0) F. 



239 



EC 640 Analysis of Economic Development. 3(3-0) S. 

EC 641 Agricultural Production and Supply. 3(3-0) S. 

EC 642 Consumption, Demand and Market Interdependency. 3(§-0) F. 

EC 645 Planning Programs for Econonuc Development. 3(3-0) F,S. 

EC 648 Theory of International Trade. 3(3-0) S. 

EC 649 Monetary .\spects of International Trade. 3(3-0) S. 

EC 650 Economic Decision Theory. 3(3-0) F,S. 

EC (ST) 651 Econometrics. 3(3-0) F. 

EC (ST) 652 Topics in Econometrics. 3(3-0) S. 

EC 699 Research in Economics. Credits Arranged. 

Education 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 100 Introduction to Industrial Education. 2(2-0) F. The framework of voca- 
tional education as it relates to the historical and legislative development, programs 
and purposes in industrial and technical education. Emphasis upon the current 
status of industrial and technical education in the nation, state and community. 
Program visitations and observations. Parker 

ED 101 Orientation. 0(1-0) F. New freshmen and transfer students (Math Science 
Education) are required to attend one hour per week during the fall semester. Acti- 
vities help establish good study habits and adjust to university life. Staff 

ED 102 Objectives in Agricultural Education. 1(1-0) F,S. Helps understand the 
purpose of agricultural education at North Carolina State. Also, develops an under- 
standing of purposes of vocational agriculture and other programs of education in 
agriculture. Staff 

ED 203 Introduction to Teaching Mathematics and Science. 3(2-3) F,S. For pro- 
spective teachers of mathematics/science at the secondary school level. Emphasis 
on different modes of instruction and instructional strategies. Each prospective 
teacher designs and teaches a lesson to students in the school at which he is a 
teacher assistant. (Offered S only for science education majors.) Staff 

ED 205 Introduction to Teaching Humanities and Social Sciences. 3(2-3) F,S. For 
prospective teachers in the school curricular areas of social studies, English, speech, 
and modern languages. Emphasis on differing aspects and procedures of instruction 
and an analysis of the competencies required of teachers. Lab. observation and work 
with children and youth in a variety of educational settings, including an extended 
period in one curricula area. Parramore 

ED (PHI) 304 Philosophy of Education. 3(3-0) F,S. (See philosophy, page 331.) 

ED 305 Analysis of Technical Education Programs and Course Construction. 

Preq: ED 100 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. Selecting and analyzing suitable teaching 
activities and arranging such material into a functional instructional order. Instruc- 



240 



tional units prepared will be based on an analysis of a technical occupation or 
activity. A detailed course of study will be prepared. Shore 

ED 313 Contemporary Vocational Agriculture. 3(3-0) F,S. The contemporary 
program is examined in relation to changing and expanding career opportunities in 
agricultural education. The continuing adjustment of the program objectives, cur- 
riculum organization, content of courses, teaching practices, instructional resources 
and evaluation emphasis in modern programs in vocational agriculture. Prerequisite 
for student teaching in agricultural education. Bryant 

ED (SOC) 318 Introduction to the Sociology of Education. 3(3-0) F. (See sociol- 
ogy, page 362.) 

ED 327 History and Philosophy of Industrial and Technical Education. Preq: ED 
100. 3(3-0) F. Place, function and changing concepts of industrial and technical 
education in America. Economic, sociological and psychological aspects. 

Parker, Shore 

ED 344 School and Society. Preq: Jr. or sr. standing. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. The inter- 
relationship between the school and other institutions, values, and patterns of 
thought in American society. I vie 

ED 405 Industrial and Technical Education Shop and Laboratory Planning. Preq: 
Sr. standing, six hours of drawing and design. 3(3-0) F. Principles and techniques of 
planning and organizing shop and laboratory facilities. Problems of locating and 
equipping vocational schools; the planning and layout of shops and related tech- 
nology laboratories and classrooms. Individual and group assignments on planning 
and layout of post-secondary school buildings. Shore 

ED 411 Student Teaching in Agriculture. Preqs: ED 344, PSY 304, sr. standing 
and admission to teacher education. 8(2-15) F,S. The first six or seven weeks will 
be on-campus with remainder of the semester spent in a high school doing full-time 
student teaching. The student teacher gains experience in all phases of the voca- 
tional agriculture program, including community study, adult education and home 
supervision. Supervision by the local agriculture teacher and a member of the 
agricultural education staff. Bryant 

ED 412 Teaching Adults. 2(2-0) F,S. Principles of effective teaching applied to 
adults. Experience in organizing and conducting groups for discussion of local 
problems. Miller 

ED 413 Planning Educational Programs. 2(2-0) F,S. Principles of program plan- 
ning applied to educational programs in agriculture. Resources needed for adequate 
planning. Field work in planning programs. Staff 

ED 420 Principles of Guidance. Preq: ED 344. 3(3-0) F,S. An overview of philos- 
ophies and principles of guidance services and of the classroom teacher's role in 
helping the school to realize the goals of developmental guidance programs. Topics 
include: philosophy, history and models of guidance, principles of counseling, 
accumulation and use of appraisal and information data, career planning, and 
placement. Staff 

ED 421 Principles and Practices in Industrial Cooperative Training. Preqs: ED 
327, 344. 3(3-0) F,S. The developments, objectives and principles of industrial co- 
operative training. The organization, promotion and management of programs in 
this area of vocational education. Smith 

ED 422 Methods of Teaching Industrial Subjects. Preqs: PSY 304, ED 344. 3 or 
4(3-2) F. For majors only. Effective methods and techniques of teaching industrial 



241 



subjects. Emphasis is given to class organization; student teacher planning; meth- 
ods of teaching manipulative skills and related information; lesson planning; shop 
safety; and evaluation. Teaching problems analyzed following directed observations 
in the public schools. Staff 

ED 423 Methods and Materials in Teaching .Modern Languages. Preqs: PSY 304, 
ED 344, sr. standing and admission to teacher education w^ith a major in modern 
languages. 3(3-0) F,S. Methods of teaching and the use of appropriate instructional 
materials and audiovisual equipment. Reynolds 

El) 424 Student Teaching in .Modern Languages. Preqs: PSY 304, ED 344, sr. 
standing and admission to teacher education with a major in French or Spanish. 
8(2-15) F. Provides the prospective teacher with an opportunity to acquire experi- 
ence in the techniques and skills involved in teaching French or Spanish. Each 
senior student spends 10 weeks in a selected off-campus center. In addition to ac- 
quiring the competencies essential for teaching, the student teacher may become 
familiar with the total school program and may participate in as many school and 
community activities as time permits. Reynolds 

ED 428 Organization of Related Study Materials. Preqs: ED 327, 344. 3(3-0) F,S. 
The principles of selecting and organizing both technical and general related instru- 
tional material for trade extension and industrial cooperative training classes. 

Smith 

ED 440 Vocational Education. Preqs: ED 444, PSY 304. 2(2-0) F. Comprehensive 
study of vocational education of less than college grade provided for through federal 
legislation and an evaluation of program effectiveness. Detailed study of the North 
Carolina Plan. Staff 

ED 444 Student Teaching in Industrial Subjects. Preqs: ED 344, PSY 304, sr. 
standing, admission to teacher education. 8(2-15) F. Students in vocational indus- 
trial and technical education devote 10 weeks during the fall semester to full-time, 
off-campus student teaching in selected public schools throughout the state. Teach- 
ing assignments are made the preceding spring so student teachers report to super- 
vising teachers. During the term, concentrated courses will be taken. Staff 

ED 450 .Methods and Materials in Teaching English. Preqs: PSY 304, ED 344, sr. 
standing and admission to teacher education with a major in English. 3(3-0) F,S. A 
study of the purposes, curricula, materials and methods of teaching the skills of 
reading, writing, speaking and listening in secondaiy schools. Betts, Walters 

ED 451 Teaching Secondary School Reading. Preq: Admission to teacher certi- 
fication program. 2(2-0) F,S. The nature of the reading process and principles, 
methods and materials for the development of effective reading attitudes and skills 
as applied both to developmental and remedial programs. Staff 

ED 454 Student Teaching in English. Preqs: ED 205, 344, PSY 304, sr. standing, 
admission to teacher education with a 2.1 overall average and 2.2 in English. 
8(2-15) F,S. Provides the prospective teacher with experience in the techniques and 
skills involved in teaching English. Each student during the senior year vdll spend 
10 weeks in a selected off-campus center. In addition to acquiring teaching com- 
petencies, the student teacher may become familiar with the total school program 
and may participate in as many school and community activities as time permits. 

Betts, Walters 

ED 457 Organization and Management of Youth Club Activities. Preq: Jr. stand- 
ing. 3(3-0) F. A study of the history and purposes of organized young adult activities 
in education. Emphasis upon organization and management of activities to prepare 
future teachers as competent advisers to the young adult groups in the school 
setting. Parker 

242 



ED 460 Methods and Materials in Teaching Social Studies. Preqs: ED 205, 344, 
PSY 304, sr. standing and admission to teacher education with a major in either 
history, sociology, politics, or economics. 4(3-1) F,S. A study of the pui'poses, 
methods, materials, curricula and evaluation practices appropriate for teachers of 
social studies at the seconday level. Harper 

ED 464 Student Teaching in Social Studies. Preq: PSY 304, ED 344, sr. standing 
and admission to teacher education. 8(2-15) F,S. Provides the prospective teacher 
with an opportunity to acquire experience in the techniques and skills involved in 
teaching social studies. Each student during the senior year will spend 10 weeks in 
a selected off-campus center. In addition to acquiring teaching competencies, the 
student teacher may become familiar with the total school program and participate 
in as many school and community activities as time permits. Harper 

ED 470 Methods of Teaching Mathematics. Preq: Admission to teacher educa- 
tion. 3(3-0) F,S. A study of the purposes, methods, materials, curricula and evalua- 
tion practices appropriate for teachers of mathematics at the secondary level. 

Kolb, Speece, Waters, Watson 

ED 471 Student Teaching in Mathematics. Preqs: ED 203, 344, PSY 304, sr. 
standing, admission to teacher education. Coreqs: ED 470, 472. 8(2-15) F,S. Pro- 
vides the prospective teacher with an opportunity to get experience in the skills and 
the techniques involved in teaching mathematics. Each student during the senior 
year will spend 10 weeks off-campus in a selected center. In addition to acquiring 
teaching competencies, the student teachers may become familiar with the total 
school program and may participate in as many community activities as time 
permits. Kolb, Speece, Waters, Watson 

ED 472 Developing and Selecting Teaching Materials in Mathematics. Preq: 
Admission to teacher education. Coreq: ED 470, 471. 2(0-6) F,S. Developing and 
selecting teaching material to effect new and changing concepts of the content and 
emphasis in high school mathematics. Course follows the class discussion and dem- 
onstration pattern. Study of latest instructional materials and devising materials 
and aids for increasing the effectiveness of the content and instruction. 

Kolb, Speece, Waters, Watson 

ED 475 Methods of Teaching Science. Preqs: ED 203, 344, PSY 304. 3(3-0) F. A 
study of the purposes, methods, materials, curricula and evaluation practices 
appixjpriate for teachers of physical and natural science at the secondary level. 

Anderson, Shannon 

ED 476 Student Teaching in Science. Preqs: ED 203, 344, PSY 304; Coreqs:sr. 
standing and admission to teacher education, ED 475, 477. 8(2-15) F. Provides 
prospective teachers with an opportunity to get experience in the skills and tech- 
niques involved in teaching science. Each student during the senior year will spend 
10 weeks off campus in a selected center. In addition to acquiring competencies for 
teaching science, the student teacher may become familiar with the total program 
and may participate in as many community activities as time permits. 

Anderson, Shannon 

ED 477 Instructional Materials in Science. Preq: ED 203, 344, PSY 304. Coreqs: 
ED 475, 476, sr. standing and admission to teacher education. 2(1-3) F. Developing 
and selecting teaching materials in keeping with the new and changing concepts 
of the content and emphasis in high school science, particularly the experimental 
and laboratory approach. Students study the latest instructional materials and 
discover or devise materials and aids for increasing the effectiveness of the content 
and instruction. Anderson, Shannon 



243 



EI) 480 Methods and Materials in Teaching Speech. Preqs: PSY 304, ED 344, sr. 
standing and admission to teacher education with a major in speech. 3(3-0) F,S. 
The purposes, curricula, materials and methods of teaching speech, including pub- 
lic speaking, discussion, debate, speech improvement, oral reading and play pro- 
duction. Munn 

EI) 481 Student Teaching in Speech. Preqs: ED 205, 344, PSY 304, sr. standing 
and admission to teacher education. 8(2-15) F,S. Provides the prospective te^icher 
with an opportunity to acquire experience in the techniques and skills involved in 
teaching speech. Each student during the senior year will spend 10 weeks in a 
selected off-campus center. Munn 

EI) 482 Curriculum Problems in Industrial Arts. Preq: PSY 304 or six hours ED. 
2(1-2) S. Planning and organizing learning units in industrial arts. Staff 

ED 483 An Introduction to Instructional Media. Preq: Advanced undergrad. 
standing. 3(3-0) F.S.Sum. The characteristics and utilization of media for instruc- 
tion; study and implementation of the relationship between media and instructional 
objectives; and elementary projects in designing, developing, and using instruc- 
tional media materials. Gibson 

ED 490 Senior Seminar in Agricultural Education. 1(1-0) F,S. Analysis of oppor- 
tunities and problems facing educational leaders in agriculture with emphasis upon 
current problems. Staff 

ED 495 Senior Seminar in Mathematics and Science Education. Preq: Consent 
of department. 3(3-0) F,S. An in-depth investigation of a teaching area in mathe- 
matics and/or science education by above-average department majors following 
their student teaching. Staff 

ED 496 Senior Seminar in Education. Preq: CI. 1-3 F,S,Sum. An in-depth investi- 
gation and discussion of a topic or set of problems in professional education. 

Staff 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 500 The Community College System. Preq: Grad. or advanced undergrad. 
standing. 3(3-0) F. Comprehensive community colleges and technical institutes 
and the state systems of which they are a part; underlying concepts, education 
needs they serve, role in meeting these reeds, historical development, issues in the 
establishment and operation of state systems and individual institutions, unre- 
solved issues and emerging trends. Graduate Staff 

ED (SOC) 501 Leadership. 3(3-0) F,S. (See sociology, page 363.) 

ED (PS) 502 Public Administration. 3(3-0) F,S. (See politics, page 345.) 

ED 503 The Programming Process in Adult and Community College Education. 

Preqs: ED 501, CI. 3(3-0) F,S. Principles and processes involved in programming, 
including basic theories and supporting concepts. Attention to the general frame- 
work in which programming is done, the organization needed and the program 
roles of professional and lay leaders. Graduate Staff 

ED 504 Principles and Practices of Introduction to Vocations. Preqs: Twelve 
hours ED. 3(3-0) F,S. Designed for North Carolina public school teachers of 
Introduction to Vocations. Emphasizes the place of the Introduction to Vocations 
Program in the overall school curriculum, special methods of instruction, use of 
teaching aids and use of student evaluation instruments. An overview in com- 



244 



munity organization, job markets, gi'oup procedures, occupational and educational 
information, and the changing occupational structure in our society. Graduate Staff 

EI) 505 Public Area Schools. Preq: Grad. status. 3(3-0) F,Sum. Junior and com- 
munity colleges, technical institutes, vocational schools and branches of univer- 
sities: their development, status and prospects; policy and policy making, clientele, 
purposes, evaluation programs, personnel, organization administration, financing, 
facilities, research and development functions. Graduate Staff 

El) 506 Education of Exceptional Children. Preqs: Six hours ED or PSY. 3(3-0) 
F,S,Sum. Principles and techniques of teaching the exceptional child, especially the 
mentally handicapped and slow learner. Practice in curriculum instruction for 
groups of children, and individual techniques for dealing with retarded children in 
the average classroom. Opportunity for individual work with an exceptional child. 

McCutchen 

El) 507 Analysis of Reading Abilities. Preqs: Six hours ED or PSY. 3(3-0) F, 
Sum. A study of tests and techniques in determining specific abilities; a study of 
i-eading retardation and factors underlying reading difficulties. Rust 

ED 508 Improvement of Reading Abilities. Preqs: Six hours ED or PSY 3(3-0) 
S.Sum. Methods used in developing specific reading skills or in overcoming certain 
reading difficulties; methods used in developing pupil vocabularies and word 
analysis skills. How to control vocabulary burden of reading material. Rust 

EU 509 Methods and Materials-Teaching Retarded Children. Preq: ED 506. 
3(3-0) F,S,Sum. Emphasis on understanding and correlating developmental levels 
of mentally retarded children and appropriate educational methods and materials. 
Use of individual child's diagnostic data; consideration of long and short range 
education scheduling; teacher guidance of children toward social and emotional 
matu)-ity. McCutchen 

EU 510 Adult Education: History, Philosophy, Contemporary Nature. Preq: 
Grad. standing. 3(3-0) F. The historical and philosophical foundations of adult 
education from ancient times to the present: key figures, issues, institutions, 
movements and programs, the relationship between adult education's historical 
development and prevailing intellectual, social, economic and political conditions. 
Consideration of adult education's contemporary nature, present-day schools of 
thought on its objectives and trends. Graduate Staff 

ED 511 Implications of Mathematical Content, Structure, and Processes for the 
Teaching of Mathematics in the Elementary School. Preq: Bachelor's degree in 
elementai-y education, or CI. 3(3-0) F,S. Designed for teachers and supervisors of 
mathematics in the elementary school. Emphasis on implications of mathematical 
content, stiaicture, and processes in teaching arithmetic and geometry in the 
elementary school. Attention to use of logic and fundamental rules of inference, 
deductive and inductive reasoning, the field properties in the sets of integers and 
rational numbers, elementary number theory, metric and non-metric geometi'y. 

Watson 

ED 512 Active Learning Approaches to Teaching Mathematics in the Elementary 
School. Preq: Bachelor's degree in elementary education or CI. 3(3-0) S. Emphasis 
on the laboratory approach to teaching mathematics and the use of the manipula- 
tive materials and activities of the Nuffield Project, the Madison Project, Dienes, 
Cuisenaire, and Gattegno. Attention to research supporting the laboratory approach 
using manipulative materials in the elementary school. Suggestions for designing 
activities for independent and group study and in assessing individual progress. 

Watson 



245 



ED (SOC) 513 Community Organization. 3(3-0) F. (See sociology, page 364.) 

ED 516 Community Occupational Surveys. Preq: Six hours ED, CI. 2(2-0) S. 
Methods in organizing and conducting local surveys and evaluation of findings in 
planning a program of vocational education. Graduate Staff 

ED 517 Implications for Data Processing in Education. Preqs: CSC 111, ED 529 
or CI. 3(3-0) F,S. Current attempts to apply new technologies to education. Atten- 
tion to research findings related to Computer Assisted Instruction, gamed instruc- 
tional simulation, approaches to guidance and prescription learning. Administrative 
problems pertaining to student scheduling, pupil transportation and data reporting 
systems. Graduate Staff 

ED 518 Principles of School Law. Preq: Six hours graduate credit. 3(3-0) F,S. 
Intensive study of legal rights, duties, privileges and responsibilities entailed in 
the educational enterprise. Covers the essentials of school law for both 1) the 
processes of law as they affect American education and 2) specific legal aspects 
which affect vocational education. Included are the secondary, post-secondary and 
adult vocational education laws and their implications. Graduate Staff 

ED 519 Early Childhood Education. Preq: PSY 475 or 576. 3(1-4) S,Sum. The 
plannings, selection and utilization of human resources, activities, materials and 
facilities relating to the education of young children. Emphasis on student observa- 
tion, participation and evaluation of educational experiences appropriate for the 
developmental level of individual children, including flexible grouping, curricula 
planning and instructional techniques for an optimum learning environment. A 
synthesis of the student's knowledge of human development, learning theory and 
research findings as related to classroom application. McCutchen 

ED 520 Personnel and Guidance Services. Preqs: Six hours in ED or PSY. 3(3-0) 
F,S. The philosophies, theories, principles and practices of personnel and guidance 
services; the relationship of personnel services with the purposes and objectives 
of the school and the curriculum. Graduate Staff 

ED 521 Internship in Guidance and Personnel Services. Preqs: Eighteen hours 
in department and CI. Credits Arranged. F,S. A continuous full-time internship of 
at least one-half semester. Framework of school and community. Work with stu- 
dents, teachers, administrators, guidance and pupil personnel workers, parents, 
and resource personnel in the community. Supervision of intern by school guidance 
personnel and course instructors. Graduate Staff 

ED 522 Career Exploration. Preqs: ED 344 and grad. status or CI. 3(3-0) F,S, 
Sum. Designed for North Carolina public school teachers in career exploration 
programs. Emphasizes the philosophy, theories and the place of career exploration 
programs in the overall school curriculum. Correlation of occupational information 
in academic subjects, sources of occupational information and its use, and ap- 
proaches to teaching. Scarborough, Cox 

ED 523 Orientation and Mobility of the Visually Impaired. 3(3-0) Sum. The 
sensory processes and cues on which independent mobility depends for the visually 
impaired person. Various techniques and modes of travel considered. Emphasis on 
instruction and background which will enable persons not teaching orientation 
mobility as a skill to reinforce the learning that takes place in other situations. 

Graduate Staff 

ED 524 Occupational Information. Preqs: Six hours ED or PSY, ED 520 or 

equivalent. 3(3-0) S. Gives teachers, counselors, placement workers and personnel 
workers in business and industry an understanding of how to collect, classify, 
evaluate and use occupational and educational information. Includes a study of the 



246 



world of work, sources of occupational information, establishing an educational- 
occupational information library, using educational, occupational and social infor- 
mation and sociological and psychological factors, influencing career planning. 

Graduate Staff 

ED 525 Trade Analysis and Course Construction. Preq: ED 344, PSY 304. 
3(3-0) F. Principles and practices in analyzing occupations to determine teaching 
content. Practice in the principles underlying industrial course organization based 
on occupational analysis covering instnaction in skills and technology and includ- 
ing course outlines, job sequences, the development of industrial materials and 
instructional schedules. Graduate Staff 

ED 526 Teaching in College. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. Designed for graduate students not 
in Education. Focuses on developing competencies to perform the day-to-day tasks 
of a college teacher, long-range tasks such as course development and the university 
responsibilities of a professor. Students will make video tapes of their teaching, 
develop tests, design an introductory course in teaching field, and engage in other 
similar types of activities. Anderson 

ED 527 Philosophy of Occupational Education. Preq: Grad. standing. 3(3-0) F,S. 
An historical and philosophical investigation of social and economic aspects of 
occupational education. An overview vocational education for youth and adults 
emphasizing trends and problems connected with the conduct of occupational educa- 
tion under federal and state guidance. Study of federal and state legislation per- 
taining to vocational education. Graduate Staff 

ED 528 Cooperative Occupational Education. Preq: CI. 3(3-0) F,S. Designed for 
individuals preparing to be directors, administrators or supervisors of vocational 
education program^s at the local, state and/or national levels. Emphasis on organi- 
zation and operation of cooperative occupational programs. Covers the entire field 
of cooperative occupational education on secondary, post-secondary and adult 
levels with references to accepted essentials of cooperative education so details of 
planning, organization, establishment, and operation of cooperative occupational 
programs will be practical and meaningful. Student visitations to existing quality 
programs in cooperative occupational education to study on-site conditions in 
specialized areas. Smith 

ED 529 Curriculum Materials Development. Preq: ED 525. 3(3-0) S. Selection 
and organization of curricula used in vocational-industrial and technical education; 
development of curricula and instructional materials. Hanson 

ED 530 Group Guidance. Preqs: Six hours ED or PSY, ED 520 or equivalent. 
3(3-0) F. Designed to help teachers, counselors, administrators and others who 
work with groups, or who are responsible for group guidance activities, to under- 
stand the theory and principles of effective group work, to develop skill in using 
specific guidance techniques, and to plan and organize group activities in the 
secondary school and other institutions. Graduate Staff 

ED (PSY) 531 Mental Deficiency. Preqs: Nine hours PSY and special education. 
3(3-0) S,Sum. Description, causation, psychological factors and sociological aspects 
of mental retardation. Education methods for the mentally retarded. Course de- 
signed primarily for school psychologists and special-class teachers of retarded 
children, both educable and trainable. Corter 

ED 533 Organization and Administration of Guidance Services. Preqs: Grad. 
standing, ED 520 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. Designed for school guidance counselors, 
prospective counselors, personnel and guidance directors, and school administrators. 
The philosophy and scope of guidance and personnel services; the functions and 



247 



responsibilities of personnel involved; basic principles and current practices in 
planning, developing, operating and supervising guidance and personnel services. 

Graduate Staff 

ED 534 Guidance in the Elementary School. Preq: Nine hours PSY or CI. 3(3-0) 
S. Designed for acquainting elementary school teachers, counselors and adminis- 
trators with theory, practice and organization of elementary school guidance. 

Graduate Staff 

ED 535 Student Personnel Work in Higher Education. Preqs: Nine hours PSY 
or CI. 3(3-0) F,S. Examines practices in various areas of student personnel work. 
Studies both structure and function of personnel programs in higher education. 

Graduate Staff 

ED 536 Structure and Function of the Eye and Use of Low Vision. Preq: CI. 
3(5-0) Sum. In this special institute participants spend a minimum of 45 hours in 
class and related activities. Medical and educational consultants discuss the 
structure and function of the eye, eye anomalies likely to affect children with low 
vision, methods of evaluating type and potential use of residual vision, and methods 
of teaching children to use minimal vision effectively. Course for teachers and 
administrators either presently employed in or planning to participate in educa- 
tional programs for low vision persons. Rawls 

ED 537 The Extension and Public Service Function in Higher Education. Preq: 

ED 510. 3(3-0) S. The background, history, philosophy and contemporary nature of 
the extension and public service function of institutions of higher education in the 
United States. Emphasis on the adult education role of public and private univer- 
sities and colleges. Specific focus on: general, industrial, engineering, and coopera- 
tive extension and continuing education. Graduate Staff 

ED 538 Instructional Strategies in Adult and Community College Education. 

Preq: ED 559, grad. standing. 3(3-0) S. Forms of instruction appropriate for the 
teaching of adults. Emphasis on methods which maximally involve the adult 
learner. The study of concepts, theories, and principles relevant to the selection, 
utilization, and evaulation of instructional strategies focuses on integration of 
theory into practice. Classroom exercises, using teaching techniques applicable 
in adult and community college education. Graduate Staff 

ED 540 Individual and Group Appraisal I. Preqs: ED 520, PSY 353, or equiva- 
lent. 3(3-0) F. Use of group tests of intelligence, interest and achievement in educa- 
tional and career planning and placement. Theories of intelligence and interest will 
be followed by laboratory in evaluating, administering and interpreting widely 
used group test. Emphasis on group test use in group guidance. Graduate Staff 

ED 542 Contemporary Approaches in the Teaching of Social Studies. Preq: 
Advanced undergrad. or grad. must have completed student teaching. 3(3-0) Sum. 
Analysis of principles, strategies and applications of new teaching approaches. 
Team-teaching, programmed instruction, inductive and reflective oriented teach- 
ing, role-playing, simulation and gaming, independent study and block-time 
organization. Harper 

ED 550 Principles of Educational Administration. Preq: Grad. standing, CI. 
3(3-0) F,S,Sum. Introductory course in educational administration, emphasizing 
basic principles. Draws upon administrative theory, business, and public adminis- 
tration models as well as theoretical constructs from various disciplines. 

Graduate Staff 

ED 552 Industrial Arts in the Elementary School. Preq: Twelve hours ED, CI. 
3(3-0) Sum. To help elementary teachers and principals understand how tools, 



248 



materials and industrial processes vitalize and supplement the child's experiences. 
Practical children's projects along with the building of classroom equipment. 

Graduate Staff 

ED 554 Planning Programs in Agricultural Education. Preq: ED 411 or equiva- 
lent. 3(3-0) F,S. Consideration of the need for planning programs in education; 
objectives and evaluation of community programs; use of advisory group; organi- 
zation and use of facilities in agricultural education. Bryant 

ED 555 Comparative Crafts and Industries. Preqs: Advanced undergrad. or 
grad. standing, CI. 6 Sum. A travel seminar as a cultural appreciations course in- 
volving study of indigenous crafts and industries, their materials, processes, 
products and design in foreign countries. Graduate Staff 

ED 559 Learning Concepts and Theories Applied to Adult and Community Col- 
lege Education. Preq: Six hours ED. 3(3-0) S. Principles in adult education pro- 
grams including theories and concepts undergirding and requisite to these pro- 
grams. Emphasis on interrelationship of the nature of adult learning, the nature 
of the subject matter and the setting in which learning occurs. The applicability of 
relevant principles and pertinent research findings to adult learning. 

Graduate Staff 

ED (lA) 560 New Developments in Industrial Arts Education. 3(3-0) F,S. (See 
industrial arts, page 289.) 

ED 563 Effective Teaching. Preqs: Twelve hours ED including student teaching. 
3(3-0) F,S,Sum. Analysis of the teaching-learning process; assumptions that under- 
lie course approaches; identifying problems of importance; problem solution for 
effective learning; evaluation of teaching and learning; making specific plans for 
effective teaching. Graduate Staff 

ED 565 Agricultural Occupations. Preq: ED 411. 3(3-0) F,S. Career development 
in agricultural occupations is associated with curriculum development needs. 
Occupational experience in agriculture is seen in relation to curriculum and place- 
ment. Miller 

ED 566 Occupational Experience in Agriculture. Preq: ED 411. 3(3-0) F,S. 
Implementing new and expanded concepts of occupational experience including how 
to effect student learning experiences in a real and simulated employment environ- 
ment. Study of theoretical foundations underlying the new developments in occu- 
pational experiences to stimulate individual growth and creativity in implementing 
further developments. Miller 

ED 568 Adult Education in Agriculture. Preq: ED 411 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F,S. 
Designed for leaders in adult education. Basic problems and values in working with 
adult groups. Attention to the problem of fitting the education program for adults 
into the public school program and other educational programs as well as methods 
of teaching adults. Graduate Staff 

ED 570 Foundations of Mathematics Education. Preqs: ED 471 or equivalent. 
3(3-0) Assumptions and justifications underlying prevailing practices in secondary 
mathematics teaching are identified and examined within the broader context of 
mathematics education. Judging pedagogical techniques and curricular innovations 
is based upon a historical overview of the field, psychological considerations relate 
ing to mathematics learning, comparison in national and international mathematics 
education, and research evidence. Graduate Staff 

ED 590 Individual Problems in Guidance. Preq: Six hours graduate work in 
department or equivalent and CI. Maximum 6 F,S. Intended for individual or group 



249 



studies of problems in guidance and personnel work. Problems selected to meet 
individuals* interests. The workshop procedure will be used whereby special proj- 
ects, reports, and research will be developed by individuals and by groups. 

Graduate Staff 

ED 591 Special Problems in Industrial Education. Preqs: Six hours graduate 
credit, consent of department head. Maximum 6. Directed study to provide individ- 
ualized study and analysis in specialized areas of trade, industrial or technical 
subjects. Graduate Staff 

ED 592 Special Problems in Mathematics Teaching. Preq: ED 471 or equivalent. 
3(3-0) F,S. Investigation of current problems in mathematics teaching, emphasiz- 
ing curriculum, methodology, facilities, supervision and research. Specific problems 
will be studied in depth. Opportunities to initiate research studies. 

ED 593 Special Problems in Agricultural Education. Preq: ED 411 or equivalent. 
Credits Arranged. Study of current problems under staff guidance. 

Graduate Staff 

ED 594 Special Problems in Science Teaching. Preq: ED 476 or equivalent. 
3(0-3) F,S. Investigation of current problems with emphasis on curriculum, method- 
ology, facilities, supervision and research. Specific problems will be studied in 
depth. Opportunities to initiate research studies. Graduate Staff 

ED (lA) 595 Industrial Arts Workshop. Preq: One or more years of teaching 
experience. 3(3-0) Sum. A course for experienced teachers, administrators and 
supervisors of industrial arts. Primarily to develop sound principles and practices 
for initiating, conducting, and evaluating programs. Enrollees will pool their 
knowledge and practical experiences and do intensive research on individual and 
group programs. Graduate Staff 

ED 596 Topical Problems in Adult and Community College Education. Preq: 
Grad. standing. Credits Arranged. Study and scientific analysis of problems in adult 
education, and preparation of a scholarly research type of paper. Graduate Staff 

ED 597 Special Problems in Education. Preqs: Grad. standing and CI. 1-3 F,S, 
Sum. Provides graduate students in education the opportunity to study problem 
areas in professional education under the direction of graduate faculty. 

Graduate Staff 

ED 598 Concepts and Strategies of Understanding, Motivating and Teaching Dis- 
advantaged Adults. Preqs: Grad. standing. 3(3-0) S. Designed to help adult educa- 
tors acquire comprehensive understanding of the educational, psychological, social, 
cultural, and economic problems of the culturally deprived. In-depth explorations of 
the theoretical basis for understanding, motivating and teaching disadvantaged 
adults will be interwoven with practical applications to specific educational oppor- 
tunities with the disadvantaged adult learner. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ED 600 Organizational Concepts and Theories Applied to Adult and Community 
College Education. 3(3-0) F. 

ED 601 Administrative Concepts and Theories Applied to Adult and Community 
College Education. 3(3-0) S. 

ED 602 Curriculum. 3(3-0) F,S. 

ED 603 Teaching Mathematics and Science in Higher Education. 3(3-0) F. 



250 



ED 604 Curriculum Development and Evaluation in Science and Mathematics. 

3(3-0) F,S. 

ED 605 Education and Supervision of Teachers of Mathematics and Science. 

3(3-0) S. 

ED 608 Supervision of Vocational and Industrial Arts Education. 3(3-0) F. 

ED 609 Planning and Organizing Technical Education Programs. 3(3-0) S. 

ED 610 Administration of Vocational and Industrial Arts Education. 3(3-0) S. 

ED 611 Laws, Regulations and Policies Affecting Vocational Education. 3(3-0) 
F,S. 

ED 612 Finance, Accounting and Management of Vocational Education Programs. 

3(3-0) F,S. 

ED 614 Formative Ideas in American Education. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. 

ED 615 Introduction to Educational Research. 3(3-0) F. 

ED 620 Cases in Educational Administration. 3(3-0) S, Sum. 

ED 621 Internship in Education. 3-9 F,S, Sum. 

ED 630 Philosophy of Industrial Arts. 2(2-0) F,S. 

ED 631 Vocational Development Theory. 3(3-0) F. 

ED 633 Techniques of Counseling. 3(3-0) S. 

ED 635 Administration and Supervision of Industrial Arts. 2(2-0) F,S. 

ED 636 Observation and Supervised Field Work. Maximum 3 F,S. 

ED 640 IndividualandGroup Appraisal 11.3(3-0) F. 

ED 641 Laboratory and Practicum Experiences in Counseling. 2-6, F,S. 

ED (lA) 660 Industrial Arts Curriculum. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. 

ED 664 Supervision in Agricultural Education. 3(3-0) F,S. 

ED 665 Supervising Student Teaching. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. 

ED 666 Supervision of Counseling. 3(1-8) F,S. 

ED 688 Research Application in Occupational Education. 3(3-0) F,S, Sum. 

ED 689 Evaluation in Occupational Education. 3(3-0) F,S, Sum. 

ED 690 Seminar in Mathematics Education. Maximum 2 F,S,. 

ED 691 Seminar in Industrial Education. 1(1-1) F,S. 

ED 692 Seminar in Industrial Arts Education. 1(1-0) F,S. 

ED 693 Advanced Problems in Agricultural Education. Credits Arranged. F,S, 
Sum. 

251 



ED 694 Seminar in Agricultural Education. Maximum 2 1(1-0) F,S,Sum. 

ED 695 Seminar in Science Education. Maximum 2. F,S,Sum. 

ED 696 Seminar in Adult and Community College Education. 1-3 F,S. 

ED (PSY) 697 Advanced Seminar in Research Design. 3(3-0) F,S. 

ED 698 Seminar in Occupational Education. 3(3-0) F. 

ED 699 Research. Credits Arranged. 

Electrical Engineering 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

EE 201 Electric Circuits I. Preq: MA 102. 4(2-5) F,S. Fundamental laws, tran- 
sient and steady-state sinusoidal analysis. Problem drill and laboratory exercises. 

EE 202 Electric Circuits II. Preq: EE 201, MA 201. 4(2-5) S. Circuit analysis by 
complex frequency. Two-part networks and polyphase circuits. Problem drill and 
laboratory exercises. 

EE 211 Electric Circuits I. Theor>% Preq: MA 102. 3(3-0). Theory part of EE 201. 
Offered only by correspondence. Enrollment subject to approval of EE undergrad- 
uate administrator. 

EE 213 Electric Circuits I. Laboratory, Preq: EE 211. 1(0-2) Sum. Laboratory 
part of EE 201. Enrollment subject to approval of EE undergraduate administrator 
and limited to students who have passed EE 211. 

EE 303 Electromagnetic Fields I. Preqs: EE 201, PY 208, Coreq: MA 301. 3(2-3) 
F. Field theory in vector analysis formulation emphasizing static and quasi-static 
electric and magnetic fields. Maxwell's equations. 

EE 304 Electromagnetic Fields II. Preq: EE 303, MA 30L 3(2-3) S. Vector and 
scalar retarded potentials. Generation and propagation of energy by electromagnetic 
waves. Relationship between field theory and circuit theorj'. Applications of electro- 
magnetic theory to devices and to distributed parameter systems. 

EE 305 Electromechanical Systems. Preqs: EE 202, MA 202, EE 303. 4(3-3). 
Principles, performance and characteristics of direct-current and alternating- 
current machinery. 

EE 314 Electronic Circuits. Preqs: EE 202, MA 202. 4(2-5) F. Active devices with 
emphasis on bipolar and field effect transistors as elements of electric circuits. 
Elementary physical electronics, linear and nonlinear equivalent circuits, small 
signal amplifiers. 

EE 331 Principles of Electrical Engineering. Preqs: MA 201, PY 208. 3(3-0) F,S. 
Not available to EE undergraduates. Basic concepts, units and methods of EE 
analysis. Current- voltage characteristics of linear and nonlinear electrical devices, 
analysis of d-c and a-c circuits, simple amplifiers and energy conversion devices. 
Demonstrations of equipment and procedures. 

EE 332 Principles of Electrical Engineering. Preq: EE 331. 3(3-0) S. Not avail- 
able to EE undergraduates. Power distribution systems, motors, feedback, ampli- 



252 



fiers, oscilloscopes, voltage meters, digital information, measurement by digital 
means, presented from the user's viewpoint. Demonstrations of equipment and 
procedures. 

EE 333 Principles of Electrical Engineering Laboratory. Coreq: EE 332. 1(0-3) S. 
Not open to EE students. Laboratory work in the material covered in EE 332. 

EE 339 Principles of Electrical Engineering Laboratory. Coreq: EE 331. 1(0-3) 
F,S. Not open to EE students. Laboratory work in the material covered in EE 331. 

EE 350 Electric Power Utilization in Manufacturing Processes. Preqs: FY 212, 
MA 201. 3(2-3) F,S. Not available to undergraduates in EE. Basic electrical theory; 
d-c and a-c circuits and measurements; study of d-c motors and of single-phase and 
polyphase utilization equipment; basic control systems and brief introduction to 
principles of automatic control. Examples drawn from the technologies of particular 
interest to current students. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

EE 401 Advanced Electric Circuits. Preq: EE 202, MA 301. 3(3-0) F,S. Transient 
analysis by the Laplace transform method, and its relationship to steady-state 
performance, with emphasis on feedback systems. 

EE 403 Electric Network Design. Preq: EE 401. 3(3-0) S. Design methods for 
such electric networks as resonant systems, filters, feedback stabilizers, audio 
amplifier compensation and dividing networks. 

EE 406 Dynamical Systems Analysis. Preqs: EE 202 or 331, ESM 305, MA 301. 
3(3-0) F. Dynamic systems in various branches of engineering and science empha- 
sizing similarities among such integrated groups of devices. Analogous elements 
and quantites in these fields as determined from basic equations. Use of computers 
to solve system problems. 

EE 431 Electronics Engineering. Preq: EE 314. 3(2-3) F. Design and analysis of 
discrete and integrated solid-state electronic circuits which include amplifiers, 
waveform generators, and feedback. Design is emphasized through projects and 
through analysis of contemporary electronic circuits. 

EE 432 Communication Engineering. Preq: EE 431. 3(2-3) S. Application of 
Electronic Circuits to Communication systems employing sine wave and pulse 
modulation. Elements of complete systems (modulators, demodulators, transmitters 
and receivers) are designed, analyzed and implemented. 

EE 433 Electric Power Engineering. Preq: EE 305 or 332. 3(2-3) S. Electric 
power supply for industrial and commercial applications. Control of electric motor 
drives. Principles of circuit protection and safety. Laboratory experience in testing 
electric machines. 

EE 434 Power System Analysis. Preq: EE 305. 3(3-0) F. Problems encountered 
in the long-distance transmission of electric power with emphasis on load flow, 
economic dispatch, and fault calculations. Applications of digital computers to 
power-system problems. 

EE 435 Elements of Control. Preqs: EE 314, 305. 3(2-3) F. Introductory theory 
of open- and closed - loop control. Dynamic analysis of error detectors, amplifiers, 
and motors. Component transfer characteristics and block diagram representation. 
Analog simulation of a control system. 



253 



EE 438 Electronic Instrumentation. Preqs: MA 301; EE 314 or 332. 3(3-0) S. 
Electrical-electronic measurement techniques and operating principles of electronic 
instruments. Signal sources and their equivalent circuits, basic electronics includ- 
ing junction and field effect transistors, operational amplifiers, switching logic and 
data display. Applications including low-level phenomena and noise problems. 
Lecture demonstrations. 

EE 440 Fundamentals of Digital Systems. Preq: EE 314. 3(3-0) F,S. Basic con- 
cepts in digital solutions to problems. Mathematical considerations (number sys- 
tems, codes, and Boolean algebra), circuit considerations, digital subsystems (com- 
binational circuits, sequential circuits, storage, and AD/DA conversion), basic 
system organization. 

EE 441 Introduction to Electron Devices. Preqs: MA 301, PY 208. 3(3-0) F. The 
basic physical principles necessary for understanding modern electronic devices. 
Quantum and statistical mechanic concepts are introduced forming the basis for a 
discussion of a wide variety of devices used in modern engineering and instrumen- 
tation. 

EE 442 Introduction to Solid-State Devices. Preqs: EE 441 or PY 407; MA 301. 
3(3-0) S. The microscopic phenomena responsible for the operation of solid-state 
electronic devices. A qualitative description of the band model of solids. A descrip- 
tion of the transport properties of charge carriers. P-n junction diodes and tran- 
sistors, solar cells, controlled rectifiers, tunnel diodes and unijunction transistors, 
recently developed devices. 

EE 445 Introduction to Antennas. Preqs: EE 304, 314. 3(2-3) F. Consideration of 
radiation from single-element radiators, radiation patterns, directive properties 
aperture concepts, gain and impedances. Multielement antennas and arrays with 
various amplitude distributions and phasingfs, and thin linear antennas. Antennas 
of current usage. 

EE 448 Introduction to Microwaves. Preqs: EE 304, 314. 3(2-3) S. The elemen- 
tary theory and special techniques required at microwave frequencies. Passive and 
active circuits. Transmission elements, special-purpose components, generators, to 
include klystrons, magnetrons, traveling wave tubes, and solid-state devices will 
be discussed. The description of microwave networks by the scattering matrix. 

EE 492 Special Topics in Electrical Engineering. Preq: Jr. standing. 3(3-0 to 
0-9) F,S. Offered as needed to cover new or special subjects. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

EE 503 Computer-.\ided Circuit Analysis. Preqs: EE 314, 401, B average in EE 
and MA. 3(3-0) F. Analysis of electrical circuits with emphasis on computer 
methods. Steady-state and transient analysis of linear and nonlinear networks; 
tolerance analysis; programming considerations. Staudhammer 

EE 504 Introduction to Network Synthesis. Preqs: EE 401, B average in EE and 
MA. 3(3-0) S. The properties of network functions and the development of the 
methods of network synthesis of one- port and two-port passive structures. 

EE 511 Electronic Circuits. Preqs: EE 314 or 430, B average in EE and MA. 
3(3-0) F. Electronic devices and circuits in communications, power and industrial 
applications. Synthesis of circuits to satisfy system requirements. Barclay 

EE 512 Communication Theory. Preqs: EE 314, B average in EE and MA. 3(3-0) 
F. Basic information-bearing signals in linear systems. Signals in the frequency 
and time domains, probability and associated functions, random signal theory, 



254 



modulation and frequency translation, noise,- sampling theory and correlation 
functions. Principles of information theory including information measure, signal 
space and channel capacity. Fundamentals of encoding. Accent on methods and 
problems unique to digital communication. (Offered F every year and S 1975). 

Barclay, Goetze, O'Neal, Stroh 

EE 516 Feedback Control Systems. Preqs: EE 435, or 401 and B average in EE 
and MA. 3(3-0) S. The feedback systems for automatic control of physical quantities 
such as voltage, speed and mechanical position. Theory of regulating systems and 
servo mechanisms. Steady-state and transient responses. Evaluation of stability. 
Transfer function loci and root locus plots. Analysis using differential equation and 
operational methods. Systems compensation and introduction to design. 

Peterson 

EE 517 Control Laboratory. Coreq: EE 516. 1(0-3) S. Feedback systems for 
automatic control of physical quantities such as voltage, speed and mechanical 
position. Characteristics of regulating systems and servomechanisms. The labo- 
ratory work contributes to understanding theory developed in EE 516. 

Peterson 

EE 520 Fundamentals of Logic Systems. Preqs: EE 314, 440, B average in EE 
and MA. 3(3-0) F. Elementary machine language theory, computer organization 
and logic design, logical algebras and function minimization (map method empha- 
sized). Introductory combinational and sequential logic including circuits, basic 
building blocks, and theoiy construction using electronic and core elements. (Offered 
F eveiy year, Sum. 1975 and S 1976.) Bell, Gault, Staudhammer 

EE 521 Digital Computer Technology and Design. Preq: EE 520. 3(3-0) S. The 
internal organization and stinjcture of digital systems including gates, toggle cir- 
cuits, pulse circuitry and advanced machine language theory. Analysis and synthe- 
sis of major computer components, including the logic section, storage devices, 
registers, input-output and control. Bell, Staudhammer 

EE 530 Physical Electronics. Preqs: EE 304, B average in EE and MA. 3(3-0) F. 
The behavior of charged particles under the influence of fields and other charged 
particles. Ballistics, quantum mechanics, particle statistics, electron emission and 
properties of dielectric and magnetic materials. (Offered F every year, S 1975). 

Matthews 

EE 533 Integrated Circuits. Preqs: EE 314, B average in EE and MA. 3(3-0) S. 
The implementation of solid-state circuits in integrated form. Includes character- 
istics of expitaxial, diffused, thin and thick film approaches. Digital and linear 
applications. Manning 

EE (MAE) 535 Gas Lasers. 3(3-0) F,S. (See mechanical and aerospace engineer- 
ing, page 312.) 

EE 540 Electromagnetic Fields and Waves. Preqs: EE 304, B average in EE 
and MA. 3(3-0) F. Laws and concepts of static electromagnetism. Fundamental 
equations and their applications. Fundamentals, forms and applications of Max- 
well's equations. Vector and scalar potentials, relativistic aspects of fields, energy 
and power. Waves in unbound and bounded regions, radiation, wave-guides and 
resonators. (Offered F every year, Sum. 1975.) Tischer 

EE 545 Introduction to Radio Wave Propagation. Preqs: EE 304, B average in 
EE and MA. 3(3-0) S. Characteristics of a plan e electromagnetic waves in homo- 
geneous and nonhomogeneous media with application to tropospheric and iono- 
spheric propagation. Relationships between electron density, collision frequency 



255 



and complex refractive index, theory of the formation and dynamics of ionospheric 
layers and theorems for the prediction of ionospheric propagation. Flood 

EE 591, 592 Special Topics in Electrical Engineering. Preq: B average in tech- 
nical subjects. 3(3-0) F,S. A two-semester sequence to develop new courses and 
explore areas of special interest. Graduate Staff 

EE 593 Individual Topics in Electrical Engineering. Preq: B average in techni- 
cal subjects. 1-3 F,S. The student explores topics of special interest under faculty 
direction. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

EE 610 Non-Linear Analysis. 3(3-0) F. 

EE 611 Digital Filtering. 3(3-0) F,S. 

EE 613, 614 Advanced Feedback Control. 3(3-0) F,S. 

EE 616 Microwave Electronics. 3(3-0) S. 

EE 617 Pulse and Digital Circuits. 3(3-0) S. 

EE 618 Antennas and Radiation. 3(3-0) F. 

EE 619 Applied Electromagnetic Fields and Waves. 3(3-0) S. 

EE 622 Electronic Properties of Solid-State Materials I. 3(3-0) S. 

EE 623 Electronic Properties of Solid-state Materials II. 3(3-0) F. 

EE 624 Electronic Properties of Solid-State Devices. 3(3-0) S. 

EE 625 Advanced Solid-State Device Theory, 3(3-0) S. 

EE 640 Advanced Logic Circuits. 3(3-0) S. 

EE 641 Sequential Machines. 3(3-0) F. 

EE 642 Automata and Adaptive Systems. 3(3-0) S. 

EE 651 Statistical Communication Theory. 3(3-0) S. 

EE 652 Information Theory. 3(3-0) F. 

EE 653 Fundamentalsof Space Communications. 3(3-0) S. 

EE 654 Communication Systems Analysis. 3(3-0) S. 

EE 655 Wave Phenomena in Plasma. 3(3-0) S. 

EE 659 Pattern Recognition. 3(3-0) F. 

EE 691, 692 Special Studies in Electrical Engineering. 3(3-0) F,S. 

EE 695 Electrical Engineering Seminar. 1(1-0) F,S. 

EE 699 Electrical Engineering Research. Credits Arranged. 



256 



Engineering 

GENERAL COURSES 

E 101 Engineering Graphics I. 2(1-2) F,S. Graphically representing and solving 
spatial problems. Emphasis on development of a logical and analytic approach to 
problem solution. Conventional methods of graphically describing size and shape, 
the representation of basic mechanical elements. Practical engineering applications 
utilized. Staff 

E 120 Engineering Concepts. Not open to jrs. and srs. in Engineering. 3(2-1) F,S. 
Students are involved in realistic freshman design projects. History, fields and func- 
tions of engineering, case studies, computational skills, and societal problems are 
covered. Staff 

E 201 Spatial Relations and Vector Applications. Preqs: First courses in graphics 
and physics. 3(2-2) F,S. Spatial representation of points, lines, and planes and the 
determination of the lengths, sizes, and angles that exist between these elements, 
with the application of these studies to vector systems. Staff 

E 207 Engineering Graphics II. Preq: E 101. 2(1-3). Presentation of engineering 
data for vise in the manufacturing process. Production dimensioning, detail and 
assembly production drawings, and free-hand sketching are covered. Special 
emphasis on sketching. Webb 

E 220 Engineering and Contemporary Society. 3(3-0) F. Investigation of the role 
of engineering technology in modern life, with emphasis on technological factors 
involved in solution of national and world problems. Major topics such as energy, 
communication, materials, and transportation examined in terms of cultural and 
economic goals for the future. 

E 240 Furniture Graphics. Preq: E 101. 3(1-4) F. Furniture drawing and dimen- 
sioning. Special practices of furniture industry are covered. Free-hand sketching 
is emphasized. Freeman 

E 301 Graphical Solutions for Numerical Data. Preq: A first course in calculus. 
3(2-2) F. Study of available graphic methods to represent and manipulate numerical 
data. Topics include: proper selection of coordinate systems and axes, empirical 
equations, curve fitting, graphical calculus, nomography, and design of special 
purpose slide rules. Computer applications demonstrated. Hammond 

E (CSC) 321 Computer Graphics. Preqs: MA 202 or 212 and CSC 101 or 111. 
3(2-2) S. Presentation of computer-graphic methods of data manipulation; which 
computer-graphic methods are available; when and how they can be applied. Three- 
dimensional applications covered. Houck 

E 432 Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights. Preq: Jr. standing. 3(3-0) S. Review 
of these laws in relation to engineering, scientific and industrial pursuits; indi- 
vidual inventors, authors, and companies; and Patent Office procedures and 
practices. Mills 

E 492 Special Topics in Engineering. Preq: Jr. standing. 1-3 F,S. Offered as 
needed for subject matter of a non-departmental nature. Staff 

Engineering Honors 

EH 346 Fluid Mechanics. Preq: ESM 200 or 205; membership in Eng. HP or CI.* 
3(3-0) S. Equilibrium of liquids and gases, kinematics and dynamics of frictionless 
fluids. Motion of viscous fluids. Dynamics of gases. Flow measurement techniques. 

* Eng. HP or CI — engineering honors program or consent of instructor. 

257 



EH 371 Thermodynamics I. Preq: Membership in Eng. HP or CI.* 3(3-0) F. 
Basic principles and concepts. Emphasis on first and second laws, their implications 
and applications. Properties of actual and real gases. Also inter-relationships 
between the properties as given by the general equations of thermodynamics. 

EH 372 Thermodynamics II. Preq: Membership in Eng. HP or CI.* 3(3-0) S. 
Statistical approach to thermodynamics and application to determination of specific 
heats. Entrophy and probability. Thermodynamics of fluid flow including super- 
sonic flow. Basic laws of heat transfer. Ideal gas and vapor cycles. Introduction to 
chemical thermodynamics. 

EH 391 Contemporary Trends in Engineering and Science. Preq: Membership 
in Eng. HP or CI.* 1(1-0) F. Representatives from various fields of engineering or 
science discuss current topics. 

EH 491 Engineering Honors Seminar. Preq: Sr. standing in the Eng. HP or 
CI.* 1(1-0) S. Presentation by students of their projects. 

EH 496 Special Topics in Engineering. Preq: Membership in the Eng. HP or 
CI.* 1-4 F,S. Individual projects of a research or design nature. 

EH 500 Engineering Analysis. 1-4 F,S. Students work in small groups or 
individually with faculty advisers to solve realistic problems requiring integration 
of knowledge from engineering fields, physical sciences, mathematics, and 
occasionally life sciences. Aimed at synthesis rather than mere analysis. 



Engineering Operations 

EO 491 Seminar in Engineering Operations. Preq: Sr. standing. 1(1-0) F. Assists 
seniors in EO make the transition from a college environment to that of industry 
through lectures, guest speakers and class discussions. Schedule during the last 
fall semester in residence. Easter 



Engineering Science and Mechanics 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

ESM 200 Introduction to Mechanics. Coreq: MA 202. 3(3-0) F,S. Principles and 
concepts which form the basis for studies in dynamics, solid and fluid mechanics. 
The nature and properties of force systems and stress fields. The motion of particles 
and description of deformation of continuous media. The role of Newton's laws, the 
concepts of continuity and equilibrium, and the conservational principles in prob- 
lems in mechanics. Staff 

ESM 205 Principles of Engineering Mechanics. Preq: PY 205; Coreq: MA 202. 
3(3-0) F,S. Basic concepts, forces and equilibrium, distributed forces, virtual work, 
and inertial properties; application to machines, structures and systems. 

Staff 

ESM 206 Introductory Applications in Mechanics. Coreq: ESM 205. 1(0-2) F. 
Principles of mechanics applied to practical problems of engineering science in 
which numerical techniques of computation are emphasized. Staff 

ESM 211 Introduction to Applied Mechanics. Coreq: MA 212, PY 212. 3(3-0) F,S. 
The concepts of particle and rigid body mechanics. The fundamentals of equilibrium, 

* Eng. HP or CI — engineering honors program or consent of instructor. 

258 



kinematics and kinetics are applied to engineering problems involving structures 
and machines. Staff 

ESM 212 Mechanics of Engineering Materials. Preq: ESM 211. 3(2-1) F,S. A 
study of the properties of engineering materials emphasizing the mechanical para- 
meters pertinent to the selection and specification of materials common to engineer- 
ing practice. Emphasis on mechanical design parameters. Staff 

ESM 301 Mechanics of Solids. Preq: ESM 200. 3(3-0) F,S. For CE students. 
Development of the equations which describe the linear elastic solid. Approximate 
solutions and comparison with the theory of elasticity to problems involving axial, 
torsional and flexural loading. Staff 

ESM 303 Fluid Mechanics I. Preq: ESM 200 or 205. 3(3-0) F,S. Development of 
the basic equations of fluid mechanics in general and specialized form. Application 
to a variety of topics including 1) fluid statics, 2) inviscid, incompressible fluid 
flow and 3) viscous, incompressible fluid flow. Staff 

ESM 304 Fluid Mechanics II. Preq: ESM 303. 3(3-0) F,S. Further applications 
of the basic equations of fluid mechanics to 1) boundary layers and analysis, 2) lam- 
inar and turbulent flows and 3) compressible fluid flow. Introduction to experi- 
mental methods in fluid mechanics. Staff 

ESM 305 Engineering Dynamics. Preq: ESM 205; Coreq: MA 301. 3(3-0) F,S. 
Equations of motion; kinematics, kinetics of mass points and systems of mass 
points; kinematics and kinetics of rigid bodies; dynamics of nonrigid systems. 

Staff 

ESM 307 Solid Mechanics I. Preq: ESM 205; Coreq: MA 301. 3(3-0) F,S. 
Stresses, strains, constitutive laws, yield and fracture; application to axial, bend- 
ing, torsional and plane stress states; deflection and stability analyses. 

Staff 

ESM 308 Solid Mechanics II. Preq: ESM 301 or 307. 3(3-0) F,S. Equations for 
thin plates. Introduction to the theory of plasticity and experimental methods in 
soHd mechanics. Plastic stress-strain relationships and two-dimensional problems 
in plastic behavior, and fracture. Staff 

ESM 311 Experimental Engineering Science I. Coreqs: ESM 303, 305, 307. 
3(1-6) F. The experimental analysis concept starting with the question of how 
observations and measurements are made. Illustrations of experimental methods 
which enable the inference of one physical variable by the observation of another 
but related one. Bingham, Sorrell 

ESM 312 Experimental Engineering Science II. Preq: ESM 311. 3(1-6) S. The 
ESM 311 background is utilized in broader problems which require the synthesis 
from several experimental methods as well as mathematical and/or numerical 
methods of an analytical system. Bingham, Sorrell 

ESM (ARC) 315 Architectural Mechanics I. Preq: One semester of calculus; 
Recommended: PY 221 or equivalent. 3(2-3) F. The determinants of architectural 
form are related to structural function through a study of mechanics; principles of 
particle and rigid body statical mechanics; equilibrium of external and internal 
force systems. Lect. — concepts and methods; workshops — application and explora- 
tion of lecture material. Gurley, Brantly 

ESM (ARC) 316 Architectural Mechanics II. Preq: ESM (ARC) 315. 3(2-3) S. 
The mechanical properties of construction materials and the purpose, geometrical 



259 



characteristics, behavior, and design of structural elements are investigated in some 
lecture-workshop format. Gurley, Brantly 

ESM 411, 412 Engineering Cybernetics I. II. Preq: Sr. standing in ESM or 
equivalent background. 3(1-4) F,S. A year course of formal lectures on topics which 
include dynamics of linear and nonlinear systems; hereditary and feedback coupl- 
ings; continuous, discrete, random and stochastic inputs; system stability; reli- 
ability; optimization; and the ultra-stable autonomous system. Student participa- 
tion, in either individual or collective form, in extra-class work of personal charac- 
ter in the design of particular engineering systems. Eckerlin, McDonald 

ESM 415 Engineering Science in Contemporary Design. Preq: Sr. standing in 
ESM. 2(1-3) S. Draws upon student's background in engineering sciences to analyze 
current problems. Case histories and evaluations of selected designs. 

Bingham, Douglas 

ESM 495 Special Studies in Mechanics. 1-3 F,S. Offered as needed to treat new 
or special subject matter. Staff 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ESM 501, 502 Continuum Mechanics I, II. Preqs: ESM 307, ESM 303, MAE 301, 
MA 405. 3(3-0) F,S. The concepts of stress and strain are presented in generalized 
tensor form. Emphasis on the discussion and relative comparison of the analytical 
models for elastic, plastic, fluid, viscoelastic, granular and porous media. Under- 
lying thermodynamic principles presented, the associated boundary value problems 
formulated and selected examples used to illustrate the theory. T. S. Chang 

ESM 503 Theory of Elasticity I. Preq: ESM 307; Coreq: MA 511 or 401. 3(3-0) F. 
The fundamental equations governing the behavior of an elastic solid are developed 
in various curvilinear coordinate systems. Plane problems, as well as the St. 
Venant problem of bending, torsion and extension of bars are covered. Displace- 
ment fields, stress fields. Airy and complex stress functions are among the methods 
used to obtain solutions. Gurley, Smith 

ESM 504 Mechanics of Ideal Fluids. Preq: ESM 304; Coreq: MA 513. 3(3-0) F. 
Basic equations of ideal fluid flow; potential and stream functions; vortex dynam- 
ics; body forces due to flow fields, methods of singularities in two-dimensional 
flows; analytical determination of potential functions; conformal transformations; 
free-streamline flows. Edwards, Sorrell 

ESM 505 Mechanics of Viscous Fluids I. Preq: ESM 304; Coreq: MA 532. 3(3-0) 
S. Equations of motion of a viscous fluid (Navier-Stokes equations); general pro- 
erties of the Xavier-Stokes equations; some exact solutions of the Navier-Stokes 
equations; boundary layer equations; some approximate methods of solution of the 
boundary layer equations; laminar boundary layers in axisymetric and three- 
dimensional flows; unsteady laminar boundary layers. Edwards, Sorrell 

ESM 506 Mechanics of Compressible Fluids I. Preqs: ESM 304, MAE 302; Coreq: 
MA 532. 3(3-0) F. Introduction to the flow of a compressible fluid: thermodynamics 
and one-dimensional energy equation for a compressible gas. Acoustics, normal 
shock waves and expansion waves, shock tube theory, general one-dimensional flow 
and flow in ducts and channels. Sorrell 

ESM 507 Systems Analysis. Preqs: ESM 305, MA 405. 3(3-0) F. The principles 
and concepts underlying systems analysis. Major topics are: finite-dimensional 
vector spaces, matrices and linear operators, state sp)ace and state equations, linear 
differential systems, and equilibrium and stability. Illustrations and applications 



260 



from the broad areas of engineering mechanics and dynamical systems theory. The 
state variable approach is emphasized. Eckerlin, McDonald 

ESM 508 Systems Synthesis. Preq: ESM 507. 3(3-0) S. The design of engineering 
systems in which mechanics dominates. Eckerlin, McDonald 

ESM 509 Space Mechanics I. Preq: ESM 305. Coreq: MA 511. 3(3-0) F. The 
applications of mechanics to the analysis and design of orbits and trajectories. 
Trajectory computation and optimization; space maneuvers; reentry trajectories; 
interplanetaiy guidance. Clayton, Maday 

ESM 510 Space Mechanics II. Preq: ESM 509, MA 511. 3(3-0) S. The analysis 
and design of guidance systems. Basic sensing devices; the characteristics of an 
inertial space; the theory of stabilized platforms; terrestrial inertial guidance. 

Clayton, Maday 

ESM 511 Theory of Plates and Shells. Preqs: ESM 307, MA 511. 3(3-0) F. Bend- 
ing theory of thin plates; geometiy of surfaces and stresses in shells. Methods of 
analysis discussed and illustrated. Bingham, Clayton, Gurley 

ESM 521, 522 Properties of Solids I, II. Preqs: ESM 307, MAT 301, PY 413. 
3(3-0) F,S. Micro and macro principles are applied tow^ard an introductory under- 
standing of material properties. The concepts of kinetic distribution and ensemble 
average of atomic behaviors are employed to characterize and interrelate material 
properties. Phenomenological behaviors and coupled effects are described w^ithin 
the continuum concept. Horie 

ESM 551 Advanced Strength of Materials. Preq: ESM 307. 3(3-0) F. Stresses 
and strains at a point; rosette analysis; stress theories, stress concentration and 
fatigue; plasticity; inelastic composite and curved beams; prestress energy 
methods; shear deflections; buckling problems and column design; and membrane 
stresses in shells. Gurley 

ESM 552 Elastic Stability. Preqs: ESM 551, MA 301, MA 405. 3(3-0) S. Elastic 
and plastic stability. The stability criterion as a determinant. The energy method 
and the theorem of stationary potential energy. The solution of buckling problems 
by finite differences and the calculus of variations. The application of successive 
approximations to stability problems. Optimization applied to problems of aero- 
elastic and civil engineering structures. Gurley 

ESM 555 Dynamics I. Preqs: ESM 305, MA 405. 3(3-0) F. The theory of vibra- 
tions from the Lagrangian formulation of the equations of motion. Free and forced 
vibrations with and without damping, multiple degi'ees of freedom, coupled motion, 
normal mode vibrations, wave propagations in solid bodies. Clayton, Maday 

ESM 556 Dynamics II. Preq: ESM 305, MA 405. 3(3-0) S. The dynamics of 
particles and rigid bodies by the use of formulations of the laws of mechanics due 
to Newton, Euler, Lagrange and Hamilton. Accelerated reference frames, con- 
straints, Euler's angles, the spinning top, the gyi'oscope, precession, stability, 
phase space and nonlinear oscillatoiy motion. Clayton, Maday 

FOR GR\DL AXES ONLY 

ESM 601, 602 Unifying Concepts In Mechanics I, II. 3(3-0) F,S. 

ESM 603 Theory Of Elasticity II. 3(3-0) S. 

ESM 604 Theory Of Plasticity. 3(3-0) S. 



261 



ESM (MAS, OY) 605, 606 Advanced Geophysical Fluid Mechanics I. II. 3(3-0) 
F.S. 

ESM 611 Mechanics Of Compressible Fluids II. 3(3-0) S. 

ESM 612 Mechanics Of Viscous Fluids II. 3(3-0) F. 

ESM (MAS, OY) 613, 614 Perturbation Method In Fluid Mechanics I, II. 3(3-0) 
F,S. 

ESM (OR) 631 Variational Methods In Optimization Techniques I. 3(3-0) F. 

ESM (OR) 632 Variational Methods In Optimization Techniques II. 3(3-0) S. 

ES.M 641 Optical Mechanics. 3(2-3) F. 

ESM 656 Nonlinear Vibrations. 3(3-0) S. 

ESM 695 Experimental Methods In Mechanics. 3(2-3) S. 

ESM 697 Seminars In Mechanics. 1(1-0) F,S. 

ESM 698 Special Topics In Mechanics. Credits Arranged F,S. 

ESM 699 Research In Mechanics. Credits Arranged F,S. 



English 



FRESHMAN ENGLISH 
Required of all Freshmen 



ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric. 3(3-0) F,S. Basic forms and principles of 
expository communication; conferences. Staff 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading. Preq: ENG 111. 3(3-0) F,S. Expository 
writing; introduction to literary types; collateral reading; conferences. Staff 

NOTE: ENG 111 and 112 must be scheduled in successive semesters until they 
are completed satisfactorily. 

NOTE: Qualified students will be allowed to register for ENG 112H and will 
be given credit for ENG 111 upon successful completion of the course. Eligibility 
for ENG 112H is based on the student's predicted grade in English, employing a 
formula determined by Counseling, plus a composition to be written at the first 
or second class meeting of the ENG 112H section. 

NOTE: The prerequisite for all advanced courses in writing, language, or 
literature is the completion of ENG 111 and 112. Desirable preparation for litera^ 
ture courses of the 300 level or above is ENG 205, 206, 207, 208, or any semester 
of ENG 261,262 or ENG 265, 266. 

WRITING 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

ENG 200 Writing Laboratory. 0(0-3) F,S. A remedial course in composition 
designed for upperclassmen, chiefly juniors and seniors, in any curriculum. 

E as ley 



262 



ENG 215 Principles of News and Article Writing. 3(3-0) F,S. Introduction to the 
techniques of conducting interviews and writing news stories (including feature 
articles) for a variety of news media. Bolch 

ENG 298 Special Projects in English. 1-3 F,S. Staff 

ENG 315 Reporting and Editing. Preq: ENG 215. 3(3-0) S. A journalism course 
in techniques of analyzing sources and readership; planning, organizing, and 
writing various kinds of articles; and editorial processes such as copyediting, 
headline wi'iting, and page layout. Bolch 

ENG 321 The Communication of Technical Information. 3(3-0) F,S. Intensive 
training in the fundamentals of business and industrial expository and persuasive 
writing. Blackman, Dandridge, Spears 

ENG 322 Advanced Expository Writing. 3(3-0) F. Examines the rhetoric of the 
sentence, the paragraph and the whole discourse in order to develop awareness of 
the relationship between structure and effect in expository writing. Section 322H 
is restricted to Teacher Certification English majors. Dandridge, Meyers, Short 

ENG 323 Creative Writing. 3(3-0), Maximum 6 F,S. For students who have 
demonstrated ability. Einphasis on short prose fiction. Students may register in 
this course for a maximum of six hours. Barrax, Jeffers, Owen, Walters 

LITERATURE 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

ENG 205 Studies in Great Works of Literature.* 3(3-0) F,S. Literary master- 
pieces from the Classical Period to the present. Emphasis on reading for under- 
standing and enjoyment both of the works themselves and the cultural contributions 
to Western civilization of the periods from which the works are drawn. 

Staff 

ENG 206 Studies In Drama.* 3(3-0) F,S. Selected drama from the Classical 
Period to the present. Emphasis on reading for enjoyment as well as understanding 
theory and development of tragedy, comedy, and other modes of dramatic expression. 

Staff 

ENG 207 Studies In Poetry.* 3(3-0) F,S. Analysis of poetry arid the critical 
approaches to it. Emphasis on appreciation of the nature of poetry, and understand- 
ing features and techniques. The importance of both historical context and new 
critical techniques. Staff 

ENG 208 Studies In Fiction.* 3(3-0) F,S. Representative examples from the 
Renaissance to the present, emphasizing understanding and appreciation of fiction 
as a genre, a knowledge of the features and techniques of fiction, and a sense of the 
historical development of this genre. Stafif 

ENG 261 English Literature I. 3(3-0) F,S. Beginnings to 1660. Staff 

ENG 262 English Literature II. 3(3-0) F,S. 1660 to present. Staff 

ENG 265 American Literature I. 3(3-0) F,S. Beginnings to 1850. Staff 

ENG 266 American Literature II. 3(3-0) F,S. 1850 to present. Staff 



* Ihe courses ENG 205, 206. 207 and 208 are desigrned for students not enrolled in Liberal Arts. 



263 



ENG 290 Classical Backgrounds of English Literature. 3(3-0) F. Acquaints 
student with the central story-matter of the ancient world — Greek, Roman, and 
Hebrew— which has exerted such a profound influence on the civilization, and 
especially on the literature, of the Western world. Lasseter, Moore 

ENG (RED 325 Religion and the Modern Literary Imagination. 3(3-0) F. (See 
religion, page 360.) 

ENG 346 Literature of the Western World I. 3(3-0) F,S. The Search for Self: 
Readings from the earliest Hebraic and Greek literature to Dante. Smoot, Smith 

ENG 347 Literature of the Western World H. 3(3-0) S. Crisis and Confrontation: 
Readings from the European Renaissance to Tolstoi. Smoot 

ENG 369 American Novel of the 19th Century. 3(3-0) F. Analysis of selected 
romantic, realistic, and naturalistic novels. Clark, Kilby and West 

ENG 370 The British Novel of the 18th and 19th Centuries. 3(3-0) F. Background 
of the English novel from its beginnings to the end of the 19th century. Analysis 
of the novel as a form. Moore, Durant 

ENG 371 The Modem Novel. 3(3-0) S. Background and pattern, and an analysis 
of major examples of the 20th-century novel. Moore, Halperen, Reynolds 

ENG 372 Modern Poetry. 3(3-0) S. Defining the "modern temper" by comparison 
of contemporary poetr>' with that of the past. Reading and analysis of individual 
poems. Jeffers, Owen, Reynolds 

ENG 375 The Film: A Literary Medium. Preq: Jr. standing. 3(3-0). 

Hargrave 

ENG 391 Introduction to American Folklore. 3(3-0) S. Principal types of folklore, 
combined with field work in collecting and assimilating materials from various 
cultural traditions. Emphasis on American folklore and its origins. Betts, Owen 

ENG 395 Black American Literature. 3(3-0) F,S. A survey from significant 
beginnings to the present. Lucas, Barrax and Jeffers 

ENG 397 Literature of the Non-Western World. 3(3-0) F. Translations from the 
literature of Persia, India, China, and Japan. Lasseter, Owen 

ENG 398 Contemporary Literature I (1900 to 1940). 3(3-0) F. Imaginative litera- 
ture from the period 1900-1940 with emphasis upon themes and techniques rather 
than genre or nationality. Knowles, Reynolds 

ENG 399 Contemporary Literature II (1940 to present). 3(3-0) S. Representative 
French, American, and British writers of the period 1940 to the present. 

Knowles, Reynolds 

ENG 439 17th-century English Literature. 3(3-0) S. Major nondramatic literary 
figures in England during the period 1600-1700. Moore, White 

ENG 449 The Renaissance. 3(3-0) F. Nondramatic prose and poetry of the 16th 
centur>', with consideration of literary types and movements. Emphasis on the 
works of major authors. Blank, Hester 

ENG 451 Chaucer. 3(3-0) F,S. Introduction to the study of Chaucer through an 
intensive reading of The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde. 

Koonce, Short, Toole 



264 



ENG 453 The Romantic Period. 3(3-0) F. The poetry of Wordsworth, Coleridge, 
Byron, Shelley, and Keats, with readings in the prose of Lamb, DeQuincey, and 
others. P. Williams, Hargrave 

ENG 462 18th-century English Literature. 3(3-0) F. The major figures in English 
literature between 1660 and 1790 in the light of social, cultural, and religious 
change. Durant, White 

ENG 463 The Victorian Period. 3(3-0) S. Major poets and selected prose writers 
studied against the social, economic, scientific, and theological background of the 
century. Hargrave, Lasseter 

ENG 468 American Romanticism. 3(3-0) F. Major American writers from 1825 
to 1865. Clark, Stein, West 

ENG 469 American Realism and Naturalism- 3(3-0) S. Major American writers 
from 1865 to 1935. Clark, Stein, West 

ENG 480 Modern Drama. 3(3-0) F. Major plays from Ibsen to Albee. 

Halperen 

ENG 485 Shakespeare. 3(3-0) F,S. Principal plays with emphasis on the develop- 
ment of the playwright. Blank, Hester, Wall, P. Williams, M. C. Williams 

ENG 496 Literary Analysis (Senior Seminar). Preq: Consent of department. 
3(3-0) F,S. Flexible course in reading and criticism designed to synthesize aspects 
of student's work in literature to provide a capstone for undergraduate program. 

Staff 

ENG 498 Special Topics in English. Preq: Six hours ENG above the fr. level. 
1-6 F,S. Detailed investigation of a topic in language or literature. Topic and mode 
of study determined by faculty member in consultation with English department 
head. Staff 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 

ENG 504 Problems in College Composition. Preq: Appointment as a graduate 
teaching assistant in English. 0(0-0) F. Directed study of the development of 
rhetorical skills in composition in classroom situations. Smith 

ENG 524 Modern English Usage. Preq: CI or grad. standing. 3(3-0) S. English 
grammar, with attention to new developments in structural linguistics and with 
emphasis on current usage. Meyers, Short 

ENG 526 History of the English Language. Preq: CI or grad. standing. 3(3-0) S. 
Growth and development of the language from its Indo-European beginnings to 
the present. Offered in alternate years. A section designated 526H, restricted to 
Teacher Certification English majors, will be offered every semester. 

Meyers, Short 

ENG 561 Milton. Preq: ENG 261 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. Intensive reading of 
Milton with attention to backgi-ound materials in the history and culture of 17th- 
century England. Moore, White 

ENG 575 Southern Writers. Preq: ENG 266 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. Contribution 
of the South to American literature, with intensive study of selected major figures. 

Lucas, MacKethan, West 



265 



ENG 578 English Drama to 1642. Preq: ENG 261 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F. 
English drama from its liturgical beginnings to the closing of the theatres, exclud- 
ing Shakespeare. Champion, Meyers, M. C. Williams 

ENG 579 English Drama of the Restoration and Eighteenth Century. Preq: ENG 
261 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. English drama from 1660 to 1800. Durant, Moore 

ENG 590 Literary Criticism. Preq: ENG 261 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. The critical 
process as it leads to the definition and analysis of literature, together with 
attention to the main literary traditions and conventions. Durant, P. Williams 

FOR GR.\Dl AXES ONLY 

ENG 609 Old English Literature. 3(3-0) F. (Offered in alt. years.) 

ENG 610 .Middle English Literature. 3(3-0) F. (Offered in alt. years.) 

ENG 615 -Vmerican Literature of the Colonial Period. 3(3-0) F. (Offered in alt. 
years.) 

ENG 620 16th-century Non-Dramatic English Literature. 3(3-0) F. 

ENG 630 nth-Century English Literature. 3(3-0) S. 

ENG 650 19th-century English Literature: The Romantic Period. 3(3-0) F. 

ENG 651 Studies in Chaucer. 3(3-0) F. 

ENG 655 19th-century American Literature: The Romantic Period. 3(3-0) F. 

ENG 658 Studies in Shakespeare: The Tragedies. 3(3-0) F. 

ENG 659 Studies in Shakespeare: The Comedies. 3(3-0) S. 

ENG 660 Victorian Poetry. 3(3-0) S. (Offered in alt. years.) 

ENG 661 Victorian Prose. 3(3-0) S. (Offered in alt. years.) 

ENG 662 18th-century English Literature. 3(3-0) F. 

ENG 665 19th-century American Literature: Realism and Naturalism. 3(3-0) S. 

ENG 670 20th-century British Prose. 3(3-0) S. (Offered in alt. years.) 

ENG 671 20th-century British Poetry. 3(3-0) S. (Offered in alt years.) 

ENG 675 20th-century American Prose. 3(3-0) F. (Offered in alt. years.) 

ENG 676 20th-century American Poetry. 3(3-0) F. (Offered in alt. years.) 

ENG 680 20th-century British Drama. 3(3-0) S. (Offered in alt. years.) 

ENG 681 20th-century American Drama. 3(3-0) S. (Offered in alt. years.) 

ENG 692 Special Topics in American Literature. 3(3-0) F,S. 

ENG 693 Special Topics in English Literature. 3(3-0) F,S. 

ENG 698 Bibliography and Methodology. 3(3-0) F,S. 



266 



ENG 699 Research in Literature (Thesis). Credits Arranged F,S. 

Entomology 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

ENT 201 Insects and Man. 2(2-0) F. The ways in which insects affect our lives 
today and how man deals with them, how they have altered the course of history, 
and how we may learn from them in studying their ability to adapt to their chang- 
ing environments. The aesthetic and avocational aspects of insects. Intended for 
students not in biological sciences. Moore 

ENT 301 Introduction to Forest Insects. Preq: FOR 264. 3(2-2) F. Covers the 
fundamentals of classification, development, habits and control of forest insects. 

Farrier 

ENT 312 Introduction to Economic Insects. 3(2-2) F,S. The fundamentals of 
insect classification, development, food habits and controls. Brett, Moore 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ENT (ZO) 401 Bibliographic Research in Biology. 1(1-0) F. A general course 
dealing with the literature problems of the biological scientist and how they may 
be solved. (Offered F 1976 and alt. years.) Farrier 

ENT (BS) 410 Biology of Insects. Preq: ZO 201 or 202. 3(2-2) F. Brings together 
current knowledge concerning major functional, behavioral, and adaptive charac- 
teristics of insects and stresses the underlying biological principles. Yamamoto 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ENT 502 Insect Diversity. Preq: Twelve hours of biology. 4(2-4) F. The external 
morphology of insects and a survey of the biology and identification of immature 
and adult insects. Evolutionary relationships of insects and other arthropods, 
speciation, insect zoogeography, nomenclature, and classical and recent approaches 
to systematics considered. Baker, Neunzig, Young 

ENT 503 Functional Systems of Insects. Preq: Twelve hours of biology, nine 
hours of chemistry, three hours of biochemistry, ENT 310 or equivalent. 4(2-6) S. 
The moi-phology, histology and function of the organ systems of insects. Sensory 
and general physiology lead into basic elements of insect orientation and behavior. 

Campbell, Hodgson, Yamamoto 

ENT 504 Insect Morphology. Preq: ENT 502. 3(1-4) F. External morphology, 
primary and comparative phases, with emphasis on knowledge and techniques 
which can be applied to specific problems. (Offered F 1975 and alt. years.) 

Young 

ENT 511 Systematic Entomology. Preq: ENT 301 or 312. 3(1-4) F. A detailed 
survey of the orders and families of adult insects, to acquaint the student with 
those groups and develop ability in the use of the taxonomic literature. (Offered F 
1976 and alt. years.) Young 

ENT 520 Insect Pathology. Preqs: Introductory entomology and introductory 
microbiology. 3(2-3) S. A treatment of the noninfectious and infectious diseases of 
insects, the etiological agents and infectious processes involved, immunological 
responses and applications. (Offered S 1975 and alt. years.) Brooks 



267 



ENT 531 Insect Ecology. Preq: ENT 502. 3(2-2) F. The environmental relations 
of insects, including insect development, habits, distribution and abundance. (Of- 
fered F 1975 and alt. years.) Rabb, Stinner 

ENT 541 Immature Insects. Preq: ENT 502 or equivalent. 2(1-3) F. An ad- 
vanced study of the immature stages of selected orders of insects with emphasis 
on generic and specific taxa. Primary consideration of the larval stage, but a brief 
treatment of eggs and pupae. (Offered F 1976 and alt. years.) Neunzig 

ENT 542 .\carology. Preq: ENT 301 or 312 or ZO 201. 3(2-3) S. A systematic 
survey of the mites and ticks with emphasis on identification, biolog>' and control 
of the more common and economic forms attacking material, plants and animals 
including man. (Offered S 1975 and alt. years.) Farrier 

ENT 550 Fundamentals of Insect Control. Preq: ENT 312 or 301. 3(2-2) F. The 
principles underlying modern methods for protecting food, clothing, shelter and 
health from insect attack. Guthrie 

ENT 562 .Agricultural Entomology. Preq: ENT 301 or 312. 3(2-3) S. The taxon- 
omy, biolog>' and ecology of beneficial and injurious insects and mites of agricul- 
tural crops. Advantages and limitations of the advanced concepts for controlling 
insect and mite populations on different crops. (Offered S 1975 and alt. years.) 

Bradley, Rock 

ENT (PHY. ZO) 575 Physiology of Invertebrates. 3(3-0) F. (See zoology, page 

389.) 

ENT (ZO) 582 Medical and Veterinary Entomology. Preqs: ENT 301 or 312 and 

ZO 315 or equivalent. 3(2-3) S. The morphology, taxonomy, biolog>' and control of 
the arthropod parasites and disease vectors of man and animals. The ecology and 
behavior of vectors in relation to disease transmission and control. (Offered S 1976 
and alt. years.) Axtell 

ENT 590 Special Problems. Preq: CI. Credits Arranged F,S. Original research 
on special problems in entomologj' not related to a thesis problem. Provides experi- 
ence and training in research. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ENT 602 Principles of Taxonomy. 3(1-4) S. 
ENT 611 Biochemistryof Insects. 3(3-0) F. 
ENT 622 Insect Toxicology. 3(2-3) S. 
ENT 690 Seminar. 1(1-0) F,S. 
ENT 699 Research. Credits Arranged F,S. 



Food Science 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

FS 201 Food Science and Technology. 3(2-3) F. The sciences involved in food 
processing. The role of foods and the food industi-y in the development of man. The 
relationships between production, processing and consumption. Principles and 
methods of food preservation. Laboratories and field trips to typical processing 
operations and representative food industries. Warren 



268 



1 



FS (ANS, NTR) 301 Nutrition and Man. 3(3-0) F.S- (See animal science, page 
200.) 

FS (BAE) 331 Food Engineering. Preq: PY 211 or 221. 3(2-3) F. Engineering 
concepts application to the food industry. Principles of thermodynamics, fluid flow, 
heat transfer, refrigeration and electricity. Jones, Willits 

FS 400 Foods and Nutrition. Preq: CH 220. 3(3-0) S. The health of an individual 
as related to food and the ability of his body to use food. Evaluation of normal diets 
and factors that promote optimal nutrition throughout life, and the application of 
biochemistry to uti lization of foods. Aurand 

FS 402 Food Chemistry. Preq: CH 220 or 221. 3(3-0) F. Introduction to the bio- 
chemistry of foods emphasizing basic composition, structure, properties and nutri- 
tive value. The chemistry of changes occurring during processing and utilization 
of foods. Giddings 

FS (PO) 404 Poultry Products. Preq: CH 220 or 221. 3(2-3) F. The composition, 
quality, processing and preservation of poultry meat and eggs. Ball 

FS (MB) 405 Food Microbiology. Preq: MB 301 or 401. 3(2-3) F. The micro 
organisms of importance in foods, and their cultural and metabolic activities. The 
physical and chemical destruction of microorganisms in foods and kinetics in- 
volved. The conversion of ravi^ foods by microorganisms into altered foods, and the 
nutrition, growth and preservation of the culture involved. Foods as vectors of 
human pathogens. The evolution of microbiological standards for foods. 

Speck, Adams 

FS (ANS) 409 Meat and Meat Products. Preq: CH 220. 3(2-3) S. The basic 
principles involved in processing beef, pork and lamb from the live animal to the 
various representative cured, fresh, canned and comminuted meat items currently 
produced. Blumer 

FS (BAE) 432 Food Engineering II. Preq: FS (BAE) 331. 3(2-3) S. The theory 
and principles of evaporation, drying and distillation with emphasis on applications 
in food processing. Instrumentation and control systems used in the food industry. 

Jones 

FS 490 Food Science Seminar. Preq: Sr. standing. 1(1-0) S. A review and dis- 
cussion of scientific articles, new developments and topics of current interest. 

Roberts, Warren 

FS 491 Special Topics in Food Science. Preq: Sr. standing or CI. 1-6 F,S. Topics 
are selected or assigned. Study of current topics and/or problems to gain additional 
knowledge and interpretative experience in a specific area. Staff 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

FS 503 Food Analysis. Preqs: CH 315, BCH 351, FS 402. 3(1-6) S. The principles, 
methods and techniques necessary for quantitative physical and chemical analyses 
of food and food products. Results of analyses studied and evaluated in terms of 
quality standards and governing regulations. Johnson 

FS 504 Advanced Food Chemistry. Preq: BCH 551. 3(3-0) S. The molecular 
properties of food components, their interactions and reactions and the physico- 
chemical alterations occurring in the maturation, harvest, process and storage 
stages. Aurand 



269 



FS (MB) 506 Advanced Food Microbiology. Preq: FS 405 or equivalent. 3(1-6) S. 
The interactions of microorganisms in foods and their roles in food spoilage and 
biopi-ocessing. Cellular and molecular relationships in bacterial injur>% repair and 
aging resulting from environmental stresses. Bacterial sporulations, germination, 
and physiological properties of bacterial spores. Gilliland 

FS 511 Food Research and Development. Preqs: FS 331, 402, 405. 3(2-3) S. The 
scientific principles underlying the development of new and improved food products 
and processes. Emphasis on the application of research and development principles 
to meat, poultry, and fisheries industries. Webb 

FS 516 Quality Control of Food Products. Preqs: FS 331, 402, 405. 3(2-3) S. 
Quality control fundamentals in the food industry including specifications and 
standards, testing procedures, sampling, statistical and quality control and organi- 
zation. Food products and industry problems used in the presentation with emphasis 
on dairy products. Hansen 

FS (HS) 521 Food Preservation. Preqs: MB 401 or FS 405, FS 402 or BO 421. 
3(2-3) F. Principles and methods in food preservation. Emphasis on thermal, freez- 
ing, drying and fermentation processes and their relationship to physical, chemical 
and organoleptic changes in product. The relationship of these preservation tech- 
niques to the development of an overall processing operation. Carroll 

FS (HS) 562 Post-Harvest Physiology. 3(3-0) S. (See horticultural science, page 
287.) 

FS (BAE) 585 Biorheology. 3(2-2) S. (See biological and agricultural engineer- 
ing, page 209.) 

FS 591 Special F*roblems in Food Science. Preq: Grad. or sr. standing. 1-6 F,S. 
Analysis of scientific, engineering and economic problems of current interest. The 
scientific appraisal and solution of a selected problem. Problems designed to provide 
training and experiences in research. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

FS 601 Theory of Physical Measurements of Biopolymers. 3(2-3) S. 

FS 690 Seminar in Food Science. 1(1-0) F.S. 

FS 691 Special Research Problems in Food Science. Credits Arranged F,S. 

FS 699 Research in Food Science. Credits Arranged F,S. 



Forestry 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

FOR (WPS) 101 Introduction to Forest Resources. 1(1-0) F. Professions related 
to forest resources; their scope and opportunities. Conservation of natural resources. 

Staff 

FOR 204 Silviculture. Sophomore summer camp. Preq: Jr. standing in FOR. 
2(0-6) Sum. Field exercises to enable the student to describe and measure factors 
of the forest environment, the ecology of forest communities, tree structure and 
growth, and tree and stand response to treatments which are normal parts of forest 
management operations. Duffield 



270 



FOR 210 Dendrology-Gymnosperms. Preq: BO 200. 2(1-2) S. Identification, rela- 
tionships and distribution of gymnosperm trees, emphasizing characteristics of 
genera and higher taxonomic groups. Duffield 

FOR 211 Uendrology-Angiosperms. Preq: BO 200. 2(1-2) F. Identification, rela- 
tionships and distribution of angiosperm ti*ees, emphasizing characteristics of 
genera and higher taxonomic groups. Preston 

FOR (WPS) 219 Forest Economy and its Operation. Preq: EC 212 or 201. 3(2-2) 
F. Multiple use concept of forestry; economic principles underlying production; 
investment problems; factors which influence demand for forest products. 

Steensen 

FOR 263 Dendrology. Sophomore summer camp. Preqs: FOR 210, 211. 1(0-3) 
Sum. Identification of trees, shrubs and woody vines of the Piedmont and mountain 
regions of North Carolina, principally by bark, foliage, flowers and developing 
fruits. Dxiffield, Perry 

FOR 264 Forest Protection. Sophomore summer camp. Preq: Jr. standing in 
FOR. 2(0-6) Sum. Identification and control of forest insects and diseases. Behavior 
of fire and the meteorological factors affecting it. Suppression of a large simulated 
fire, including use of modern ground equipment, aircraft and communications 

systems. Staff 

FOR 272 Forest Mensuration. 3(2-2) S. Scientific basis for the measurements and 
estimates required in forest resources management and goods and services derived 
from forest land. Includes theory of measurements, the required procedures, instru- 
mentation and statistical prerequisites, with emphasis on sampling problems. 

Steensen 

FOR (WPS) 273 Quantitative Methods in Forest Resources. Preq: Soph, stand- 
ing. 3(2-2) F,S. Problem solving techniques in forestry, wood technology, pulp and 
paper technology and recreation resources. Historical development of past tech- 
niques, assessment of present technology, and an evaluation of problem solving 
tools, including an introduction to computers. Gemmer 

FOR 274 Mapping and Mensuration. Sophomore summer camp. Preq: FOR 272. 
4(0-12) Sum. Use of surveying instruments and graphic methods in preparation of 
topographic and planimetric maps of forested areas. Measurement of height, dia- 
meter, bole form and age of trees. Study of stand density, growing stock levels and 
financial maturity. Stem analysis sampling and site index determinations. 

Jervis, Steensen 

FOR 284 Utilization. Sophomore summer camp. Preq: Jr. standing in FOR. 
1(0-3) Sum. Inspection of wood industries; expositions on manufacturing processes. 

Staff 

FOR (PP) 318 Forest Pathology. 4(3-2) S. (See plant pathology, page 341.) 

FOR 353 Air Photo Interpretation. Preq: Jr. standing. 3(2-3) S. Theoiy, princi- 
ples and techniques of utilizing air photos as data sources for planning and man- 
agement of renewable resources. Particular attention to stereoscopic identification 
and examination of the bioecological factors of terrain, plants, growing conditions, 
water, wildlife and the changes brought about by man's activities. Lammi 

FOR 405 Forest Land Management. Preqs: FOR 272, 452. 5(2-6-2) F. Manage- 
ment of forest lands for multiple benefits. Principles and techniques in regulating 
regeneration, species composition, growth and quality of woody vegetation; use of 



271 



planting, seeding, cutting, herbicides and fire in vegetation management. Applica- 
tion of financial principles to decisions regarding investments in forest management. 

Bryant, Duffield 

FOR 406 Forest Land Inventory- and Planning. Preq: FOR 405. 6(2-12) S. Appli- 
cations of land management systems, including silviculture, protection, utilization 
and related problems in evaluation of assigned forest areas. Students complete a 
resource inventor^' and submit individual plans for management of the assigned 
tract. Bryant 

FOR (WPS) 423 Logging and Milling. 3(2-3) F. (See vi^ood and paper science, 
page 385.) 

FOR (WPS) 435 Systems Analysis in Forest Products. 3(3-0) S. (See wood and 
paper science, page 385.) 

FOR 452 Silvics. Preqs: BO 200, CH 103, PY 221 or 212, mathematics through 
calculus. 4(3-2) S. Forest production can be increased by manipulating the physical 
environment, the genotype, and plant competition. The theoretical bases for these 
manipulations in applied ecology. Perry 

FOR 462 Artificial Forestation. 2(1-2) S. Biology of seed production by forest 
trees; forest tree seed collection, extraction, storage and testing; biology of tree 
seedling growth; soil aspects of nursery management; forest nursery operation; 
soil aspects of site preparation, planting and direct seeding; reforestation opera- 
tions. (Offered S 1974 and alt. years.) Duffield, Davey 

FOR 472 Renewable Resource Management. Preqs: A basic course in biology 
and economics; jr. or sr. standing. 3(3-0) S. Concepts and problems of coordinated 
use and management of renewable resources — soil, water, vegetation and fauna. 
Man as a biological factor interacting with other components of terrestrial ecologi- 
cal systems, particularly forests and related communities. Consideration of inter- 
relationships of forests, water, range-land, wildlife and outdoor recreation and 
their aesthetic and economic values. Inventory and management techniques and 
economic policies relating to renewable resources. (Not open to FOR majors.) 

Preston 

FOR 491 Senior Problems in Forestry. Preq: Consent of department. Credits 
Arranged. Faculty-approved problems in management or technology. Staff 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

FOR 501 Forest Influences and Watershed Management. Preq: Advanced under- 
grad. or grad. standing. 3(3-0) F. The effects of vegetation on climate, water and 
soil, with applications of forest influences to management of forest land resources, 
including conservation and yield of water, stabilization of streamflow and soils, 
reduction of sedimentation and general improvement of the environment. Maki 

FOR 512 F'orest Economics. Preq: Basic course in economics. 3(3-0) S. The 
setting and functioning of the forest economy. Topics include: Supply and demand 
of industrial forest products and timber raw material; competition and pricing in 
the forest industries; competitive advantage of major forest regions; optimum 
rotation decision and financial returns to forest management; problems of timber 
production on non-industrial woodlands; economic analysis of non-timber forest 
products. Holley 

FOR 571 Advanced Forest Mensuration. Preqs: FOR 272, ST 311. 3(2-2) S. The 
development of mathematical models to describe forest resources phenomena; cri- 



272 



teria for evaluating the "goodness" of such models; and methods of data collection 
for use in the evaluation. Hafley 

FOR 572 Conservation Policy Issues. Preq: Advanced undergrad. or grad. 
standing. 3(3-0) S. Analysis of attitudes of selected private groups and public 
agencies toward multiple resource development. Attention to trends in develop- 
ment of forest resource policies, timber management objectives, private industry 
activity in forest development, recreation and multiple use, education, research, 
watersheds, governmental activity, interaction in international forestry affairs 
and the role of professional foresters and related specialists in multiple use re- 
source management. Lammi 

FOR 591 Forestry Problems. Preq: Advanced undergrad. or grad. standing. 
Credits Arranged. Assigned or selected pi'oblems in silviculture, harvesting opera- 
tions, lumber manufacturing, wood science, pulp and paper science, wood chemistry 
or forest management. Staff 

FOR 599 Methods of Research in Forestry. Preq: Advanced undergrad. or grad. 
standing. Credits Arranged. Research procedures, problem analysis, working plan 
preparation, interpretation and presentation of results; evaluation of studies by 
forest research organizations; techniques and constraints in sample plots use. 

Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

FOR (GN) 611 Forest Genetics. 3(3-0) S. 

FOR (GN) 612 Advanced Topics in Quantitative Genetics. 3(3-0) F. 

FOR 613 Special Topics in Silviculture. 3(2-1) F. 

FOR 614 Advanced Topics in Forest Land Management. 3(3-0) F. 

FOR 691 Graduate Seminar. 1(1-0) F,S. 

FOR 692 Advanced Forest Management Problems. Credits Arranged. 

FOR 699 Problems in Research. Credits Arranged. 



Genetics 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

GN 301 Genetics in Human Affairs. 3(3-0) F,S. Fundamental principles of genetics 
presented at a level not requiring courses in biological sciences but sufficient for 
understanding the relation of genetics to society and technology. A survey of cur- 
rent knowledge of inheritance of human traits. McKenzie, Voelker 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics. Preq: BS 100 (Jr. standing). 3(3-0) F,S. An 
introductory course. The physical and chemical basis of inheritance; genes as 
functional and structural units of heredity and development; qualitative and 
quantitative aspects of genetics variation. Mettler 



273 



GN 412 Elementary Genetics Laboratory. Preq or coreq: GN 411. 1(0-2) F,S. 
Experiments and demonstrations provide an opportunity for practical experience 
in crossing and classifying a variety of genetic materials, particularly Drosophila. 

Mettler, Graduate Assistants 

FOR GR\DL ATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

GN 504 Human Genetics. Preq: GN 301 or 411, or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. The 
basic principles needed for an understanding of the genetics of man. Current 
knowledge and important areas of research in human genetics. Schaffer, McKenzie 

GN 505 Genetics I. Preq: GN 411 or equivalent. 4(3-2) F. Part I of a foundation 
sequence for genetics graduate programs. A balanced and comprehensive survey 
of each of the major fields of genetics presented in integrated form. Concepts based 
upon family analysis and a study of individual organisms. Coverage includes 
general plant and animal genetics, biochemical and microbial genetics, and physi- 
ological and developmental genetics. Grosch, Kloos 

GN 506 Genetics II. Preqs: GN 505, or 411 and CI. 4(3-2) S. The second portion 
of a two-semester sequence in general genetics, presented at the intermediate 
level and directed at beginning graduate students. Emphasis on the basic principles 
and modern concepts of cytogenetics, population, quantitative, and evolutionary 
genetics. Mettler, Staff 

GN (.ANS) 508 Genetics of .\nimal Improvement. 3(3-0) S. (See animal science, 
page 201.) 

GN (PO) 520 Poultry Breeding. 3(2-2) F. (See poultry science, page 349.) 

GN (ZO) 532 Biological Effects of Radiations. Preqs: BS 100 or GN 301 or CI. 

3(3-0) S. Qualitative and quantitative effects of radiations (other than the visible 
spectrum) on biological systems, to include both morphological and physiological 
aspects in a consideration of genetics, cytology, histology, and morphogenesis. 

Grosch 

GN (ZO) 540 Evolution. Preq: GN 411; Undergraduate needs CI. 3(3-0) F. The 
facts and theories of evolution in plants and animals. The causes and consequences 
of organic diversity. Smith 

GN (CS, HS) 541 Plant Breeding Methods. 3(3-0) F. (See crop science, page 232.) 

GN (CS, HS) 542 Plant Breeding Field Procedures. 2(0-4) Sum. (See crop sci- 
ence, page 232.) 

GN (CS) 545 Origin and Evolution of Cultivated Plants. 2(2-0) S. (See crop 
science, page 232.) 

GN (ZO) 550 Experimental Evolution. Preq: GN 506 or CI. 3(3-0) F. Processes 
examined at the inter- and intra- population levels. A review of the results from 
experimental population studies and analyses of natural populations concerning 
variation patterns and adaptation, natural selection, polymorphism, hybridization, 
introgression, population breeding structure, isolating mechanisms, etc., is made 
and interpreted in relation to Darwinian and modern concepts of the origin of 
species. (Offered 1975-76 and alt. years.) Mettler 

GN (BCH, MB) 561 Biochemical and Microbial Genetics. Preqs: BCH 351 or 
551, GN 411 or 505, MB 401 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. The development of the fields of 
biochemical genetics and microbial genetics emphasizing both techniques and con- 



274 



cepts currently used in research. Lectures and discussions of current research 

publications. Armstrong 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

GN (ANS) 603 Population Genetics in Animal Improvement. 3(3-0) F. 

GN (FOR) 611 Forest Genetics. 3(3-0) S. 

GN (FOR) 612 Advanced Topics in Quantitative Genetics. 3(3-0) F. 

GN (CS, HS) 613 Plant Rreeding Theory. 3(3-0) S. 

GN (ST) 626 Statistical Concepts in Genetics. 3(3-0) S. 

GN 631 Mathematical Genetics. 3(3-0) F. 

GN 633 Physiological Genetics. 3(3-0) S. 

GN 641 Colloquium in Genetics. 2(2-0) F,S. 

GN 691 Seminar. 1(1-0) F,S. 

GN 694 Selected Topics in Cytogenetics. 2(2-0) F. 

GN 695 Special Problems in Genetics. 1-3 F,S. 

GN 699 Research. Credits Arranged. 



Geology 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

GY 101 Earth Science. Not to be taken after GY 120. 3(3-0) F,S. General geology; 
changes in the earth, and underlying physical and life processes. 

GY 110 Physical Geology Laboratory. Coreq: GY 101 or 120. 1(0-2) F,S. The 
common rock forming minerals, the common rocks, topographic maps, geologic 
structures and geologic maps. Field trips. 

GY 120 Physical Geology. Not to be taken after GY 101. 2(2-0) F,S. Dynamic 
processes acting on and within the earth; materials and makeup of the earth's crust. 
For laboratory, see GY 110. 

GY 208 Environmental Physical Geography. 3(3-0) F,S. The physical conditions 
on the earth's surface that influence human activities; factors of man's environment, 
including planetary conditions, geographic location, climate and weather, soils and 
land forms. 

GY 222 Historical Geology. Preq: GY 101 or 120. 3(2-3) S. Chronologic account 
of the geologic events during the development of the earth's crust, mainly in North 
America. Evolution and environmental significance of the principal fossil animal 
and plant groups. Field trips. 

GY 323 Paleontology. Preq: GY 222. 3(2-3) F. Fossil life forms, with emphasis 
on classification and structure of the invertebrate animals and their application to 
problems of correlation of strata. Lecture, laboratories and field trips. 



275 



GY 330 Crystallography and Mineralogy. Coreq: GY 101 or 120. 3(2-3) F. The 
elements of morphological crystallography. Space lattices, crystal symmetry, sys- 
tems and classes. Stereographic projection of common forms. Identification of min- 
erals by crystallographic features, cleavage, fracture, luster, color, streak, hardness, 
specific gravity, etc. Chemical composition, varieties, occurrence, associations, 
important localities and uses. Crystal structures of selected minerals. 

GY 331 Optical Mineralogy and X Ray Diffraction. Coreq: GY 101 or 120. 4(2-0) 
S. Techniques and underlying optical theory for identifying minerals with the 
polarizing microscope. Determination of index of refraction and birefringence; 
isotropic, uniaxial or biaxial character; optical sign and orientation. Adjunct 
apparatus for statistical and petrographic studies, (feneration of x-rays, techniques 
and underlying theory for identifying by x ray diffraction. 

GY 351 Tectonic Structures. Preq: GY 101 or 120. 3(2-3) F. Geologic stress-strain 
relationships of rocks and minerals at both surface and deep-seated conditions. Rock 
deformation due to brittle plastic and elastic failure. Analysis of both macroscopic 
and microscopic structures and fabrics superimposed on rocks. Field trips and field 
projects. 

GY 400 Environmental Geology. Preq: GY 101 or 120. 3(2-1) S. Man's effect upon 
and interaction with such processes as mass-wasting soil development, erosion, 
transport and deposition of sediments, surface waters, groundwater, volcanism and 
earthquakes. Environmental aspects of mineral and petroleum usage and waste 
disposal as affected by geologic processes and materials. 

GY 415 Mineral Exploration and Evaluation. Preqs: GY 440, 452. 3(2-3) S. 
Application of the principles of geology, geophysics and geochemistry to the dis- 
covery and evaluation of mineral deposits. Design of mineral exploration and 
development programs based on knowledge of the unique thermodynamic, geo- 
chemical and tectonic features that control mineral formation and concentrations 
in well-known mining districts, especially those yielding ferrous, base and precious 
metals. Review of economic and technological factors governing the value of mineral 
deposits. Field trips. 

GY 440 Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology. Preq: GY 331. 4(3-3) S. Rocks that 
are formed at high temperatures and pressures by crystallization or solidification 
of molten magma or by solid-state recrystallization of older rocks. Application of 
principles of phase-rule chemistry, and of the results of modern high pressure- 
temperature laboratory research on the stability fields of crystalline phases to an 
understanding of igneous and metamorphic rocks. Identification, classification, 
occurrence, and origin of the principal igneous and metamorphic rocks. 

GY 452 Sedimentary Petrology. Coreq: GY 331. 4(3-3) S. Identification, classifi- 
cation, geologic occurrences, origin and economic value of minerals, rocks and min- 
eral deposits formed by physical, chemical and biological processes at low tempera- 
tures and pressures at and near the earth's surface. Hydrodynamics of sediment 
transport and deposition, settling velocities, and size sorting, chemical and bio- 
chemical precipitation from aqueous solutions. Principles of divisions of stratified 
terranes into natural units, correlation of strata, identification of depositional envi- 
ronments, and facies analysis. 

GY 461 Engineering Geology. Preq: GY 101 or 120. 3(3-0) F. Applying geologic 
principles to engineering practice; analysis of geologic factors and processes affect- 
ing specific engineering projects. (Offered F 1975 and alt. years.) 

GY 462 Geological Field Methods. Preq: GY 351 or CI. 3(1-5) S. Methods used to 
collect geologic data in the field. Introduction to geologic mapping and use of 



276 



geologic surveying instruments. Representation of geologic features by maps, 
sections, and diagrams. Field trips and field projects. 

GY 465 Geological Field Procedures. Preqs: GY 351, 440, 462. 6 Sum. Six week 
summer field course. Practical field procedures and instruments used in geologic 
mapping. Observation and interpretation of geologic phenomena in their natural 
environment. Large and intermediate scale geologic mapping of earth's surface. 

GY 491, 492 Seminar on Selected Geologic Topics. 1-3 F,S. Reports and discussion 
of geological topics of current interest with attention to methodology, bibliography 
and research techniques. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

GY 500 Regional Geology of North America. Preqs: GY 101 or 120, sr. stand- 
ing. 1-6. Field study of classic geologic localities and geomorphic processes not 
indigenous to North Carolina. Typical areas are New England and adjacent Canada, 
northern Mexico and southwestern United States, and the Pacific Northwest. 
Representative subjects include the Canadian Shield, Precambrian mineral deposits, 
the San Andreas fault, desert geomorphology, Grand Canyon stratigraphy, modern 
and ancient reefs, and glaciated volcanoes. Mineral, rock, and fossil collecting. 
Student reports required. 

GY 522 Petroleum Geology. Preq: GY 452. 3(3-0) S. Properties, origin, and modes 
of occurrence of petroleum and natural gas. Geologic and economic features of the 
principal oil and gas fields, mainly in the United States. (Offered S 1976 and alt. 
years.) 

GY 524 Continental Evolution. Preqs: GY 222, 351, 440, 452. 3(3-0) F. The 
stratigraphic and tectonic events which have shaped the continents, with emphasis 
upon North America; field trips. (Offered F 1974 and alt. years.) 

GY 532 Ore Microscopy. Preq: GY 331. 3(0-6) F. The theory and technique of 
microscopic investigation of opaque ore minerals, ores and mill products produced 
by benefication of ores. Studies of compositions and textures of materials in polished 
surfaces are based on observations of optical and physical properties, etch reactions 
and microchemical tests. (Offered F 1975 and alt. years.) 

GY 542 Microscopic Petrography. Preq: GY 440. 3(1-4) F. Systematic study by 
microscopic techniques of the constitution and origin of consolidated rocks. 

GY 545 Advanced Igneous Petrology. Preq: GY 440. 3(2-2) F. Physico-chemical 
principles related to igneous petrogenesis. General principles and specific problems 
including the origin, differentiation and emplacement of magmas and the possible 
relationships of igneous processes to global tectonics. (Offered F 1975 and alt.) 
years.) 

GY 546 Advanced Metamorphic Petrology. Preq: GY 440. 3(2-2) F. The petro- 
genesis of metamorphic rocks including factors of metamorphism, metamorphic 
facies concept, metamorphic facies series, contact metamorphism, regional dynamo- 
thermal metamorphism, burial metamorphism, ACF-AKF diagrams and feldspars 
of metamorphic rocks. (Offered F 1974 and alt. years.) 

GY 552 Exploratory Geophysics. Preqs: GY 351, PY 208 or 212. 3(3-0) S. Funda- 
mental principles underlying all geophysical methods; procedure and instruments 
involved in gravitational, magnetic, seismic, electrical and other methods of study- 
ing geological structures and conditions. Spontaneous potential, resistivity, radio- 
activity, temperature, and other geophysical logging methods. Study of applications 
and interpretations of results (Offered S 1975 and alt. years.) 



277 



GY 563 Applied Sedimentary Analysis. Preqs: GY 452, ST 361. 3(2-2) F. Exten- 
sion of GY 452, with emphasis on coarser grained detrital and chemical sedimentary 
rocks. Sampling of sedimentary population, critical study of assumptions under- 
lying standard measurement techniques; treatment, testing and evaluation of sedi- 
mentary data; application to problems in sedimentology. (Offered F 1974 and alt. 
years.) 

GY 564 Sedimentary Environments of Deposition. Preq: GY 452 or grad. stand- 
ing. 3(2-3) S. Fabric of large sedimentary basins in terms of the spatial distribution 
of component major rock facies; current litho-genetic models illustrating internal 
lithic relationships, variability, and predictability; evolution of litho-genetic units; 
comparison with recent equivalents; field trips. 

GY 565 Hydrogeology. Preq: GY 452. 3(3-0) S. Occurrence and sources of surface 
and subsurface water. Relationships of surface water to subsurface water. Rock 
properties affecting infiltration, movement, lateral and vertical distribution, and 
quality of ground water. Determination of permeability, capacity, specific yield, and 
other hydraulic characteristics of aquifiers. Principles of well design, legal aspects 
of water supplies. (Offered S 1975 and alt. years.) 

GY 567 Geochemistry. Preq: CH 331 or 433. 3(3-0) F. The quantitative distribu- 
tion of elements in the earth's crust, the hydrosphere and the atmosphere. Applica- 
tion of the laws of chemical equilibrium and resultant chemical reactions to natural 
earth systems. Geochemical application of Eh-pH diagrams. Geochemical cycles. 
Isotype geochemistry. (Offered F 1974 and alt. years.) 

GY 581 Geomorphology. Preqs: GY 101 or 120 plus appropriate background. 
3(2-3) F. Land forms and their relations to processes, stages of development, and 
adjustments to structure. Emphasis on mass- wasting, fluvial geomorphology of 
humid and arid climates, coasts, karst, and eolian processes. Lectvires, map 
interpretations, and field trips. 

GY 582 Quaternary Geology. Preqs: GY 101 or 120, sr. standing. 3(3-0) F. Glaci- 
ology, glacial geology. Pleistocene stratigraphy, periglacial geomorphology; 
Quaternary volcanism, tectonism, and sea-level fluctuations; late Cenozoic climate 
changes; field trips. (Offered S 1975 and alt. years.) 

GY 583 Photogeology. Preq: GY 101 or 120. 3(2-2) S. The stereoscopic study of 
aerial photographs to obtain geologic information. The construction of bedrock and 
surficial geologic maps from aerial photographs. Aspects of remote sensing useful 
in geologic interpretation. 

GY (MAS) 584 Marine Geology. Preqs: GY 452, or 101 or 120 plus appropriate 
background. 3(3-0) S. Morphology, structure and origin of ocean basins with their 
diverse features and their relations to the continents. Physical and chemical prop- 
erties of the oceans, sedimentation in the marine environment and near-shore 
features. The economic potential of mineral resources derived from oceanic areas. 
(Offered S 1976 and alt. years.) 

GY 593 Advanced Topics in Geology. Preq: CI. 1-6 F,S. Special study of some 
advanced phases of geology. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

GY 611, 612 Advanced Economic Geology. 3(3-0) F,S. 
GY 630 Geotectonics. 3(3-0) F. 



278 



GY 695 Seminar. 1(1-0) F,S. 

GY 699 Geological Research. Credits Arranged. 

History 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

INTRODUCTORY COURSES: (200 level) Open to all students urithout pre- 
requisite. Previous course work in any paHicular field of history is not necessary 
in order to take any introductory course. 

HI 204 Western Civilization to 1400. 3(3-0) F,S. A survey from earliest times to 
the end of the medieval era, treating the major civilizations which contributed to 
the development of Western Civilization. 

HI 205 Western Civilization Since 1400. 3(3-0) F,S. A survey of Western Civiliza- 
tion from the Renaissance to the present. 

HI 207 The Ancient World to 180 A.D. 3(3-0) F,S. The ancient cultures of the 
Middle East and Graeco-Roman civilization, including Egyptian, Minoan, Myce- 
nean, Greek, and Roman societies and cultures. 

HI 208 The Middle Ages. 3(3-0) F,S. Medieval civilization as it emerged from the 
declining Roman Empire through its apogee in the 13th century. The transition 
from the classical to the medieval world, the impact of the Germanic influx, and 
the political, economic, and social institutions of the High Middle Ages. 

HI 209 Renaissance to Waterloo 1300-1815. 3(3-0) F,S. A survey of all aspects 
of the period of transition from the medieval to the modem world. Includes the 
decline of medieval institutions, the Renaissance, the Reformation and Counter- 
Reformation, rise of Absolutism, the English 17th-century revolution, the French 
Revolution and Napoleonic era. 

HI 210 Europe in the 19th Century. 3(3-0) F,S. Major political, economic and 
cultural developments. Subjects are settlement of the Congress of Vienna, the 
impact of liberalism and nationalism, thought and culture of the 19th and 20th 
centuries, European imperialism, and the two World Wars and their aftermath. 

HI 215 Latin America to 1826. 3(3-0) F,S. The origins and development of social 
political, economic and religious institutions from pre-conquest times to the achieve- 
ment of independence. The ancient American cultures; Spain and Portugal before 
1492; the conquest and settlement; Spanish rule in theory and practice; economic 
life; the Church; land and labor; the African contribution; the Portuguese in 
Brazil; the independence movements. 

HI 216 Latin America Since 1826. 3(3-0) F,S. Social, political, economic and 
intellectual life in the 19th and 20th centuries. Major attention to Mexico, Argen- 
tina, Brazil, Peru and Cuba. Topics include the social structure of the new nations; 
19th century liberalism; the force of tradition; relations with Europe and the 
United States; the Monroe Doctrine and U.S. intervention; economic change; 
caudillo rule; 20th century upheavals; the Mexican Revolution; Peron's Argen- 
tina; Castro and Latin America. 

HI 233 The World in the 20th Century. 3(3-0) F,S. National and international 
problems in the Western and non-Western world, including institutions and ideas 



279 



at the turn of the century, origins and effects of the First World War, the post-war 
challenge to Western democratic supremacy from within and without, the Second 
World War, and problems of the post-war period. 

HI 241 United States 1750-1789. 3(3-0) F.S. The European background of Ameri- 
can history; establishment of English colonies in America; colonial historical devel- 
opment; the conflict with England, the securing of independence and the establish- 
ment of independent government. 

HI 242 United States 1789-1845. 3(3-0) F,S. Inauguration of the new nation; 
territorial expansion and the westward movement; growth of democracy and social 
reform; development of national feeling and sectional tensions. 

HI 243 United States 1845-1914. 3(3-0) F,S. The coming of the Civil War; the war 
and the reconstruction; the rise of industrialism and the Populist and Progressive 
response; the emergence of the United States as a world power. 

HI 244 United States, Since 1914. 3(3-0) F,S. The United States and the First 
World War; the society in the 1920's; the Great Depression and the New Deal; the 
Second World War and post-war international problems; the Truman and Eisen- 
hower years; America in the 1960's and 1970's. 

HI 263 Traditional East Asia: Prehistory to 1800. 3(3-0) F,S. Introduction to 
the civilizations of China, Japan and Korea prior to the penetration of Western insti- 
tutions and ideas. 

HI 264 Modern East Asia: 1800 to Present. 3(3-0) F,S. The western impact and 
the responses in China, Japan and the smaller nations of East and Southeast Asia. 

HI 265 Introduction to South Asian Civilization. 3(3-0) F,S. The traditional civil- 
izations of the Indo-Pakistani sub-continent and the historical, p>olitical, economic, 
religious and literary factors which shaped the central thought patterns and insti- 
tutions. Concentration on the major religious systems which are the core of the 
Indo-Pakistani way of life: Hinduism, Buddhism and Islam. 

HI 266 Modern South Asia 1700 to Present. 3(3-0) F,S. Major developments from 
the British conquest to the present. Emphasis on the development of Indian and 
Pakistani nationalism under British rule, on the changes in Indo-Pakistani society 
under the impact of modernization and on p)ost-independence histories of India 
and Pakistan. 

HI 272 The Afro-American in America. 3(3-0) F,S. A brief consideration of his 
African background, and the particular role, experience and influence of the Afro- 
American at various stages in the development of the United States. 

HI 298 Special Projects in History. 1-3 F,S. Utilized for guided research or experi- 
mental classes at the soph, level. Staff 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

NOTE: Prerequisite for 300 and UOO level couraea: Three hours of history. 

HI 321 Ancient and Medieval Science. 3(3-0) F. Selected topics to examine how 
pre-modern "science" differed from the science that emerged after the "Scientific 
Revolution" of the 17th century. The relations of science to social and economic 
factors, technology, magic, and religion. Examples from pre-history, Mesopotamia, 
Egypt, China, India, Greece, Rome, Islam and the Medieval and Renaissance West. 

Sylla 



280 



HI 322 Rise of Modern Science. 3(3-0) F,S. The "Scientific Revolution" of the 16th 
and 17th centuries. Analysis of Newton's System. The origins of modern chemis- 
try, geology and evolution theory. The radical revision of Newtonian theory in the 
20th century. These developments are considered within the context of the great 
historic movements of their time. Mulholland, Sylla 

HI 341 Technology in History. 3(3-0) S. The role of technology in society from 
earliest times to the present. The achievements of technology and their impact on 
society as a whole are examined along with the social status, education, sources of 
support, and relationships to church and government of scientists and engineers 
in various periods. Mulholland 

HI 351 English History (to 1688). 3(3-0) F,S. The evolution of the English consti- 
tution and the political, social and economic background of English cultural 
development. Begemann, Carlton, Downs 

HI 352 English History (since 1688). 3(3-0) F,S. The evolution of the English 
constitution and the political, social, and economic background of English cultural 
development. Begemann, Carlton, Downs 

HI (EC) 370 The Rise of Industrialism. 3(3-0) F. (See economics, page 236.) 

HI (EC) 371 Evolution of the American Economy. 3(3-0) F. (See economics, 
page 236.) 

HI 400 Civilization of the Ancient Near East. 3(3-0) S. The civilization of Meso- 
potamia and Egypt from earliest times to the fall of Babylon in 539 B.C. Sack 

HI 403 Ancient Greek Civilization. 3(3-0) S. The history of the Hellenes from 
the Minoan civilization through Alexander's legacy, with readings in Herodotus 
and Thucydides. Sack 

HI 404 Rome to 180 A.D. 3(3-0) F. Roman development from the Etruscans 
through Emperor Marcus Aurelius (180 A.D.). Examines through readings in Livy 
and Tacitus the great political achievement which saw Rome rise from a cattle- 
town on the Tiber to the head of an Empire. Riddle 

HI 406 From Roman Empire to Middle Ages. 3(3-0) S. Using primarily trans- 
lated Latin sources the course deals with the decline of Imperial Rome, and its 
succession by new Christian, Germanic, and Islamic civilizations. Riddle 

HI 410 Italian Renaissance. 3(3-0) F. Renaissance humanism, an educational 
ideal and an awareness of man as the sole creator in the historical world, will be 
examined in its relationship to the Italian republics and princedoms of the 14th 
through the 16th century. Banker 

HI 411 The Protestant and Catholic Reformation of the Sixteenth Century. 

3(3-0) S. The conditions and criticisms which led to reform and the nature of the 
institutional and theological changes affected by the various churches and sects. 
Special attention to Luther and Calvin. Banker 

HI 414 The Age of Absolutism. 3(3-0) F. Concentrates on the development of 
royal absolutism in 17th century Europe, the nature of the institutions which 
supported it, the particular cultural forms and patterns which it generated, and 
the reasons for its decline in the 18th century. Greenlaw 

HI 415 Revolutionary Europe. 3(3-0) S. A broadly based analysis of Europe's 
first revolutionary era. The revolution in thought called the Enlightenment, the 



281 



causes and character of the Revolution in France, the impact of these events in 
France and Europe. Greenlaw 

HI 418 Fascism in Germany and Italy. 1919-1945. 3(3-0) S. Hitler and Mussolini: 
Two aspects of European Fascism in the interwar period. Suva! 

HI 425 Tudor and Stuart England. 3(3-0) S. The permanent political crisis set 
into motion by the Reformation culminating in the English Civil War. Emphasis 
on certain key developments in social, political and economic life such as the 
development of a new concept of kingship, the growing independence of Parliament, 
the search for religious uniformity and the changing status of the aristocracy and 
gentry. Carlton 

HI 428 England in the Age of the American Revolution. 3(3-0) F. English politi- 
cal, economic, social and imperial ideas and institutions between 1763 and 1783 
with emphasis on how these affected and were affected by the War of the American 
Revolution. Downs 

HI 429 Twentieth Century Britain. 3(3-0) S. British political, social and economic 

history since 1914, with reference to the effects of two world wars, the growth of 
the welfare state, British decline as a power, and the search for a new role in the 
world. Carlton 

HI 430 Modern France. 3(3-0) S. The major trends since the downfall of Napo- 
leon I with a short preliminary survey of the old regime and the revolutionary 
period 1789-1815. Cultural, economic, social and intellectual trends are stressed as 
well as the political. The ways in which France has been a seedbed for new move- 
ments in Europe. Brown 

HI 432 Germany Since 1848. 3(3-0) S. German history from the revolutions of 
1848 to the present, concentrating on problems of nationalism and political and 
social reform. Suva! 

HI 435 A Century of Nationalism: East-Central Europe, 1848-1948. 3(3-0) S. 
Nationalistic movements, largely within the Austro-Hungarian, Russian, Otto- 
man, and German Empires for independent sovereignty, and with the attainment 
of this goal the continuing conflicts within and between the successor states and 
their roles in the conflicts of the great 20th century forces. Brown 

HI 438 History of Russia to 1881. 3(3-0) F. The social, political, economic and 
cultural history of Kiev Rus., Muscovj' and Imperial Russia through the emanci- 
pation of the serfs and the fundamental reforms that followed. Emphasis on internal 
developments; some attention to foreign policy. Wheeler 

HI 439 History of Russia Since 1881. 3(3-0) S. The history of Russia and the 
Soviet Union from the great reforms of the 19th century to modern times, emphasiz- 
ing political, religious, and cultural trends that underlie the development of the 
Russian state and society and the position of the U.S.S.R. in the world today. (Some 
attention to foreign policy with emphasis on Soviet period.) Wheeler 

HI 442 The United States: Revolution to Constitution. 3(3-0) F. The conflict 
with Great Britain after 1763 leading to the declaring of independence; the war 
for American independence in its military and diplomatic aspects; the domestic 
problems; the foreign relations in the post-war years; the establishment of govern- 
ment in the new nation. Staff 

HI 443 The Age of Jefferson. 3(3-0) S. The political, social, economic, intellectual 
and diplomatic aspects of United States history from the adoption of the Constitu- 
tion in 1789 through the second Madison administration. Establishment of the 



282 



federal government; implementation of Hamilton's financial system; foreign affairs 
during the Wars of the French Revolution; rise of political parties; triumph of the 
Jeffersonian Republicans; territorial expansion of the United States; War of 1812. 

Wishy 

HI 444 The Age of Jackson, 1815-1850. 3(3-0) F. Political, social, cultural and 
economic developments from the Era of Grood Feelings to the Compromise of 1850. 
Readings organized around four major interpretations of the period. King 

HI 446 Civil War and Reconstruction. 3(3-0) S. The period of sectional strife and 
war. Examination of the impact of the war on the United States and the efforts to 
reconstruct the South on a national basis. Harris 

HI 448 Populism and Progressivism. 3(3-0) F. The two most important general 
reform movements in the United States during the late 19th and early 20th cen- 
turies, the "agrarian crusade" and the Progressive movement, are examined in 
the context of the economics, politics, society, and ethics of their time. Noblin 

HI 452 Recent America. 3(3-0) F. Some of the major problems in American life 
since 1939. Hobbs 

HI 454 U.S. Foreign Relations. 3(3-0) F. The origins of American foreign policy 
and the conduct of diplomacy in the era since the United States became a world 
power. Stresses complex array of personalities, ideas, institutions and forces in- 
volved in shaping and implementing policy. Beers 

HI 458 Significant Figures in 20th Century America. 3(3-0) S. The impact on 
American life in the 20th century of important people in fields of politics, war and 
peace, sports and various forms of communication. Hobbs 

HI 461 Civilization of the Old South. 3(3-0) S. The distinctive features of the Old 
South as part of the regional development of United States history. Consideration 
of colonial factors in the making of the South, development of the plantation system 
and Negro slavery. Southern social order, intellectual and cultural life, economic 
development, and rise of Southern nationalism. Elliott 

HI 463 North Carolina to 1860. 3(3-0) F. North Carolina history from the earhest 
explorations through the 1850's. Elliott 

HI 464 North Carolina Since 1860. 3(3-0) S. North Carolina history from the eve 
of the Civil War to the present. Noblin 

HI 467 Modern Mexico. 3(3-0) F. Major developments in Mexican national life 
since 1821. The 19th century: the era of Santa Anna, the war with the United 
States, the Reform, the French intervention, and the dictatorship of Porfirio Diaz. 
The 1910 Revolution and the resulting transformation of Mexico's political, social 
and economic institutions. Reading knowledge of Spanish helpful, but not required. 

Beezley 

HI 469 Twentieth-Century Latin American Revolutions. 3(3-0) F. The variety of 
revolutionary changes in certain 20th century Latin American republics. Con- 
centrates on Argentina, Bolivia, Peru, and Cuba, but includes some other nations. 
Examines movements dedicated to the overthrow of traditional liberal institutions 
and their replacement by other political, social, and economic systems. 

Beezley 

HI 471 Revolutionary China. 3(3-0) S. The failure of traditional Chinese society 
to find means of accommodation with the West. The emergence of the revolutionary 
Communist state and society. Metzgar 



283 



HI 472 Modern Japan, 1850 to Present. 3(3-0) F. Japan's emergence as a nation 
and world power. Czupryna 

HI 473 20th Century Asian Revolutionaries. 3(3-0) S. Use of psycho-historical 
techniques for the comparative study of the lives and works of great figures in 20th 
century Asia: Sun Yat-sen, Mao Tse-tung, Mohandas Gandhi and Jawarharlal 
Nehru. Metzgar 

HI 477 British Empire and Commonwealth. 3(3-0) S. The evolution of colonial 
self-government and the transformation of imperial relationships in the former 
British dependencies in Canada, the West Indies, Africa, Asia, and the Pacific 
Islands. Downs 

HI 491 Seminar in History. 3(3-0) F,S. Open to srs. in history, other srs. and grad. 
students with departmental permission. Staff 

HI 492 Seminar in History. 3(3-0) F,S. Required of all HI majors. Open to other 
srs. and grad. students with departmental permission. Staff 

HI 498 Special Topics in History. 1-6 F,S. Extensive readings on predetermined 
topics focused around a central theme. Staff 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

NOTE: Prerequisite for all history courses at the 500 and 600 level is six hours 
of advarwed history or equivalent. 

HI 515 High Middle Ages. 3(3-0) S. An analysis of medieval culture. Topics such 
as the revival of the Roman Empire, monastic and papal reform, the rise of uni- 
versities, the evolution of representative bodies, the (jothic style, troubadour and 
goliardic poetry, scholasticism, and the revival of Roman law. Riddle 

HI 530 Era of the French Revolution and Napoleon. 3(3-0) F. Aspects of the 
French Revolution and the Napoleonic era which are currently subject to differing 
interpretations. Greenlaw 

HI 532 History of Great Britain, 1820-1914. 3(3-0) F. Great Britain from the 
Regency of George IV to the outbreak of World War I with emphasis on the most 
significant developments in constitutional, religious, and economic ideas and 
institutions. Downs 

HI 536 History of International Relations Since 1870. 3(3-0) F. European diplo- 
matic history and world international relations from the Franco-Prussian War 
through both World Wars up to the present. Emphasis on policies and attempts 
to solve international problems. Brown 

HI 545 The American Civil War. 3(3-0) F. Events that led to the disruption of 
the union and intensive study of the war, emphasizing non-military aspects. Only 
the major military campaigns are discussed. Harris 

HI 546 Reconstruction of the American Union. 3(3-0) S. The difficulties involved 
in the restoration and readjustment of American society after the Civil War. 
Attention to social and economic conditions in the defeated South, military recon- 
struction and Republican ascendancy in the region. Harris 

HI 548 The American Response to Industrialism. 3(3-0) S. The industrialization 
of the American economy and efforts to deal with the ensuing transformation of 
American life through politics, social institutions and ideas. Noblin 



284 



i 



HI 551 History and Principles of the Administration of Archives and Manuscripts. 

3(3-0) F. The nature, importance and use of original manuscript resources; the 
history and evolution of written records, and the institutions administering them. 

Mitchell 

HI 552 Application of Principles of Administration of Archives and Manuscripts. 

Preq: HI 551. 3(3-0) S. Internship training applies principles and practices of 
archival management. Mitchell 

HI 561 U.S. Far Eastern Relations. 3(3-0) S. American expansion into the Pacific 
and involvement in Asian affairs. Both official diplomatic relations and unofficial 
contacts (by missionaries, educators, businessmen, and the like) which influenced 
Americans. Beers 

HI 565 The History of Urban Life in the U.S., 1607-1865. 3(3-0) F. Designed to 
give an understanding of the historical background of today's urban problems. 

King 

HI 566 The History of Urban Life in the U.S., 1865-Present. 3(3-0) S. Designed 
to give the student an understanding of the historical background of today's urban 
problems. King 

HI 575 History of Soviet Russia Since 1930. 3(3-0) F. An analysis of the domestic 
and foreign policies of the Soviet Union since 1930 with emphasis on the position 
of the Soviet Union in the world since 1945. Wheeler 

HI 598 Special Topics in History. 1-6 F,S. Topics of interest to advanced students 
under faculty direction on a tutorial basis. Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

HI 601 Historiography and Historical Method. 3(3-0) F. 

HI 602 Seminar in American History. 3(3-0) S. 

HI 604 Seminar in European History. 3(3-0) S. 

HI 606 Seminar in Diplomatic History. 3(3-0) S. 

HI 699 Research in History. Credits Arranged. 



Horticultural Science 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

HS 201 Principles of Horticulture. 3(3-0) F,S. Basic principles of production, 
processing and utilization of fruit, vegetable, flower, and ornamental crops. The 
economic importance and distribution of horticultural enterprises. The roles of 
horticulture in world nutrition and food supply, improvement of environmental 
quality in the landscape, aesthetic values, and medicinal uses. Cochran 

HS 211, 212 Ornamental Plants. Preq: BS 100. 3(1-5) F,S. Identification, 
distribution, g^rowth characteristics, adaptation, and usage of ornamental trees, 
shrubs, vines, and herbaceous plants in the landscape. Southall 



285 



HS 301 IMant Propagation. Preq: BS 100, or BO 200. 3(2-2) F.S. The prin- 
ciples, methods, and practices in seedage, cuttage, division, budding, grafting, and 
other methods of propagation. Influence of hereditary, environmental, and path- 
ological variations on the plant products. Galletta 

HS 342 Landscape Horticulture. 3(2-3) F,S. Application of design principles to 
landscaping small properties and selecting and planting trees, shrubs, flowers, and 
lawn grasses. Students will work out detailed landscape plans. Field trips to homes 
and gardens. Staff 

HS 411 Nursery Management. Preqs: BS 100, SSC 200. 3(2-3) F,S. Principles 
and practices of production, management, and marketing of field-grown and 
container-grown nursery plants. Field trips. Staff 

HS 414 Residential Landscaping. Preqs: HS 211, 212, SSC 200. 4(2-6) F,S. 
Landscape planning and development of residential properties to create an aes- 
thetic and functional composition to complement the home. Required completion 
of planting plans including design, plant lists, planting details, and technical 
specifications. Staff 

HS 421 Fruit Production. Preqs: BS 100, SSC 200. 3(2-3) F. Identification, 
adaptation, and methods of production and marketing of the principal fruit crops. 
Modern practices as related to selection of sites, nutritional requirements, man- 
agement practices, and marketing procedures. Correll 

HS 432 Vegetable Production. Preqs: BS 100, SSC 200. 3(2-3) F. The origin, 
importance, distribution, botanical relationships, and principles of production and 
marketing of the major vegetable crops. Commercial production stressed. (Offered 
F 1974 and alt. years.) Miller 

HS 441 Floriculture I. Preqs: BS 100, SSC 200. 3(2-3) F. Greenhouse site selec- 
tion and construction. The influence and control of environmental factors affecting 
growth and flowering of floricultural crops. (Offered F 1975 and alt. years.) 

Larson 

HS 442 Floriculture II. Preqs: BS 100, SSC 200. 3(2-3) S. Cultural requirements 
and marketing procedures for floricultural crops. Acquaintance with these crops 
through classroom and laboratory experiences. (Offered S 1976 and alt. years.) 

Larson 

HS 471 Arboriculture. Preqs: BS 100, SSC 200. 3(2-3) S. Principles and practices 
for care and maintenai'je of ornamental trees and shrubs. Transplanting, fertiliza- 
tion, control of insects and diseases, bracing and cabling, and control of tree growth 
by chemical or pruning techniques. (Offered S 1976 and alt. years.) Staff 

HS 491 Senior Seminar in Horticultural Science. Preq: Consent of department. 
1(1-0) F,S. Presentation of scientific articles, progress reports in research, and 
special problems in horticulture and related fields. Department Head 

HS 495 Special Topics in Horticultural Science. 1-6 F,S. Study in one or more of 
the following: an intensive literature review, experimental investigation with 
instructor guidance, or new course development on a trial basis. Staff 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

HS (CS) 514 Principles and Methods in Weed Science. Preq: CS 414 or equiva- 
lent. 3(2-2) S. Losses caused by weeds, the ecology of weeds, biological control, basic 
concepts of weed management, herbicide-crop relationships and herbicide develop- 



286 



merit. Introduction to greenhouse and bioassay techniques used in herbicide work 
and to field research techniques supplemented by laboratory and field exercises. 

Monaco 

HS (FS) 521 Food Preservation. 3(2-3) F. (See food science, page 270.) 

HS (CS, GN) 541 Plant Breeding Methods. 3(3-0) F. (See crop science, page 232.) 

HS (CS. GN) 542 Plant Breeding Field Procedures. 2(0-4) Sum. (See crop science, 
page 232.) 

HS 552 Growth of Horticultural Plants. Preq: BO 421. 3(2-3) F. Exercises in 
tissue culture principles and techniques as they relate to horticulture. Emphasis 
on endogenous controls of plant growth and the role of growth regulating com- 
pounds in horticultural research and production. Graduate Staff 

HS (FS) 562 Post-Harvest Physiology. Preq: BO 421. 3(3-0) S. Chemical and 
physiological changes that occur during handling, transportation, and storage which 
affect the quality of horticultural crops. Preharvest and postharvest conditions 
which influence these changes. Graduate Staff 

HS 599 Research Principles. Preq: CI. 1-6 F,S. Investigation of a horticultural 
problem under faculty direction. Practice in experimental techniques and proce- 
dures, critical review of literature and scientific writing. The problem may last 
one or two semesters with credits determined by the nature of the problem. A 
written report and final oral exam are required. Graduate Staff 

FOR GR\DUATES ONLY 

HS (CS, GN) 613 Plant Breeding Theory. 3(3-0) S. 

HS (CS, SSC) 614 Herbicide Behavior in Plants and Soils. 3(3-0) F., 1975 and 
alt. years. 

HS 621 Methods and Evaluation of Horticultural Research. 3(3-0) F. 

HS 622 Mineral Nutrition in Plants. 3(2-3) S. (Offered S 1975 and alt. years.) 

HS 691 Seminar. 1(1-0) F,S. 

HS 699 Research. Credits Arranged. 

Industrial Arts 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

I A 100 Introduction to Industrial Arts. 1(1-0) F. Orients the student to college 
life and to the philosophy, objectives and scope of industrial arts as related to 
teacher education and industrial employment. A study of professional problems and 
opportunities. Staff 

lA 102 Fundamentals of Materials and Processes. 4(2-4) F,S. Systematic study 
of structure and characteristics of selected materials and the processes utilized in 
shaping, forming, cutting, machining and finishing them into products. Attention 
to the requirements of manufacturing of products. Experiences in graphic com- 
munication, demonstrations of hand and machine tools, and student participation 
in laboratory problems in the identification and testing of materials. Staff 



287 



lA 103 Drafting I. 3(1-4) S. Service course for agricultural education. Graphical 
communication encompassing sketching and instrument drawing. Theory and 
practice taught through the medium of freehand sketching involving oblique, 
isometric, perspective, exploded, assembly, sections and ortheographic projection 
type drawings. Also, blackboard sketching. Troxler 

lA 105 Drafting. Preq: lA 102. 4(2-4) F,S. Theory and practice in 
technical communication through the sketching and drafting media. Practice in 
both sketching and instrument drawing in the orthographic projection, pictorial 
drawing, sections, revolutions and sheet metal development. Troxler 

I A 203 Technical Sketching. 2(1-2) S. The application of drawing practices for 
the layman. Freehand sketching, pictorial representation, production sketches, 
template drawing, exploded views, shades and shadows. Individual problems and 
selected graphic representation. Troxler 

lA 205 Industrial Arts Design. Preq: lA 100, 209, and 210. 3(1-4) F,S. Design as 
it relates to industry and the industrial arts laboratory. Creative design and indi- 
vidual expression through problems involving utilization of industrial material 
for human needs. Troxler 

lA 209 Wood Processing. Preq: lA 102. 4(2-4) F,S. Provides an orientation to 
the processes of designing, developing and producing wood products through 
lectures, discussions and planned experiences in the various woodworking areas. 
Emphasis on planning and developing wood products in the industrial arts labora- 
tory, and on an analysis of typical products and industrial practices. A research 
report will be required. Staff 

lA 210 Metal Technology. Preqs: lA 102, 105. 4(2-4) F,S. Provides an orientation 
to the process of designing, developing and producing metal products. Instruction 
will be through lectures, discussions and planned experiences in the basic metal- 
working areas. Emphasis on planning and developing of metal products in the 
industrial arts laboratory, coupled with analysis of typical products and industrial 
practices. A research report will be required. Baker 

lA 230 Drafting II. Preq: lA 105. 3(1-4) S. Laboratory exercises in problem 
solutions through the drawing method. The skill of application and utilization of 
drawing as a means of communication will be emphasized. Troxler 

lA 304 General Shop Organization. Preqs: lA 105, 209, 210, 312. 2(1-2) S. Appli- 
cation of principles of general shop organization and operation. Analysis of products. 
Methods and techniques of production of laboratory projects including a variety of 
materials suitable to varying educational levels. Young 

lA 306 Graphic Arts. Preq: lA 102. 4(2-4) S. An introduction to the basic printing 
areas of letterpress, offset, photography, silk screen and bookbinding with emphasis 
on course outline and subject matter for the secondary schools. Bame 

lA 312 Electricity-Electronics. Preqs: PY 211, 212 or CI. 4(3-3) F,S. The basic 
principles of electricity and electronics; AC and DC circuits; electrical machinery; 
and electronics, including power supplies, amplifiers, oscillators and tuned cir- 
cuits. Applications and examples of the common experiences such as power and 
light circuits, motors and controls, measuring and servicing instruments, power 
supplies, amplifiers, radios, and electronic control circuits. Young 

lA 315 General Ceramics. 3(1-4) S. Work with ceramic materials as a medium 
of expression. Experience in the basic manufacturing processes of the ceramic 
industry. Emphasis on the sources of clay, designing, forming, decorating and 
firingof ceramic products. Staff 



288 



lA 412 Electrical Practicum. Preq: lA 312 or equivalent. 3(1-4) S. A study of 
design, layout and construction of basic apparatus in the fields of electricity and 
electronics. Emphasis upon use of tools and hardware of the electrical trades. 

Young 

lA 465 Independent Study in Industrial Arts. Maximum 6. Preq: Sr. standing. 
Designed to develop problem-solving ability through research activities in indus- 
trial arts. Problems in industrial arts curriculum, method and content are selected, 
designs or plans of action are prepared, and final papers are presented and defended 
before a faculty committee. Staff 

lA 480 Modern Industries. Preq: Sr. standing. 3(3-0) F,S. Overview of modern 
industry's function and organization. Principles of work simplification, motion 
economy, processing and scheduHng. The effects of technological change on labor, 
management and consumer. Attention on contributions of technology to specific 
industrial processes in machining, forming, fabricating in relationship to principles, 
types of equipment and usage areas. Young 

lA 484 School Shop Planning and Equipment Selection. 3(3-0) F. The physical 
planning of school shops and laboratories; selection of tools and equipment. When- 
ever possible, actual contemplated school buildings will be used for class work. 

Bame 

lA 510 Design for Industrial Arts Teachers. Preqs: Six hours drawing, lA 205 
or equivalent. 3(2-2) Sum. New developments in design emphasizing the relation- 
ship of material and form in the selection and designing of industrial arts projects. 

Graduate Staff 

I A (ED) 560 New Developments in Industrial Arts Education. Preqs: 12 hours 
ED, teaching experience. 3(3-0) F,S. Assists teachers and administrators in develop- 
ing new concepts and new content based on the changes in technology. They will 
be required to reevaluate their programs considering new concepts and content. 

Graduate Staff 

lA 590 Laboratory Problems in Industrial Arts. Preqs: Sr. standing, CI. Maxi- 
mum 6. Based on individual problems and designed for advanced majors in indus- 
trial arts education. An opportunity to broaden or intensify knowledge and abilities 
through investigation and research in metals, plastics or ceramics. 

Graduate Staff 

I A 592 Special Problems in Industrial Arts. Preq: One term of student teaching 
or equivalent. Maximum 6. Purpose is to broaden the subject matter experiences 
in industrial arts. Problems involving experimentation, investigation and research 
in one or more industrial arts areas will be required. Graduate Staff 

lA (ED) 595 Industrial Arts Workshop. Preq: One or more years of teaching 
experience. 3(3-0) Sum. For experienced teachers, administrators and supervisors 
of industrial arts to develop sound principles and practices for initiating, con- 
ducting, and evaluating programs. EnroUees will pool their knowledge and practical 
experiences and will do intensive research work on individual and group programs. 

Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

lA 645 Technology and Industrial Arts. 3(3-0) F,S. 

lA (ED) 660 Industrial Arts Curriculum. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. 



289 



Industrial Engineering 

IE 200 Introduction to Industrial Engineering. 1(0-3) F. Industrial and manage- 
ment engineering practices and concepts in operational planning and control, 
human performance, resource allocation, manufacturing management, and/or 
management systems. Illustrations of such functions in industrial, commercial, 
government or service organizations. Site visits, discussions and problems which 
relate to the design and operation of integrated systems of humans, machines, 
information and materials. Smith, Nuttle 

IE 241 Furniture Manufacturing Processes I. Preq: E 240. 3(3-0) S. Survey of 
furniture manufacturing technology, emphasizing equipment and its relationship 
to furniture product engineering. Clark 

IE 301 Engineering Economy. Preq: MA 111. This course not open to students 
scheduling IE 311. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. Criteria and techniques for management and 
engineering decisions in relation to economy of design, selection and operation. 
Effects of depreciation policies and machine replacement consideration. Problem 
solving and development of detailed project economy studies. Tucker 

IE 311 Engineering Economic Analysis. Preq: Soph, standing. 3(3-0) F,S. Engi- 
neering and managerial decision making. The theory of interest and its uses. 
Equivalent annual costs, present worths, internal rates of return, and benefit/cost 
ratios. Accounting depreciation and its tax effects. Economic lot size and similar 
cost minimization models. Sensitivity analysis. Cost dichotomies: fixed vs. varia- 
ble, and incremental vs. sunk; use of accounting data. Replacement theory and 
economic life. Engineering examples. Bernhard 

IE 321 Business Data Processing. Preq: CSC 111. 3(2-2) F,S. The nature, flow, 
characteristics and handling of business data; classifying, sorting and calculating 
using unit record and business machines; collection for and processing data on 
digital computers; information storage and retrieval, filing systems; computer 
programming of business problems, report generation, integration of data flows. 
Emphasizes programming of several small projects. Llewellyn 

IE 328 Manufacturing Processes. Preq: MAT 201. 3(2-3) F,S. Manufacturing 
operations for mechanical component parts and assembled products emphasizing: 
1) Capabilities and limitations of the various processes; 2) The concept of manu- 
facturability, i.e. the interaction between product design, material, process, machine, 
man, and cost. These points illustrated experimentally. Harder 

IE 332 Motion and Time Study. Preq: ST 361. 4(3-3) F,S. Principles and method- 
ology of operation process charting; methods and analysis; motion and micromotion 
study; and man-machine relationships. Use of predetermined time data; time study 
procedures, including performance rating, determination of allowances based on 
workplace, and environmental factors; and applications of wage incentives. 

Anderson 

IE (PSY) 338 Human Factors in Equipment Design. Preq: PSY 337 or IE 332. 
3(2-2) F. Methodology including equipment design, biomechanics, and accident 
study. Man's sensory, motor, and decision-making abilities are related to problems 
of systems design, operator efficiency, and safety as these involve displays, controls, 
work-place layout, and environmental stressors. Pearson 

IE 340 Furniture Manufacturing Processes II. Preqs: IE 241 and WPS 205. 
4(2-6) F. Survey of technology, emphasizing sequence of operations, production 
rate and the integration of many types of equipment into a manufacturing system. 

Prak 



290 



IE 341 Furniture Plant Layout and Design. Preq: IE 340. 3(1-6) S. Problems in 
furniture manufacturing plant design; building structures, equipment location, 
space utilization, layout for operation and control, allied topies in power utiliza- 
tion light, heat, ventilation and safety. Prak 

IE 343 Plant Layout and Materials Handling. Preqs: IE 328 and 332. 3(1-4) F,S. 
Obtaining the most effective utiHzation of men, materials, and machines as related 
to space and costs. Alvarez 

IE 345 Principles of Upholstering. Preq: IE 241. 2(2-0) S. Properties and evalua- 
tion of seating equipment. Technology of flexible foam materials; slab foam; 
molded foam; stress strain diagrams; compression set; evaluation tests. Properties 
of coil springs and sinuous wire springs. Properties of fibrous filling materials. 
Upholstering constructions. Testing of upholstered furniture. Manufacturing 
procedures. Cost aspects. Prak 

IE 346 Furniture Design and Construction. Preq: IE 340. 2(2-0) S. Selected 
topics. Emphasis is on panel construction, panel manufacturing and finishing 
methods and the application in knock down furniture construction. (Offered in alt. 
years.) Prak 

IE 351 Manufacturing Engineering. Preq: MAT 201. 3(2-3) F. Operations 
employed in the manufacture of mechanical component parts and assembled pro- 
ducts with emphasis on: 1) Capabilities and limitations of the various processes 
in practice; 2) The concept of manufacturability, i.e. the interaction between pro- 
duct design, material, process, machine, man and cost; and 3) The theories asso- 
ciated with these processes. Laboratory periods illustrate and verify points. 

Harder 

IE 352 Work Analysis and Design. Preq: Course in mathematical statistics. 
3(1-4) S. Work methods and production processes to improve operator effectiveness 
and reduce production costs. Techniques studied include those successfully applied 
in industry such as operation analysis, motion study, value engineering, predeter- 
mined time systems, time study and line balancing. The engineering approach to 
man-machine relationships, methods improvement, standardizing work procedures, 
and accurate measurement of labor content. Data obtained provide the basis for 
managerial controls. Anderson 

IE 353 Statistical Quality Control. Preq: Course in mathematical statistics. 
3(3-0) F. The natural variations of products produced by industrial processes are 
explained using statistical techniques. Different controlling methods and their 
uses are shown through realistic examples. Methods to determine process capa- 
bilities are analyzed and economic implications are explained. Sampling tech- 
niques and decisions under uncertainty are applied to problems in the industrial 
environment. Alvarez 

IE 354 Human Factors Engineering. Coreq: IE 352. 3(2-2) F,S. Designed for 
IE majors. Basic anatomy and physiology with emphasis on how to use this knowl- 
edge in designing equipment; system analysis from the standpoint of the operator; 
the use of anthropometric data in designing equipment; and design and layout of 
displays, controls, and workspaces. Pearson, Ayoub 

IE 355 Introduction to Occupational Safety & Health. Preq: Soph, standing. 
3(3-0) F,S. Provides a basic understanding of safety and health practices of con- 
temporary concern to the plant manager, safety engineer, etc. Emphasizes the 
applications of human factors, biomechanics, work physiology, toxicology, statis- 
tics, and engineering in accident prevention and control. Specific instruments used 
in the measurements of safety and health problems. Ayoub 



291 



IE 361 Quantitative Methods in Industrial Engineering. Preq: MA 301. 3(3-0) F. 
Mathematical tools and approaches used including linear algebra, techniques in 
maxima and minima, and modelling. Potential applications to IE-oriented problems. 

Magazine 

IE 401 Industrial Engineering Analysis I. Preq: IE 361 or MA 405. 3(3-0) F,S. 
Linear programming methods and their applicability in IE; the transportation 
method and scheduling in transportation and production problems; the simplex 
method in production planning and scheduling; upper bound, integer, parametric 
and primal-dual methods; queue ing processes. Nuttle 

IE 402 Industrial Engineering Analysis II. Preq: IE 401. 3(3-0) F. Aspects of 
operations research methods with emphasis on their IE applications; replacement 
theory, sequencing problems, inventory control methods and dynamic programming 
and their applications. Nuttle 

IE 403 Industrial Engineering Analysis III. Preq: IE 401. 3(3-0) S. Operations 
research methods with emphasis on their IE applications; stochastic and Markov 
processes; finite and infinite queueing models; industrial control methods, and 
industrial dynamics. Magazine 

IE 408 Production Control. Preqs: IE 361, 401. 3(3-0) S. Forecasting, pro- 
duction planning, models for scheduling and sequencing, inventory models and 
operational systems, as well as the reporting and evaluation functions necessary 
for the design and control of a production system. Application of quantitative 
methods to these areas of application. Kulonda, Alvarez 

IE 420 Manufacturing Controls. Preq: IE 301. 3(3-0) F,S. Theory and method- 
ology for developing and maintaining profitable manufacturing operations. Devel- 
opment of principles and procedures for control of materials, manpower and costs. 
Special attention to production and inventory control, equipment utilization, 
wage classification and cost reduction programs. Tucker 

IE 421 Data Processing and Production Control Systems. Preqs: IE 352 and 
CSC 111. 3(3-0) F,S. Design of integrated control systems necessary for effectix-e 
management of production. Includes the methods of systems design, the basic 
concepts of computer processing systems, the design of control procedures and 
reports, and their application to automated data processing equipment. Emphasis 
on the design of control procedures for production scheduling, labor performance, 
quahty control, and inventory control. Systems flow charts; block diagrams in 
system applications. Llewellyn 

IE 432 Standard Data. Preq: IE 332. 3(3-0) S. Developing standard data from 
measured and predetermined time data; methods of analysis and synthesis; 
applications of standard data in production planning and scheduling wage incentive 
plans. Staff 

IE 440 Furniture Management Analysis. Preq: IE 341. 3(1-4) F. Economic 
decision making applied to the furniture industry. The selection of equipment, 
materials, methods and strategy, from several feasible alternatives is studied with 
the aid of actual case histories. Prak 

IE 443 Quality Control. Preq: ST 361. 3(2-2) F,S,Sum. Statistical methods in 
quality control; control charts for variables and attributes; inspection sampling 
plans and procedures. Industrial applications. Anderson 

IE 453 Facilities Design. Preq: Sr. standing in IE. 3(1-4) F. Project of an 
industrial plant to be designied by small groups of students taking complete initia- 
tive and responsibility in procuring the information required by the realistic design 



292 



for industrial enterprise. Charts of the facilities and a report justifying the design 
feasibility from the technical, economic, and environmental impact viewpoint 
produced by each group. Alvarez 

IE 495 Project Work in Industrial Engineering. Preq: Sr. standing. 2-6 F,S. 
Special investigations and research related to furniture construction and process- 
ing, and other assigned problems. Staff 

IE (OR, MA) 505 Mathematical Programming I. Preq: MA 405. 3(3-0) F,Sum. 
Mathematical methods applied to problems of planning, especially linear program- 
ming. Rigorous and complete development of the theoretical and computational 
aspects; discussion of applications. Graduate Staff 

IE (OR) 509 Dynamic Programming. Preq: MA 405, ST 421. 3(3-0) S,Sum. 
Theory and computational aspects of dynamic programming and its application 
to sequential decision problems. Elmaghraby, Nuttle 

IE 511 Advanced Engineering Project Analysis. Preqs: IE 311, ST 421. 3(3-0) F. 
Analysis of project economy models with certainty assumed; advantages and 
limitations of models, effects of income tax and depreciation methods. Risk 
analyses employing probability concepts; sensitivity studies and measures of 
utility. Estimation techniques and use of accounting information, time series 
analysis and judgment factors. Planning and uses of capital funds. Bernhard 

IE 515 Process Engineering. Preqs: IE 328, 443. 3(3-0) F. The technical 
processes of translating product design into a manufacturing program. The appli- 
cation of industrial engineering in the layout, tooling, methods, standards, costs 
and control functions of manufacturing. Laboratory problems covering producer 
and consumer products. Harder 

IE 517 Automatic Processes. Preqs: IE 328, 443. 3(3-0) S. Principles and methods 
in design of product, process and controls. Economic, physical and sociological 
effects of automation. Harder 

IE 521 Control Systems and Data Processing. Preq: IE 421. 3(3-0) S. The 
problems and techniques required for systematic control of the production process 
and the business enterprise. Determination of control factors; collection and re- 
cording of data; and processing, evaluation and use of data. Illustrations of the 
applications and use of data processing equipment. Case problems. Llewellyn 

IE (OR) 522 Dynamics of Industrial Systems. Preq: IE 421. 3(3-0) F. Intro- 
duction to servomechanism theory as applied to company operations. Simulation 
of large nonlinear, multi-loop, dynamic, stochastic systems on a digital computer; 
methods of determining modifications in system design and/or operating para- 
meters for improved system behavior. Llewellyn 

IE 523 Inventory Control Methods I. Preqs: ST 421, ST 515, OR 501. 3(3-0) S. 
Inventory policy with respect to reorder sized, minimum points and production 
schedules. Simple inventory models, models with restrictions, price breaks, price 
changes, analysis of slow-moving inventories. The smoothing problem in con- 
tinuous manufacturing. Applications of linear and dynamic programming. Alvarez 

IE (PSY) 540 Human Factors in Systems Design. Preqs: IE (PSY) 338 or 
IE 354; Coreqs: ST 507 or 515. 3(3-0) S. Problems of the systems development 
cycle, including man-machine function allocation, military specifications, display- 
control compatability, the personnel subsystem concept, and maintainability 
design. Man as an information processing mechanism. Pearson 



293 



IE 541 Research Methods in Accident Study. Preqs: IE (PSY) 338 and ST 421. 

3(2-2) F. Methods used in accident- injury study, including field investigation, 
experimental engineering and biomedical research, statistical studies, and com- 
puter simulation. Pearson 

IE 542 Physiological Criteria in Work Measurement. Preq: Grad. status. 
3(3-0) F. A background of physiological knowledge appropriate to the study of 
men at work. Application to the study of equipment design and its use. (Offered 
in alt. years.) Ayoub 

IE 544 Occupational Biomechanics. Preq: Grad. standing in Engr. 3(2-2) F. 
Understanding the anatomical and physiological bases of human motion. Char- 
acteristics and limitations of human motor capabilities, body mechanics, and use 
of biomedical instrumentation for monitoring and quantifying human performance. 
Applications of biomechanics in work, industry, rehabilitation, sports, space 
research, and safety. (Offered in alt. years.) Ayoub 

IE 546 Advanced Quality Control. Preqs: IE 353, ST 421. 3(3-0) S. The 
statistical foundations of quality control and its economic implications. Mathe- 
matical derivations. Sampling techniques are treated extensively with applications. 

Graduate Staff 

IE 547 Engineering Reliability. Preqs: IE 353, ST 421. 3(3-0) S. Methodology 
including application of discrete and continuous distribution models and statis- 
tical designs; reliability estimation, structure models, demonstration and decisions, 
and growth models. Examples of reliability evaluation and demonstration 
program. Graduate Staff 

IE (OR) 561 Queues and Stochastic Service Systems. Preq: MA 421. 3(3-0) F. 
General concepts of stochastic processes. Poisson processes, Markov processes, 
and Renewal theory are used in the analysis of queues with varied parameters. 
Applications to engineering problems. Magazine 

IE (OR) 586 Network Flows. Preq: IE (OR, MA) 505 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. 
Problems in the determination of the shortest chain, maximal flow, and minimal 
cost flow in networks. The relationship between network flows and linear program- 
ming; problems with nonlinear cost functions, multicommodity flows, and network 
synthesis. (Offered in alt. years.) Graduate Staff 

IE 591 Project Work. Preq: Grad. or sr. standing. 1-6 F,S,Sum. Investigation 
and report on an assigned problem oriented to design and application issues. 

Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

IE 608 Linear Programming Applications. 3(3-0) S,Alt. years. 

IE 611 The Design of Production Systems. 3(3-0) F, Alt. years. 

IE 622 Inventory Control Methods II. 3(3-0) F. 

IE (PSY) 640 Skilled Operator Performance. 3(3-0) F Alt. years. 

IE 641 Environmental Factors and Human Performance. 3(3-0) S. 

IE 651 Special Studies in Industrial Engineering. Credits Arranged. 

IE (MA, OR) 692 Special Topics in Mathematical Programming. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. 



294 



IE 693 Seminar in Systems Safety Engineering. 1(1-0) S. 

IE 694 Advanced Problems in Human Factors Engineering. 3(3-0) S. 

IE 695 Seminar. 1(1-0) F,S. 

IE 699 Industrial Engineering Research. Credits Arranged. 

International Student Orientation 

ISO 100 International Student Orientation. 1(1-0) F,S. Required of all foreign 
students new to the United States. Aims to acquaint them with the Raleigh com- 
munity, American culture, University academic procedures and U.S. Government 
regulations. Undergraduates enroll for credit; graduates, for audit. Weaver 



Landscape Architecture 

LAR 211 Introduction to Landscape Architecture. Preq: Not open to students 
in Design. 3(3-0) F,S. An overview of the landscape architectural discipline for 
non-design majors. Includes development of the role of the landscape professional 
as a change agent in the environment. Gumz 

LAR 212 Scope of Landscape Architecture. 3(3-0) S. Introductory seminar for 
majors. Explores the changing nature of the profession and professional practice 
and examines the emerging values, theories, methods, and techniques of landscape 
architecture. Staff 

LAR 321, 322 Landscape Materials I, II. Preq: Science electives. 3(1-4) F,S. 
Professional option for students concentrating on small-scale physical design. 
Identification and properties of materials. Exercises stress implementation and 
use of materials for particular situations. Staff 

LAR 400 Intermediate Landscape Architecture Design (Series). Preq: DN 202 
or equivalent or consent of department. 4(1-9) F,S. Courses cover small-scale 
design, urban landscape architecture, public and institutional design. Each course 
conducted as a workshop/studio to study the problems of project organization, 
design and execution. The course may be scheduled four times. Staff 

LAR 410 Site Planning. Preqs: LAR 212 and GY 120/GY 110 or GY 101/GY 
110 or SSC 205. 3(2-2) F. Introduction to technical operations and environmental 
landscape controls on project scale developments. Site analysis, road alignment, 
grading, hydrologic control, sedimentation control, related problems of land 
development. Staff 

LAR 411 Natural Environment .\nalysis in Design. Preqs: LAR 410, Science 
electives or CI. 3(2-3) F. Theory and methods of landscape description, assessment 
and analysis of natural environments. Environmental science applications de- 
scribed in relationship to land planning and management. Staff 

LAR 412 Social Factors Analysis in Design. Preq: LAR 212 or CI. 3(2-4) S. 
Introduction to human analysis techniques which can be applied to landscape 
architectural design. Interaction theory, neighborhood theory, social design policy, 
and user preference approaches. Staff 



295 



LAR 491 Special Projects in Landscape Architecture. Preqs: Sr. standing and 
3.0 G.P.A. 2-4 F,S. Intended as a special projects framework for advanced under- 
graduates to do research on a tutorial basis. The course may be scheduled twice. 

Staff 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

LAR 503 Regional Design Workshop L Preq: Grad. standing. 3(0-9) F,S. Cur- 
rent literature in regional design and planning with emphasis on extracting a 
number of premises, theoretical structures, and information handling techniques 
as a basis for seminar discussions and activities. Graduate Staff 

LAR 504 Regional Design Workshop II. Preq: Grad. standing. 3(0-9) F,S. 
Case-study projects designed to explore the relationship between the resource 
base and development intentions. Problem situations developed from differing 
viewpoints and levels of complexity. Graduate Staff 

LAR 511 Social Design Policy. Preq: Grad. standing. 3(1-2) F. Explores theory 
and practices of the social policy impact on the designed environment and the users 
of that environment. The public community development process is studied as it 
relates to the built environment. Graduate Staff 

LAR 512 Landscape Resource Management. Preq: LAR 411 or CI. 3(1-4) S. 
Laboratory techniques in methodology of analysis and management of natural 
resources related to landscape architecture. Case-study approaches using spatial 
mapping and analysis techniques are stressed. Graduate Staff 

LAR 521 Values, Theory, and Methods of Landscape Architecture. Preq: Grad. 
standing. 3(3-0) F. Regional analysis, landscape assessment, land development, 
urban planning, recreation planning, etc., are new and emerging roles for the 
landscape architect. Course develops core values and theories from which each 
have emerged and surveys techniques and methods of development. 

Graduate Staff 

LAR 591, 592 Special Projects. Preq: Grad. standing. 4(2-6) F,S. Student- 
evolved projects emphasizing utilization and expansion of technical processes 
and techniques to reinforce design solutions. Open to graduate students in related , 
fields. Graduate Staff j 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY ! 

LAR 603 Regional Design III. 3(0-9) F. I 

LAR 604 Regional Design IV. 3-6 S. ■ 

LAR 612 Social Factors Analysis in Design. 3(2-1) S. 

LAR 691 Degree Seminar. 

LAR 698 Advanced Research Projects. 2-6 F,S. 



Liberal Arts 

LA (ALS) 490 International Seminar. 1(1-0) S. (See agriculture and life sciences, 
page 199.) 



296 



Marine Sciences 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MAS (OY) 200 Introduction to the Marine Environment. Preq: High school 
physics, chemistry, algebra, trigonometry and biology or equivalent. 3(3-0) F,S. 
The ocean as a part of our environment including interactions between atmosphere 
and ocean, ocean circulation, physical and chemical properties of sea water, 
marine geology and marine biology. 

MAS (MAE) 471 Undersea Vehicle Design. 3(3-0) F,S. (See mechanical and 
aerospace engineering, page 311.) 

MAS (CE, OY) 487 Physical Oceanography. 3(3-0) S. (See physical oceanogra- 
phy, page 335.) 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MAS (ZO) 529 Biological Oceanography. 3(3-0) S. (See zoology, page 389.) 

MAS (OY, CE) 541 Gravity Wave Theory I. Preq: ESM 303 or PY 411. 3(3-0) S. 
Emphasis on basic mechanics of wave motions, mass transport induced by waves 
and various conservation laws with their applications in wave study. 

MAS (OY) 551 Ocean Circulation. Preq: ESM 303 or PY 411. 3(3-0) S. The 
mechanics of ocean circulation with emphasis on various simple models of cir- 
culation systems. 

MAS (CE) 581 Introduction to Oceanographic Engineering. 3(3-0) S. (See civil 
engineering, page 225.) 

MAS (GY) 584 Marine Geology. 3(3-0) S. (See geology, page 278.) 

MAS 591, 592 Marine Sciences Seminar. 1(1-0) F,S. Seminar gives perspective 
in the field of oceanology; topics vary. In order to obtain credit a student must 
deliver a seminar. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

MAS (OY) 601 Advanced Physical Oceanography I. 3(3-0) F. 

MAS (OY) 602 Advanced Physical Oceanography II. 3(3-0) S. 

MAS (OY, ESM) 605 Advanced Geophysical Fluid Mechanics I. 3(3-0) F. 

MAS (OY, ESM) 606 Advanced Geophysical Fluid Mechanics II. 3(3-0) S. 

MAS (OY, ESM) 613 Perturbation Method in Fluid Mechanics I. 3(3-0) F. 

MAS (OY, ESM) 614 Perturbation Method in Fluid Mechanics II. 3(3-0) S. 

MAS 693 Special Topics in Marine Sciences. 1-3. 

>IAS (OY) 699 Research in Physical Oceanography. Credits Arranged. F,S. 



297 



Materials Engineering 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

MAT 200 Mechanical Properties of Structural Materials. Preqs: CH 105 and 
the first course in ESM. 2(1-3) F,S. The dependence of mechanical properties of 
structural materials on macro-, micro- and crystalline structvu-e; control of 
structure through treatment. 

MAT 201 Structure and Properties of Engineering Materials. Preq: CH 105. 
3(2-3) F,S. The fundamental physical principles governing the structure and 
constitution of metallic and nonmetallic materials of construction, and the relation 
of these principles to the control of properties. 

MAT 301 Equilibrium and Rate Processes in Materials Science. Preq: CH 331 
or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. Application of thermodynamic and kinetic principles to 
engineering materials in the liquid and solid states. 

MAT 310 Physical Examination of Materials. Preq: MAT 201. 3(1-6) F. Experi- 
ments demonstrate basic techniques in crystallography, x ray diffraction, optical 
and electron microscopy, and thermal analysis. 

MAT 311 Ceramic Processing I. Preq: MAT 201. 4(3-3) F. The basic chemical 
and physical law^s underlying the processes and behavior of diverse ceramic com- 
positions in the sequential manufacturing operations required to produce ceramic 
materials with controlled properties. 

MAT 312 Ceramic Processing II. Preq: MAT 311. 3(3-0) S. Basic principles 
underlying the thermal processing of ceramics. Appropriate subject materials in 
basic and engineering sciences with particular reference to obtaining desired 
microstructures. 

MAT 400 Metallic Materials in Engineering Design. Preq: MAT 200 or 201. 
3(3-0) F,S. Relationship of microstructure to the properties of materials. Control 
of microstructure to meet engineering design requirements. 

MAT 401 Materials Processing. Preqs: MAT 301, 450, 412. 3(3-0) F. Techniques 
for the processing of ceramic, metallic and polymeric materials to control prop- 
erties, form, and appearance through considerations of thermal, chemical, me- 
chanical, electrical, magnetic and nuclear energy. Both traditional and exotic 
processes are covered utilizing fundamental materials science and engineering 
science principles. 

MAT 411, 412 Physical Principles in Materials Science I, II. Preqs: (411) MAT 
201; (412) MAT 411. 3(3-0) F,S. Fundamental physical concepts of ceramic, 
metallic and polymeric materials. Relation between properties and structure. 

MAT 417 Ceramic Subsystem Design. Preq: MAT 312. 3(2-3) S. Individual and 
team study involving the interdependence of plant layout, processes, equipment 
and materials in the economic design of engineering systems and subsystems. 
Discussion of design principles, sources of data, creativity and economic analysis 
to encourage original solutions to engineering problems. 

MAT 423, 424 Materials Factors in Design I, II. Preqs: (423) MAT 450: (424) 
MAT 423. Coreq: (423) MAT 431. 3(3-0) F,S. Selection of materials for specific 
engineering applications. Manufacturing processes and their relation to product 



298 



MAT 431, 432 Physical Metallurgy I, II. Preqs: (431) MAT 412; (432) MAT 431. 
3(3-0) F,S. Alloy design; control of properties through microstructures ; principles of 
heat treatment; streng^thening mechanisms. 

MAT 435, 436 Physical Ceramics I, II. Preqs: (435) MAT 412; (436) MAT 435. 
(435) 3(3-0) F; (436) 3(2-3) S. The physicochemical nature of classical and newly 
discovered ceramic materials. The first course emphasizes the thermodynamics, 
crystal structure, structural imperfections and non-stoichiometry of ceramic com- 
pounds coupled with phase equilibria. The effects of these parameters on properties. 
The second course is a detailed study of the thermal, mechanical, electrical and 
electronic properties of these materials. 

MAT 437 Introduction to the Vitreous State. Preq: MAT 301. 3(3-0) S. The for- 
mation, structure, physical and chemical modifications of vitreous systems. Prac- 
tical industrial calculations and the fabrication of glass. Catalyzed nucleation and 
crystallization of glasses in relation to physical properties. 

MAT 450 Mechanical Properties of Materials. Preqs: MAT 201 and ESM 205. 
3(3-0) S. Elastic, plastic, and fracture phenomena in solids including yielding, 
strain hardening, brittle fracture, creep and fatigue. 

MAT 491 Materials Engineering Seminar. Preq: Sr. standing. 1(1-0) F,S. Litera- 
ture survey of selected MAT topics. Oral and written reports and discussions. 

MAT 493, 494 Ceramic Field Exercises I, II. Preq: Sr. standing. 1(0-3) F,S. Plant 
visitations, lectures by practicing ceramic engineers, reports on industrial organi- 
zations engaged in manufacture or use of ceramics. Discussions of professional 
organizations and ethics. 

MAT 495 Materials Engineering Projects. Preq: Jr. or sr. standing. 1-6 F,S. 
Advanced engineering principles applied to a specific project dealing with metal- 
lurgy, materials or general experimental work. A seminar period is provided and a 
written report required. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MAT 500 Modern Concepts in Materials Science. Preq: MAT 412. 3(3-0) F. Ap- 
plications of current theories such as crystal theory, continuum and quasi-con- 
tinuum theories, phenomenological theories, etc., to the solution of materials 
problems. 

MAT 503 Ceramic Microscopy, Preq: GY 331. 3(2-3) F. Transmitted and reflected 
light techniques for the systematic study of ceramic materials and products. 

MAT 509 High Vacuum Technology. Preq: CH 433 or MAE 301. 3(2-3) F,S. 
Properties of low-pressure gases and vapors. Production, maintenance and measure- 
ment of high vacuum; design, construction and operation of high vacuum high 
temperature facilities. Properties and reactions of materials which are processed, 
tested and/or utilized in high vacuum environments. 

MAT 510 Structure of Crystalline Materials. Preq: MAT 411; Coreq: MAT 500. 
3(3-0) F. The lattice structure of crystals, including group theory applications, 
reciprocal lattice concept and crystal structure as related to bonding. 

MAT 520 Theory and Structure of Materials. Preq: MAT 510. 3(3-0) S. Structure 
of liquids, and crystalline and amorphous solids used in engineering systems. 
Crystallinity and thermal properties. Ionic crystals in ceramic systems. The metallic 
state and alloy behavior. Emphasis on the relation between fundamental materials 
parameters and engineering properties. 



299 



MAT 527 Refractories in Service. Preq: MAT 411. 3(3-0) S. The physical and 
chemical properties of the more important refractories in their environment in in- 
dustrial and laboratory furnaces. 

MAT 529 Properties of High Temperature Materials. Preq: MAT 201 and MAE 

301. 3(3-0) S. Effects of temperature on the physical, mechanical and chemical 
properties of inorganic materials; relationships between microstructure and high 
temperature properties; applications of ceramics, metals and composites at elevated 
temperatures. 

MAT 530 Phase Transformations in Materials I. Coreq: MAT 500. 3(3-0) S. 
Kinetic theory of transformations, nucleation theory, homogenous and heterogene- 
ous nucleation, growth of crystals, epitaxial thin films. 

MAT 533, 534 Advanced Ceramic Engineering Design 1, II. Preq: MAT 417. 
3(2-3) F,S. Analysis and design of ceramic products, processes and systems leading 
to original solutions of current industrial problems and the development of new 
concepts of manufacturing. 

MAT 540 Glass Technology. Preq: MAT 437. 3(3-0) F. Fundamentals of glass 
manufacture including compositions, properites and application of the principal 
types of commercial glasses. 

MAT 541, 542 Principles of Corrosion I, II. Preq: MAT 201 or CH 431 

or MAE 301. 3(2-3) F,S. Fundamentals of metallic corrosion and passivity. The 
electro-chemical nature of corrosive attack, basic forms of corrosion, corrosion 
rate factors, methods of corrosion protection. Laboratory work. 

MAT 550 Dislocation Theory. Preq: MAT 450. 3(3-0) F. Structure, energetics, 
stress and strain fields, interactions and motion of dislocations in solids. 

MAT 556 Composite Materials. Preq: MAT 450. 3(3-0) F. Basic principles under- 
lying composite materials properties as related to individual constituents properties 
and their interactions. Emphasis on the design of composite systems to yield de- 
sired combinations of properties. 

MAT (NE) 562 Materials Problems in Nuclear Engineering. Preq: Advanced 
undergraduate standing. 3(3-0) F. Reactor design and operating considerations 
determined by materials properties. The interrelations among materials compati- 
bility effects, corrosion effects and radiation effects in fission and fusion reactors. 

MAT (NE) 573 Computer Experiments in Materials and Nuclear Engineering. 

Preq: Advanced undergraduate standing. 3(3-0) F. How to design and use Monte 
Carlo and dynamical computer experiments. 

MAT 595 Advanced Materials Experiments. Preq: Sr. or grad. standing. 1-3. 
Advanced engineering principles applied to a specific experimental project dealing 
with materials. A seminar period provided. Written report required. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

MAT 601 Ceramic Phase Relationships. 3(3-0) S. 

MAT 603 Advanced Ceramic Reaction Kinetics. 3(3-0) S. 

MAT 610 X Ray Diffraction. 3(3-0) F. 

MAT 615 Electron Microscopy. 3(3-0) F. 



300 



MAT 621 Theory and Structure of Amorphous Materials. 3(3-0) S. 

MAT 622 Theory and Structure of Ceramic Materials. 3(3-0) F. 

MAT 623 Theory and Structure of Metallic Materials. 3(3-0) F. 

MAT 630 Phase Transformation in Materials 11.3(3-0) F. 

MAT 631, 632 Advanced Physical Ceramics I, II. 3(2-3) F,S. 

MAT 633 Advanced Mechanical Properties of Materials. 3(3-0) F. 

MAT 661 Diffraction Theory. 3(3-0) F. 

MAT 691, 692 Special Topics in Materials Engineering. 1-3 F,S. 

MAT 695 Materials Engineering Seminar. 1(1-0) F,S. 

MAT 699 Materials Engineering Research. Credits Arranged F,S. 

Mathematics 

MA 102 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I. Preq: MA 111 or equivalent completed 
in high school. Credit in both MA 102 and MA 112 is not allowed. 4(3-2) F,S. First 
of three semesters of unified analytic geometry and calculus course. Functions and 
graphs, limits, derivatives of algebraic functions and applications, indefinite inte- 
gral, definite integral and the fundamental theorem of calculus, areas and volumes, 
plane analytic geometry. 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry. 4(3-2) F,S. Sets and logic, the real number 
system, polynomials, algebraic fractions, exponents and radicals, linear and qua- 
dratic equations, inequalities, functions and relations, logarithms, plane trigo- 
nometry. (Students in Engineering, Physical and Mathematical Sciences, Design, 
Agricultural Engineering and Mathematics Education who are required to take this 
course will not receive credit hours for MA 111 toward graduation requirements.) 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry and Calculus A. Preq: MA 111. Credit in both MA 
102 and MA 112 is not allowed. 4(4-0) F,S. Limits and derivatives, techniques of 
differentiation, applications, logarithmic and exponential functions, higher deriva- 
tives, definite integral, applications, integration techniques, multivariate calculus, 
partial derivatives, multiple integrals, examples and applications in biological and 
behavioral sciences. 

MA 114 Topics in Modern Mathematics. Preq: MA 111 or equivalent completed 
in high school. 3(3-0) F,S. Addition and multiplication of matrices, linear equa- 
tions, linear dependence and vector spaces, linear inequalities and linear progfram- 
ming, binary relations, eigenvalues, quadratic forms, finite Markov chains. 
Examples and applications in biological and behavioral sciences. 

MA 115 Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics I. Credit in MA 115 is not 

allowed if student already has credit in MA 102, MA 112 or MA 114. 3(3-0) F,S. 
The number system and other scales of notation; algebraic operations; inequalities; 
sets, logic and Boolean algebra; logarithmic and trigonometric functions. The 
point of view is intuitive. 

MA 116 Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics II. Preq: MA 115. Credit in 
MA 116 is not allowed if student already has credit in MA 102, MA 112 or MA 114. 
3(3-0) F,S. Permutations, combinations and the binomial theorems; probability; 



301 



mathematical induction; the group as an example of a finite mathematical system; 
graphs of systems of linear inequalities and linear programming; solutions of linear 
systems by Cramer's rule and matrix methods; introduction to analytic geometry 
and calculus. 

MA 122 Mathematics of Finance and Elementary Statistics. Preq: MA 111 or 
115. 4(3-2) F,S. Simple and compound interest, annuities and their application to 
amortization and sinking fund problems, installment buying, calculation of pre- 
miums of life annuities and life insurance, elementary statistics. 

MA 127 Recreational Mathematics. Preq: MA 111 or 115. 3(3-0) S. Requires only 
algebra and trigonometry, but student engages in new type of mathematical 
thought. Games and puzzles, tricks, geometric figures, model building, fallacies, 
paradoxes, curiosities, anecdotes, conjectures, famous problems, mathematical 
humor and more. Mathematical treatments involve number theory, set theory, 
algebra, topology, combinatorics, geometry, probability, analysis, computer science, 
math history. 

MA 201 Analytic Geometry and Calculus II. Preq: MA 102. 4(4-0) F,S. Second 
of three semesters of unified analytic geometry and calculus course. Applications 
of definite integral. Transcendental functions, methods of integration, polar coordi- 
nates, parametric equations, introduction to infinite series. 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III. Preq: MA 201. 4(4-0) F,S. Third of 
three semesters of unified analytic geometry and calculus course. Brief introduction 
to determinants and matrices, vector functions, analytic geometry of three dimen- 
sions and partial differentiation, multiple integration, applications. Line integral 
and Green's Theorem. 

MA 212 Analytic Geometry and Calculus B. Preq: MA 112. 3(3-0) F,S. Sequences, 
series, Taylor's Theorem, trigonometric functions, difference equations, differential 
equations, examples and applications in biological and behavioral sciences. 

MA 214 Elementary Probability. Preq: MA 112 or 102. 3(3-0) S. Basic concepts, 
elementary counting procedures, conditional probability, discrete random variables, 
infinite sample spaces, continuous random variables, continuous time stochastic 
processes, examples and applications in biological and behavioral sciences. 

MA 231 Introduction to Linear Algebra. Preq: MA 201. 4(4-0) F,S. Vectors and 
vector spaces, linear transformations, linear equations, determinants, eigenvalues 
and quadratic forms. 

MA 232 Introduction to Multivariable Calculus. Preq: MA 231. 3(3-0) F,S. Func- 
tions of several variables, limits, continuity, differentiability, chain rule, implicit 
functions, multiple integrals. 

MA 301 Applied Differential Equations I. Preq: MA 202 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F,S. 
First order equations, applications, linear equations of higher order, applications 
to mechanical and electrical systems, series solutions, special functions, Laplace 
transforms. 

MA 312 Introduction to Differential Equations. Preq: MA 231, 201. 3(3-0) F,S. 
First order differential equations, basic theory and applications of linear equations. 
Systems of linear equations, matrix methods, series solutions, Laplace transforms, 
existence and uniqueness. 



302 



FDR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MA 401 Applied Differential Equations II. Preq: MA 301 or 312. 3(3-0) F,S. The 
wave, heat and Laplace equations. Solutions by separation of variables and expan- 
sion in Fourier Series or other appropriate orthogonal sets. 

MA 403 Introduction to Modem Algebra. Preq: One year of calculus. 3(3-0) F,S. 
Sets and mappings; equivalence relations; groups, homomorphisms, cosets, Cayley's 
Theorem, symmetric groups, quotient groups, rings, integrral domains; Euclidean 
algorithms, polynomial rings, ideals, quotient rings. 

MA 404 Affine and Projective Geometry. Preq: MA 231 and 403. 3(3-0) S. Intro- 
duction to geometry of Euclidean, affine and projective spaces with emphasis on 
important groups of symmetries of these spaces. 

MA 405 Introduction to Matrices and Linear Transformations. Preq: One year 
of calculus. 3(3-0) F,S. Determinants, linear equations, linear tranformations and 
matrices, operations with matrices, eigenvalues, introduction to bilinear and 
quadratic forms. 

MA 408 Foundations of Euclidean Geometry. Preq: MA 403. 3(3-0) F. A critique 
of Euclid's Elements, incidence and order properties, congruence of triangles, ab- 
solute and non-Euclidean geometry, the parallel postulate, real numbers and 
geometry. 

MA 410 Theory of Numbers. Preq: One year of calculus. 3(3-0) F,S. Concerned 
with investigation of arithmetic properties of the integers. Congruences, arithmetic 
functions, quadratic residues, the quadratic reciprocity Law of Gauss, primitive 
roots, diophantine equations, and algebraic number fields. 

MA 421 Introduction to Probability. Preq: One year of calculus. 3(3-0) F,S. 
Axioms of probability, conditional probability, combinatorial analysis, random 
variables, expectation, simple stochastic processes. 

MA 425 Mathematical Analysis I. Preq: MA 232. 3(3-0) F. Real number system, 
functions and limits, topology on the real line, continuity, differential and integral 
calculus for functions of one variable. 

MA 426 Mathematical Analysis II. Preq: MA 425. 3(3-0) S. Infinite series, uni- 
form convergence, calculus of several variables, topology in n-dimensions, limits, 
continuity, differentiability, implicit functions, multiple integ^-als, line and surface 
integrals. 

MA (CSC) 427 Introduction to Numerical Analysis I. Preq: MA 301 or 312. 
Knowledge of a programming language. 3(3-0) F. Designed for undergraduate 
students in any department who wish knowledge of theory and practice of compu- 
tational procedure using a digital computer. Approximation of functions by inter- 
polating polynomials. Numerical differentiation and integration. Solution of sys- 
tems of ordinary differential equations both initial value and boundary value 
problem. Computer applications and techniques stressed. 

MA (CSC) 428 Introduction to Numerical Analysis II. Preq: MA 231 or 405. 
Knowledge of a programming language. 3(3-0) S. Designed for students who wish 
knowledge of computational procedures using digital computers. Solution of linear 
and nonlinear equations. Matrices and eigenvalue calculations. Orthogonal poly- 



303 



nomials and Gaussian quadrature. Curve fitting and function approximation by 
least squares. Smoothing formulas. Minimax approximations. CSC(MA) 427 is not 
a prerequisite for this course. 

MA 430 Introduction to Applied Mathematics. Coreq: MA 426, 421 or 214. 3(3-0) 
F. Formulation of scientific problems in mathematics terms, interpolation and eval- 
uation of the solution. Topics discussed chosen from problems in managerial, 
behavior and life sciences as well as physical sciences. 

MA 433 History- of Mathematics. Preq: One year of calculus. 3(3-0) S. Develop- 
ment of mathematical thought and evolution of mathematical ideas examined 
in a historical setting. Biographical and historical content supplemented and 
reinforced by study of techniques and procedures used in earlier eras. 

MA 491 Reading in Honors Mathematics. Preq: Membership in honors program, 
consent of department. 2-6 F,S. 

MA 493 Special Topics in Mathematics. Preq: Consent of department. 1-6 F,S. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVAxXCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MA (NE) 504 Mathematical Methods in Engineering. Preq: MA 301 or 312. 
3(3-0) F. Topics include ordinary' differential equations, matrices, partial differen- 
tial equations, difference equations, numerical methods, elements of statistics, 
Techniques and applications to engineering are stressed. Course cannot be taken 
for credit by mathematics majors. 

MA (IE, OR) 505 Mathematical Programming I. (See industrial engineering, 
page 293.) 3(3-0) F,Sum. 

MA 511 Advanced Calculus I. Preq: MA 301 or 312. 3(3-0) F,S. Fundamental 
theorems on continuous functions, convergence theory of sequences, series and 
integrals; the Riemann integral. 

MA 512 Advanced Calculus II. Preq: MA 301 or 312. 3(3-0) F,S. General theorems 
of partial differentiation; implicit function theorems; vector calculus in 3-space; 
line and surface integfrals; classical integral theorems. 

MA 513 Introduction to Complex Variables. Preq: MA 511 or 425. 3(3-0) F,S. 
Operations with complex numbers, derivatives, analytic functions, integrals, defi- 
nitions and properties of elementary functions, multivalued functions, power series, 
residue theory and applications, conformal mapping. 

MA 514 Methods of Applied Mathematics. Preq: MA 511 or 425. 3(3-0) S. Intro- 
duction to integral equations, the calculus of variations and difference equations. 

MA 515 Linear Functional Analysis I. Preq: MA 426. 3(3-0) F. Metric spaces; 
Lebesgue measure and integration; LP andjj^ spaces; Reisz-Fischer and Reisz 
representation theorems; normed linear spaces and Hilbert spaces. 

MA 516 Linear Functional Analysis II. Preq: MA 515. 3(3-0) S. Basic theorems 
in Banach spaces, dual spaces, weak topologies; basic theorems in Hilbert spaces, 
and detailed theory of linear operators on Hilbert spaces; spectral theorem for 
self-adjoint completely continuous linear operators. 

MA 517 Introduction to Topology. Preq: MA 426. 3(3-0) F,S. Sets and functions, 
metric spaces, topological spaces, compactness, separation, connectedness. 



304 



MA 518 Calculus on Manifolds. Preq: MA 426. 3(3-0) S. Calculus of several 
variables from a modem viewpoint. Differential and integral calculus of several 
variables, vector functions, integration on manifolds, Stoke's and Green's Theorems, 
vector analysis. 

MA 520 Linear Algebra. Preq: MA 231 or 405. 3(3-0) F,S. Vector spaces, linear 
mappings and matrices, determinants, inner product spaces, bilinear and quad- 
ratic forms, canonical forms, spectral theorem. 

MA 521 Fundamentals of Modem Algebra. Preq: MA 403 and 520. 3(3-0) S. 
Groups, normal subgroups, quotient groups, Cayley's Theorem, Sylow's Theorem. 
Rings, ideals and quotient rings, polynomial rings. Fields, extension fields, ele- 
ments of Galois theory. 

MA 523 Topics in Applied Mathematics. Coreq: MA 515, 520. 3(3-0) F. Formu- 
lation of scientific problems in mathematical terms, interpretation and evaluation 
of the mathematical analysis of the resulting models. Problems in behavioral and 
biological sciences and in mechanics of discrete and continuous systems. Dis- 
cussions of optimization and the calculus of variations. 

MA 524 Mathematical Methods in the Physical Sciences I. Preqs: MA 405, 512. 
3(3-0) F. Green's functions and two point boundary value problems; elementary 
theory of distributions; generalized Green's functions. Finite and infinite dimen- 
sional inner product spaces; Hilbert spaces; completely continuous operators; 
integral equations; the Fredholm alternative; eigenfunction expansions; appli- 
cations to potential theory. Nonsingular and singular Sturm-Liouville problems; 
Weil's Theorem. 

MA 525 Mathematical Methods in the Physical Sciences II. Preq: MA 524. 
3(3-0) S. Distribution theory in n-spaces; Fourier transforms; partial differential 
equations, generalized solutions, fundamental solutions, Cauchy problem, wave 
and heat equations, well-set problems, Laplace's equations, the Dirichlet and 
Neumann problems, integral equations of potential theory. Green's functions, 
eigenfunction expansions. 

MA (CSC) 529 Numerical Analysis I. Preqs: MA 511 or equivalent, MA 231 or 
405. 3(3-0) F. For graduate and advanced undergraduate students who wish to 
learn the theory of numerical analysis of systems of linear equations, solutions to 
nonlinear equations, interpolation theory, and divided differences. Understanding 
theory behind the various techniques and their error estimates. Illustrations of 
use and limitations of these methods on the computer. 

MA (CSC) 530 Numerical Analysis II. Preq: MA (CSC) 529. 3(3-0) S. Con- 
tinuation of CSC (MA) 529. Numerical integration, numerical solutions of ordinary 
differential equations, and numerical solutions of partial differential equations. 

MA 532 Theory of Ordinary Differential Equations. Preqs: MA 301 or 312, 
MA 405, advanced calculus. 3(3-0) S. Existence and uniqueness theorems, systems 
of linear equations, fundamental matrices, matrix exponential, series solutions, 
regular singular points; plane autonomous systems, stability theory. 

MA (CSC) 536 Theory of Sequential Machines. Preq: CSC 412 or grad. standing. 
3(3-0) F. Sequential machine identification experiments. Finite-Memory machines. 
Special classes of machines. Decomposition of sequential machines. Linear sequen- 
tial machines. Sequential relations of finite-state machines. 



305 



MA (CSC) 537 Theory of Computability. Preq: CSC 412 or grad. standing. 3(3-0) 
S. Turing Machines. Primitive recursion functions. The u-operator. u-recursive 
functions. Godel numbering. Equivalence of Turing Machines and u-recursion. 
Undecidable predicates. Universal Turing Machines. Other formulations of effective 
computability. 

M.\ (ST) 541 Theory of Probability I. Preq: MA 425 or 511. 3(3-0) F. Axioms, 
combinatorial analysis, conditional probability, independence random variables, 
expectation, special discrete and continuous distributions, probability and moment 
generating functions, central limit theorem, laws of large numbers, branching 
processes, recurrent events, random walk. 

MA (ST) 542 Theory of Probability II. Preqs: MA 504, 541. 3(3-0) S. Markov 
chains and Markov processes, Poisson process, birth and death processes, queueing 
theor>', renewal theory, stationary processes, Brownian motion. 

MA 545 Set Theory and Foundations of Mathematics. Preq: MA 403. 3(3-0) S. 
Logic and the axiomatic approach, the Zermelo-Fraenkel axioms and other sys- 
tems, algebra of sets and order relations, equivalence of the Axiom of Choice, 
one-to-one correspondences, cardinal and ordinal numbers, the Continuum 
Hypothesis. 

MA (PY) 555 Mathematical Introduction to Celestial Mechanics. Preq: One 
year of advanced calculus. 3(3-0) F. Central orbits, N-body problems, 3-body 
problem, Hamilton-Jacobi theory, perturbation theory, applications to motion of 
celestial bodies. 

MA (PY) 556 Orbital Mechanics. Preqs: MA 301, 405, or knowledge of elemen- 
tary mechanics and computer programming. 3(3-0) S. Keplerion motion, iterative 
solutions, numerical integration, differential corrections and space navigation, 
elements of probability, least squares, sequestial estimation, Kalman fields. 

MA (BMA, ST) 571 Biomathanatics I. 3(3-0) F. (See biomathematics, page 210.) 

MA (BMA, ST) 572 Biomathematics II. 3(3-0) S. (See biomathematics, page 210.) 

MA 581 Special Topics. Preq: Consent of department. 1-6 F,S. 

MA (CSC) 582 Special Topics in Numerical Solution of Linear .\lgebraic Equa- 
tions. Preq: MA 405 or equivalent and a knowledge of computer programming. 
3(3-0) S. A mathematical and numerical investigation of direct iterative and 
semi-iterative methods. Methods for the calculation of eigenvalues and eigenvectors 
of matrices. 

MA (CSC) 583 Special Topics in the Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differential 
Equations. Preq: Knowledge to the level of CSC 427. 3(3-0) S. Numerical methods 
for initial value problems including predictor-corrector, Runge-Kutta, hybrid and 
extrapolation methods; stiff systems; shooting methods for two point boundary 
value problems; weak, absolute and relative stability results. 

MA (CSC) 584 Special Topics in the Numerical Solution of Partial Differential 
Equations. Preq: Knowledge to the level of CSC 427-428. 3(3-0) F. Numerical 
methods for the solutions of parabolic, elliptic, and hyperbolic partial differential 
equations including stability and convergence results. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

MA 600 Advanced Differential Equations I. 3(3-0) F. 



306 



MA 601 Advanced Differential Equations II. 3(3-0) S. 

MA 602 Partial Differential Equations I. 3(3-0) F. 

MA 603 Partial Differential Equations II. 3(3-0) S. 

MA 604 Topology. 3(3-0) S. 

MA 605 Homology and Manifolds. 3(3-0) F. 

MA (ST, OR) 606 Mathematical Programming II. 3(3-0) S. 

MA 611 Analytic Function Theory I. 3(3-0) F,S. 

MA 612 Analytic Function Theory II. 3(3-0) F,S. 

MA 613 Techniques of Complex Analysis. 3(3-0) S. 

MA 615 Theory of Functions of a Real Variable. 3(3-0) F. 

MA (ST) 617 Measure Theory and Advanced Probability. 3(3-0) F. 

MA (ST) 618 Measure Theory and Advanced Probability. 3(3-0) S. 

MA (ST) 619 Topics in Advanced Probability. 3(3-0) Sum. 

MA 620 Modem Algebra I. 3(3-0) F. 

MA 621 Modem Algebra II. 3(3-0) S. 

MA 622 Linear Transformations and Matrix Theory. 3(3-0) F. 

MA 623 Theory of Matrices and Applications. 3(3-0) S. 

MA 626 Algebraic Topology. 3(3-0) S. 

MA 628 General Topology. 3(3-0) S. 

MA 632 Operational Mathematics I. 3(3-0) F. 

MA 633 Operational Mathematics II. 3(3-0) S. 

MA 634 Theory of Distributions. 3(3-0) F. 

MA (CSC) 635 Functional Analysis and Numerical Analysis. 3(3-0) S. 

MA 637 Differentiable Manifolds. 3(3-0) F. 

MA 641 Calculus of Variations and Theory of Optimal Control I. 3(3-0) F. 

MA 642 Calculus of Variations and Theory of Optimal Control II. 3(3-0) S. 

MA 647 Functional Analysis I. 3(3-0) F. 

MA 648 Functional Analysis II. 3(3-0) S. 

MA 661 Differential Geometry and Tensor Analysis I. 3(3-0) F. 

MA 662 Differential Geometry and Tensor Analysis II. 3(3-0) S. 



307 



MA 681 Special Topics in Real Analysis. 1 to 6 

MA 682 Special Topics in Complex Analysis. 1 to 6 

MA 683 Special Topics in Algebra. 1 to 6 

MA 684 Special Topics in Combinatorial Analysis. 1 to 6 

MA 685 Special Topics in Numerical Analysis. 1 to 6 

MA 686 Special Topics in Topology. 1 to 6 

MA 687 Special Topics in Geometry. 1 to 6 

MA 688 Special Topics in Differential Equations. 1 to 6 

MA 689 Special Topics in Applied Mathematics. 1 to 6 

MA (IE, OR) 692 Special Topics in Mathematical Programming. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. 

MA 699 Research. Credits Arranged. 

Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 

MAE 200 Mechanical Technology in Contemporary Society. 3(3-0) F,S. The role of 
mechanical and aerospace engineering in our present technological society with 
approaches used by engineers in solving problems. Topics include: power genera- 
tion, modern flight, and transportation vehicles. 

MAE 216 Elements of Mechanical Engineering. Preq: ESM 205, FY 208 or 202. 
3(3-0) S. An introduction to mechanical engineering emphasizing the application 
and extension of chemistry, physics and mathematics to real engineering problems 
in analysis and design. 

MAE 250 Introduction to Aerospace Engineering. Preq: FY 205. 3(3-0) S. An 
introductory study of the aerodynamics, structural, propulsion, performance and 
control requirements of flight vehicles. 

MAE 301 Engineering Thermodynamics I. Freqs: MA 202, FY 208 or 202. 
3(3-0)) F,S. Energy and the laws governing the transfers and transformations of 
energy. Emphasis is on thermodynamic properties and First and Second law analy- 
sis of systems. Some basic statistical thermodynamic concepts are applied to the 
calculation of properties. 

MAE 302 Engineering Thermodynamics II. Preq: MAE 301. 3(3-0) S. Emphasis 
on the application of basic principles to engineering problems with systems involv- 
ing mixtures of ideal gases, psychrometrics, nonideal gases, chemical reactions, 
combustion, chemical equilibrium, cycle analysis and one-dimensional compres- 
sible flow. 

MAE 303 Engineering Thermodynamics III. Preq: MAE 301. 3(3-0) S. For 
nonmechanical engineering jrs. Thermodynamics of mixtures; thermodynamics of 
fluid flow, heat transfer, vapor and gas cycles, and applications. 

MAE 305 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory I. Coreq: MAE 301. 1(0-3) F. 
The theory and practice of measurement and experimental data collection. Com- 



308 



ponents of the generalized measurement system and their effects on the final 
result. Methods of data analysis as well as basic instrumentation for sensing, con- 
ditioning and displaying experimental quantities. 

MAE 306 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory II. Preqs: MAE 305, EE 331. 
1(0-3) S. Specific types of measurements. Students evaluate and compare different 
instrumentation for measuring the same physical quantity on the basis of cost, 
time required, accuracy, etc. 

MAE 307 Energy and Energy Transformations. Preqs: MA 201, FY 212. 3(3-0) F. 
Energy transformation as permitted by the First Law and limited by the Second 
Law. Properties of ideal gases and actual gases; properties of vapors. Vapor power 
cycles; vapor refrigerating cycles, gas cycles for internal combustion engines and 
gas turbines. Elements of heat transfer. 

MAE 315 Dynamics of Machines. Preqs: MAE 216, ESM 205. 3(3-0) S. A 
rational application of dynamics to the analysis of machines and mechanical 
devices to determine the motions resulting from applied loads and the forces and 
inputs required to produce specified motions. 

MAE 316 Strength of Mechanical Components. Preqs: ESM 205, MAT 201. 
3(3-0) F. Stress, strain and deformation analysis of mechanical components and 
their strength determination based on material behavior under static and dynamic 
operating conditions. Applications to basic machine components. 

MAE 355 Aerodynamics I. Preqs: MAE 250, MA 301. 4(3-3) F. Introductory 
concepts of perfect fluid theory and incompressible boundary layers with applica- 
tion to computing the aerodynamic characteristics of airfoils, wings and flight 
vehicle configurations. 

MAE 356 Aerodynamics II. Preqs: MAE 355, 301. 4(3-3) S. Concepts of thermo- 
dynamics, compressible fluid flow and compressible boundary layers with applica- 
tion to computing the areodynamic characteristics of airfoils, wings and flight 
vehicles configurations at high speed. 

MAE 361 Aerospace Vehicle Performance. Preqs: MAE 250, MA 301, ESM 305. 
3(3-0) F. Applying principles of dynamics and aerodynamics to the performance of 
both airplanes and space vehicles. Elements of orbital mechanics and dynamics 
of boost into and reentry from orbit. Methods for calculating airplane performance 
in level, gliding and climbing flight, take-off and landing. 

MAE 365 Air-Breathing Propulsion Systems. Preqs: MAE 355, 301. 4(3-3) S. 
One-dimensional internal flow of compressible fluids, combustion, and thermo- 
chemistry problems. Applications to air-breathing aircraft propulsion systems. 
Performance analysis of components and complete propulsion systems. 

MAE 371 Aerospace Vehicle Structures I. Preqs: MAE 250, ESM 205. 3(3-0) S. 
Theory and concepts required for the analysis and design of flight vehicle structural 
members. Properties and selection of materials; methods of analysis for axial, 
torsional, flexural and transverse shear loadings of typical flight structure 
members. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MAE 401 Energy Conversion. Preq: MAE 302. 3(3-0) F,S. Principles of thermo- 
dynamics, fluid mechanics, heat transfer and combustion applied to power genera- 
tion. Principles feasibility, and limitations of conventional and direct energy 
conversion methods are studied. The economics of energy conversion. Present and 
possible future energy sources. 



309 



MAE 402 Heat and Mass Transfer. Preqs: MAE 302, MA 301. 3(3-0) F,S. The 
fundamental relationships of steady and transient heat transfer by conduction, 
convection, radiation and during changes of phase: mass transfer by diffusion 
and convection, simultaneous mass and heat transfer. 

MAE 403 Air Conditioning. Preq: MAE 302. 3(3-0) F. Summer and winter air 
conditioning including temperature, humidity, air velocity and distribution. 

MAE 404 Refrigeration. Preq: MAE 302. 3(3-0) S. A thermodynamic analysis 
of the simple, compound, centrifugal and multiple effect compression systems, 
the steam jet system and the absorption system of refrigeration. 

MAE 405 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory III. Preq: MAE 306. 1(0-3) F. 
The final undergraduate course in the mechanical laboratory sequence with case 
studies in experimental engineering. Opportunity to select instrumentation and 
design a complete experimental set up for a specific problem. 

MAE 409 Particulate Control in Industrial Atmospheric Pollution. Preq: MAE 
301 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F. Combustion calculations and analysis of particulate 
emission and gases from industrial and utility power stations burning various 
types of fuel. State and Federal pollution codes, requirements for compliance and 
enforcement. Calculations and design of industrial equipment. Utilization of waste 
products. 

MAE 411 .Machine Component Design. Preqs: MAE 315, 316. 3(3-0) F. Applying 
engineering and materials sciences to the analysis and design of machine coni- 
ponents including fasteners, springs, bearings, gears, shafts, clutches, brakes, 
couplings, etc. 

M.\E 415 Mechanical Engineering Analysis. Preqs: MAE 302, 315, 316, EE 
331. 3(3-0) F. A logical method of problem solving through the integration of the 
physical sciences, engineering sciences and mathematics. Training in methods 
of analysis of real mechanical engineering problems. 

MAE 416 Mechanical Engineering Design. Preq: MAE 415. 4(3-2) S. Applying 
engineering and materials sciences to the total design of mechanical engineering 
components and systems. Consideration and utilization of the design process 
including problem definition, solution synthesis, design analysis, optimization and 
prototype evaluation through design project activity. 

MAE 422 Direct Energy Conversion. Preqs: MAE 301, EE 202 or 332. 3(3-0) S. 
Theory and application of direct energy conversion methods, including magneto- 
hydrodynamic and electrogasdynamic generators, fuel cells, and other methods of 
current interest. Thermodynamic analyses, device characteristics, and design 
considerations. 

MAE 431 Thermodynamics of Fluid Flow. Preqs: MAE 301, MA 301, ESM 303. 
3(3-0) S. Application of one-dimensional compressible gas dynamics and perfect 
gas theory to analyze nozzle and diffuser flows, normal shocks, and constant-area 
frictional flows with and without heat transfer. 

MAE 435 Principles of Automatic Control. Preq: MA 301. 3(3-0) F,S. Study of 
linear feedback control systems using transfer ftinctions. Transient and steady- 
state responses. Stability analysis using rootlocus and frequency response tech- 
niques (Bode plots and Nyquist diagrams). Active and passive compensation 
methods. Preliminary design and analysis of typical mechanical and aerospace 
automatic control systems. 



310 



MAE 462 Flight Vehicle Stability and Control. Preq: MAE 361. 3(3-0) F. Linear- 
ized dynamic analysis of the motion of a six degree-of- freedom flight vehicle in 
response to control inputs and disturbance through use of the transfer function 
concept. Control of dynamic behavior by vehicle design (stability derivatives) 
and/or flight control systems. 

MAE 467 Rocket Propulsion. Preq: MAE 365. 3(3-0) F. Performance analysis 
and design of liquid fuel, solid fuel, nuclear and electrical rocket propulsion 
systems. 

MAE (MAS) 4 \ Undersea Vehicle Design. Preq: MAE 355 or ESM 303. 3(3-0) 
F or S. Solution of problems encountered in the design of both submerged and 
semisubmerged ocean vehicles. Treatment of vehicle drag and lift, bouyancy 
effects, vehicle propulsion and systems integration. 

MAE 472 Aerospace Vehicle Structures II. Preq: MAE 371. 4(3-3) F. A con- 
tinuation of MAE 371 emphasizing specialized topics such as semi-nomocoque 
structures, deflection of structures, indeterminate structures, torsion analysis. 
Laboratory demonstration of the theory and application of resistance strain gages, 
load-stress-deflection tests on typical flight vehicle structure components, the 
determination of basic materials properties, and correlation of tests and analytical 
results. 

MAE 474 Matrix Stress and Deformation Analysis. Preq: MAE 316 or 371 or 

ESM 307 or 301. 3(3-0) S. The fundamentals and application of matrix methods 
of stress and deformation analysis for load-carrying components typical of aero- 
space and mechanical engineering systems. 

MAE 479 Aerospace Vehicle Design. Preqs: MAE 356, 462, 467, 472, and 
EE 332. 4(2-6) S. A synthesis of previously acquired theoretical and empirical 
knowledge and application to the design of practical aerospace vehicle systems. 

MAE 492 Special Topics in Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering. 1-3 F,S. 
Offered as needed to present new or special MAE subject matter. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MAE 501 Steam and Gas Turbines. Preqs: MAE 302, ESM 303 or MAE ^55. 
3(3-0) F or S. Fundamental analysis of the theory and design of turbomachinery 
flow passages; control and performance of turbomachinery; gas-turbine engine 
processes. 

MAE 507, 508 Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals. Preq: MAE 302. 
3(3-0) F,S. Fundamentals common to internal combustion engine cycles of opera- 
tion. The Otto engine; carburetion, fuel distribution, flame and spark timing, and 
altitude effects; the Diesel engine; injection knock, combustion, precombustion 
and scavenging as applied to reciprocating and rotary engines. 

MAE 510 Theory of Particulate Collection in Air Pollution Control. Preq: MAE 
409 or grad. standing. 3(3-0) S. Particulate matter classification and property 
description. The motion of particles as applied to particulate collection. Elements 
of aerodynamic capture of particles. Applications in filtration and liquid scrubbing. 
Fundamentals of acoustical, electrostatic and thermal precipitation. Samping 
techniques and instrumentation. 

MAE 513 Vibration and Noise Control. Preq: MAE 315 or 472. 3(2-3) F. The 
nature and origin of vibration and noise in mechanical systems and design for 
their control. Source reduction, isolation, transmission, damping and acoustic 
shielding techniques. Laboratory demonstrations. 



311 



MAE 515 Experimental Stress Analysis. Preq: MAE 316. 3(2-3) F. Theoretical 
and experimental techniques of strain and stress analysis with emphasis on 
electrical strain gages and instrumentation, brittle coatings, grid methods and 
an introduction to photoelasticity. Lab. investigation and report on problem 
chosen by the student under the guidance of the instructor. 

MAE 516 Photoelasticity. Preq: MAE 316. 3(2-3) S. Theory and experimental 
techniques of two- and three-dimensional photoelasticity including photoelastic 
coatings, photoplasticity and an application of photoelastic methods to the solu- 
tion of mechanical design problems. Laboratory investigation and report of a 
problem chosen by the student under the guidance of the instructor. 

MAE 517 Lubrication. Preq: ESM 303. 3(2-3) S. Hydrodynamic lubrication; 
Reynold's equation, the Sommerfield integration, effect of variable lubricant 
properties and energy' equation for temperature rise. Properties of lubricants. 
Application to design of bearings. Boundary lubricants. Solid film lubrication. 

MAE 518 Acoustic Radiation I. Preq: MA 301. 3(3-0) F or S. Acoustic radiation 
principles as related to acoustic sources and associated fields. Radiation of single 
sources (point, plane, line cylinder, spheres, etc.) and combinations thereof. 

MAE 521 Aerothermodynamics. Preqs: MAE 301, MAE 355 or ESM 303. 3(3-0) 
F or S. Basic thermodynamics pertinent to gas dynamics. Detailed development 
of the general equations governing gas motion in differential and integral form. 
Simplification of the equations for specialized flow regimes. Similarity para- 
meters. Applications to simple problems in various flow regimes. 

MAE 531 Plasmagasdynamics I. Preqs: MAE 356, PY 414. 3(3-0) F or S. Basic 
laws governing plasma motion for dense and rarefied plasmas, hydromagnetic 
shocks, plasma waves and instabilities, simple engineering applications. 

MAE 532 Plasmagasdynamics IL Preq: MAE 531. 3(3-0) F or S. Quantum 
statistics and ionization phenomena. Charged particles interactions. Transport 
properties in the presence of electric and magnetic fields and nonequilibrium 
ionization. 

MAE (EE) 535 Gas Lasers. Preqs: MAE 356 or equivalent, PY 407. 3(3-0) F or 
S. The principles, design and potential applications of ion, molecular, chemical 
and atomic gas lasers. 

MAE 541, 542 Aerodynamic Heating. Preqs: MA 511, MAE 521. 3(3-0) F,S. 
Latest theoretical and experimental findings of the compressible laminar and 
turbulent boundary layers especially the aerodynamic heating problem. Analysis 
and design of aerospace hardware. 

MAE 543 Heat Transfer — Theories and Applications. Preq: MAE 402 or equiva- 
lent. 3(3-0) F or S. Development of basic equations for steady and transient heat 
and mass transfer processes. Emphasis on applications of basic equations to 
engineering problems in the areas of conduction, convection, mass transfer and 
thermal radiation. 

MAE 545, 546 Project Work in Mechanical Engineering I, IL 2(0-4) F,S. Indi- 
dual or small group investigation of a problem of current interest. 

MAE 550 Cryogenics L Preq: MAE 402. 3(3-0) F or S. The thermodynamic 
processes required to produce cryogenic fluids. Properties of materials at cryogenic 
temperatures. Insulation of cryogenic vessels and lines. Design of cryogenic 
systems. 



312 



MAE 554 Advanced Aerodynamic Theory. Preq: MAE 355. 3(3-0) S. Develop- 
ment of fundamental aerodynamic theory including derivation of equations of 
motion, airfoil theory and comparison v*rith experimental results. 

MAE 555 Advanced Flight Vehicle Stability and Control. Preq: MAE 462. 
3(3-0) F. Preliminary analysis and design of flight control systems to include 
autopilots and stability argumentation systems. Effects of inertial cross-coupling 
and nonrigid bodies on vehicle dynamics. 

MAE 562 Advanced Aircraft Structures. Preq: MAE 371. 3(3-0) S. Methods 
of stress analysis for aircraft structures, special problems in structural design, 
stiffened panels, rigid frames, indeterminate structres, general relaxation theory. 

MAE 571 Inertial Guidance, Design and Analysis. Preqs: MA 401, MAE 435 or 
MAE 462. 3(3-0) S. Design and performance analysis of inertial guidance com- 
ponents, subsystems and systems. Transfer functions and applications of linear 
system techniques to determine stability, transient response and steady-state 
errors of gyros, accelerometers, stable platforms and initial alignment subsystems. 
Error analysis and significance. Preliminary design and analysis of inertial 
guidance systetns for flight and marine vehicles. 

MAE 581, 582 Hypersonic Aerodynamics. Preqs: MA 512, MAE 521 or equiva- 
lent. 3(3-0) F,S. The latest theoretical and experimental findings in hjrpersonic 
aerodynamics. 

MAE 593 Special Topics in Mechanical Engineering. Preq: Advanced undergrad. 
or grad. standing. 3(3-0) F,S. Faculty and student discussions of special topics. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

MAE 601 Advanced Engineering Thermodynamics. 3(3-0) F. 

MAE 602 Statistical Thermodynamics, 3(3-0) S. 

MAE 603 Advanced Power Plants. 3(3-0) F. 

MAE 605 Aerothermochemistry. 3(3-0) S. 

MAE 606 Advanced Gas Dynamics. 3(3-0) S. 

MAE 608 Advanced Heat Transfer I. 3(3-0) F. 

MAE 609 Advanced Heat Transfer II. 3(3-0) S. 

MAE 610 Advanced Topics in Heat Transfer. 3(3-0) S. 

MAE 611, 612 Advanced Machine Design I, II. 3(3-0) F,S. 

MAE 613 Mechanics of Machinery. 3(3-0) F. 

MAE 614 Mechanical Transients and Machine Vibrations. 3(3-0) S. 

MAE 615 Aeroelasticity I. 3(3-0) F. 

MAE 617 Mechanical System Design Analysis. 3(3-0) F. 

MAE 618 Mechanical System Design Synthesis. 3(3-0) S. 

MAE 619 Random Vibration. 3(3-0) F or S. 



313 



MAE 622 Acoustic Radiation II. 3(3-0) F or S. 

MAE 625, 626 Direct Energy Conversion. 3(3-0) F,S. 

MAE 631 Applications of Ultrasonics to Engineering Research. 3(3-0) F. 

MAE 651 Principles of Fluid Motion. 3(3-0) F. 

MAE 652 Dynamics of Compressible Flow. 3(3-0) F. 

MAE 653 Supersonic Aerodynamics. 3(3-0) S. 

MAE 654 Dynamics of Viscous Fluids I. 3(3-0) F. 

MAE 655 Dynamics of Viscous Fluids II. 3(3-0) S. 

MAE 657 Measurement in Rarefied Gas Streams. 3(3-0) F. 

MAE 658, 659 Molecular Gas Dynamics. 3(3-0) F,S. 

MAE 661, 662 Aerospace Energy Systems. 3(3-0) F,S. 

MAE (TX) 663 Mechanics of Twisted Structures. 3(3-0) F. 

MAE (TX) 664 Mechanics of Fabric Structures. 3(3-0) S. 

MAE 671, 672 Advanced Air Conditioning Design I, II. 3(3-0) F,S. 

MAE 674, 675 Advanced Spacecraft Design. 3(3-0) F,S. 

MAE 681 Introduction to Rocket Propulsion. 3(3-0) F. 

MAE 682 Solid Propellant Rockets. 3(3-0) S. 

MAE 683 Liquid Propellant Rockets. 3(3-0) S. 

MAE 684 Ion Propulsion. 3(3-0) F or S. 

MAE 693 Advanced Topics in Mechanical Engineering. 1-6 F or S. 

MAE 695 Mechanical Engineering Seminar. 1(1-0) F or S. 

MAE 699 Mechanical Engineering Research. Credits Arranged. 

Meteorology 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

MY 201 Atmospheric Environment. Preqs: High school physics, chemistry, 
algebra, trigonometry, or equivalent. 3(3-0) F,S. Nature and processes of the 
atmosphere, interactions with land, sea, and life at the surface, relations to other 
components of the solar system; measurements and surveillance of the atmosphere 
and relations to climatology, weather forecasting, weather modification and air 
pollution, and applications to various human activities. 

MY 386 Climate Near the Ground. Preqs: MA 112, PY 221. 3(3-0) S. Analysis 
of basic physical states and processes at the interface of atmosphere with land 



314 



surfaces and vegetation in terms of the meteorological controls. Desigfned to serve 
needs in the various plant sciences. 

MY 411 Introductory Meteorology. Preqs: PY 208 or 212; MA 201 or 212. 3(3-0) 
F. The physical setting: coordinates, planetary motion, gravitation; composition 
and structure of the atmosphere; insolation and diurnal phenomena; heat balance 
of the atmosphere; consequent distribution of variables of state, motion and 
weather. 

MY 412 Atmospheric Physics. Preq: MY 411 or CI. 3(3-0) S. Atmospheric 
effects on electromagnetic and acoustic transmission, and the consequent phenom- 
ena; terrestrial radiation; radar meteorology, visibility, atmospheric electricity 
and magnetism. 

MY 421 Atmospheric Statics and Thermodynamics. Preqs: PY 208 or 212; MA 
202. 3(3-0) F. The variables of state and thermodynamics of dry 
and moist air in the atmospheric system; water phase changes, hydrostatics and 
altimetry; stability, convection and diffusion; transfers at the surface; natural 
modification of air. 

MY 422 Atmospheric Kinematics and Dynamics. Preqs: PY 208, MA 202; 
Coreq: MY 421 or CI. 3(3-0) S. Properties and fields of atmospheric motion, and 
variations with time; forces and force fields; equilibrium and accelerated motions; 
the boundary layer and momentum transfer; continuity, pressure tendency and 
divergence-vorticity theorems. 

MY 435 Measurements and Data Systems. Preq: MY 421. 3(2-3) S. Meteorologi- 
cal instruments, observations and networks; data communications, reduction and 
presentation; meteorological charts and diagrams, fundamental analysis of 
physical distributions. 

MY 441 Meteorological Analysis I. Preqs: MY 422, 435. 3(3-0) F. Theory and 
analysis of atmospheric distributions, processes and developments in the three 
space dimensions and time. 

MY 433 Meteorological Laboratory I. Preq: MY 435; Coreq: MY 441. 4(0-10) 
F. Analysis of atmospheric distributions, processes and developments, employing 
regularly available meteorological data and the principles presented in prerequisite 
and corequisite courses. Student gains working knowledge of integrated atmos- 
pheric systems and processes through detailed analyses of natural situations. 

MY 444 Meteorological Laboratory IL Preq: MY 443. 4(0-10) S. Analysis and 
application of principles and concepts for predicting developments in the weather. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MY 512 Micrometeorology. Preq: MY 422. 3(3-0) F. Meteorology of the lowest 
hundred meters of the atmosphere with emphasis on the transport of momentum, 
heat, water vapor, and effluents and their transfer through the earth's surface. 

MY 521 The Upper Atmosphere. Preq: MY 411 or CI. 3(3-0) S. Meteorological 
conditions in the upper atmosphere from the stratosphere to the ionosphere. Com- 
positions, mean distributions and variabilities, and circulation and transport 
properties in the region. Physical theories. 

MY 555 Meteorology of the Biosphere. Preqs: PY 205 or 211; CH 103 or 107; 
MA 102 or 112. 3(3-0) F. For graduate students in the life sciences. The physical 
principles governing the states and processes of the atmosphere in contact with 



315 



earth's surface of land, water, and life. Exchanges of heat, mass, and momentum 
are analyzed for various conditions of the atmosphere and surface, and as a function 
of season, time, and geographic location. 

MY 556 Air Pollution Meteorology. Preq: MY 555 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. The 
meteorological aspects of air pollution, especially for nonmeteorologists engaged 
in graduate training for work involving air pollution. 

MY 593 Advanced Topics. Preq: CI. 1-6 F,S. Special topics in meteorology, 
provided to groups or to individuals. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

MY 612 Atmospheric Radiative Transfer. 3(3-0) S. 

MY 627 Atmospheric Turbulence and Diffusion. 3(3-0) F. 

MY 635 Dynamical Analysis of the Atmosphere. 3(2-3) F. 

MY 695 Seminar. 1(1-0) F,S. 

MY 699 Research. Credits Arranged F,S. 



Microbiology 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

MB 301 Microbial Life. 3(3-0) Sum. Basic concepts of microbiology requiring 
no college-level prerequisites in chemistry or biology. Although given as a terminal 
course, it emphasizes fundamental knowledge and concepts so that superior stu- 
dents may take MB 302 and organic chemistry and then take MB 501. Credit not 
allowed for both MB 301 and 401. Hayes 

MB 302 Clinical Microbiology Lab. Coreq: MB 301. 1(0-2) Sum. Techniques of 
isolating and characterizing microorganisms of medical significance. Hayes 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MB 401 General Microbiology. Preqs: BS 100, CH 223 or 220. 4(3-3) F,S. Rigor- 
ous introduction to basic principles and concepts of microbiology. Recommended 
for students in biological and agricultural sciences curricula and for all students 
planning to take further courses in microbiology. Credit not allowed for both 
MB 301 and 401. Elkan 

MB (FS) 405 Food Microbiology. 3(2-3) F. (See food science, page 269.) 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MB 501 Advanced Microbiology. Preq: MB 401 or MB 301 and 302. 3(3-0) F. 
An in-depth examination of microorganisms in relation to their natural environ- 
ments, their taxonomic, nutritional, structural, and physiological interrelationships. 

Perry 

MB (FS) 506 Advanced Food Microbiology. 3(1-6) S. (See food science, page 270.) 

MB 511 Bacterial Pathogenesis. Preq: MB 401 or 301. 3(3-0) F. An in-depth 
consideration of the host-parasite relationship between pathogenic bacteria and 



316 



man. Attributes of bacteria which enable them to cause disease, the basic defense 
mechanisms of man, and chemotherapy. Hayes 

MB 514 Microbial Metabolism. Preqs: MB 401 or 301, BCH 351 or 551. 3(3-0) S. 
The metaboHc processes of microorganisms and their regulatory mechanisms. 

Dobrogosz 

MB 521 Microbial Ecology. Preq: Sr. or grad. standing. 1(1-0) S. Concepts of 
microbial ecologj^ as they relate to the role of microorganisms in the biosphere. 
The inter action of microbes and environmental pollutants. Perry 

MB (SSC) 532 Soil Microbiology. 4(3-3) S. (See soil science, page 368.) 

MB 551 Immunology and Serology. Preq: MB 401. 2(1-2) S. Concepts, principles 
and mechanisms of antibody production, antigen-antibody interaction, and the 
laboratory techniques for their demonstration and study. Lecce 

MB (ZO) 555 Protozoology. 4(2-6) F. (See zoology, page 389.) 

MB (GN, BCH) 561 Biochemical and Microbial Genetics. 3(3-0) F. (See bio- 
chemistry, page 206.) 

xMB (BAE, CE) 570 Sanitary Microbiology. 3(2-3) S. (See biological 
and agricultural engineering, page 208.) 

MB 571 Virology. Preqs: BCH 551, MB 401. 3(3-0) S. The fundamental aspects 
of virus-cell interactions, including virus attachment and penetration, intracellular 
virus replication, metabolic changes occurring in cells as a result of virus infection 
and virus-induced cellular transformations. Hayes 

MB (BO) 574 Phycology. 3(1-4) S. (See botany, page 212.) 

MB (BO, PP) 575 The Fungi. 3(3-0) F. (See botany, page 212.) 

MB (BO, PP) 576 The Fungi-Lab. 1(0-3) F. (See botany, page 213.) 

MB 590 Topical Problems. Preqs: CI, grad. standing. Credits Arranged F,S. 
Topics presented by a visiting professor or special lecturer. Used to develop new 
courses or to take advantage of special competence of resident or visiting faculty 
members. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

MB (SSC) 632 Ecology and Functions of Soil Microorganisms. 3(3-0) S. (Offered 
S 1975 and alt. years.) 

MB 690 Microbiology Seminar. 1(1-0) F,S. 

MB 692 Special Problems in Microbiology. Credits Arranged F,S. 

MB 699 Microbiology Research. Credits Arranged F,S. 



Military Education and Training 

I AEROSPACE STUDIES (AIR FORCE ROTC) 

I AS 121 The Air Force Role in the Department of Defense I. 1(1-1) F. Initial 
course in the four-year AFROTC curriculum. Familiarizes student with the 

317 



mission, organization and doctrine of the U.S. Air Force and U.S. Strategfic 
Offensive Forces. Introduction to U.S. Strategic Defensive Forces. The laboratory, 
Corps Training, provides experience in drill movements, knowledge of customs and 
courtesies expected of an Air Force member, knowledge of Air Force career oppor- 
tunities, and the life and work of the junior officer. 

AS 122 The Air Force Role in the Department of Defense II. Preq: AS 121 or 
equivalent. 1(1-1) S. Continues study of U.S. Strategic Defensive Forces. Familiar- 
izes student with Aerospace Support Forces and U.S. General Purpose Forces, 
including those of the Army, Navy and Marines. Corps Training stresses funda- 
mentals needed to capably assume and discharge future responsibilities in AFROTC 
and the U.S. Air Force. 

AS 221 The Development of Airpower I. Preq: AS 122 or equivalent 1(1-1) F. 
Airpower from the early years of powered flight through World War II. Emphasis 
on the development of employment concepts. Factors which have prompted re- 
search and technological change. Events which show the impact of airpower on 
strategic thought. Corps Training develops skills and further studies the junior 
officer environment. 

AS 222 The Development of Airpower II. Preq: AS 221 or equivalent. 1(1-1) S. 
Airpower from the end of World War II to the present. Emphasis on employment 
concepts, technological change, and the impact of airpower on strategic thought. 
Leadership experiences and study of junior officer environment in Corps Training. 

PROFESSIONAL OFFICER EDUCATION 

AS 321 National Security Forces in Contemporary American Society I. Preq: 
Four Year AFROTC Cadets, AS 222; Two year non- veteran students, satisfactory 
completion of a six week field training course (see below). 1(3-1) F. The role of 
national security forces in contemporary American society. The professional 
military as it relates to the American political and social system. Formulation of 
military policy is examined in terms of international and domestic constraints. 
A treatment of the development of modern defense strategy. The student studies 
and practices communicative skills. Corps Training provides for advanced leader- 
ship experience. 

AS 322 National Security Forces in Contemporary American Society II. Preq: 
AS 321. 2(3-1) S. Continues the study of national security forces in contemporary 
American society. Focuses on strategy and management of modern conflict and 
formulation and implementation of U.S. defense policy. Brief study of the Air 
Force Officer classification and assignment system. Students develop their com- 
municative skills and participate in advanced leadership situations in Corps 
Training. 

AS 421 Philosophy of Military Leadership. Preq: AS 322. 1(3-1) F. Class and 
laboratory include exploration and practical experience in the need for leadership 
and a study of human behavior and relations that affect military leadership. 
Professional self-discipline, imposed discipline of military law, and an examination 
of the variables affecting leadership. Emphasis to developing the communicative 
skills, leadership abilities and basic knowledge required of a future Air Force 
junior officer. 

AS 422 Management Applications in the Military Environment. Preq: AS 421, 
2(3-1) S. Class and laboratory study of and practical experience with management 
functions in the military environment. The planning, organizing, directing, con- 
trolling and coordinating functions of management; the command and staff 
functions in advising, problem solving and decision-making situations. Emphasis 
on developing communicative skills, leadership abilities and basic knowledge re- 
quired of an Air Force junior officer. 

318 



AS 499 Flight Instruction Program Ground School. 0(3-0) S. Develops aero- 
nautical knowledge required by the Federal Aviation Administration for private 
pilots. It familiarizes students with the appropriate general and visual flight 
rules of Part 91 of the Federal Aviation Regulations, obtaining and evaluating of 
flight weather reports, and flight planning elements such as plotting courses, 
estimating time enroute and fuel requirements. Required in the Flight Instruction 
Program (FIP) for Air Force ROTC cadets. 

FIELD TRAINING COURSES 

AFROTC field training is offered during the summer months at selected Air 
Force bases throughout the United States. Students in the four-year program 
participate in four weeks of field training during the summer after their sophomore 
or junior year. Students applying for entry into the two-year program must suc- 
cessfully complete six weeks of field training prior to enrollment in AFROTC. 

Major study areas in the four-week field training program include junior officer 
training, aircraft and aircrew indoctrination, career-orientation, survival training, 
base functions and Air Force environment, and physical training. 

The six-week field training program covers all four-week field training program 
areas plus all of the subject matter received by four-year program cadets during 
their freshman and sophomore years in the General Military Course, including 
corps training. 

MILITARY SCIENCE (ARMY ROTC) 

MS 101 Military Science I. 1(1-1) F. The mission and organization of the U.S. 
Army, including the history of the Army ROTC program. Practical work in 
individual weapons and marksmanship. Leadership laboratory emphasizes essential 
characteristics of leadership and development of teamwork. Johnson 

MS 102 Military Science I. 1(1-1) S. A seminar approach which investigates 
current topics of interest to the Army. Instruction in the definition, causes and 
evolution of warfare. Leadership laboratory continues to emphasize MS 101 goals. 

Johnson 

MS 201 Military Science 11. Preqs: MS 101, 102 or equivalent credits. 1(2-1) F. 
Instruction in map and aerial photograph reading; introduction to theory of small- 
unit basic tactics. Leadership laboratory emphasizes characteristics of leader- 
ship, development of teamwork and acceptance of responsibility. Edgar 

MS 202 Military Science 11. Preqs: MS 101, 102 or equivalent credits. 1(2-1) S. 
American Military history from (Colonial days to present. Emphasis on Army 
development and function in times of war and peace. Leadership laboratory con- 
tinues to emphasize MS 201 goals. Edgar 

MS 301 Military Science III. Preqs: MS I and II or equivalent credits. 1(2-1) F. 
Instruction in military leadership,, emphasizing troop behavior control and com- 
mand problems; methods of military instruction. Leadership laboratory provides 
practical leadership instruction emphasizing responsibility, command and self- 
confidence. Baucom 

MS 302 Military Science III. Preqs: MS I and II, MS 301 or equivalent credits. 
2(2-1) S. The mission and function of Army branches; principles of military plan- 
ning and conduct of tactical operations. Leadership laboratory continues to 
emphasize MS 301 goals. Baucom 

MS 401 Military Science IV. Preq: MS III. 1(2-1) F. Seminar approach to 
military management concepts, organizational theory, operational techniques and 
staff procedures, fundamentals of military law. Leadership laboratory emphasizes 



319 



the practical application of classroom instruction by exercising full command and 
staff responsibility in planning and executing all phases of field training and leader- 
ship development. Gatti 

MS 402 Military Science IV. Preqs: MS III and MS 401. 2(2-1) S. Seminar 
approach to leadership management in the military environment, the problems of 
developing nations, world position of the United States, and management of per- 
sonal affairs. (UNI 402 — War and Peace in the Nuclear Age may be taken in 
lieu of MS 402.) Leadership laboratory continues development of practical experi- 
ence begun in MS 401, using field training exercises as the medium for preparation 
for commissioning and subsequent active military service. Gatti 



Modern Languages 

NOTE: All students with previous knowledge of French, German or Spanish 
must take the placement test upon entering the University. They loill be given 
advanced standing and receive credit according to their score. 

CLASSICS 

GRK 101 Elementary Greek I. 3(3-0) F,S. Introduction to Classical Greek. Course 
will study Greek alphabet, three declensions, conjugation of regular and some 
irregular verbs. Readings based on Greek mythology, philosophy and literature. 

LAT 101 Elementary Latin I. 3(3-0) F,S. Introduction to Classical Latin. Study 
of five declensions, present and perfect systems of four conjugations, some irregular 
verbs and basic syntax. Readings from Roman and Greek mythology. 

LAT 102 Elementary Latin IL Preq: LAT 101. 3(3-0) F,S. Continuation and 
expansion of LAT 101. Various subjunctive uses, active and passive periphrastic 
conjugations, conditional sentences. Readings from various classical writers. 

NOTE: Follounng courses conducted in the target language, except where 
otherwise stated. 

MLF 301, 302; MLG 301, 302; MLR 303, 304; MLS 301, 302, 303, 304 may be 
used by students other than foreign language majors to satisfy the literature 
requirement in undergraduate degrees. 

ENGUSH FOR FOREIGN STUDENTS 

MLE 101 English for Foreign Students: Review Grammar. 3(3-0) F,S. Emphasis 
is on pronunciation, grammar and comprehension of American English. 

MLE 102 English for Foreign Students: Composition. 3(3-0) F,S. Emphasis is 
on writing, through the study of American English syntax with extensive written 
exercises; additional practice in spelling. 

MLE 103 English for Foreign Students: Conversation. 3(3-0) F,S. For foreign 
students who have studied English but need additional conversational practice. 
Emphasis on correct pronunciation, intonation and idiomatic expressions. Oral 
drills, class discussions and laboratory practice. 

FRENCH 

MLF 101 Elementary French I. 3(3-0) F,S. The beginning course for developing 
language skills. Oral and written practice in classroom and language laboratory. 



320 



MLF 102 Elementary French II. Preq: MLF 101. 3(3-0) F,S. A continuation of 
MLF 101, with oral and written practice in classroom and lan^age laboratory. 

MLF 201 Intermediate French I. Preq: MLF 102. 3(3-0) F,S. The third of four 
consecutive courses to build skills of speaking, understanding, reading and writing 
French. Oral and written practice in classroom and language laboratory. 

MLF 202 Intermediate French II. Preq: MLF 201. 3(3-0) F,S. Last of the founda- 
tion courses in French. Greater emphasis on reading and writing. Completion will 
satisfy the Liberal Arts foreign language requirement. 

MLF 251 Exoticism and the Fantastic in French Literature. Preq: MLF 102. 
3(3-0) F,S. Readings in English translation of selected French works, with stress 
on critical, philosophical, and entertainment value. Detailed explication de texte 
of short passages. 

MLF 257 Conventional and Avant-Garde in Contemporary French Drama. Preq: 
MLF 102. 3(3-0) F,S. Readings in English translation of selected French plays 
of the 20th century, with stress on works assimilated from Greek Tragedy; the 
Avant-Garde and Conventional Theatei . 

MLF 301 Survey of French Literature, Origins to 1800. Preq: MLF 202. 3(3-0) 
F,S. Readings of representative works with analytical and critical emphasis. Lec- 
tures, written and oral reports. 

MLF 302 Survey of French Literature, 1800 to Present. Preq: MLF 202. 3(3-0) S. 
Readings of representative works with analytical and critical emphasis. Lectures, 
written and oral reports. 

MLF 309 Advanced French Conversation and Phonetics. Preq: MLF 202. 3(3-0) 
F,S. Study of sound production and linguistic terminology. Daily conversational 
practice in classroom and language laboratory. Required of French majors. 

MLF 310 Advanced French Grammar. Preq: MLF 202. 3(3-0) F,S. Thorough 
and in-depth study of French syntax with extensive written practice. Required of 
French majors. 

MLF 322 French Novel Before World War II. Preq: MLF 202. 3(3-0) F,S. Read- 
ings of French novelists from 1900 to 1940. Lectures, written and oral reports. 

MLF 323 Contemporary French NoveL Preq: MLF 202. 3(3-0) F,S. Readings 
of French novelists from 1945 to the present. Lectures, written and oral reports. 

MLF 324 Contemporary French Theater. Preq: MLF 202. 3(3-0) F,S. Repre- 
sentative plays with stress on ideas, philosophies, and trends in France and 
.other countries. 

MLF 411 French Literature of the 17th Century. Preq: CL 3(3-0) F,S. Analytical 
and critical study of writings of French Classicism. Lectures, written and oral 
reports. 

MLF 412 French Literature of the 18th Century. Preq: CL 3(3-0) F,S. Analyti- 
cal and critical study of writing^s of the Age of Rationalism and Revolution. Lec- 
tures, written and oral reports. 



321 



MLF 491 Special Topics in French Studies. Preq: Consent of the department. 
3(3-0) F,S. A concentrated study of a special period, author or genre, to be deter- 
mined as needed in the major program. 

MLF 492 Special Topics in French Studies. Preq: Consent of department. 
3(3-0) F,S. A concentrated study of a special period, author or genre, to be deter- 
mined as needed in the major program. 

MLF 498 Special Topics in French: Independent Study. Preq: Consent of 
department. 1-6 F,S. A detailed investigation of a special topic in language or 
literature, the topic and mode of study to be determined by the faculty member 
and the student in consultation with the head of the Modern Language department. 

FOR GRADUATE CERTIFICATION 

This course does not carry undergraduate credit. 

MLF 401 French for Graduate Students. 3(3-0) F. Designed to prepare students 
for graduate certification, this course will introduce students to basic vocabulary 
and structures. Frequent practice in translation. Certification is granted on satis- 
factory completion of the course. 

GERMAN 

MLG 101 Elementary German I. 3(3-0) F,S. The first in a four-course sequence 
intended to teach the student to understand, speak, read and write everyday 
German. Emphasis on speaking and understanding with additional reading of 
cultural materials. Intensive practice in the language lab. 

MLG 102 Elementary German II. Preq: MLG 101. 3(3-0) F,S. Strong emphasis 
is placed on understanding and speaking, but increasing attention is given to 
syntax and vocabulary building. 

MLG 201 Intermediate German I. Preq: MLG 102. 3(3-0) F,S. The third of four 
consecutive courses. Intensive conversational drill to build the students' ability 
to understand and speak everyday German. Supplementary readings in German 
literature. 

MLG 202 Intermediate German II. Preq: MLG 201. 3(3-0) F,S. Last of four 

sequential courses. Continued use of everyday spoken German but greater emphasis I 

on reading and writing. Completion will satisfy the Liberal Arts foreign language j 

requirement. ' 

MLG 254 The Novelle From Goethe to the First World War. Preq: MLG 102. 
3(3-0) F,S. Study of a major form of German prose fiction from (ioethe to Thomas 
Mann. Class conducted in English with at least one fourth of the readings in 
German. 

MLG 255 Twentieth Century Germanic Drama. Preq: MLG 102. 3(3-0) F,S. 
Significant plays of Central and Northern Europe during the 20th century especially 
as they reflect socio-economic changes. Class conducted in English with about 
one third of the readings in German. 

MLG 301 Survey of German Literature: Middle Ages to 1800. Preq: MLG 202. 
3(3-0) F,S. Readings of representative works with analytical and critical emphasis. 
Lectures, class discussions, papers. 



322 



MLG 302 Survey of German Literature: 1800 to World War I. Preq: MLG 202. 
3(3-0) F,S. Readings of significant authors, including the Romantic, Realist and 
Impressionist periods. 

MLG 309 Advanced Conversation and Phoenetics. Preq: MLG 202. 3(3-0) S. 
Through intensive conversational practice the course will concentrate on bringing 
the student to a high level of ability in spoken German. Reports by students on 
current topics; study of special problems in pronunciation. 

MLG 322 Major German Modern Writers. Preq: MLG 202. 3(3-0 F. A study of 
major authors of the 20th century whose reputation was established prior to World 
War II, including Hauptman, Schnitzler, Hofrnannstahl, Hesse, Mann, Kafka, 
Brecht. 

MLG 323 Contemporary German Literature. Preq: MLG 202. 3(3-0) S. A study 
of German-speaking authors whose reputation has been established since the 
Second World War and those whose works are now gaining attention. 

MLG 498 Special Topics in German: Independent Study. Preq: Consent of 
the department. 1-6 F,S. A detailed investigation of a special topic in language or 
literature, topic, mode of study, and variable credit to be determined by the faculty 
member in consultation with the head of the Modem Language Department. 

GRADUATE CERTIFICATION 

This course does not carry undergraduate credit. 

MLG 401 German for Graduate Students. Not open to undergrads. 3(3-0) F. 
Designed to prepare students for graduate certification, this course will introduce 
students to basic vocabulary and structure. Completion of the course will certify 
the student's reading knowledge. 

ITALIAN 

MLI 101 Elementary Italian I. 3(3-0) F,S. Concentrating on hearing and speak- 
ing, this course begins the development of a balanced foundation on all four 
language skills. Idiomatic, everyday Italian is emphasized. Class and laboratory 
practice, written homework. 

MLI 102 Elementary Italian II. Preq: MU 101. 3(3-0) F,S. Emphasis mainly 
on acquisition of oral skills through class practice and use of audio aids. Readings 
of simple Italian prose. 

Follounng Courses Will he Condiucted Entirely in Italian. 

MLI 201 Intermediate Italian I. Preq: MLI 102. 3(3-0) F,S. The third of four 
consecutive courses. Its principal aim is to teach everyday, idiomatic Italian. 
Selected readings from contemporary Italian authors. 

MLI 202 Intermediate Italian II. Preq: MLI 201. 3(3-0) F,S. Study of more 
advanced aspects of Italian, completing the learning of the foundation of the 
language. Readings from contemporary Italian authors; practice in intermediate 
composition. A successful pass will satisfy Liberal Arts foreign language 
requirement. 

RUSSIAN 

MLR 101 Elementary Russian I. 3(3-0) F,S. The first of four sequential courses. 
Students are introduced to the basic language skills: understanding, speaking, 



323 



reading and writing. Initial emphasis is on the two first, or oral, skills. Class and 
laboratory practice; written assignments. 

MLR 102 Elementary Russian II. Preq: MLR 101. 3(3-0) F,S. Main emphasis 
on acquisition of basic oral skills, with complementary reading and writing exer- 
cises. Class and laboratory practice; written assignments. 

MLR 201 Intermediate Russian I. Preq: MLR 102. 3(3-0) F,S. The learning of 
basic skills is continued. More emphasis than previously will be given to writing, 
but conversational practice is essential. Readings in Russian prose of intermediate 
level. Class and laboratory practice; written assignments. 

MLR 202 Intermediate Russian II. Preq: MLR 201. 3(3-0) F,S. Study of more 
advanced aspects of Russian syntax through reading of prose of Russian writers. 
Continued attention to conversational practice and vocabulary building. Com- 
pletion of this course will satisfy language requirement for Liberal Arts major. 

MLR 303 Russian Literature in Translation I. 3(3-0) F,S. This course offers an 
introduction to Russian writers of the 19th century, such as Turgenev, Gogol, 
Lermontov, Pushkin, Dostoevsky, Tolstoy. Class conducted in English. 

MLR 304 Russian Literature in Translation II. 3(3-0) F,S. An introduction to 
Russian writers of the 20th century: (iorky, Pasternak, Solzhenitsyn, Babel, 
Sholokov, Maiakovsky, etc. Class conducted in English. 

SPANISH 

MLS 101 Elementary Spanish I. 3(3-0) F,S. Concentrating on hearing and speak- 
ing, this course begins the development of a balanced foundation in all four lan- 
guage skills. Idiomatic, everyday Spanish is emphasized. Class practice, laboratory 
and written homework. 

MLS 102 Elementary Spanish II. Preq: MLS 101. 3(3-0) F,S. This course 
expands use of Spanish through past tenses, regular and irregular, and various 
morphological and syntactical aspects. Emphasis on oral skills. Written work and 
laboratory practice assigned daily. 

MLS 201 Intermediate Spanish I. Preq: MLS 102. 3(3-0) F,S. The third of four 
consecutive courses. As with 101 and 102, its aim is mainly to teach idiomatic, 
spoken Spanish. Reading and writing skills receive greater attention than pre- 
viously. Class practice, laboratory and written assignment. 

MLS 202 Intermediate Spanish II. Preq: MLS 201. 3(3-0) F,S. Last of four 
sequential courses, completing the learning of the foundations of the language. 
Writing will receive greater attention. Completion will satisfy the Liberal Arts 
foreign language requirement. 

MLS 252 The Theme of Desengano in Spanish Literature. Preq: MLS 102. 
3(3-0) F,S. Comprehensive study of theme of desengano in its different manifesta- 
tions, mainly through the picaresque novel, baroque poetry and drama, Don 
Quijote, Unamuno and A. Machado. Course conducted in English with at least 
one fourth of readings in Spanish. 

MLS 256 Alienation in the Modem Hispanic World. Preq: MLS 102. 3(3-0) F,S. 
A study of cultural attitudes in the Hispanic countries through readings of selected 
Spanish and Spanish-American essays, novels and stories. Course conducted in 
English with at least one fourth of readings in Spanish. 



324 



MLS 301 Survey of Spanish Literature Through Golden Age. Preq: MLS 202. 
3(3-0) F. Analysis of major literary works through 1700. The study will have two 
main projections: aesthetic, through consideration of elements of artistic creation, 
criticism and genres; cultural, in relating works to spatial and temporal cir- 
cumstance. 

MLS 302 Survey of Spanish Literature: 1700 to Present. Preq: MLS 202. 
3(3-0) S. Introduction to the study of Spanish Neoclassicism, Romanticism, 
Realism, and subsequent literary production. Special attention to the quest for 
new values in contemporary literature. 

MLS 303 Latin American Literature I. Preq: MLS 202. 3(3-0) F. Survey of 
literary production in Spanish-American countries from pre-Hispanic to 1800. 
Special attention to the Baroque and the Romantic periods 1800. Lectures, class 
discussions, papers. 

MLS 304 Latin American Literature IL Preq: MLS 202. 3(3-0) F. Introduction 
to the study of American literature in the Spanish language from Modernism to 
Garcia Marquez. Lectures, class discussions, papers. 

MLS 309 Advanced Spanish Conversation and Phonetics. Preq: MLS 202. 
3(3-0) F,S. Through discussions on relevant topics, class will concentrate on giving 
student fluent mastery of spoken Spanish. Study of main phenomena of sound 
production and of relevant linguistic terminology. 

MLS 310 Advanced Spanish Grammar and Composition. Preq: MLS 202. 3(3-0) 
F,S. A thorough study of the more advanced aspects of Spanish syntax, with 
extensive practice in writing. Required of Spanish majors. 

MLS 323 Contemporary Spanish Literature. Preq: MLS 302. 3(3-0) F. An in- 
depth study of Spanish prose writing from the Generation of 98 through the 
present. Special attention to post-Civil War authors such as Laforet, Cela, 
Goytisolo, etc. Lectures, discussions, term paper. 

MLS 403 Cervantes. Preq: CI. 3(3-0) F. Around the central consideration of 
Don Quijote's definition of his role as knight errant, this course will consider the 
works of Cervantes and related writers. The development of the novel as a genre 
is examined as part of the question of human personality and of its social deter- 
minants in the Renaissance. 

MLS 404 Drama of the Golden Age. Preq: CI. 3(3-0) S. After a brief introduction 
to medieval and early Renaissance drama, this course considers the rise and 
development of the Spanish stage from Lope de Vega to the late 17th century. 
Lectures, discussion, term paper. 

MLS 491 Special Topics in Hispanic Studies. Preq: MLS 309, 310 or consent of 
the department. 3(3-0) F. A concentrated study of a special period, author or 
genre, to be determined as needed in the major program. 

MLS 492 Special Topics in Hispanic Studies. Preq: MLS 309, 310 or consent of 
the department. 3(3-0) A concentrated study of a special period, author or genre, 
to be determined as needed in the major program. 

MLS 498 Special Topics in Spanish: Independent Study. Preq: consent of the 
department. 1-6 F,S. A detailed investigation of a special topic in language or 
literature, the topic and mode of study to be determined by the faculty member in 
consultation with the head of the Modern Language department. 



325 



GRADUATE CERTIFICATION 

This course does not carry undergraduate credit. 

MLS 401 Spanish for Graduate Students. Not open to undergrads. 3(3-0) F. 
Designed to prepare students for graduate certification, this course will introduce 
students to basic vocabulary and structures. Frequent practice in translation. 
Certification is granted on satisfactory completion of the course. 



Music 

MUS 100 Instrumental Music. Preq: Satisfactorily passing audition. 1(0-5) F,S. 
The performance and study of the best in instrumental music. Assignments to 
various organizations made according to individual interests and abilities. 

MUS 110 Choral Music. Preq: Satisfactorily passing audition. 1(0-4) F,S. The 
performance and study of the best in choral music. Assignments to various organi- 
zations made according to individual interests and abilities. 

MUS 200 Understanding Music. 3(3-0) F,S. To assist students in developing 
understanding and comprehension of music heard today. Emphasis is upon evaluat- 
ing musical elements and content, form, style periods, and design. 

MUS 210 A Survey of Music in America. 3(3-0) Alt. years. A survey from colonial 
times to the present, with emphasis on the major influences which have shaped 
the musical literature and culture of America. 

MUS 215 Music of the 17th and 18th Centuries. 3(3-0) Alt. years. Examine 
selected European music from 1600 to 1800, emphasis on concepts of compositional 
style, reflections of certain broad cultural tendencies and purely musical pheno- 
mena. Study of specific forms and genres as they evolved during this period. 

MUS 220 Music of the Romantic Period. 3(3-0) Alt. years. Designed to provide 
insight into significant musical trends of the Romantic Period (1800-1900). 
Includes an analysis of prevailing musical forms, styles of composers, and relation 
of music to other art forms. 

MUS 320 Music of the 20th Century. 3(3-0) Alt. years. Traditions and innovations 
in representative music of this century are examined. Emphasis upon musical 
ideals and materials. 

MUS 495 Special Topics in Music. 3(3-0) Sum. only. Offers the musical expertise 
of the various musicians-in-residence; topics and subjects covered vary. Listening 
assignments, papers, projects, and outside reading assignments required. 



Nuclear Engineering 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

NE 201 Applications of Nuclear Energy. Preq: PY 202. 3(3-0) S. An elementary 
introduction to radioactivity, fission and fusion, power production, isotopes, radia- 
tion detection, nuclear safety, environmental factors, and energy resources. Gives 
a broad perspective of nuclear engineering and introduces both fundamentals and 
applications. Murray 



326 



i 



NE 302 Fundamentals of Nuclear Engineering. Preq: PY 410. 4(3-2) S. Topics 
include neutron physics, reactor theory, and reactor operations. Emphasis on 
basic principles underlying the design and operation of nuclear systems, facilities 
and applications. Lab. sessions include the various techniques of radiation detection 
and measurement, reactor nuclear instrumentation, and reactor measurements. 

Stam 

NE 401 Reactor .\nalysis and Design. Preq: NE 302 or 419. 4(3-2) S. Elements 
of nuclear reactor theory and reactor operation, including neutron slowing down 
and diffusion, Fermi age theory, multigroup concepts, criticality of homogeneous 
and heterogeneous reactors, and reactor dynamics. Observation and measurement 
of reactor behavior and correlation with theory. Stam 

NE 402 Reactor Engineering. Coreq: NE 401. 4(3-2) F. Engineering topics 
pertinent to the design of reactors, including heat transfer and fluid flow in 
reactors, relevant computer codes, power plant thermodynamics and shielding. 
Laboratory experiments. Verghese 

NE 403 Nuclear Engineering Design Projects. Preq: NE 402. 2(1-3) S. Student 
projects in design of practical nuclear engineering systems. Preliminary designs 
developed by teams advised by faculty, and oral and written reports presented. 
Current and future systems emphasized. Use of computers encouraged. 

Staff 

NE 419 Introduction to Nuclear Engineering. Preq: PY 202 or 208. 3(3-0) F,S. 
Nuclear energy applications, including nuclear reactor materials, reactor theory, 
shielding, thermal and hydraulic analysis, and control. Uses of nuclear fission 
and its by-products in research, industry and propulsion. Major engineering 
problems are defined and methods of approach outlined. Course designed for 
students in other departments. Murray 

NE 491, 492 Nuclear Engineering Topics I, H. Preq: CI. Variable credit, 1-4 
F,S. Detailed coverage of special topics such as: radiation applications, nuclear 
fuel cycles, reactor systems, radiological and reactor safety, quality assurance, 
reactor operation, reactor control, and nuclear measurements. 

Gardner, Verghese, Bohannon, Saxe, Stam 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

NE 501 Reactor Analysis. Preq: NE 302 or 419. 3(3-0) F. Principles of neutron 
motion in matter emphasizmg the analysis of the nuclear chain reactor, including 
neutron mechanics, flux distributions, critical mass calculations, time behavior, 
two group model, and reactivity calculation. Siewert 

NE 502 Reactor Design. Preq: NE 501. 3(3-0) S. Elements of design and opera- 
tion, including reactor materials, thermal and hydraulic analysis, control and 
safety, and thermal and fast reactor systems. Siewert 

NE (MA) 504 Mathematical Methods in Engineering. 3(3-0) F. (See mathematics, 
page 304.) 

NE 505 Experimental .Methods in Nuclear Engineering. Preqs: NE 501, 511, 
Coreqs: NE 502, 512. 3(1-4) S. Laboratory experiments illustrate the principles 
and concepts covered in NE 501, 502, 511 and 512. Gardner 

NE (PY) 511 Nuclear Physics for Engineers. 3(3-0) F. (See physics, page 338.) 



327 



NE 512 Radiation Applications. Preq: NE 511. 3(3-0) S. Applications of radiation 
interaction principles to practical nuclear problems. Topics include radiological 
safety, effects of radiation on biological and structural materials, and industrial 
applications of radioisotopes and radiation. Zumwalt 

NE (MAT) 562 Materials Problems in Nuclear Eng^ineering. Preq: Advanced 
undergrad. standing. 3(3-0) F. Reactor design and operating considerations deter- 
mined by materials properties. The interrelations among materials compatibility 
effects, corrosion effects and radiation effects in fission and fusion reactors. 

Beeler 

NE (MAT) 573 Computer Experiments in Materials and Nuclear Engineering. 

Preq: Advanced undergrad. standing. 3(3-0) F. Monte Carlo and dynamical com- 
puter experiments design and use. Beeler 

NE (CE) 574 Environmental Consequences of Nuclear Power. Preq: CI. 3(3-0) 
S. Environmental consequences resulting from electrical power generation, with 
emphasis on siting, construction, and operation of nuclear power plants. 

Kohl, Zumwalt, Smallwood 

NE 591, 592 Special Topics in Nuclear Engineering I, II. Preq: CI. 3(3-0) F,S. 
Topics include fast breeder reactors and nuclear fusion. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

NE 601 Reactor Theory and Analysis. 3(3-0) 

NE 602 Advanced Reactor Theory. 3(3-0) 

NE 611 Radiation Detection. 3(2-2) 

NE 620 Nuclear Radiation Attenuation. 3(3-0) 

NE 621 Radiation Effects on Materials. 3(3-0) 

NE 622 Transportof Matter in Nuclear Reactors. 3(3-0) 

NE 631 Reactor Kinetics and Control. 3(3-0) 

NE 641 Radioisotope Applications. 3(3-0) 

NE 653 Nuclear Reactor Design. 3(3-0) 

NE 691, 692 Advanced Topics in Nuclear Engineering I, II. 3(3-0) F,S. 

NE 695 Seminar in Nuclear Engineering. 1(1-0) F,S. 

NE 699 Research in Nuclear Engineering. Credits Arranged F,S. 

Nutrition 

NTR (ANS, FS) 301 Nutrition and Man. 3(3-0) F,S. (See animal science, page 200.) 

NTR (ANS, PO) 415 Comparative Nutrition. 3(3-0) F. (See animal science, 
page 200, or poultry science, page 349.) 

NTR (ANS) 416 Quantitative Nutrition. 3(1-6) F. (See animal science, page 201.) 



328 



NTR 490 Nutrition Seminar. Preq: Sr. standing. 1 F,S. Reviews, analysis and 
discussions of information and proposals relating to problems in human nutrition 
and allied areas. 

NTR 590 Topical Problems in Nutrition. Preq: Grad. or sr. standing. 1-6 F,S. 
Discussions, readings and analysis of problems of current interest in nutrition 
and closely allied fields. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

NTR 601 Amino Acids, Vitamins and Minerals in Nutrition. 4(4-0) S. 

NTR 608 Energy Metabolism. 3(3-0) F. 

NTR 690 Advanced Special Problems in Nutrition. 1-6 F,S. 

NTR 699 Research in Nutrition. Credits Arranged F,S. 



Operations Research 

OR 501 Introduction to Operations Research. Preqs: MA 405, 421. 3(3-0) F,Sum. 
OR approach: modeling, constraints, objective and criterion. The problem of 
Multiple criteria. Optimization, Model validation. The team approach. Systems 
Design. Examples. OR methodology: mathematical programming; optimum 
seeking; simulation, gaming; heuristic programming. Examples. OR applications; 
theory of inventory; economic ordering under deterministic and stochastic 
demand. The production smoothing problem; linear and quadratic cost functions. 
Waiting line problems: single and multiple servers with Poisson input and output. 
The theory of games for two-person competitive situations. Project management 
through PERT-CPM. Graduate Staff 

OR (IE, MA) 505 Mathematical Programming I. Preq: MA 405. 3(3-0) F,Sum. 
Mathematical methods applied to planning problems. Linear programming, a 
rigorous and complete development of the theoretical and computational aspects 
of this technique and a discussion of applications. Graduate Staff 

OR (IE) 509 Dynamic Programming. Preqs: MA 405, ST 421. 3(3-0) S,Sum. The 
theory and computational aspects of dynamic programming and its application to 
sequential decision problems. Elmaghraby, Nuttle 

OR 520 Theory of Activity Networks. Preqs: OR 501, OR (IE, MA) 505. 3(3-0) S. 
Graph theory and network theory. The theory underlying: 1) deterministic activity 
networks (CPM): optimal time-cost trade offs; the problem of scarce resources; 
2) probabilistic activity networks (PERT): critical evaluation of the underlying 
assumptions; 3) generalized activity networks (GERT,GAN): applications of 
signal flow graphs and semi-Markov process to probabilistic branching; relation 
to the theory of scheduling. (Offered alt. years.) Elmaghraby 

OE (IE) 522 Dynamics of Industrial Systems. 3(3-0) F. (See industrial engineer- 
ing, page 293.) 

OR (CHE) 527 Optimization of Engineering Processes. 3(3-0) F. (See chemical 
engineering, page 216.) 

OR (IE) 561 Queues and Stochastic Service Systems. Preq: MA 421. 3(3-0) F. 
General concepts of stochastic processes. Poisson processes, Markov processes, 
and Renewal theory presented and used in the analysis of queues, starting with 



329 



a completely memoryless queue to one with general parameters. Applications to 
engfineering problems. Magazine 

OR (CSC) 562 Advanced Topics in Computer Simulation. 3(3-0) S. (See computer 
science, page 230.) 

OR (CSC) 585 Graph Theory. Preq: MA 231 or 405. 3(3-0) F,Sum. Basic concepts 

of graph theor>', Trees and forests, Vector spaces associated with a graph. Repre- 
sentation of graphs by binar>' matrices and list structures. Traversability. (Con- 
nectivity. Matchings and assignment problems. Planar graphs. Colorability. 
Directed graphs. Applications of graph theory with emphasis on organizing prob- 
lems in a form suitable for computer solution. Graduate Staff 

OR (IE) 586 Network Flows. Preq: OR (IE, MA) 505 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. 
Problems of flows in networks, including the determination of the shortest chain, 
maximal flow and minimal cost tlow in networks. The relationship between net- 
work flows and linear programming. Problems with nonlinear cost functions, 
multi- commodity flows, and the problem of network synthesis. (Offered alt. years.) 

Graduate Staff 

OR 591 Special Topics in Operations Research. Preq: CI. 1-3(3-0) S. Individual 
or small group studies of special areas of OR. Course serves as a vehicle for intro- 
ducing new or specailized topics. 

OR (MA, ST) 606 Mathematical Programming II. 3(3-0) S. 

OR 609 Advanced Dynamic Programming. 3(3-0) F. 

OR (ESM) 631, 632 Variational Methods in Optimization Techniques I. II. 3(3-0) 
F,S. 

OR 691 Special Topics in Operations Research. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. 

OR (IE, MA) 692 Special Topics in Mathematical Programming. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. 

OR 695 Seminar in Operations Research. 1(1-0) F,S. 

OR 699 Project in Operations Research. 1-3 F,S,Sum. 



Philosophy 

(Also see Religion.) 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

PHI 201 Logic. 3(3-0) F,S. An introduction to the methods of deductive inference. 
The concepts of validity and implication are defined and applied to statements and 
arguments. Staff 

PHI 205 Problems and Types of Philosophy. 3(3-0) F,S. In this introductory 
course the matters discussed will always be those with a history of importance in 
philosophy, such as problems concerning (jod, freedom, justice, and the nature and 
objects of human knowledge. Staff 

PHI 300 Early Western Philosophy. 3(3-0) F. This course traces the philosophical 
movements of Western Civilization from the pre-Socratics of ancient Greece to the 
scientific revolution of the 17th century, with particular emphasis on Plato and 
Aristotle. Bredenberg 



330 



PHI 301 Modem Western Philosophy. 3(3-0) S. A critical survey of selected 
works of the major Western philosophers from the 17th century to the present. 

Staff 

PHI (ED) 304 Philosophy of Education. 3(3-0) F,S. This course explores the 
fundamental philosophical questions concerning education — namely, "What should 
we teach people, how should we teach it, and why?" The course is further concerned 
with exploring the very concepts of teaching and learning. Bryan 

PHI 305 Philosophy of Religion. 3(3-0) F,S. This course combines two approaches 
to the philosophy of religion: phenomenological and analytic. Given this dual 
approach, the course deals with the questions of the existence of God and of the 
language about God, including such traditional problems as verification, meaning, 
evil, immortality, and creation. Stalnaker 

PHI 306 Philosophy of Art. 3(3-0) F,S. The general objective of this course is to 
analyze concepts and theories encountered in discussion of art in such a way as to 
illuminate the nature of works of art, esthetic experiences, and art criticism. 

Bredenberg 

PHI 307 Morality and Human Happiness. 3(3-0) F. This course raises questions 
about the relationship between morality and happiness — one's own and that of 
others. Accordingly, it explores both the nature of human happiness and the 
nature of justification of moral rights and obligations. Regan 

PHI 308 Contemporary Moral Philosophy. 3(3-0) S. This course explores con- 
temporary philosophical treatment of such questions as "What is the meaning of 
ethical terms like 'good,' 'bad,' 'right,' and 'wrong'?" and "How can moral judg- 
ments be justified or shown to be valid?" Regan 

PHI 309 Contemporary Political Philosophy. 3(3-0) F,S. This course focuses on 
current discussions of basic concepts in political philosophy, such as liberty, 
equality, justice, natural rights, and democracy, with the aim of clarifying and 
resolving disputes concerning the relation of the individual to the state. VanDeVeer 

PHI 310 Existentialism. 3(3-0) F,S. Existentialism is a major type of recent 
philosophy which has greatly influenced contemporary art, literature, and religion. 
This course traces the central existentialist motifs in the work of Kierkegaard, 
Nietzsche, Heidegger, Sartre, and others, and shows their influence upon con- 
temporary culture. Fitzgerald 

PHI 317 Philosophy from Descartes through Hume. 3(3-0) F. Modern philosophy 
is said to begin with Descartes in the 17th century. This course traces philosophic 
thought from Descartes through Spinoza and Liebniz on the continent of Europe to 
the 18th century British empiricists, Locke, Berkeley, and Hume. Metzger 

PHI 318 Philosophy from Kant to the Present. Preq: PHI 317 or consent of 
department. 3(3-0) S. This course traces the development of philosophic thought 
from Immanuel Kant through the Logical Positives, G. E. Moore, Bertrand Russell, 
and the contemporary analytic philosophers. Metzger 

PHI 330 Metaphysics. 3(3-0) S. An examination of metaphysical problems and 
questions, most of which have classical origins but which will usually be treated 
from a contemporary perspective. Typical problems are those connected with 
appearance and reality, free-will and determinism, mind and body, and space and 
time. Carter 

PHI 331 Philosophy of Language. 3(3-0) F. The study of language by philosophers 
in the modern analytic tradition, with particular emphasis on some of the accom- 



331 



plishments and techniques of the philosophical study of language, especially 
meaning. Levin 

PHI 333 Theory of Knowledge. 3(3-0) F. The objectives of this course include the 
analysis of such central concepts as knowledge, belief, and truth, and the investi- 
gation of the principles by which claims to know may be justified. Carter 

PHI 335 Symbolic Logic. 3(3-0) F,S. An introduction to modern symbolic logic. 
Examination of the procedures for the translation of certain English sentences into 
logical notation and for the manipulation of that notation, so as to produce correct 
inferences in it. Also an introduction to the mathematical study of logic, i.e., of 
the properties of the symbolic system itself. Gillmor, Levin 

PHI 402 Advanced Logic. Preq: PHI 335 or CI. 3(3-0) S. An informal study of 
the notions of truth and provability, this course emphasizes some of the theorems 
of mathematical logic having philosophical importance — Godel's incompleteness 
results and Church's theorem, for example. An introduction to recursive function 
theory. Gillmor 

PHI 403 Foundations and Philosophy of Mathematics. Preq. PHI 335 or CI. 

3(3-0) S. This course explores the alternative epistemological bases of mathematics 
provided by constructivism, intuitionism, formalism, and logisticism. Some of the 
alternative foundations compatible with the various positions — e.g., the various 
axiomatic set theories and category theory — are also discussed. Gillmor 

PHI 405 Philosophy of Science. 3(3-0) F,S. An examination of the character and 
function of "explanation" in scientific activity, the concepts of law and theory, 
the role of inductive confirmation, and the relationship between natural and social 
science. Levin 

PHI 490 Seminar in Philosophy. Preq: Six credits in PHI. 3(3-0) F,S. The 
seminars are devoted to special studies in contemporary philosophy, with emphasis 
on research and critical analysis. Students are expected to be familiar with the 
major doctrines of modern western philosophy. Staff 

PHI 492 Philosophy Seminars on the Human Condition. 3(3-0) F,S. The seminars 
will be directed to exploring in a philosophical way the wide range of issues 
characterizing human experience and the human condition — such issues as capital 
punishment, abortion, civil rights, automation, and the quality of existence. Staff 

PHI 498 Special Topics in Philosophy. Preq: Six credits in PHI. 1-6 F,S. This 
course is used to offer areas of study which appear only rarely in the curriculum. 
It will also function as a readings course for honors students in philosophy. Staff 

PHI 499 Senior Essay in Philosophy. Preq: Consent of the department. 3 F,S. 
Individually directed research on a topic chosen in consultation with a staff adviser. 
The objective is a critical, written analysis of a well-defined topic in the thought of 
a major philosopher or in the literature of one of the main problems of philosophy. 

Staff 



Physical and Mathematical Sciences 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

PMS 100 Orientation. 0(1-0). Preq: Required of all fr. in the School of Physical 
and Mathematical Sciences. Introduction to physical sciences and mathematics. 

Staff 



332 



Physical Education 

PRESCRIBED COURSES 

PE 100 Health and Physical Fitness. 1(0-2) F. A lecture laboratory course to 
assess and improve the individual's physical fitness, and to convey health/fitness 
knowledge. 

PE 112 Beginning Swimming I. 1(0-2) F,S. Teaches nonswimmers the basic 
swimming skills necessary to demonstrate survival swimming ability. 

PE 113 Beginning Swimming II. 1(0-2) F,S. Prepares weak swimmers for the 
intermediate swimming course. 

PE 118 Restricted Activity I. 1(0-2) F,S. Meets the needs of individuals who have 
temporary or permanent physical impairments. Students enrolled in this program 
must obtain a restrictive form from the Student Health Service. 

PE 119 Restrictive Activity II. 1(0-2) F,S. A follow-up of PE 118. 

CONTROLLED ELECTIVE COURSES 

AQUATICS 

PE 221 Intermediate Swimming. 1(0-2) F,S. Gives the student competence in four 
basic strokes and two dives. 

PE 222 Water Sports. 1(0-2) S. Water polo and water basketball, plus improve- 
ment in stamina and water skills. 

PE 223 Senior Life Saving. Preq: PE 221 or equivalent. 1(0-2) F,S. Designed to 
qualify students for a Senior Red Cross Life Saving certificate. 

PE 224 Water Safety Instructors. Preq: PE 223 or equivalent. 1(0-2) F,S. De- 
signed to qualify students for a Red Cross Water Safety Instructor's rating. 

PE 225 Scuba Diving. Preq: Demonstrate swimming proficiency. 1(0-2) F,S. 
Appropriate and safe use of scuba diving equipment and related in- water skills. 

COMBATIVES 

PE 232 Personal Defense. 1(0-2) F,S. To promote mastery of fear that may arise 
from the anticipation of violent personal contact and to equip students with the 
techniques for personal defense. To include falls, throws, counters, locks, escapes. 

PE 233 Boxing. 1(0-2) F,S. Acquaints the student with the fundamentals, skills, 
history and rules. Emphasis on defensive techniques. 

PE 238 Wrestling. 1(0-2) F,S. Fundamental skills, history and rules of wrestling 
and the values of regular exercise. 

DEVELOPMENTAL ACTIVITIES 

PE 117 Gymnastics I. 1(0-2) F,S. Fundamentals on the parallel bars, side horse, 
trampoline and mats. 

PE 231 Body Mechanics I. 1(0-2) F,S. A program of physical development and 
coordinated movement. 



333 



PE 234 Gymnastics II. Preq: PE 117 or equivalent. 1(0-2) F,S. A follow-up of 
PE 117 emphasizing leadership training. 

PE 236 Track and Field. 1(0-2) F,S. Develops knowledge, skill and interest in 
track and field events. 

PE 237 Weight Training. 1(0-2) F,S. Basic skills of body development through 
weight training. The principles of strengfth development. 

PE 239 Modem Dance. 1(0-2) F,S. Knowledge, skill and application of modern 
dance. It emphasizes the basic fundamentals of body movement executed to music. 

INDIMDUAL SPORTS 

PE 240 Social Dance. 1(0-2) F,S. Fundamentals of leading and following in- 
cluding foxtrot, swing, waltz, cha-cha-cha and rumba. 

PE 241 Angling. 1(0-2) F,S. Spin, fly and bait casting and an understanding of 
game fishing. 

PE 242 Badminton. 1(0-2) F,S. Gives the beginner skill in the basic strokes and 
a general knowledge of the history, rules and strategy. 

PE 243 Bowling. 1(0-2) F,S. Ball selection, grips, stance and delivery along with 
rules, history, scoring and the general theory of spare coverage. 

PE 244 Fencing. 1(0-2) F,S. Fundamentals, skills, techniques and rules. 

PE 245 Golf. 1(0-2) F,S. Teaches beginners the grip, stance, swing and use of the 
various clubs, along with the history and etiquette of play. 

PE 246 Handball. 1(0-2) F,S. Fundamental skills, history and rules. 

PE 247 Roller Skating. 1(0-2) F,S. The fundamental skills of skating, emphasizing 
balance and speed. 

PE 248 Squash. 1 (0-2) F,S. Fundamental skills, history and rules. 

PE 249 Tennis I. 1(0-2) F,S. Gives beginners a knowledge of history, rules and 
strategy as well as skills. 

PE 250 Tennis II. Preq: PE 249 or equivalent. 1(0-2) F,S. A follow-up of PE 249 
with emphasis on game strategy and doubles play. 

PE 251 Target Archery. 1(0-2) F,S. Fundamental skills and the selection and 
care of archery equipment. 

PE 252 Downhill Skiing. 1(0-2) F,S. Fundamentals including safety, care of 
equipment, control, straight run, turns, and slalom. Offered in December during 
holidays and spring semester break dependent upon weather conditions. Minimum 
of 3 days on slopes required for credit. 

TEAM SPORTS 

PE 116 Soccer. 1(0-2) F. Fundamental skills of the game. Vigorous outdoor team 
sport. 

PE 261 Basketball. 1(0-2) F,S. History, rules and strategy. Fundamental skills. 



334 



PE 263 Field Hockey. 1(0-2) S. History, rules and strategy. Fundamental 
skills. 

PE 265 Softball. 1(0-2) S. Fundamental skills, history and rules. 

PE 267 Touch Football. 1(0-2) F. Skills, history, rules and strategy of touch 
football. 

PE 269 Volleyball. 1(0-2) F,S. Skills, history, rules and strategy. 

VARSITY SPORTS 

PE 271 Varsity Sports I. 1(0-2) F,S. For students transferring to a varsity sport 
for a term (eight weeks) for the first time. 

PE 272 Varsity Sports II. 1(0-2) F,S. For students making their second transfer 
to a varsity sport. 

PE 273 Varsity Sports III. 1(0-2) F,S. For students making their third transfer 
to a varsity sport. 

PE 274 Varsity Sports IV. 1(0-2) F,S. For students making their fourth transfer 
to a varsity sport. 

PE 280 Emergency Medical Care and First Aid. 2(2-0) F,S. Knowledge and tech- 
niques for rendering prompt and appropriate first aid and/or emergency medical 
care in situations when the services of qualified medical personnel are unavailable 
or delayed. (This course does not constitute credit toward meeting physical 
education requirements.) 



Physical Oceanography 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

OY (MAS) 200 Introduction to the Marine Environment. Preqs: High school 
physics, chemistry, algebra, trigonometry, and biology, or equivalent. 3(3-0) F,S. 
The ocean as a part of our environment; subjects include interactions between 
atmosphere and ocean, ocean circulation, physical and chemical properties of sea 
water, marine geology, and marine biology. 

OY (CE, MAS) 487 Physical Oceanography. Preqs: MA 202, PY 212. 3(3-0) S. 
History of physical oceanography; the geological and astronomical background for 
the field; tides and waves; fluid mechanics; characteristics of sea water; advective 
and convective processes; current measurements; laboratory models; and specific 
problems in physical oceanography. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

OY (MAS, CE) 541 Gravity Wave Theory I. 3(3-0) S. (See marine sciences, 
page 297.) 

OY (MAS) 551 Ocean Circulation. 3(3-0) S. (See marine sciences, page 297.) 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

OY (MAS) 601 Advanced Physical Oceanography I. 3(3-0) F. 



335 



OY (MAS) 602 Advanced Physical Oceanography II. 3(3-0) S. 
OY (MAS, ESM) 605 Advanced Geophysical Fluid Mechanics I. 3(3-0) F. 
OY (MAS, ESM) 606 Advanced Geophysical Fluid Mechanics II. 3(3-0) S. 
OY (MAS, ESM) 613 Perturbation Method in Fluid Mechanics I. 3(3-0) F. 
OY (MAS, ESM) 614 Perturbation Method in Fluid Mechanics II. 3(3-0) S. 
OY (MAS) 699 Research in Physical Oceanography. Credits Arranged F,S. 

Physics 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

PY 201, 202, 203 General Physics. Preq: MA 102. 4(3-3) F,S. Intended pri- 
marily for majors in physical and mathematical sciences and nuclear engineering. 

Staff 

PY 205, 208 General Physics. Preq: MA 102. 4(3-3) F,S. Required in most engi- 
neering curricula. A study of classical and modem physics in which the analytical 
approach is employed. Demonstration lectures, recitations, problem drill and labora- 
tory work give a working knowledge of basic principles. PY 205, mechanics, sound 
and heat; PY 208, electricity, light and modern physics. Staff 

PY 211, 212 General Physics. Preq: MA 111 or 116. 4(3-2) F,S. Designed for 
curricula requiring a basic though not specialized knowledge of physics. Lecture- 
demonstration, recitation and laboratory give a working familiarity with basic 
principles of mechanics, heat, sound, light, electricity and modern physics. Staff 

PY 221 College Physics. Preq: MA 111 or 115. 5 (5-0) F,S. Fundamental princi- 
ples applied to modern science and technology. Important concepts in the classical 
areas of physics, along with a brief survey of modern atomic physics. Lectures and 
demonstrations with class participation. Staff 

PY 223 Astronomy. 3(2-2) F,S. An introductory, descriptive survey designed 
primarily for the non-science major, but open to all. Discussion of such recent 
spectacular advances in astronomy as space probes, pulsars, quasars, black holes, 
etc. Laboratory opportunities for direct observation of celestical objects and for 
experiments demonstrating the methods and techniques of astronomical research. 

Jenkins, Patty 

PY 231 Physics for Non-Scientists. For liberal arts students only. 3(3-0) F,S. 
An elementary course for non-science students. The history, philosophy, methods 
and fundamental concepts of physics with applications to everyday modern living. 
Topics in mechanics, heat, electricity, light, relativity, quantum concepts, and 
atomic and nuclear phenomena. Moss, Seagondollar 

PY 232 Physics in Contemporary Society. Preq: PY 231 or 221 or 201-202 or 
205-208 or 211-212. 3(3-0) F,S. A look at how our surroundings can be influenced 
and understood in terms of basic physical principles. Topics include energy 
sources (e.g., nuclear, solar, etc.), purposes of orbiting satellites, space travel and 
relativity, as well as applications of physics to medical, biological and environmen- 
tal problems. Emphasis on "Trans-Science", where science and society interact. 
Topics depend on student interest. Moss, Seagondollar 



336 



PY 240 Exophysics. Preq: MA HI or equivalent. 3(3-0) F,S. A wide range of 
principles of physics is employed to examine problems in exophysics. Topics include 
conditions for life on other planets, possibilities of extraterrestrial intelligence, 
and the problems of communication with other possible extraterrestrial civiliza- 
tions. Mitchell 

PY 245 Physical Principles of Photography. Preqs: PY 203 or 208 or 212 or 221 

or 231; CH 101 or 111. 3(2-3) F,S. The physics and chemistry of the photographic 
process. Students must furnish their own cameras. Cobb 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PY 401, 402 Modern and Quantum Physics I, II. Preq: PY 411. 3(3-0) F,S. The 
basic theories of modern physics, particularly relativity and quantum mechanics. 
Application of these theories to atomic structure, optical spectra, x rays, nuclear 
physics, solid state physics and elementary particles. Patty 

PY 407 Introduction to Modern Physics. Preqs: MA 202, PY 208. 3(3-0) F,S. 
The important developments in atomic and nuclear physics this century. Topics 
include: an introduction to special relativity, atomic and molecular structure, 
determination of properties of ions and fundamental particles, the origin of spectra, 
and nuclear reactions. Staff 

PY 410 Introductory Nuclear Physics. Preq: PY 203 or 407. 4(3-2) F,S. The 
properties of the nucleus, and the interaction of radiation with matter. A quantita- 
tive description of natural and artificial radioactivity, nuclear reactions, fission, 
fusion and the structure of simple nuclei. Tilley 

PY 411, 412 Mechanics I, II. Preqs: MA 301, PY 203 or PY 208. 3(3-0) F,S. 
Intermediate theoretical mechanics, including the dynamics of particles and rigid 
bodies, gravitation and moving reference systems. An introduction to advanced 
mechanics, including Lagrangian and Hamiltonian dynamics. Hall 

PY 413 Thermal Physics. Preq: PY 202 or 208; Coreq: MA 301. 3(3-0) S. The 
statistical study of macroscopic system. Topics include basic concepts of probability, 
the miscoscopic states of large systems, the concepts of temperature, heat and 
entropy and the relations between these quantities. Manring 

PY 414, 415 Electricity and Magnetism I, II. Preq: PY 203 or 208; MA 301. 
3(3-0) F,S. An intermediate course in the fundamentals of static and dynamic 
electricity and electromagnetic theory, developed from basic experimental laws. 
Vector methods are employed. Johnson 

PY 441 Spacetime Physics. Preq: PY 203 or 407. 3(3-0) F. An elementary intro- 
duction to the concepts and problems of spacetime physics in accord with Einstein's 
special theory of relativity. Historically interesting problems, e.g., the so-called 
clock or twin paradox, and modern problems treated by the application of the 
conservation laws of momentum and energy in the natural geometry of spacetime. 

Davis 

PY 451, 452 Intermediate Experiments in Physics I, II. Coreqs: PY 411, 414. 
2(1-3) F,S. Experiments in mechanics, electricity and magnetism, and modern 
physics. Gould 

PY 499 Special Problems in Physics. Preq: Consent of department. 1-3 F,S. 
Study and research in classical and modern physics. Topics for experimental or 
theoretical investigation, or a literature survey. Staff 



337 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PY 506 Nuclear Physics I. Preqs: PY 203 or 407; PY 412. 4(3-2) F. Nuclear 
properties and phenomena such as alpha, beta and gamma decay, accelerator- 
induced nuclear reactions and fission. Emphasis on experimental techniques for 
probing nuclear structure and interpretation of results in terms of current theories. 

Tilley 

PY 508 Ion and Electron Physics. Preq: PY 414. 3(2-2) S. Topics include collision 
processes, electron emission, charged particle dynamics, gaseous discharges, and 
the physics of ion and electron beams. Doggett 

PY 509 Plasma Physics. Preq: PY 414. 3(3-0) F. The individual and collective 
motion of charged particles in electric and magnetic fields and through ionized 
gases. Doggett 

PY 510 Nuclear Physics II. Preq: PY 410. 4(3-2) S. The properties of the atomic 
nucleus as revealed by radioactivity, nuclear reactions and scattering experiments, 
with emphasis on the experimental approach. The laboratory stresses independent 
research and offers pi'oject work in nuclear spectroscopy and in neutron physics. 

Waltner 

PY (NE) 511 Nuclear Physics for Engineers. Preq: PY 410. 3(3-0) F. The prop- 
erties of atomic nuclei, of nuclear radiations and of the interaction of nuclear 
radiation with matter. Emphasis on the principles of modem equipment and tech- 
niques of nuclear measurement and their application to practical problems. 

Waltner 

PY 516 Physical Optics. Preq: PY 415. 3(2-2) F. Emphasis on the wave proper- 
ties of light. Subjects include boundary conditions, optics of thin films, inter- 
ference and diffraction, applications to absorption, scattering, and laser operation. 
A background in Maxwell's equations and vector analysis is required. Manring 

PY 517 Atomic and Molecular Physics. Preqs: PY 401, 412. 3(3-0) F. The quan- 
tum mechanical treatment of structure and spectra for atoms and molecules. 
Topics include the hydrogen atom, helium atom, multielectron atoms, selection 
rules, diatomic and simple polyatomic molecules, and nuclear magnetic resonance 
spectroscopy. Memory 

PY 520 Measurements in Nuclear Physics. Preq: PY 410. 3(2-2) S. The funda- 
mentals of statistics (including the binomial, normal, Poisson and interval distri- 
butions) as applied to the analysis of measurements on nuclear reactions and 
radioactivity. Waltner 

PY 521 Kinetic Theory of Gases. Preq: PY 413. 3(3-0) F. A phenomenological 
and theoretical study of systems of dilute gases. After treatment of the continuum 
mechanics of fluids, the postulates of kinetic theory are presented and the derivation 
from them of macroscopic conservation equations, transport laws and thermo- 
dynamic properties is discussed. Parker 

PY 543 Astrophysics. Preqs: PY 203 or 407; PY 411. 3(3-0) S. The basic physics 
necessary to investigate, from observational data, the internal conditions and 
evolution of stars. Topics include the formation and structure of spectral lines, 
methods of energy generation and transport, stellar stinicture, degeneracy, white 
dwarfs and neutron stars. Danby 

PY 552 Introduction to the Structure of Solids. Preq: PY 401. 3(3-0) S. Basic 
considerations of crystalline solids, metals, conductors and semiconductors. 

Schetzina 



338 



PY (MA) 555 Mathematical Introduction to Celestial Mechanics. 3(3-0) F. (See 
mathematics, page 306.) 

PY (MA) 556 Orbital Mechanics. 3(3-0) S. (See mathematics, page 306.) 

PY 581, 582 Quantum Mechanics I, II. Preqs: MA 512; PY 411 or 414; grad. 
standing or permission of graduate administrator. 3(3-0) F,S. Fundamental con- 
cepts and formulations, including interpretation and techniques, and the application 
of theory to simple physical systems, such as the free particle, the harmonic 
oscillator, the particle in a potential well and central force problems. Other topics 
include approximation methods, identical particles and spin, transformation theory, 
symmetries and invariance, and an introduction to quantum theory of scattering 
and angular momentum. Lado 

PY 583, 584 Advanced Classical Mechanics I, II. Preqs: MA 512, PY 412, PY 414; 
grad. standing or permission of the graduate administrator. 3(3-0) F,S. An intro- 
duction to theoretical physics in preparation for advanced study. Emphasis is on 
classical mechanics, special relativity and the motion of charged particles. Topics 
include variational principles, Hamiltonian dynamics and the canonical transforma- 
tion theory, structure of the Lorentz group and elementary dynamics of unquantized 
fields. Moss 

PY 585, 586 Advanced Electricity and Magnetism I, II. Preqs: PY 415; grad. 
standing or permission of the graduate administrator. 3(3-0) F,S. Topics include: 
techniques for the solution of potential problems, development of Maxwell's 
equations; wave equations, energy, force and momentum relations of an electro- 
magnetic field; co variant formulation of electrodynamics; radiation from accelerated 
charges. Doggett 

PY 599 Senior Research. Preq: Sr. honors program standing, except with special 
permission. 3 F,S. Investigations in physics under staff guidance. May consist of 
literature reviews, experimental measurements or theoretical studies. 

Graduate Staff 
FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

PY 600 Planetary Atmospheres. 3(3-0) S. 

PY 601, 602 Theoretical Physics I, II. 3(3-0) F,S. 

PY 609 High Energy Physics. 3(3-0) S. 

PY 610 Advanced Nuclear Physics. 3(3-0) S. 

PY 611,612 Advanced Quantum Mechanics I, II. 3(3-0) F,S. 

PY 622 Statistical Mechanics. 3(3-0) S. 

PY 630, 631 Nuclear Structure Physics I, II. 3(3-0) F,S. 

PY 641 Non-Inertial Space Mechanics. 3(3-0) S. 

PY 651 Mathematics of Solid-State and Many-Body Theory. 3(3-0) F. 

PY 652 Cooperative Phenomena in Solids. 3(3-0) S. 

PY 690 Special Topics in Molecular Physics. 1-6 F,S. 

PY 691 Special Topics in Nuclear Physics. 1-6 F,S. 



339 



PY 692 Special Topics in Plasma Physics. 1-6 F,S. 

PY 693 Special Topics in Solid-State Physics. 1-6 F,S. 

PY 694 Special Topics in Theoretical Physics. 1-6 F,S. 

PY 695 Seminar. 1(1-0) F,S. 

PY 699 Research. Credits Arranged F,S. 

Physiology 

PHY (ANS) 502 Reproductive Physiology of Vertebrates. 3(3-0) S. (See animal 
science, page 201.) 

PHY 503 General Physiology I. Preq: Sr. or grad. standing. 3(3-0) F. The general 
principles of homeostatis emphasizing the importance of integrative action. Study 
of following systems: respiratory, cardiovascular, renal, reproductive, and myologi- 
cal. Longmuir, Staff 

PHY 504 General Physiology II. Preq: Sr. or grad. standing. 3(3-0) S. The 
general principles of homeostatis emphasizing integrative action. Study of: alimen- 
tary, reticuloendothelial, central nervous, autonomic nervous, and endocrine 
systems; detoxication mechanisms; special senses, and the response of man to the 
environment. Longmuir, Staff 

PHY (ZO) 513 Comparative Physiology. 4(3-3) S. (See zoology, page 388.) 

PHY (BCH) 553 Physiological Biochemistry. 3(3-0) S. (See biochemistry, page 
205.) 

PHY (ZO, ENT) 575 Physiology of Invertebrates. 3(3-0) F. (See zoology, page 
389.) 

PHY (ANS) 580 Mammalian Endocrine Physiology. 3(3-0) F. (See animal science, 
page 201.) 

PHY 590 Special Problems in Physiology. Preq: CI, grad. standing. Credits 
Arranged. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

PHY (ANS) 604 Experimental Animal Physiology. 4(2-4) F. 

PHY 690 Physiology Seminar. 1(1-0) S. 

PHY 695 Selected Topics in Physiology. 1-4. 

PHY 699 Physiological Research. Credits Arranged F,S. 

Plant Pathology 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

PP 315 Plant Diseases. Preq: BS 100. 3(2-3) F,S. The nature and symptoms of jj 
plant disease and characteristics of plant pathogenic nematodes, viruses, bacteria 



340 



and fungi. Concepts and methods of disease control developed, based on knowledge 
of major types of diseases. Strider, Beute 

PP (FOR) 318 Forest Pathology. Preq: BS 100 or equivalent. 4(3-2) S. Major 
types of diseases of forest trees and deterioration of wood products are studied 
emphasizing: 1) principles of plant pathology; 2) symptomatology and diagnosis; 
3) nature of disease-causing agents; 4) physiology, ecology and dissemination of 
disease-causing agents; 5) mechanisms of pathogenesis; 6) epidemiology and 
environmental influences; 7) principles of control. Grand 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PP 500 Plant Disease Control. Preq: PP 315. 3(2-3) S. Disease control strategies 
and tactics. Consideration of control economics and practices in relation to prin- 
ciples and current research, disease resistance and regulatory methods. 

Jenkins, Spurr 

PP 501 Phytopathology I. Preq: PP 315 or equivalent. 5(3-6) F. Classification, 
terminology, etiology and basic concepts of plant diseases caused by fungal, bac- 
terial and abiotic agents. In-depth studies of carefully selected examples illustrate 
and integrate general principles. Laboratory devoted to research and diagnostic 
techniques including media preparation, isolation and study of pathogens in pure 
culture, inoculation, symptom development and disease measurement. 

L. Lucas, Echandi 

PP 502 Phytopathology II. Preq: PP 315 or equivalent. 5(3-6) S. Viruses and 
nematodes as plant pathogens. Major topics such as physiology of the diseased plant, 
variation of plant pathogens, epidemiology, and control of plant disease. Lab. — 
useful research and diagnostic techniques used in the study of viruses, nematodes, 
epidemiology and control. Powell, Main, (iooding. Barker 

PP 503 Identification of Plant Pathogenic Fungi. Preq: Mycology or one ad- 
vanced PP course. 3(4-12) Sum. Recognition and identification of fungi which 
cause plant diseases and differentiation of fungal diseases from those caused by 
other agents. Use of keys in identifying fungi and major sources of descriptive 
information on plant pathogens. (Offered Sum. 1976 and alt. years.) Grand 

PP (BO, MB) 575 The Fungi. 3(3-0) F. (See botany, page 212.) 

PP (BO, MB) 576 The Fungi Lab. 1(0-3) F. (See botany, page 213.) 

PP 595 Special Problems in Plant Pathology. Preq: CL Credits Arranged, Maxi- 
mum 6. Investigation of special PP problems (original research or literature survey) 
not related to a thesis problem. Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

PP 604 Morphology and Taxonomy of Nematodes. 3(1-6) S. 

PP 605 Plant Virology. 3(1-6) F.** 

PP 608 History of Phytopathology. 1(1-0) F.** 

PP 609 Current Phytopathological Research under Field Conditions. 2(1-3) S. 

PP 611 Advanced Plant Nematology. 3(2-3) S.* 

PP 612 Plant Pathogenesis. 3(2-3) F*. 

* Offered even years. 
** Offered odd years. 

341 



PP 614 Nematode Development, Cytology and Genetics. 2(1-3) F.* 
PP (BO) 625 Advanced Mycology. 4(2-6) F.* 
PP 650 Colloquium in Plant Pathology. 3(3-0) F.** 
PP 690 Seminar in Plant Pathology. 1(1-0) F,S. 
PP 699 Research in Plant Pathology. Credits Arranged. 
Advanced covirses in Mycology are also available at UNC-Chapel Hill. 

Politics 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

PS 201 The American Governmental System. 3(3-0) F,S. A study of the American 
federal system, integrating national and state government, with emphasis on con- 
stitutional principles, major governmental organs, governmental functions, and the 
politics and machinery of elections. Some attention to other types of political sys- 
tems, and comparisons made where relevant. Staff 

I*S 202 Introduction to Politics. 3(3-0) F,S. A survey of existing knowledge 
about politics and political systems, including the theories and characteristics of 
political behavior and political institutions within and among nation-states. 

Block, Hurwitz, Kebschull, Petersen 

PS 206 Local Governmental Systems. 3(3-0) F,S. In addition to examination of 
traditional local forms — city, county, township, and district — attention to the 
national, state, and regional contexts for local government. Topics include federal- 
ism and intergovei'nmental relations, governmental structures, political processes 
and political power, urbanization and problems of social and technological change, 
and approaches to reform. McClain, Wentworth, Rassel 

PS 222 Introduction to Global Politics. 3(3-0) F,S. Man's political activities 
viewed from a dynamic and future oriented, global (planetary) perspective. The 
structure of the global political system in terms of the principal actors, including 
nation-states, international organizations, multi-national corporations, and 
subnational actors. Attention to problems having planetary dimensions, such as 
wars and arms races; poverty, inequality, and injustice; and the ecological con- 
cerns of population growth, resources depletion, and pollution. Soroos 

PS 301 Modern Political Systems: Europe. 3(3-0) F. A comparative analysis of 
the structure and processes of politics in the United Kingdom, France, and Ger- 
many. Kebschull 

PS 302 Modern Political Systems: .\sia. 3(3-0) S. A comparative analysis of the 
structure and processes of politics in Japan and Communist and Nationalist China. 

Petersen 

PS 303 Southeast Asia: Politics and Political Change. 3(3-0) S. The political 
systems and the processes of political change in 10 states of Southeast Asia from 
Burma on the west to the Philippines on the east. Some attention to individual 
case studies of political systems, but primarily presented in a comparative 

* Offered even years. 
** Offered odd years. 



342 



manner dealing with particular challenges and responses common to several 
systems. Tilman 

PS 307 Criminal Justice Policy Process. 3(3-0) F,S. The processes of formulating 
and implementing policies in various criminal justice institutions. Police agencies, 
solicitors offices, courts, prisons, and probation and parole departments are analyzed 
as public bureaucracies. Emphasis on how key executives — police chiefs, judges, 
and prison wardens — interact with subordinates and with the larger political 
environment outside their organization. Students consider policy alternatives and 
obstacles administrators encounter in trying to get compliance with policy direc- 
tives. Wentworth 

PS 312 The Legal Sub-system: Law and Courts in the American Political Sys- 
tem. 3(3-0) F,S. The role of courts, state and federal, in the political system, 
including: 1) structure, court organization and legal personnel, 2) law and the need 
for social order, including the role of protest and civil disobedience, and 3) func- 
tions performed by courts in the political system, from dispute settling to the 
initiation of social change. Rubin 

PS 321 U.S. Foreign Policy. 3(3-0) F. The determinants of American foreign 
policy and the economic, military, strategic, and psychological factors condi- 
tioning that policy. Emphasis on policy formulation, including the roles of the 
Executive, Congress, and public opinion, and on problems of content and execution. 

Gilbert 

PS 322 International Relations. 3(3-0) F. The patterns of international life, the 
controls upon international behavior, including the development of the United 
Nations and the major problems in international relations since World War II. 
Attention to the national interests and foreign policies of the states belonging 
to the Western and Soviet blocs, with emphasis on the positions of the United 
States and the Soviet Union, and to the development and impact of newly emerging 
nations. Petersen 

PS 376 Latin American Government and Politics. 3(3-0) S. An analysis of 
governmental stnactures, political parties and ideologies, with emphasis on the 
period since 1910. Social revolution, nationalism, and relations with the United 
States will be stressed within the Latin American political context. Gilbert 

PS 391 Methodology of Political Science. Preq: PS 201 or 202 or CI. 3(3-0) F,S. 
An analysis of the principles and procedures of political science research including: 
1) the philosophy of science; 2) theory construction; 3) sampling, measurement of 
political variables and research designs; and 4) other methods of political research, 
such as content analysis, use of aggregate data and simulation research. Clary 

PS 401 American Parties and Pressure Groups. 3(3-0) F. Political parties and 
interest groups as instruments for shaping public policy and implementing demo- 
cratic values. They are considered as variables in the larger American system 
within which they exist. Attention on the nature of organization, membership and 
leadership recruitment process, and problems in aggregating votes. Topics such as 
political style — the relationship between major and minor parties and the differ- 
ences between the major parties. Holtzman 

PS 403 Black Americans in American Politics. Preq: Six hours of social sciences. 
3(3-0) F,S. The political activity of the Afro- American; the sources of and the kinds 
of attitudes he brings into the American political system; the contrast in political 
activity engaged in by different black groups and reasons for the differences; the 
impact of the blacks' efforts on policy-making institutions such as city councils, 
legislatures and executive branches of government at the state and national level. 

Staff 



343 



PS 404 Black Political Ideology. Preq: Six hours of social sciences. 3(3-0) F,S. 
The political thought of black and non-black political thinkers on the problems, 
struggle and movement of the Afro- Americans. Black political ideology is related 
to the Afro-American movement for social change and is placed into the main- 
stream of traditional and modern political philosophy. Staff 

PS 405 National Security Policy. Preq: PS 321. 3(3-0) F,S. An investigation into 
1) the making of security policy, including the role of the Executive, Congress, and 
non-governmental actors; 2) the evolution of changing assumptions, strategies, 
and goals; and 3) the nature of U.S. security requirements, U.S. military commit- 
ments abroad, and the "costs" of strategies based on arms superiority, arms control 
and disarmament. Gilbert 

PS 406 Politics and Policies of American State Governments. 3(3-0) F,S. A com- 
parative study of the politics and policies of the 50 states. Cultural, socio-economics 
and political variations and state response to intergovernmental domestic programs. 
The analysis of state efforts in taxation, education, health, welfare, transportation 
and regulatory policies, tne implementation and administration of national pro- 
gframs in the state and the state's role in urban affairs. Williams 

PS 421 Soviet and Soviet Bloc Foreign Policy. Preq: Jr. standing. 3(3-0) F,S. 
The elements of continuity and change in Soviet foreign policy from 1917 to the 
present and the post World War II policies of the Eastern European states. 
Foreign policy decisions are examined in light of the national interests of the 
Soviet Union and the Eastern European states. Attention to the emergence of 
polycentrism, the Sino-Soviet split, and Soviet bloc relations with the West. 

Mastro 

PS 431 International Organization. 3(3-0) S. The evolving machinery and tech- 
niques of international organization emphasizing the establishment, operation and 
development of the United Nations. Petersen 

PS 461 Public Opinion in Democracies. Preq: Three hours PS. 3(3-0) F,S. The 
nature of public opinion and its functions in a democratic system of government. 
Focus is primarily on public opinion in the United States but also comparisons 
with other nations. Areas emphasized are: theories concerning opinion formation 
and functions, public opinion research methodology, public opinion and policy 
development, and empirical studies on public opinion. Clary 

PS 472 Soviet Politics. 3(3-0) F,S. The contemporary Soviet political system, its 
structure, functions and processes, with brief consideration of the historical and 
ideological base of Soviet politics. Analysis designed to elucidate the similarities 
and differences of the Soviet system with other political systems. The Soviet 
system will be tested against a theoretical model of totalitarian dictatorships. 

Mastro 

PS 473 Political Systems of New States. 3(3-0) F. General characteristics of the 
political systems of the new states in Asia and Africa. Survey of the pattern and 
nature of colonialism, the independence movements, and the contemporary social 
and economic conditions of the new states. Focus on political ideologies, elites, 
and organizations and processes. Attention to the role of intellectuals and the 
military. An examination of major political, social, and economic problems. 

KebschuU 

PS 475 Governments and Politics in the Middle East. 3(3-0) S. An overview of the 
historical, socio-cultural, economic and ideological characteristics of the Middle 
East, and of various countries within the region, for the purpose of considering in 
detail the processes and problems of political modernization and the nature of 
conflicts, particularly the Arab-Israeli conflict Hurwitz 



344 



PS 492 Seminar in Politics. Preq: PS 391 or CI. 3(3-0) F,S. 

PS 493 Seminar on Theories of Political Violence and Nonviolence. Preq: Jr. 
standing. 3(3-0) S.Sum. The use of violence and nonviolence as methods for resolv- 
ing conflict in a variety of national and international political arenas. Principal 
questions: What types of individuals, groups, or governments are likely to employ 
violent or nonviolent political behaviors? What motivations do political actors 
have for using these strategies? In what types of political, economic, and social 
situations is violence likely to occur? What are the outcomes of violent and non- 
violent strategies of political conflict resolution? Soroos 

PS (SOC) 494, 495 Urban Seminar. Preq: Jr. standing. 3(3-0) F,S. A study of 
urban and urban-related problems through theories from politics, sociology, and 
economics, and their application to an existing environment. Formal study and 
research in various local communities. Students will be involved with public and 
private agencies and with local leaders in ongoing programs in Raleigh and 
adjacent communities. Staff 

PS 496 Governmental Internship and Seminar. Preq: Jr. standing and approval 
of committee of selection. 3-6 S,Sum. Formal seminars; lecture-discussions by 
political scientists, legislators, executives, judges, representatives of special in- 
terests and news media; four to six hours a day working on assignment to and 
under supervision of legislators or executives; formal report at completion of an 
internship. Staff 

PS 498 Special Topics in Politics. Preq: Six hours PS. 3-6 F,S. Detailed investi- 
gation of a topic. Topic and mode of study determined by the student and a faculty 
member. Staff 

PS 500 Political Thought: Plato to the Reformation. Preq: CI 3(3-0). F. The 
emergence and development of theories underlying or explaining the political aspects 
of behavior, approached through the study of the writings of the principal political 
philosophers from the days of the Greek city-state to the Reformation. Marshall 

PS 501 Modern Political Theory. Preq: CI. 3(3-0) S. The state and its relation- 
ship to individuals and groups, approached through reading from the works of out- 
standing philosophers from the 16th century to the present. Marshall 

PS (ED) 502 Public Administration. Preq: PS 202 or CI. 3(3-0) F,S. The factors 
which contribute to goal displacement in public agencies and the institutions, con- 
cepts and techniques which may be used in such agencies to reduce the effects of 
these factors. Block, McClain, Ellis 

PS 503 Comparative Administration. Preqs: PS 502, 473 or CI. 3(3-0) F,S. Con- 
centration on administrative systems of developing nations with limited attention 
to developed systems. Emphasis on administrative aspects of governmental change 
and modernization in developing nations; colonial influence on administration; 
problems of establishing new nations and adapting to change in established states; 
bureaucratic development and behavior; theories of development administration. 

Ellis 

PS 505 Contemporary Political Theory. Preq: CI. 3(3-0) S. Major topics include 
the relationship between political science theory and political philosophy; the 
foundations, conditions, and prospects of democratic forms of government; bureau- 
cratization and democratic values; theories of mass society; violence and revolution 
as possible instruments of democratic change; human nature and politics; and 
dilemmas of modern citizenship. The actual and potential contributions of empirical 
studies to the analysis of the various topics. Writers studied range from social 



345 



scientists, Robert Dahl and Seymour Lipset, to political philosophers Leo Strauss, 
Herbert Marcuse, and Albert Camus. Marshall 

PS 506 Public Personnel Administration. Preq: PS 502 or CI. 3(3-0) Sum. The 
institutions and the sequence of processes in public personnel administration. 
Examines existing practices but primarily concerned with emerging theories and 
trends. Ellis 

PS 507 Collective Negotiations in the Public Service. Preq: PS 201 or CI. 3(3-0) 
Sum. Intensive consideration of the background of the collective negotiations move- 
ment; analysis of key policy issues, such as bargaining rights and use of strike 
weapons; framework for collective negotiations; scope and conduct of negotiations; 
impasse resolution; grievance procedure. Ellis 

PS 509 Scope and Method of Politics. Preq: PS 201 or CI. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. Re- 
views contemporary theories, concepts, and methods fundamental to the study of 
politics. Emphasis on current empirical research and the collateral involvement in 
research activities aimed at developing basic skills in this area. Wilhams 

PS 510 Public Finance. Preq: EC 205. 3(3-0) F. The theories and practices of 
governmental taxing, spending, and borrowing, including intergovernmental rela- 
tionships and administrative practices and problems. McClain 

PS 511 The Budgetary Process. Preq: CI and at least nine hours in social sciences, 
including an American government course. 3(3-0) S,Sum. The generalized budgetary 
process used at all levels of government in the United States. Understanding is 
based upon comprehension of the institutions involved, the roles of politicians 
and professionals, and the objectives of budgetary systems. Budgetary reforms 
and the expanding planning-programming-budgeting system as a management 
tool. McClain 

PS 512 American Constitutional Theory. Preq: PS 202 or CI. 3(3-0) F. Basic 
constitutional doctrines, including fundamental law, judicial review, individual 
rights and political privileges, and national and state power. Attention to the 
application of these doctrines to the regulation of business, agriculture and labor 
and to the rights safeguarded by the First, Fifth, and Fourteenth Amendments. 

Cahill, Rubin 

PS 513 Constitutional Theory II. Preq: Advanced undergrad. or grad. standing. 
3(3-0) F,S. A continuation of PS 512 but may be elected separately. An examination 
of leading constitutional cases, especially in the fields of civil liberties and indi- 
vidual rights, and the writings of leading commentators. Cahill 

PS 515 American Political Thought. Preq: Sr. or grad. standing. 3(3-0) F,S. 
Examines and evaluates major American writings on the nature and purpose of 
politics. Readings in: 1) Various interpretations of the American Constitution and 
the principles embodied therein; 2) Writings on civil and natural rights; 3) The 
character of American liberalism; 4) Black American political thought and 5) The 
contemporary crisis in liberal thought. Develops the independent capacity to read 
and reflect with care on the grounds of different views about American politics. 

Marshall 

PS 516 Public Policy Analysis. Preq: Grad. standing; advanced undergrad. stand- 
ing and CI. 3(3-0) F,S. The theories and methodology of analyzing and explaining 
public policy and the substance of recent domestic policies in the human and 
physical resources area, including welfare, poverty, education, housing, urban 
renewal, transportation, recreation-conservation, and agriculture. Williams 



346 



PS (SOC) 517 The Police Bureaucracy in a Democratic Society. Preq: Sr. or grad. 
standing. 3(3-0) F,S. Seminar focuses on the proposition that police departments 
are bureaucratic organizations which can be studied as such. Emphasis on under- 
standing the process by which police policy is made. Internal and external, psycho- 
logical and structural variables are identified in tracing decisions on specific issues. 
Thus, attitudes of policemen, the nature of their work, and the resources and power 
of various constituencies are factors seen as determining police behavior. 

Wentworth 

PS 520 Urban Politics. Preq: PS 206. 3(3-0) F,S. A comparative study of poHtical 
conditions in cities and localities. Topics include the formal structures and rules 
of city and metropolitan governments, and the relationships to the informal norms 
and distribution of power; patterns of local decision-making; elite recruitment and 
citizen participation; variations of local autonomy and the scope of local politics; 
and approaches to urban policy issues. Clary 

PS 521 Problems in Urban and Metropolitan Area Government. Preq: PS 206 or 
CI. 3(3-0) F. Examines theory and research on problems affecting governments in 
metropolitan areas. Attention to problems which affect (or result from) govern- 
mental structure, institutions, and politics and to the alternative approaches to 
their solution. Graduate Staff 

PS 522 Seminar on War and Peace. Preq: Sr. standing. 3(3-0) S,Sum. The theory 
and research of the international peace research community examined following 
an overview of trends in international relations. Primary attention to the nature 
and causes of wars and arms races as well as to strategies for their prevention. 
Reflection on the nature of peace raises problems related to alleviation of poverty 
and injustice and to the planetary ecological concerns of population, resources, and 
pollution. Soroos 

PS 531 The Legislative Process. Preq: PS 206 or CI. 3(3-0) S. A study of the 
formulation of public policy from the institutional and behavioral viewpoints. 
Important current legislative problems at the congressional and state legislative 
levels serve as a basis for analyzing the legislative process. Holtzman 

PS 532 The Chief Executive. Preq: PS 202 or CI. 3(3-0) F,Sum. Three major 
concepts, as developed under several incumbents: 1) The institutions which sur- 
round the chief executive office and which facilitate the expansion of its power and 
operations. 2) The various roles, which are played by different chief executives. 
3) The processes of leadership by which the chief executive can attempt to direct 
the machinery of government to achieve predetermined objectives. Holtzman 

PS 542 Governmental Planning. Preq: PS 502. 3(3-0) F.Sum. The planning 
function at all levels of government in the United States, with particular attention 
to the problems posed for planning by the rapid growth of metropolitan areas. 

McClain 

PS 552 Seminar in Management Systems. Preq: Six hours of graduate public 
administration including either PS 509 or 516. 3(3-0) S. A seminar that is an 
integral part of the Master of Public Affairs program in politics. Study in detail 
of the various management systems in use in the public administration field. 
Through case studies and applied methodology, students apply management systems 
theory to practical problems in the public sector. Staff 

PS 572 Seminar in Comparative Politics. Preq: One course in comparative poli- 
tics. 3(3-0) F,S. After a survey of the problems and methods of comparative political 
analysis, students will be assigned a specific, limited subject to be examined within 



347 



the framework of a systematic, analytical scheme. Topics drawn from political 
ideologies, political groups, political elites, and decision-making institutions and 
processes. Kebschull 

1*S 573 Problems of National Integration and Institution Building in Black Africa. 

Preq: One course in comparative government or CI. 3(3-0) S. A central problem in 
the political development of African nations is the building of institutions capable 
of creating and managing change in the face of cultural pluralism. Theories of 
cultural pluralism, the background and consequences in Africa, and the attempts 
by various political actors and institutions (e.g., "charismatic" leaders, political 
parties, armies, governments) to cope with it. Hurwitz 

PS 574 Political Systems and Constraints on Development in Latin America. 

Preq: Sr. or grad. standing. 3(3-0) S. The adequacy of Latin America's contem- 
poraiy political systems for meeting the challenges of economic development. 
Several different approaches to developmental problems, as well as political factors 
which have retarded their implementation. The political systems of Latin America, 
the value systems and power capabilities of important groups and the leftist 
critique of the established political systems and its relationship to contemporary 
guerrilla movements. Staff 

PS 575 Political Development. Preq: Nine hours PS. 3(3-0) F. The concept, 
theories, characteristics and problems of political development. Within a broad 
historical framework, subjects are analyzed in relationship to political development. 
Subjects include: political culture, integration, institutions, militar>' forces, and 
economic development. Data derived from comparative cultural and political studies 
are employed in an attempt to discover patterns of change. Kebschull, Hurwitz 

PS 578 Comparative Communist Systems. Preq: A comparative government 
course or CI. 3(3-0) S. The international Communist movement and the evolution 
of the international sub-system of states. Focuses on the Soviet and Chinese 
systems as alternative models for development in Communist and non-Communist 
states. Emphasis on the institutional, political and ideological similarities and 
differences within the Communist world and major parties outside the state system. 

M astro 

PS 590 Topics in Political Theory. Preq: Sr. or grad. standing. 3-6 F,S,Sum. 
Examination of particular topics or theorists not included in basic political theory. 
Course content changes and, with permission of instructor, the course may be 
repeated for credit. Topic examples are: foundations of modern radicalism, 20th 
century political philosophy and political science, political philosophy and the 
problem of law, and origins of political science. Marshall 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

PS 601 Seminar in Party and Group Politics. 3(3-0) F. 

PS 602 Seminar in Legislative Problems. 3(3-0) S. 

PS 603 Seminar in Administrative Problems. 2-4 S. 

PS 604 Seminar in Judicial Problems. 3(3-0) S. 

PS 605 Seminar in Organization Theory. 3(3-0) F. 

PS 606 Seminar in Policy and Administration. 3(3-0) F,S. 

PS 621 Seminar in International Politics. 3(3-0) S. 



348 



PS 696 Seminar in Politics. 2-4 F.S.Sum. 

PS 699 Research in Politics. Credits Arranged, F,S. 

Poultry Science 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

PO 201 Poultry Science and Production. Preq: BS 100. 4(3-3) F,S. Fundamental 
principles of broiler, turkey and egg production including poultry physiology, 
breeding, incubation, housing, nutrition, disease control, management and market- 
ing. Parkhurst 

PO 301 Evaluation of Live Poultry. Preq: PO 201. 2(1-3) S. Experience in evaluat- 
ing live poultry for production and breeder stock potential. Emphasis on techniques 
and criteria used in selecting poultry for use in commercial production units. 

Parkhurst 

PO 351 Grading and Evaluation of Poultry Products. Preq: PO 301. 2(1-3) F. 
Experience in grading and evaluating poultry products, such as dressed broilers, 
fowl, turkeys, shell eggs and broken out eggs. Parkhurst 

PO (VET) 401 Poultry Diseases. 4(3-3) S. (See veterinary science, page 383.) 

PO 402 Commercial Poultry Enterprises. 4(3-3) S. Principles of production and 
incubation of hatching eggs; hatchery operation; organization and development 
of plants for the operation and maintenance of commercial facilities for poultry 
meat and egg production; building construction, insulation and equipment and 
management methods. Staff 

PO (FS) 404 Poultry Products. 3(2-3) F. (See food science, page 269.) 

PO 405 Avian Physiology. Preq: CH 220. 4(3-3) S. The principles of avian physiol- 
ogy integrating the physiological processes and the associated anatomical structures 
that insure the homeostatic state in birds. Thaxton 

PO (ANS, NTR) 415 Comparative Nutrition. Preq: CH 220 or 221. 3(3-0) F. 
Fundamentals of animal nutrition, including the classification of nutrients, their 
requirement and general metabolism by different species for health, maintenance, 
growth and other productive functions. Donaldson or Ramsey 

PO 490 Poultry Seminar. Preq: Required of PO srs. 1(1-0) F. Current topics and 
problems are assigned for oral report and discussion. Cook 

PO 495 Special Problems in Poultry Science. Preq: Jr. standing and CI. 1-6 
F,S. Individualized study of problems in student's interest area and not covered 
in scheduled courses. Emphasis on research problems developed with faculty 
approval. Staff 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PO (GN) 520 Poultry Breeding. Preq: GN 411. 3(2-2) F. Application of genetic 
principles to poultry breeding considering physical traits and physiological char- 
acteristics — feather patterns, egg production, hatchability, growth, body conforma- 
tion and utility. Briggs 



349 



PO (ZO) 524 Comparative Endocrinology. Preq: ZO 421 or equivalent. 4(3-3) S. 
The endocrine system's physiological importance to metabolism, growth and repro- 
duction. Prince 

FOR GR\Dl ATES ONLY 

NOTE: Graduate courses may not be offered if registration for the course is too 
low or if faculty or facilities become unavailable. 

PO 698 Special Problems in Poultry Science. Maximum 6 F,S. 

PO 699 Poultry Research. Credits Arranged F.S. 



Product Design 

PU 321, 322 Colloquium I, II. 1(1-0) F,S. Survey of historically evolving passive 
and active interaction of the arts, technological, sociological, and psychological 
forces. Lectures and discussions led by professional authorities (faculty and 
guests). Required reading, field experience. Staff 

PU 400 Intermediate Product Design (Series). Preq: DN 202 or equivalent or 
consent of department. 4(6-3) F,S. This group of courses is concerned with social/ 
economic age groups, forms and rates of production, and natural and synthetic 
materials. Staff 

PD 411, 412 .Applied Physical Principles. Preq: Intermediate design standing. 
3(2-2) F,S. Experiments applying physical principles to product design and develop- 
ment. Staff 

PU 421, 422 Colloquium III, IV. 1(1-0) F.S. Continuation of Colloquium I. II 
(PD 321, 322). In-depth consideration of communication, communication systems, 
and media. Faculty, guest lecturers, discussions, and field experience. Required 
selected reading. Staff 

PD 431, 432 Office and Industrial Practice I. II. 1(1-0) F.S. Ethics, organization, 
and procedures of professional product design practice; patent law. Staff 

PD 440 Intermediate Visual Design (Series). Preq: DN 202 or equivalent or 
consent of department. 4(6-3) F,.S. Investigations of visual environment through 
the agency of various materials and processes leading to professional competence. 

Staff 

PD 490 Intermediate Special Prefects (Series). 2-4 F,S. Projects guided by faculty 
specialists in areas supplementary- to product design and visual design option. 

Staff 

FOR GRADUATES A.ND ADVA.XCED L XDERGRADL ATES 

PD .501, 502 Product Design V, VI. Preq: PD 400 or grad. standing. 6(3-12) F.S. 
PD 501 — Unlimited production systems designed with object(s) possibilities pro- 
duced additively of new synthetic materials utilizing new molecular joining for 
national class and age groups. PD 502 — Unlimited production systems designed 
object(s) possibilities produced additively of new synthetic materials utilizing new 
molecular joining for international class and age groups. (Individually selected 
problems with interdisciplinary team organizations.) NOTE: It is assumed the 
program is cumulative and that statements are problem parameters, exclusive of 
communication requirements. Graduate Staff 



350 



PD 511, 512 Materials and Processes V, VI. Preq: Grad. standing. 2(1-3) F,S. 
Advanced studies in mass production processes and their influence on design. 
Material search and process selection in relation to cost, function, human factors, 
form, finishes, and joining methods, as indicated by current design projects in 
which students are involved. Graduate Staff 

PD 532 Office and Industrial Practice. Preq: PD 432 or grad. standing. 1(1-0) F,S. 
Advanced studies and procedures of professional product design practice, product 
and industrial planning, and patent law. Graduate Staff 

PD 541, 542 Advanced Visual Design I, II. Preqs: ARC 400, LAR 400, PD 400, 
PD 440; waiver of prerequisites is at the discretion of the instructor. 6(3-9) F,S. 
Applying design and visual communications studies to variety of visual problems 
presented by physical environment. Graduate Staff 

PD 590, 591 Special Projects. 2-4 F,S. Interdisciplinary projects guided by faculty 
specialists from areas supplementary to product design. Emphasis on latest tech- 
nological development of new materials. Concept of new useful design for the mass 
market. Production aspects of products such as materials, processes, functions, 
human factors, form, sales appeal, finishing and assembly methods and packaging 
stressed in special projects designs. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

PD 601, 602 Advanced Product Design VII, VIII. 6(0-18) F,S. 

PD 631, 632 Advanced Concepts in Product Engineering. 3(3-0) F,S. 



Psychology 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

PSY 200 Introduction to Psychology. 3(3-0) F,S. General characteristics of human 
behavior, including motivation, learning, development, thinking, perception, sensa- 
tion and measurement. The objectives are: development of the ability to communi- 
cate in oral and written form accurately and scientifically about behavior; 
development of an understanding of and a capacity to use scientific ideas and 
processes as they apply to behavior; an understanding of the behavior of organisms. 

Staff 

PSY 210 Psychological Analysis Applied to Current Problems. Preq: PSY' 200. 
3(3-0) F,S. Seeks to develop skill in the analysis and understanding of certain 
current problems through the use of psychological knowledge and techniques. 
Problems studied will be selected each time from such topics as: the effects of 
automation, the racial crisis, international conflict, human development, population 
control, etc. Criteria for topics is existence of a substantial scientific psychological 
literature in the area. Miller 

PSY 300 Perception. Preq: PSY 200, introductory BS, CH or PY recommended. 
3(3-0) F,S. An intix)duction to anatomy and physiology of major sensory systems, 
their relation to central structures, and basic problems dealt with by psycho- 
physics. Examination of the chief determiners of perception, including both stimulus 
variables and such organismic variables as learning, motivation, and attention. 
The discussion of perceptual theory and processes emphasizes topics in two- and 
three-dimensional spatial perception. Staff 



351 



PSY 304 Educational Psychology. 3(3-0) F,S. Introduction to a model of instruc- 
tion through readings, gix)up activities, and class discussions. Engages student in 
activities which employ some concepts of educational psychology. 

PSY 310 Learning and Motivation. Preq: PSY 200. 3(3-0) F. Acquaints students 
with the stiTicture of the areas of learning and motivation and with the major 
theories and empirical findings in these areas. Develops skill in deriving and 
testing implications of theories and in manipulating theoretical concepts. 

(^ole, Newman 

PSY 320 Cognitive Processes. Preq: PSY 200. 3(3-0) S. Complex copitive 
processes such as: thinking, reasoning, problem solving, creativity and originality, 
intelligence, social interaction, verbal behavior and decision processes. Emphasis 
on theoretical approaches, research findings. Aims at developing skills in deriving 
and testing hypotheses in these areas. Newman 

PSY 337 Psychology, Industrial Society, and Social Policy. Preq: PSY 200. 
3(3-0) F,S. Current problem areas in human resource development for modern 
technological societies are considered, emphasizing systems approaches as an 
unifying concept. General systems concepts, methods of industrial psychology, 
human resource development and social psychology are jointly introduced and their 
implications considei-ed. Policy formulation, analysis, implementation, evaluation, 
feedback, and citizen participation are stressed. An exemplary human resource 
development system is defined; procedures for analysis, evaluation and for possible 
design alternatives are explored in the context of modern urban-industrial societies. 

Staff 

PSY (IE) 338 Human Factors in Equipment Design. Preq: PSY 337 or IE 332. 
3(2-2) F. An introduction to methodology in human factors research, equip- 
ment design, biomechanics, and accident study. Man's sensory, motor, and decision- 
making abilities are related to problems of systems design, operator efficiency, and 
safety as these involve displays, controls, workplace layout, and environmental 
stressors. 

PSY 350 Interviewing and Behavior Observation Skills. Coreqs: PSY 351, 352, 
SP 231. 4(2-6) F,S. Instruction and practice in interviewing. Developing skill in 
behavior observation with children of all age levels and with adults, particularly 
those from disadvantaged and varied cultural backgrounds. Use of communications 
and instructional media such as video tape, audio tape, and varied observational 
techniques and instruments. 

PSY 351 Instructional Skills. Coreqs: PSY 350, 352, SP 231. 4(2-6) F,S. Develop- 
ment of skills in the psychology of insti-ucting, tutoring, instinictional programming, 
and instructional communication. Emphasis on disadvantaged learners, problems 
of measurement, evaluation, and test construction. 

PSY 352 Organizational Skills. Coreqs: PSY 350, 351, SP 231. 4(2-6) F,S. Topics 
are: 1) Current theories of organizational stnacture and process applicable to 
human serving organizations, 2) problems associated with change and intervention 
in human serving organizations, 3) recognition and determination of organiza- 
tional goals, and 4) organizational gaming. 

PSY 370 Psychology of I'ersonality and Adjustment. Preq: PSY 200. 3(3-0) 
F,Sum. Mechanisms influencing human behavior related to crisis resolution, effec- 
tive adjustment and personal fulfillment. Includes a supervised group interaction 
laboratory and a major semester problem as well as lectures and examinations. 

Norton 



352 



PSY 376 Human Growth and Development. Preq: PSY 200 or 304. 3(3-0) F,S. 
Study of behavioral development during the human life span through 1) studying 
current theories and 2) working with persons at various stages of the life cycle. 
Student problems require applications of concepts drawn from developmental 
psychology. Johnson, Rawls 

PSY 400 Perception: Research Methods. Preq: PSY 300; Coreq: ST 311. 3(1-4) 
F. The various methodologies and research strategies currently employed in the 
area of perception. Includes extensive individual experience in the perception 
research laboratory, readings of both methodology and experimental research, and 
the conduct of an independent project of original design within the area of per- 
ception. Mershon 

PSY 410 Learning and Motivation: Research Methods. Preq: PSY 310; Coreq: 
ST 311. 3(1-4) S. The various methodologies and research strategies currently 
employed in learning and motivation. Includes extensive individual experience in 
the activities of the Operant laboratory, readings on both methodology and experi- 
mental research, and the conduct of an independent project of original design within 
the area of learning and motivation. Cole 

PSY 411 Social Psychology. Preq: PSY 200. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. A study of the 
importance of social factors for the behavior of individuals. Topics include affilia- 
tion, interpersonal attraction, person perception, attitude formation and change, 
conformity, and altruistic behavior. Luginbuhl 

PSY 420 Cognitive Processes: Research Methods. Preq: PSY 320; Coreq: ST 311. 
3(1-4) F. The various methodologies and research strategies currently employed 
in cognitive processes. Extensive individual experience in the activities of the 
Cognition Research Laboratory, readings on both methodology and experimental 
research, and the conduct of an independent project of original design with the 
area of cognitive processes. Newman 

PSY 430 Neuropsychology: Research Methods. Preqs: PSY 400, 410, 420; or CI. 
3(1-4) S. The various methodologies and research strategies currently employed in 
neuropsychology. Includes extensive individual experience in the activities of the 
Neuropsychology laboratory, and readings on both methodology and experimental 
research. LeVere 

PSY 475 Child Psychology. Preq: PSY 200 or 304. 3(3-0) S. Emphasis upon the 
intellectual, social, emotional and personality development of the child. Physical 
growth emphasized as necessary to an understanding of the psychological develop- 
ment of the pupil. Staff 

PSY 476 Adolescent Psychology. Preq: PSY 200 or 304. 2(2-0) F,S. Considers 
adolescent behavior as part of the development sequence of human behavior, with 
emphasis on the adolescent experience in Western culture. Implications for the 
instruction of adolescents. Staff 

PSY 491, 492 Seminars in Psychology. Preqs: Sr. standing, consent of depart- 
ment. 3(0-3) F,S. Provides the undergraduate psychology major with skill in 
designing and conducting independent research studies; sources and skill in locating 
information pertaining to behavior; major trends in selected areas of study, 
research techniques available to the psychologist, organization of psychology as 
a profession; the code of ethics for psychologists. Staff 

PSY 493 Special Topics in Psychology. Preq: CI. 1-6 S. An individual study 
course. Any undergraduate student may suggest an activity (review of literature 
on a topic, designing and conducting an experiment, or survey, etc.). After dis- 



353 



cussion if both student and supervising professor agree the topic is worthwhile, that 
the student is competent to undertake it, the student will enroll the following 
semester. Staff 

PSY 495 Human Resource Development Practicum. Preqs: Jr. standing, PSY 
HRD option, PSY 350, 351, 352, SP 231. 8(0-8) F,S. Field experience in the use of 
skills acquired during the skill semester. The student will spend at least a full 
semester working in a selected off-campus center. The student experiences real- 
world problems in context, and can arrange his later course work around subjects 
applicable to the problems solution. Staff 

PSY 500 Perception. Preq: Grad. standing. 3(2-2) S. 1) A summary and analysis 
of the major classes of variables affecting sensation and perception. The data will 
be examined in the context of the development of theories of perception with 
emphasis on the general problem of scientific method and theory construction as 
the specific content of perceptual theory. 2) The major modes of thinking and the 
variables affecting the thinking process. Emphasis on the relationship between 
perception and thinking, and a number of the theories of thinking will be evaluated. 

Newman 

PSY 502 Physiological Psychology. Preqs: 12 hours PSY, including PSY 200, 
300, 310. 3(3-0) F,S. A survey of the neuroanatomical and neurophysiological 
mechanisms of behavior with emphasis upon mammalian neuroanatomy, neural 
conduction, synaptic transmission and reflex mechanisms. Designed to form a 
basis for advanced study of the neurophysiological requisites of more complex 
behavioral processes. LeVere 

PSY (ZO) 503 Comparative Psychology. Preqs: PSY 310 and BS 100 or CI. 

3(3-0) S. The history of comparative behavior study of organisms; methodological 
verification of theories of behavior. Such topics as operationalism, formalism, 
ontogeny and evolution of behavior in vertebrate animals. Staff 

PSY 504 Advanced Educational Psychology. Preq: Six hours PSY. 3(3-0) S. A 
critical appraisal of potential contributions of psychology to the analysis and 
improvement of instruction. Laboratory practice in various applications of psychol- 
ogy to instruction. Staff 

PSY 505 History and Systems of Psychology. Preqs: PSY 200, 300, 310, 320 or CI. 
or grad. status. 3(3-0) S. Acquaints students with the histoi-y of psychology and 
psychological systems and practice in taking different approaches to a particular 
problem area. Staff 

PSY 510 Learning and Motivation. Preq: Grad. standing. 3(3-0) F. A systematic 
analysis of some major classes of variables determining behavioral change. Learn- 
ing variables are analyzed within their primaiy experimental setting. Emphasis 
is on the diversity of the functions governing behavior change rather than upon 
the development of some comprehensive theory. Both learning and motivational 
variables are examined as they contribute to changes in performance within the 
experimental setting. Staff 

PSY 511 Advanced Social Psychology. Preq; Grad. standing or CI. 3(3-0) F,S. 
A survey of theory and research in social psychology through reading and discus- 
sion of primary source materials. Also, issues of methodology, ethical questions in 
social psychological research, and application of research findings to the world 
at large. Staff 

PSY 514 Logical Foundations of Behavioral Analysis. Preq: Grad. standing in 
PSY. 3(3-0) F. Analysis of fundamental considerations in the formulation and 
verification of theories of behavior. Such topics as operationalism, formalism, 



354 



reductionism, logical analysis and the nature of truth in empirical sciences are 
related to research in various areas of psychological interest. Provides insight into 
the nature of scientific research, fosters ability to derive empirical hypotheses, 
develops facility in designing experimental tests of hypotheses, and promotes 
effective writing and speaking about psychological theory and experimentation. 

Staff 

PSY 520 Cognitive Processes. Preq: Grad. standing. 3(2-2) F,S. An analysis of 
the individual and the social systems in which he operates. Systems and concepts 
of personality, the problem of human variability, the development of personality 
structure and dynamics, and of human motivation. The organization of the indi- 
vidual's perception and attitude structure and their relation to his social roles 
and group memberships. Processes of conformity, social influence and socialization. 

Newman 

PSY 530 Abnormal Psychology. Preqs: PSY 200, 302. 3(3-0) S. The causes, 
symptomatic behavior and treatment of the major personality disturbances. Em- 
phasis on theoiy, experimental psychopathology and preventive measures. Staff 

PSY (ED) 531 Mental Deficiency. 3(3-0) Sum. (See education, page 247.) 

PSY 532 Psychological Aspects of Exceptionality. Preq: CI. 3(3-0) F,S. Considers 
effects of severe deviancy (sensory, physical, mental, etc.) arising from any causes 
at any stage of life; the personal and social ramifications; and possible courses of 
interverition. Utilization of psychological theory and clinical information in inter- 
preting probable implications. Reseacgh findings related to sensory deprivation, 
research needs and possible research projects. Rawls 

PSY 535 Tests and Measurements. Preq: Six hours PSY. 3(3-0) F,S. The prin- 
ciples of psychological testing including norms and units of measurement, 
elementary statistical concepts, reliability and validity. Some attention to the major 
t>T3es of available tests such as general intellectual development, tests of separate 
abilities, achievement tests, measures of personality and interest inventories. 

Westbrook 

PSY (IE) 540 Human Factors in Systems Design. Preqs: IE (PSY) 338 or IE 
354; Coreqs: ST 507 or 515. 3(3-0) S. Problems of the systems development 
cycle, including man-machine function allocation, military specification, display- 
control compatibility, the personnel subsystem concept, and maintainability 
design. Detailed treatment is given to man as an information processing mechanism. 

Staff. 

PSY 545 Fundamentals of Skill. Preq: Grad. standing. 3(3-0) F. Fundamentals of 
human perceptual, cognitive, and sensory-motor abilities that are basic to skilled 
performance. Such topics as channel capacity, short-term memory, stress, fatigue, 
arousal theory, task taxonomy, skill acquisition, proficiency decrement, information 
feedback, and performance analysis. Problems of attention, search, monitoring, 
tracking, complex tasks, and skill maintenance. Pearson 

PSY 565 Organizational Psychology. Preq: Nine, hours in PSY. 3(3-0) F,S. The 
application of behavioral science, particularly psychology and social psychology to 
organizational and management problems. Staff 

PSY 570 Theories of Personality. Preq: Grad. standing. 3(3-0) F. A review of 
theories of personality, with emphasis on research, application in psychotherapy 
and measurement, and principles involved in similarities and differences among 
them. Corter 



355 



PSY 571 Individual Intelligence Measurement. Preq: PSY 570. 3(3-0) S. A prac- 
ticum in individual intelligence testing with emphasis on the Wechsler-Bellevue, 
Stanford-Binet, report writing and case studies. Corter 

PSY 575 Behavior Modiflcation. Preqs: Grad. standing, PSY 510 or equivalent; 
and/or CI. 3(2-2) S. The application of Behavior Modification techniques. Balanced 
emphasis upon theoretical foundations, ethical considerations, acquisition of skills, 
and practicum experiences. Methods of applying laws derived from the psychology 
learning laboratory* such as reinforcement schedules, contingency specifications and 
objective behavioral analyses to the solution of behavioral problems in practical 
situations. Enrollment limited to 12 students; priority (1) community/clinical 
and school psychology, (2) other psychology grad. students. Staff 

PSY 576 Uevelopmental Psychology. Preqs: Nine hours PSY, including 475 or 
476. 3(3-0) S. The development of human behavior, with attention to theoretical 
issues and research in developmental psychology'. Staff 

PSY 578 Indi\idual Differences. Preqs: Six hours in PSY. 3(3-0) F. Nature, 
extent and practical implications of individual differences and individual variation. 

Graduate Staff 

PSY 591 Area Seminar in Clinical-Community Psychology. Preq: CI. 1-3, 6 Maxi- 
mum F,S. Topics are: 1) the development of clinical community psychology as an 
area of inquiry, 2) methods of inquiry, 3) contemporaiy issues, 4) ethical questions, 
5) relationships to other areas within psychology'. Staff 

PSY 592 Area Seminar in Experimental Psychology. Preq: Grad. standing in 
PSY. 1-3, 6 Maximum F,S. Topics are: 1) the development of experimental psychol- 
ogy as an area of inquiry, 2) methods of inquiry, 3) contemporary issues, 4) ethical 
questions, 5) relationships to other areas within psychology'. 

PSY 593 Area Seminar in Human Factors Engineering. Preq: Grad. standing. 
1-2, 3 Maximum F,S. Topics are: 1) the development of human factors as an area of 
inquiry, 2) methods of inquiry, 3) contemporary' issues, 4) ethical questions, 5) 
relationships to other areas within psychology. Staff 

PSY 594 Area Seminar in Human Resources Development. Preq: CI. 1-3, 6 Maxi- 
mum F,S. Topics are: 1) the development of human resources as an area of inquiry, 
2) methods of inquiry, 3) contemporary issues, 4) ethical questions, 5) relationships 
to other areas within psychology. Staff 

PSY 595 Area Seminar in School Psychology. Preq: Grad. standing. 1-3, 6 Maxi- 
mum F.S. Topics are: 1) the development of school psychology as an area of inquiry, 
2) methods of inquiry, 3) contemporary issues, 4) ethical questions, 5) relationships 
to other areas within psychology. Staff 

PSY 596 Area Seminar in Social Psychology. Preq: Grad. standing. 1-3, 6 Maxi- 
mum F,S. Topics are: 1) the development of social psychology as an area of inquiry, 
2) methods of inquiry, 3) contemporary issues, 4) ethical questions, 5) relationships 
to other areas within psychology. Staff 

PSY 599 Research Problems in Psychology. Preq: CI. Credits Arranged. F,S. 
Research project for graduate student supervised by members of the graduate 
faculty. Research elected on basis of interest of student, not to be part of thesis or 
dissertation research. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

PSY 602 Physiological Psychology. 3(3-0) S. 



356 



PSY 603 Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. 

PSY 604 Classical Conditioning. 3(3-0) F,S. 

PSY 605 Instrumental Learning. 3(3-0) F,S. 

PSY 607 Advanced Industrial Psychology I. 3(3-0) F. 

PSY 608 Advanced Industrial Psychology II. 3(3-0) F. 

PSY 610 Theoriesof Learning. 3(3-0) S. 

PSY 611 Social Psychology: Small Groups Research. 3(3-0) F,S. 

PSY 635 Psychological Measurement. 3(3-0) S. 

PSY (IE) 640 Skilled Operator Performance. 3(3-0) F Alt. years. 

PSY 672 Personality Measurement. 3(2-3) F,S. 

PSY 674 Psychological Intervention I. 3(2-2) F,S. 

PSY 675 Psychological Intervention II. 3(2-2) S. 

PSY 690 Seminar in Industrial Psychology. 3(3-0) F,S. 

PSY 691 Special Topics in Psychology. 1-3 F,S. 

PSY 693 Psychological Clinic Practicum. Maximum 12 F,S,Sum. 

PSY 696 Advanced Problems in Perception. 3(2-2) F,S. 

PSY (ED) 697 Advanced Seminar in Research Design. 3(3-0) F,S. 

PSY 699 Thesis and Dissertation Research. Credits Arranged F,S. 

Recreation Resources Administration 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

RRA 152 Introduction to Recreation. 3(3-0) F,S. History and foundations of 
recreation including objectives, economic and social aspects, definition and import- 
ance; status or organized recreation in our modern society; certain applied prin- 
ciples of recreation. Miller 

RRA 215 Maintenance and Operation I. Preq: RRA 152. 3(3-0) F,S. Methods of 
operation of various park and recreation facilities for public use; protection and 
law enforcement; job planning and scheduling; preventive maintenance; and 
modern maintenance techniques and maintenance materials. Warren 

RRA 216 Maintenance and Operations II. Preq: RRA 152. 3(3-0) F,S. Emphasis 
upon water-oriented recreation and public camping facilities; swimming pools; 
beaches; small lake management; marinas; day and family camping. McKnelly 

RRA 241 Recreation Resource Relationships. Coreq: FOR 472 or ZO 221. 3(3-0) 
F,S. The concepts and principles involved in identifying and describing natural 
recreation resource components significant to management. The relationships 



357 



between various governmental agencies and private enterprise in providing forest 
recreation. Cordell 

RRA 353 Public Camp Administration. Preq: RRA 152. 3(2-2) F,S. Development 
of organized camping and its educational, health and recreational objectives. Pro- 
gram planning and leadership training in community, private, agency and school 
camping. Laboratory — campcraft skills. Warren 

RRA 354 Health Practices in Recreation Management. 3(3-0) F,S. Emphasis upon 
health problems, disease prevention, communicable diseases and their control, 
public health administration, school and industrial hygiene, and other health 
problems confronting the individual and community. Miller 

RRA 358 The Recreation Program. Preq: RRA 216. 4(2-4) F,S. Types of recrea- 
tion oppoi'tunities available to individuals, groups, neighborhoods or municipali- 
ties and the methods of providing these opportunities. Smith 

RRA 359 Recreation and Park Supervision. Preq: RRA 358. 3(2-2) F,S. Direct- 
ing, inspecting and critical evaluation. Emphasis on the roles of the public 
recreation supervisor, community centers, sports, special activities, maintenance 
and operation. Stemloff 

RR.\ 440 Recreation Resources Inventory and Planning. Preq: RRA 241 3(2-2) 
F,S. Concepts and principles which are a basis for recreation resources quantifica- 
tion and allocation. Factors involved in inventorying the physical properties and 
associated intangible values of the recreation resource on extensive wildlands. 
The resource planning function as an essential component of the managerial 
process. Erickson 

RRA 441 Recreation Resources Development. Preq: RRA 241. 3(3-0) F,S. The 
recreation resource manager's role in situations typical of the Federal, State and 
private sectors. Categories of information and their significance in the decision- 
making and problem-solving process. Competent information systems. Erickson 

RRA 442 Wildland Recreation Environments. Preq: Jr. standing. 3(2-3) F,S. 
Environmental modifications and resource developments required to support rec- 
reation use. Factors affecting site selection are related to resource planning func- 
tions. Site planning procedures pi'ovide a basis for managerial review. Natural 
history interpretation is an element of resource management. Concepts of natural 
beauty and approaches to preservation of amenities through modified methods of 
commercial product management. Erickson 

RRA 451 Facility and Site Planning. Preqs: RRA 215 and 216. 3(0-6) F,S. The 
history of park and recreation facility development and trends in recreation facility 
planning. Emphasis upon the planning principles in design and layout of recreation 
areas and buildings. Field trips to various types of recreation facilities. McKnelly 

RRA 4J>3 Administrative I'olicies and Procedures. Preq: RRA 359. 3(3-0) F,S. 
The internal organization of the recreation and park department; the administra- 
tive process; legislation and legal foundations; boards and commissions; personnel 
practices and policies; office management; public relations. Sternloff 

RRA 454 Recreation and Park Finance. Preqs: Six hours RRA, Sr. standing. 
3(3-0) F,S. Recreation and park fiscal administration; sources of finance for cur- 
rent and capital expenditures; revenue activities; financial planning; budgeting; 
expenditure policies; accounting; auditing and planning for recreation and park 
services. Mines 



358 



RRA 475 Recreation and Park Internship. Preqs: Sr. standing, ERA 359. 9(0-27) 
(9 weeks) S,Sum. Provides prospective recreator with an opportunity for controlled 
experiences in skills and techniques involved in recreation and park department 
management. The student spends nine weeks off campus in a departmental selected 
location. Smith 

RR.\ 491 Special Problems in Recreation. Preq: Consent of department. 3(2-2) F,S. 
Aims to develop critical analysis. Forms a basis for the organization of research 
projects, for the compilation and organization of material in a functional relation- 
ship and for the foundation of policies. Seminar procedure. Miller 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

RRA 500 Theories of Leisure and Recreation. Preq: Nine hours RRA. 3(3-0). 
Leisure and recreation's origin and development as revealed by man's behavioral 
patterns. The influence and social significance of leisure and recreation concepts 
on contemporary American culture and their future implications. Warren 

RRA 501 Theory Development in Recreation Research. Preqs: ST 311 and SOC 

416. 4(3-2). The historical emphasis of recreation research with analyses of various 
approaches to research design and model building. The philosophy of social 
scientific investigation, and possible application of existing behavioral theor>' to 
recreation research. Efforts to develop theory useful in explaining use of leisure 
time. Graduate Staff 

RR.\ 538 Recreation for Special Populations. 3(3-0). The leisure concerns of 
deprived groups with exposure to the status, problems, and community service 
needs of special populations found in most American communities. Special popula- 
tions include the physically disabled, the mentally retarded, the aging, and the 
economically deprived. Sternloff 

RRA 591 Recreation Resources Problems. Preq: Advanced undergrad. or grad. 
status. 1-4. Assigned or selected problems in RRA planning, supervision, mainte- 
nance, operations, financing, or program. Selected on basis of student interest and 
supervised by graduate faculty members. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES 

RRA 691 Seminar in Recreation Administrative Policies. 2(0-4) 

RRA 692 Advanced Problems in Recreation. Credits Arranged. 

RRA 699 Research in Recreation. Credits Arranged. 



Religion 

(Also see Philosophy.) 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

REL 300 Introduction to Religion. 3(3-0) F,S. Various aspects of religion are 
analj^ed, such as the development of the great traditions, as well as the relation 
of religion to personal maturity, cultural change, and the social good. Staff 

REL 311 The Hebrew Bible. 3(3-0) F. Man's religious quest is explored in the 
varied Biblical literature of the Hebrews. The course stresses the development of 
their religious faith and tradition, but such background matters as geography, 
archeology, history, and literary problems are also considered. Highfill 



359 



REL 312 Christian Origins. 3(3-0) S. The Biblical writings of the early Christian 
community are examined in their historical context. The results of recent studies 
of the Dead Sea Scrolls as well as of Hellenistic and Hebrew thought and religion 
are brought to bear on early Christian life and thought. Highfill 

REL 315 Western Religions to the Reformation. 3(3-0) F. This course traces the 
major steps in the development of Christianity and Judaism during the period 
100-1500 A.D., noting the events, persons, and ideas which were most significant 
in this development. Fitzgerald 

REL 316 Western Religions Since the Reforination. 3(3-0) S. This course traces 
the major developments within Christianity and Judaism from 1500 to the present. 

Fitzgerald 

REL 321 Religion in American Life. 3(3-0) F,S. This is a study of representative 

men, movements, and thought in the major religions within the context of American 
society and culture. Staff 

REL (ENG) 325 Religion and the Modern Literary Imagination. 3(3-0) F. This 
course examines the relationship between religion and imaginative literature by 
exploring in concrete and dramatic form a variety of options on such themes as the 
problem of evil and suffering and the quest for meaning in human existence. Staff 

REL 327 Contemporary Religious Thought. 3(3-0) F,S. Investigates the develop- 
ment of recent religious and theological thought in America and Europe, as it has 
responded to the rapidly changing intellectual, scientific, and social dimensions of 
Western culture. . Fitzgerald, Stalnaker 

REL 331 Hinduism and Islam. 3(3-0) F. The religious traditions of India, includ- 
ing early Vedic religion, Brahamanism, the various Yogas, the devotion cults, 
the religio-philosophical traditions, and modern religious movements. Islam is 
examined in its Arabian origins and as it has developed in other parts of the world. 

Highfill 

REL 332 Buddhism. 3(3-0) S. Buddhism is followed from its beginnings in India 
through the expansion into the whole of Asia. Creativity in art, political involve- 
ments, and meditative disciplines, as in Zen, are some of the facets. Highfill 

REL 498 Special Topics in Religion. Preq: Six hours REL. 1-6 F,S. This course 
is used to offer areas of study which appear only rarely in the curriculum. It will 
also function as a readings course for honors students in religion. Staff 

Sociology* 

(Also see Anthropology.) 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

SOC 202 Principles of Sociology. 3(3-0) F,S. Introduces basic ideas in the field of 
sociology. Exposure to a variety of concepts, theories and research findings de- 
velops student's abilities to conceptualize, analyze and interpret patterns of human 
interaction from a sociological perspective. 

SOC 203 Social Welfare in the United States. 3(3-0) F,S. Introduction to current 
social welfare programs in the United States. Examines historical development of 
these programs including the motivations of individuals and groups which initiated 
them. Students visit selected programs and explore their philosophies, structures 
and effectiveness. 



SOC 203, 205. 307. 308, 405. 406 and 407 have been redesignated as Social Work courses, carrying a 
SW designation. 

360 



SOC 205 Social Welfare Policies and Issues. Preq: SOC 203. 3(3-0) F,S. Examines 
policies and issues associated with existing social welfare delivery systems and 
emphasizes policy formulation and assessment of alternative strategies for estab- 
lishing and meeting social goals. Influence of social work principles, values and 
practice on social welfare policies and issues. 

SOC 301 Human Behavior. 3(3-0) F,S. Examines effects of social interaction upon 
individual behavior and personality and collective attitudes and behavior as 
products of group experience. Analyzes fashions and fads, crowds, mobs, publics, 
social movements. 

SOC 302 Mass Communications and Modern Society. Preq: SOC 202. 3(3-0) F,S. 
Inti'oduction to the sociology of mass communications including its process, content, 
audiences, communicators, and social effects in modern society. The preparation of 
a news media comparison report enables critical examination of local and national 
media content. Provides insights from classic works by sociologists and other 
social scientists. 

SOC 303 Current Social Problems. 3(3-0) F,S. Examines the concept of social 
problems with emphasis on the problem orientation of contemporaiy United States 
society. Investigates the social and cultural aspects of problems to demonstrate 
the basic integration of society and community life. Problems for intensive study 
vary to reflect current interests and may include crime, divorce, race conflict, 
illness, poverty, housing, recreation, personality adjustment, population and" social 
aspects of environmental crisis. 

SOC 304 Contemporar>- Family Life. 3(3-0) F,S. The American family as a social 
institution as an interaction process with emphasis on mate selection, marital 
adjustment, socialization and marital dissolution. 

SOC 305 Race Relations. 3(3-0) F.S. Analyzes race relationships both in the 
United States and throughout the world with emphasis on factors producing 
current changes. 

SOC 306 Criminology. 3(3-0) F,S. The study of the processes whereby behavior 
is defined as crime and persons are identified as criminals including a sociological 
investigation of agencies of law enforcement, adjudication, corrections, and pre- 
vention; patterns of criminal behavior; explanations of variations in criminality 
with emphasis on sociocultural and sociopsycho logical theories. 

SOC 307 Social Welfare Programs and Delivery Systems. Preq: SOC 205. 3(3-0) 
F. An indepth study of major social welfare programs. Focus is on income mainte- 
nance programs and social services provided to the aged, families and children, 
handicapped adults and minority groups. Program content and methods of service 
delivery explored in class and by small student teams to determine effectiveness 
of financial and non- financial programs. 

SOC 308 Social Work Practice and Methods I. Preq: SOC 307. 3(3-0) F,S. Funda- 
mental elements of an integrated approach to social work practice. Focuses on 
professional values, social work roles and the social work-client relationships. 
Skills in interviewing, data collection and case recording are explored and 
practiced. 

SOC 315 Social Thought. Preq: SOC 202 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F,S. The develop- 
ment of social thought from lore to science; historical changes in explanatory 
systems of human behavior; theories of the individual, group culture, community 
and society; the emergence of sociological